JOURNAL

OF THE

NEW YORK

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Urnntrli to iEtttmttDlngij in Ofonmtl

VOLUME LI, 1943

Published Quarterly by the Society
North Queen St. and McGovern Ave. Lancaster, Pa.

New York, N. Y.

THE SCIENCE PRESS PRINTING COMPANY
LANCASTER, PENNSYLVANIA

CONTENTS OF VOLUME LI

Alexander, Charles P.

Records and Descriptions of Neotropical Crane-Flies

(Tipulidae, Diptera), XVI 199

Book Notices 54, 160, 275, 284, 305

Brown, F. Martin

Notes on Mexican Butterflies, I, Papilionidae 161

Chen, Kan-Fan

New Genera and Species of Chinese Cicadas with Syno-

nymical and Nomenclatorial Notes 19

Clench, Harry K.

A New Axiocerses From West Africa (Lepidoptera,
Lycaenidae) 219

A Note on the Arizona Erora (Lepidoptera, Lycaenidae) 221
Cockerell, T. D. A.

Book Notice: 1 1 Systematics and the Origin of Species”

by Ernst May 277

Comstock, William P.

New Records (Lepidoptera) 110, 132, 224

Davis, William T.

Two Ways of Song Communication Among Our North

American Cicadas 185

Dillon, Lawrence, and Elizabeth S. Dillon

Supplementary Notes on Western Hemisphere Mono-

chamini 13

Fernald, H. T.

An Insect Lodging House 229

Forbes, William T. M.

Revisional Notes on the Danainae (Supplement) 295

Frost, S. W.

Three New Species of Diptera Related to Agromyza

Pusilla, Meig 253

Fuller, H. S.

Fleas of New England 1

Funkhouser, W. D.

Synonymy of the Membracidae of Formosa 265

Linsley, E. Gorton

The Genus Melecta in Eastern North America and Porto

Rico (Hymenoptera, Anthophoridae) 225

iii

Little, Elbert L., Jr.

Common Insects on Piny on (Pinns) 239

McCoy, E. E., Jr.

See Weiss, Harry B.

Malkin, Borys

A Catalogue of Oregon Coccinellidae 191

New Spider Records from New York, No. 2 238

Philip, Cornelius B.

New Neotropical Tabanidae (Diptera) Ill

Proceedings of tiie Society 235

Rapp, William F., Jr.

Additions to Smith’s 1909 Diptera List 70

Richards, A. Glenn, Jr.

Lipid Nerve Sheaths in Insects and Their Probable

Relationship to Insecticide Action 55

Rupert, Laurence R.

A Specific Revision of the Genus Metarranthis (Lepi-

doptera, Geometridae, Ennominae) 133

Satterthwait, A. F.

Notes on the Parasitic Habits of Musca stabulans

(Fall.), (Diptera, Muscidae) 233

Schneirla, T. C.

The Army Ant Behavior Pattern 236

Severin, H. C.

A Study of a Gynandromorph of Melanoplus Mexicanus
mexicanus (Sauss.), (Orthoptera) 179

Soraci, Frank A.

See Weiss, Harry B.

Timberlake, P. H.

Racial Differentiation in Nearctic Species of Dian-

t hid iu m (Hymenoptera, Apoidea) 71

Weiss, Harry B.

The Journal of the New York Entomological Society,

1893-1942 285

Weiss, Harry B., Frank A. Soraci and E. E. McCoy, Jr.

Insect Behavior to Various Wave-Lengths of Light 117

White, R. T.

Effect of Milky Disease on Tiphia Parasites of Japanese
Beetle Larvae 213

IV

Vol. LI

No. 1

MARCH, 1943

New

Journal

of the

York Entomologi

Devoted to Entomology in General

Edited by HARRY B. WEISS

Publication Committee

HARRY B. WEISS EDWIN W. TEALE

HERBERT RUCKES E. L. BELL

Subscription $3.00 per Year

Published Quarterly by the Society
N. QUEEN ST. AND McGOVERN AVE.
LANCASTER, PA.

NEW YORK, N. Y.

1943

CONTENTS

Fleas of New England

By II. S. Fuller 1

Supplementary Notes on Western Hemisphere Mono-
chamini

By Lawrence S. Dillon and Elizabeth S. Dillon 13

New Genera and Species of Chinese Cicadas with Syno-
nymical and Nomenclatorial Notes

By Kan-fan Chen 19

Book Notice 54

Lipid Nerve Sheaths in Insects and Their Probable Rela-
tion to Insecticide Action

By A. Glenn Richards, Jr 55

Additions to Smith’s 1909 Diptera List

By William F. Rapp, Jr 70

NOTICE: Volume L, Number 4, of The Journal of the
New York Entomological Society was published on
January 5, 1943.

Entered as second class matter July 7, 1925, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of August 24, 1912.

Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103.
Act of October 3, 1917, authorized March 27, 1924.

JOURNAL

OF THE

New York Entomological Society

Vol. LI

March, 1943

No. 1

FLEAS OF NEW ENGLAND

By H. S. Fuller1

The present paper is a preliminary report on the writer’s
studies of New England fleas carried on for the past four years.
No species are described as new, but several are recorded from
New England for the first time. When more material is avail-
able, it is planned to publish a more complete paper, including all
known records, and new keys.

The species are arranged according to the classification adopted
by Irving Fox (1940), whose work, although not critical, is of
great importance and value. I record only specimens examined
personally by me. No material in the United States National
Museum is included, for this was published by Fox (1940). In
some cases, there is apparent duplication, owing to the fact that
duplicates of certain collections had already been sent to the
National Museum before my studies were begun. This also
applies to apparent duplication in the case of a few records pub-
lished by Jordan, where specimens had already been sent to him.
All the specimens recorded from Milton, Sagamore Beach, West-
boro, Massachusetts; and Center Ossipee, New Hampshire, were
collected by me. With few exceptions, all the material from Ver-
mont was collected by F. L. Osgood.

The writer takes this opportunity to express his appreciation
to the following persons who have contributed to this study. Col-
lections were loaned by George H. Plumb, Connecticut Agricul-

1 From the Department of Comparative Pathology and Tropical Medicine,
Harvard Medical School, Boston, Massachusetts.

2

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

tural Station ; J. G. Conklin, University of New Hampshire ; M. E.
Smith, Massachusetts State College ; Charles 0. Dirks, University
of Maine. Richard Dow made available the collection of the New
England Museum of Natural History, Boston ; and Nathan Banks
and J. Bequaert, that of the Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Cambridge. F. L. Osgood of Rutland, Vermont, loaned me some
verjr worthwhile material, providing many new records from V er-
mont. Carroll N. Smith and H. K. Gouck, of the U. S. Bureau of
Entomology, have very kindly sent numerous fleas collected on
the island of Martha’s Vineyard. In one lot the writer has found
a male and female of Rectofrontia fraterna (Baker), a species
which has been recorded only once previously from the eastern
United States.

Family Hectopsyllidae

Echidnophaga gallinacea (Westwood). — No records of the oc-
currence of this species north of the state of New York are known
to the writer, although Trembly and Bishopp (1940) cite a record
in the literature from Providence, Rhode Island. This species
has been reported from New York City on rats, and there is a
possibility that it might be found on rats in coastal regions of
New England, especially in ports.

Family Pulicidas

1. Hoplopsyllus lynx (Baker). — New Hampshire: Waterville,
March 15, 1935, 3 males and 8 females, off Lynx canadensis ( J. D.
Smith). Hancock, 1 male and 1 female, off same host. Coos
County, 3 males and 7 females, off wildcat.

2. Xenopsylla cheopis (Rothschild). — Massachusetts : Boston,
a large series, collected off rats near wharves during a rat-flea
survey conducted in 1934 by Dr. Marshall Hertig and Dr. E.
Elizabeth Jones. Fox (1940) records it from Providence, Rhode
Island.

3. Pulex irritans Linnaeus. — This species is recorded from Fall
River, Massachusetts by Ewing (1931). Trembly and Bishopp
(1940) list New Bedford, Massachusetts, in addition. No speci-
mens from New England have come to the writer’s attention dur-
ing the past four years, although he (1942) has recorded it from
Newfoundland, and it probably should be expected sporadically
in New England.

Mar., 1943]

Fuller: Fleas

3

4. Cediopsylla simplex (Baker). — Connecticut: Durham, 2
females, off red fox. Litchfield, 3 females, off fox. Maine : Ly-
man, 3 males and 3 females, off Lepus americanus virginianus.
Massachusetts : Needham, 2 males and 2 females, off Sylvilagus
transitionalis. Harvard, 2 females, off same host. Amherst, 1
female, off Lepus sp. Hardwick, 1 male, off wildcat. Amherst,
1 male, off Vulpes fulva. Cummington, 3 females, off cat. Can-
ton, 1 male and 2 females, off Sylvilagus sp. Boston, 2 females,
off domestic cat. Oak Bluffs, January 14 and 16, 1942, off cotton-
tail rabbit, 3 males and 5 females (H. K. Gouck and C. N. Smith,
Bishopp nos. 31112 and 31113). New Hampshire: Durham, 2
males and 2 females, off Sylvilagus sp. Vermont : Saxtons River,
1 male and 5 females, off Lepus americanus virginianus.

5. Ctenocephalides felis (Bouche). — Connecticut: Numerous
specimens from the following localities: Ansonia, no host data.
Guilford, in house. Hartford, in house. Woodmont, off dog.
Hamden, in house. Willimantic, off dog. Fairfield, no host
data. New Haven, off cat. Massachusetts: Boston, 2 males,
caught in Museum; 1 male, off man (J. Bequaert). Cohasset,
July-August, 1934, a large series, no host data (Mrs. W. B. Bin-
nian). Wellesley, 3 males and 5 females, no host data. West-
boro, 2 males and 2 females, off cat ; a series off dog. New Hamp-
shire: Center Ossipee, a series, off dog. Raymond, 1 male and

1 female, in house. Vermont: Saxtons River, August 10, 1941,

2 females, in house (F. L. Osgood).

6. Ctenocephalides canis (Curtis). — Massachusetts : Wenham,
2 males and 2 females, off woodchuck. Vermont: Rutland, 1
male and 1 female, off domestic cat.

Family Dolichopsyllidse

7. Trichopsylla lotoris Stewart. — This species has been re-
corded by Fox (1940) from Maine, occurring on Procyon lot or
lotor. No further records or specimens have been seen by the
present writer.

8. Ctenophthalmus pseudagyrtes Baker. — Connecticut: New
Haven, male, and female, off short-tailed shrew. Hamden, 2
males, off mole. Rainbow, 1 male, off large short-tailed shrew.
Maine : Deer Island, 1 male, off Clethrionomys gapperi ochraceus.

4

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. Li

Massachusetts: Natick, 4 males and 2 females, in mouse nest.
Newton Center, 1 male, off Blarina brevicauda talpoides. Peter-
sham, 1 female, off Condylura crist ata. Sagamore Beach, 1 fe-
male, off Blarina brevicauda talpoides ; a large series off Tamias
striatus. Westboro, 1 female, off Marmota monax ssp. Concord,
2 males and 1 female, off Blarina sp. Barnstable, December 17,
1933, 1 male and 1 female, off Microtus p. pennsylv aniens (D.
Griffin). Milton, 1 male, off Blarina brevicauda talpoides. Chil-
mark, March 26, 1942, off Microtus pennsylv anicus , 2 males and
4 females (H. K. Gouck, Bishopp no. 31124). Edgartown, March
25, 1942, off same host, 4 males and 2 females (H. K. Gouck,
Bishopp no. 31123). Gay Head, off same host, several records
as follows: February 17, 1942, 2 males and 3 females (H. K.
Gouck, Bishopp no. 31116) ; March 19, 1942, 9 males and 11 fe-
males (H. K. Gouck, Bishopp no. 31120) ; April 17, 1942, 1 male
and 8 females (H. K. Gouck, Bishopp no. 31129) ; March 19, 1942,
in nest of same host, 8 males and 18 females (H. K. Gouck,
Bishopp no. 31125) ; March 19, 1942, off Peromyscus leucopus
ssp., 1 male and 2 females (H. K. Gouck, Bishopp no. 31121).
Vineyard Haven, April 16, 1942, off Microtus pennsylv anicus, 9
males and 8 females; and April 18, off same host, 4 males and
4 females (H. K. Gouck, Bishopp nos. 31128 and 31130). West
Tisbury, April 8, 1942, off same host, 9 males and 8 females (H. K.
Gouck, Bishopp no. 31126). New Hampshire: Hancock, 1 male
and 3 females, off Parascalops breweri. Franklin, 4 males and
1 female, off mole. Center Ossipee, 1 male and 2 females, and
1 male, all off Blarina brevicauda talpoides. Vermont: Bread-
loaf, 1 male, off Blarina brevicauda. Middlebury, 2 males, off
same host. Rutland, 1 female, off same host. Sherburne, 1
female, off Napaeozapus i. insignis.

9. Bectofrontia fraterna (Baker). — Massachusetts: Edgar-
town, March 25, 1942, off Microtus pennsylv anicus, 1 male and 1
female (H. K. Gouck, Bishopp no. 31123). This record repre-
sents the first for New England, and the second for the eastern
United States. Fox (1940) records a single male specimen,
taken at Kensington, Maryland, off the same host. The species
is ordinarily found on various small mammals in the western
states, and as yet we know of only two eastern records. Further
search should be made for this species.

Mar., 1943]

Fuller: Fleas

o

Conor hinopsylla stanfordi Stewart. — No records of the occur-
rence of this species in New England are known to the writer.
It was described from a red squirrel in New York State, and as
it has been collected from other species of squirrels, it should be
searched for in New England.

10. Oropsylla arctomys (Baker). — Connecticut: Liberty Hill,
3 males and 1 female, off Syrnium nebulosum. Willington, 2 fe-
males, off woodchuck, Marmota monax ssp. North Stonington,
2 males, off same host. Durham, 1 female, off same host. Brook-
field, 2 males and 6 females, off same host. Kent, 1 male and 3
females, off same host. Massachusetts : Abington, 1 female, off
woodchuck. North Eastham, 2 males and 2 females, off same
host. Essex, 1 male and 1 female, off same host. Wellesley, 1
male, off same host. Holbrook, 1 male, off same host. Barnstable,
April 5, 1934, 1 male and 2 females, off same host (D. Griffin).
Marshfield, 3 males and 2 females, off same host. Westboro, 1
male and 2 females, off same host. Needham, 3 males and 1 fe-
male, off same host. Newton Center, 2 males and 2 females, off
same host. Hadley, 2 males and 2 females, off same host. Charles
River Village, 1 female, off skunk. Essex, May 15, 1919, 1 female,
off Marmota monax ssp. (A. B. Fuller). Concord, May 2, 1942,
off same host, 1 male and 6 females (W. E. Schevill). New
Hampshire : Franklin, 2 males and 4 females, off woodchuck.

11. Odontopsyllus multispinosus (Baker). — Massachusetts:
Canton, 1 female, off cottontail rabbit, Cohasset, 1 male, off same
host. Harvard, 2 males and 1 female, off same host.

Ceratophyllus celsus Jordan. — No records of the occurrence of
this species in New England are known to the writer. Fox (1940)
records it from the nests of cliff swallows in New York State.

12. Ceratophyllus diffinis Jordan. — New Hampshire: Holder-
ness, male and female, from nest of Seiurus aurocapillus.

13. Ceratophyllus idius Jordan and Rothschild. — Massachu-
setts : Groton, June 26, 1941, 1 male, in nest of Iridoprocne
bicolor (W. P. Wharton). North Eastham, 2 males and 2 fe-
males, off same host. Wakefield, large series, off same host (E. E.
Tyzzer). Rock, 1 male and 3 females, off same host ; 4 males and
2 females, in nest of Sialia sialis.

14. Ceratophyllus gallinee (Schrank). — Connecticut: Thonrp-

6

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

sonville, male and female, in nest of Sialia sialis. Madison, 2
females, in poultry house. Maine: Eliot, male and female in
chicken house. Massachusetts: Babson Park, June 7, 1928, 7
males and 8 females, in nest of Sialia sialis. Groton, male and
female, off same host ; male and female, in nest of starling. Wake-
field, 2 males, in nest of Iridoprocne bicolor (E. E. Tyzzer).
New Hampshire : Woodstock, male and female, in hen house.

15. Ceratophyllus riparius Jordan and Rothschild. — Maine:
Kent Island, 2 males and 2 females, in nest of Biparia r. riparia
(Audubon Society). New Hampshire: Durham, male and fe-
male, no host data.

16. Opisodasys pseudarctomys (Baker). — Maine.- East Blue
Hill, 1 female, off Sciurus hudsonicus loquax (V. G. Dethier).
Windy Pitch, Mt. Katahdin, 4 males and 5 females, off Glaucomys
sabrinus. New Hampshire : Peterboro, 2 females, off Glaucomys
sabrinus macrotis. Vermont: Mendon, male and female, off
Glaucomys v. volans. Saxtons River, 4 males and 6 females,
off same host.

17. Orchopeas wickhami (Baker). — Connecticut: Mount Car-
mel, 1 female, off mouse. Hamden, 2 males and 2 females, off
Sciurus hudsonicus loquax. Massachusetts: Amherst, 1 male
and 5 females, off squirrel. Boxboro, 2 males and 2 females, off
Sciurus carolinensis leucotis. Brookline, 6 males and 1 female,
off same host. Cambridge, 1 male, off same host. Cohasset, 1
male and 1 female, off Sylvilagus sp. Dedham, 2 males, off
Sciurus hudsonicus loquax. Harvard, 3 males and 1 female, off
same host. Norwell, 1 female, off Battus norvegicus ; 1 male and
1 female, off Sciurus hudsonicus loquax ; 3 females, off Sciurus
carolinensis leucotis ; numerous specimens, off same host, January
2, 1937 (C. V. MacCoy). Penikese Island, 1 female, off field
mouse. Sagamore Beach, 2 males and 4 females, off Sciurus hud-
sonicus loquax ; 1 male and 3 females, off Sciurus carolinensis
leucotis ; 1 female, off Tamias striatus lysteri. Wellesley, 1 fe-
male, off Sciurus carolinensis leucotis. New Hampshire: Center
Ossipee, numerous specimens, off Sciurus hudsonicus loquax.
Durham, 2 males and 2 females, off Peromyscus sp. Peterboro,
1 male and 1 female, off Glaucomys sabrinus macrotis. Vermont :
Saxtons River, 1 male and 3 females, off Glaucomys v. volans.

Mar., 1943]

Fuller: Fleas

18. Orchopeas caedens (Jordan). — Massachusetts: Cam-
bridge, 1 female, off Sciurus carolinensis leucotis. Maine : East
Blue Hill, August, 1941, 2 males and 6 females, off Sciurus hud-
sonicus loquax (V. G. Dethier). Blue Hill, August 30, 1941, 1
male and 1 female, off same host (V. G. Dethier). Windy Pitch,
Mt. Katahdin, August 23, 1928, 3 males, off Glaucomys sabrinus
(W. J. Hamilton, Jr., and F. Harper).

19. Orchopeas leucopus (Baker). — Maine: Deer Island, 2
males and 2 females, off Peromyscus maniculatus abietorum.
Katahdin Saddle, 1 male, off Peromyscus maniculatus ssp. Basin
Pond, Mt. Katahdin, 1 male and 5 females, off same host. Massa-
chusetts : Barnstable, 2 females, off Mus m. musculus. Concord,
February 17, 1941, 1 male, off Peromyscus leucopus novebora-
censis. Milton, October 19, 1941, 1 female ; 1 female ; October 26,

1941, 1 male ; 1 male ; 1 female ; November 9, 1941, 1 male, 2 fe-
males, 3 females; all off Peromyscus leucopus noveboracensis.
Muskeget Island, 4 males and 3 females, off Peromyscus leucopus
ssp. Wakefield, 1 female, off same host. Westboro, 2 males and
2 females (H. K. Gouck, Bishopp no. 31121) ; April 10, 1942,
February 17, 1942, off Peromyscus sp., 1 female (H. K. Gouck,
Bishopp no. 31117) ; March 19, 1942, off same host, 4 males and
2 females (H. K. Gouck), Bishopp no. 31121) ; April 10, 1942,
off same host, 2 males and 2 females (H. K. Gouck, Bishopp no.
31127) ; March 19, 1942, off Microtus pennsylvanicus, 1 female
(H. K. Gouck, Bishopp no. 31120). Vineyard Haven, April 16,

1942, off same host, 1 female (H. K. Gouck, Bishopp no. 31128).
New Hampshire: Ossipee, 1 male and 2 females, off Peromyscus
maniculatus gracilis. Center Ossipee, numerous specimens, off
Peromyscus maniculatus gracilis. Hampton, 1 male, off Pero-
myscus sp. Rhode Island : Kingston, 3 males and 2 females, off
Peromyscus leucopus noveboracensis. Vermont: Sherburne, 3
males and 3 females, off Clethrionomys gapperi ochraceus. Pitts-
ford Mills, 1 female, off Peromyscus manicidatus gracilis. Men-
don, 3 females, off Peromyscus leucopus noveboracensis. Rutland,
4 males and 4 females, off same host.

20. Megabothris asio (Baker). — Massachusetts: Gay Head,
April 10, 1942, off Peromyscus leucopus ssp., 1 female; January
21, 1942, off Microtus pennsylvanicus , 1 male; March 19, 1942,

8

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. li

in nest of same host, 1 male and 1 female ; April 17, 1942, off same
host, 3 males and 2 females. Chilmark, March 26, 1942, off same
host, 1 male. Vineyard Haven, April 16, 1942, off same host,

I female. West Tisbury, April 8, 1942, off same host, 1 male.
(All collected by H. K. Gouck, Bishopp nos. 31127, 31115, 31129,
31124, 31128, and 31126 respectively.) Gay Head, December 15,
1941, 4 males, off same host (H. K. Gouck). Milton, October 26,
1941, 1 male, off Microtus p. pennsylvanicus. New Hampshire :
Center Ossipee, 1 male, off same host; 2 males and 1 female, off
same host; 1 female, off Peromyscus maniculatus gracilis. Dur-
ham, 1 female, off Blarina brevicauda talpoides. Franklin,
August, 1939, 1 female, off Scalopus aquations (V. G. Dethier).
Vermont : Rutland, 1 male and 1 female, off Microtus p. pennsyl-
vanicus.

21. Megabothris acerbus (Jordan). — Massachusetts: Har-
vard, 2 males, off Tamias striatus lysteri. New Hampshire:
Center Ossipee, 7 males and 5 females, off same host. Vermont :
Rutland, May 23, 1941, 1 female, in nest of same host (F. L.
Osgood).

22. Megabothris quir ini (Rothschild). — New Hampshire : Cen-
ter Ossipee, 1 male, off Microtus p. pennsylvanicus ; August 31,
1941, 1 male, off Peromyscus maniculatus gracilis.

23. Megabothris vison (Baker). — Maine.- Bayville, 2 females,
off Sciurus hudsonicus loquax. East Bine Hill, August, 1941,

II males and 17 females, off same host (V. G. Dethier). Blue
Hill, August 30, 1941, 1 female, off same host; August 28, 1941,

1 female, off Tamias striatus lysteri (V. G. Dethier).

24. Nosopsyllus fasciatus (Bose). — Maine: Blue Hill, August
28, 1941, 1 female, off Tamias striatus lysteri (V. G. Dethier).
Massachusetts : Boston, 2 males, off domestic rats ; July 4, 1886,

2 females, off rats (Samuel Henshaw) ; 1 male, off man. Norwell,
1 male, off Rattus norvegicus. Barnstable, March 31, 1934, 2
females, off same host (D. Griffin). Wakefield, 1 female, off
Microtus p. pennsylvanicus (E. E. Tyzzer). Westboro, 1 female,
off same host.

Family Hystrichopsyllidge

25. Hystrichopsylla gigas tahavuana Jordan. — New Hamp-
shire : Franklin, 1 female, off Scalopus aquaticus.

Mar., 1943]

Fuller: Fleas

9

Atyphloceras bishopi Jordan. No records of the occurrence of
this species in New England are known to the writer. It has been
collected off Blarina and Microtus in New York State and off
Clethrionomys in West Virginia.

26. Stenoponiaamericana (Baker) . — Massachusetts : Martha ’s
Vineyard, 1 female, off Microtus p. pennsylvanicus. Wellfleet,
1 male, off Scalopus aquaticus. Wareham, 1 male, off same host.
Chilmark, March 26, 1942, off Microtus pennsylvanicus , 2 females
(Bishopp no. 31124). Edgartown, March 25, 1942, off same host,
1 female (Bishopp no. 31123) ; and December 9, 1942, off same
host, 4 males and 4 females. West Tisbnry, April 8, 1942, off
same host, 1 male (Bishopp no. 31126). Gay Head, January 21,
1942, off same host, 1 male (Bishopp no. 31115) ; March 19, 1942,
off same host, 4 males and 2 females (Bishopp no. 31120) ; April
17, 1942, off same host, 1 male (Bishopp no. 31129) ; April 10,
1942, off Peromyscus leucopus ssp., 1 male and 2 females (Bishopp
no 31127). (All collected by H. K. Gouck.)

27. Peromyscopsylla hesperomys (Baker). — Massachusetts:
Milton, October 19, 1941, 1 male and 1 female, off Peromyscus
leucopus noveboracensis ; October 26, 1941, 1 male and 2 females,
off same host ; November 9, 1941, 2 males, off same host. New
Hampshire : Center Ossipee, numerous specimens, off Peromyscus
maniculatus gracilis. Vermont : Chittenden, 1 female, off Pipi-
strellus subflavus obscurus.

28. Peromyscopsylla scotti I. Fox. — Massachusetts : Edgar-
town, November 13, 1937, 1 male, off Peromyscus leucopus fusus ;
October 29, 1937, 1 female (C. N. Smith). These specimens, of
which the male is an allotype, are deposited in the United States
National Museum. The writer has seen no additional material.

29. Peromyscopsylla catatina (Jordan). — Maine: Chimney
Pond, Mt. Katahdin, 1 male, off Evotomys gapperi ssp, Massa-
chusetts: Ashburnham, 1 male, off same host. Milton, October
19, 1941, 1 female, off Peromyscus leucopus noveboracensis. New
Hampshire : Center Ossipee, 1 female, off Blarina brevicauda tal-
poides ; October 13, 1941, 1 female, off Sciurus hudsonicus loquax
(W. F. Gimpel) ; September 29, 1940, 2 females, off Microtus p.
pennsylvanicus ; September 1, 1941, 1 male, off Peromyscus
manicidatus gracilis.

10

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. Ll

30. Ctenopsyllus segnis (Schonherr). — Massachusetts: Cam-
bridge, 1 male, off mouse.

31. Nearctopsylla genalis (Baker). — Vermont: Sherburne, 1
female, off Clethrionomys gapperi ochraceus. Mendon, 2 females,
off Mustela c. cicognani ; 1 female, off Glaucomys v. volans. Sax-
tons River, 1 male, off same host.

32. Doratopsylla blarince C. Pox. — Connecticut: Rainbow, 1
female, off large short-tailed shrew. Massachusetts : Concord,
1 male and 1 female, off Blarina brevicauda talpoides. Milton,
October 19, 1941, 2 males and 1 female, off same host ; November
9, 1941, 1 male and 2 females, off same host; October 19, 1941, 1
female, off Peromyscus leucopus novel) or acensis. Sagamore
Beach, 2 males and 1 female, off Blarina brevidauda talpoides ;
July 13, 1941, 1 male, off same host. Westboro, 1 female, off same
host. New Hampshire: Center Ossipee, August 17, 1941, 1 male
and 2 females, off Peromyscus manicidatus gracilis; numerous
specimens, off Blarina brevicauda talpoides. Lake Chocorua, 1
male, off same host.- — Vermont: Rutland, 1 male, off same host.
Saxtons River, 1 male and 1 female, off same host.

Doratopsylla curvata Rothschild. No records of the occurrence
of this species in New England are known to the writer. It has
been collected off Blarina in New York State.

33. Epitedia wenmanni (Rothschild). — Connecticut: Mount
Carmel, 2 females, off mouse. Massachusetts: Barnstable, 1
male, off Battus n. norvegicus ; 1 female, off Peromyscus leucopus
noveb or acensis. Milton, October 26, 1941, 1 male and 1 female,
off same host ; November 9, 1941, 2 males, off same host ; 1 female,
off Peromyscus manicidatus gracilis ; and 1 male, off Microtus p.
pennsylvanicus. Penikese Island, 1 female, off same host. Wake-
field, 1 female, off Blarina brevicauda talpoides. Westboro, 1
female, off Peromyscus leucopus noveb or acensis. Oak Bluffs,
January 16, 1942, off cottontail rabbit, 1 female (H. K. Gouck and
C. N. Smith, Bishopp no. 31113). Gay Head, March 19, 1942, off
Microtus pennsylvanicus, 1 female (Bishopp no. 31120) ; March
19, 1942, off Peromyscus leucopus ssp., 2 females (Bishopp no.
31121) ; and April 10, 1942, off same host, 2 females (Bishopp
no. 31127). (All collected by H. K. Gouck.) New Hampshire:
Center Ossipee, 4 males, off Peromyscus maniculatus gracilis;

Mar., 1943]

Fuller: Fleas

11

1 female, off Peromyscus leucopus novel or acensis ; October 12,
1941, 1 female, off same host; October 12, 1941, 1 female, off
Sciurus hudsonicus loquax. Vermont: Mendon, 1 female, off
Mustela c. cicognani.

34. Epitedia faceta (Rothschild). — Massachusetts: The only
New England record known to the writer is from Wilbraham,
Massachusetts, # male and female, off Sciurus hudsonicus. These
two specimens are in the N. C. Rothschild Collection, in the
British Museum.

Epitedia testor (Rothschild). No records of the occurrence of
this species in New England are known to the writer. It was
described from a female holotype collected at Lansingburgh, near
Troy, New York, taken from a nest, presumably a mouse’s. The
male is not known as yet.

35. Tamiophila grandis (Rothschild). — Massachusetts: Mil-
ton, October 19, 1941, 1 male, off Peromyscus leucopus novebora-
censis. Petersham, 1 female, off Mustela n. novel or acensis.
Sagamore Beach, 1 female, off Tamias striatus lysteri. New
Hampshire : Center Ossipee, 4 females, off same host. Vermont .-
Mendon, 2 females, off same host. Saxtons River, 2 males and
4 females, off domestic dog. The dog represents an accidental
host.

36. Catallagia borealis Ewing. — Maine: The only New En-
gland record of this species known to the writer is the type speci-
men, a female, taken at Basin Pond, Mt. Katahdin, Maine, off
Microtus p. pennsylvanicus. It is in the United States National
Museum.

As is shown in a paper by the writer (1942b), C. onaga Jordan
(New York State) is identical with this species, and is therefore a
synonym of C. borealis.

Family Ischnopsyllidge

37. Myodopsylla insignis (Rothschild). — Connecticut: Kent,
8 males and 9 females, off bats. Canton Center, 5 females, off
Myotis l. lucifugus. Massachusetts: Barnstable, December 17,
1933, 1 male, off same host (D. Griffin). Centerville, 1 male, off
same host. Hatchville, numerous specimens, off same host,
Mashpee, July 22, 1935, 2 males and 9 females, off same host (D.

12

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

Griffin). Pittsfield, 7 males and 6 females, off same host.
Wrentham, 1 male and 1 female, off same host. New Hampshire :
Franklin, 2 males and 6 females, off same host. Vermont: Mt.
Arolus, 1 female, off same host. Chittenden, 1 male, off Pipistrel-
lus subflavus obscurus (F. L. Osgood) ; January 11, 1914, 1
female, off Myotis l. lucifugus (F. M. Allen).

SUMMARY

Of the thirty-seven species of fleas here listed from New
England, five are reported for the first time in this paper : Becto-
frontia fraterna, Ceratophyllus riparius, Orchopeas caedens,
Hystrichopsylla gigas tahavuana, and Tamiophila grandis.

The following species, not yet reported from New England,
possibly occur there: Conorhinopsylla stanfordi, Ceratophyllus
celsus , Atyphloceras bishopi, Doratopsylla curvata, Epitedia
testor.

Thus far there is only one record of Echidnophaga gallinacea
from this region. The human flea, Pidex irritans , has been re-
ported only rarely from New England.

Ctenocephalides felis is the flea commonly found on cats and
dogs and infesting human dwellings. Ctenocephalides canis has
been taken only rarely in New England.

Xenopsylla cheopis, an important species in the transmission of
typhus and bubonic plague, where these diseases occur, has been
found on rats in Boston and other Atlantic seaports. Nosopsyl-
lus fasciatus, however, is by far the commonest rat-flea in the New
England region.

EEFEEENCES

Fox, Carroll, and Sullivan, E. C. 1925. A comparative study of rat-flea
data for several seaports of the United States. Public Health Ee-
ports, 40, no. 37 : 1909-1934.

Fox, Irving. 1940. Fleas of Eastern United States, pp. i-vii + 1-191.
Ames, Iowa.

Fuller, H. S. 1942a. Notes on a collection of Siphonaptera, mainly from
Pennsylvania. Entomological News, 53 : 136-139.

. 1942b. Studies on Siphonaptera of eastern North America. Bul-
letin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society. In press.

Trembly, H. L., and Bishopp, F. C. 1940. Distribution and hosts of some
fleas of economic importance. Journal of Economic Entomology,
33, no. 4 : 701-703.

Mar., 1943]

Dillon: Monochamini

13

SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES ON WESTERN HEMI-
SPHERE MONOCHAMINI

By Lawrence S. Dillon and Elizabeth S. Dillon

Since the publication1 of the work on this tribe, the receipt of
additional material has brought to light species not previously
seen as well as new locality records and synonymy for forms
already reported upon. Furthermore, various friends of the
authors have pointed out some errors and oversights which need
correction. It is to bring these matters to notice that this sup-
plement is offered.

Thanks are due to Lionel Lacey for the loan of his material, to
Henry Dietrich and Mont Cazier for the privilege of studying
the collections respectively at Cornell University and at the
American Museum of Natural History, and to Warren S. Fisher
and Dr. E. Gorton Linsley for notations regarding genotype
designations.

Taeniotes Serville

The type of this genus had been previously designated by
Thomson, Systema Ceramb., 1864, p. 77, as Cerambyx ocellatus
Oliv.

Taeniotes naevius Bates. A fine series of twenty-seven speci-
mens in Lacey’s collection included fourteen from various locali-
ties in Ecuador, as follows : Ecuador : 1 ; Bio Anzu, Oriente. 1 ;
Puyo. 1 ; Tungurahua. 4 ; Zatzayacu, Oriente. 1 ; El Parti-
dero. 2; Abitaqua, Oriente. 2; Balzapamba. 1; La Palmera.
1 ; Playse de Montelvo.

Taeniotes inquinatus Thomson. Ecuador : 5 ; El Partidero,
March 4, 1936 (W. MacIntyre) [L. Lacey].

Taeniotes similis Dillon and Dillon. Inadvertently, the listing
of the topotypic paratype in the authors’ collection was omitted
in type-setting and the omission was not corrected in proofread-
ing. New localities are listed here: Ecuador: §; Abitagua, Rio
Pastaza, Oriente, Nov. 26, 1936 (W. MacIntyre) [L. Lacey].
Colombia: J*; no locality data (Felipe Ovalle) [A.M.N.H.].

1 Dillon, L. S., and E. S. Dillon. The Tribe Monochamini in the Western
Hemisphere, Reading Public Museum Sci. Pub., No. 1, 1941.

14

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

Taeniotes dentatus Dillon and Dillon. Ecuador : ; El Parti-

dero, Nov. 27, 1935 (W. MacIntyre) [L. Lacey].

Taeniotes praeclarus Bates. The correct spelling of the spe-
cific name as found in the original description is as given above.
Ecuador : § ; Abitagua, Oriente, Dec. 13, 1939 [L. Lacey] .

Taeniotes buckleyi Bates. This species, correctly, should be
placed before luciani, but this relationship could not possibly
have been garnered from Bates’ description.

Elongate-ovate, robust, subcylindrical ; elytra subconvex; dark
brown or fuscous, covered with fine, short, grayish-brown pubes-
cence and with yellow pubescence as follows : head with a narrow
vitta from occiput to between antennal tubercles, slightly wider
basally and apically, another behind each eye, widest at base,
and a third rather narrow, outlining anterior margin of lower
lobe of eye to behind base of mandibles ; pronotum with a rather
narrow vitta medially, which is slightly wider on middle two-
thirds and interrupted at middle • and below each lateral tubercle
a slightly wider one gradually narrowing apically; scutellum
broadly vittate; elytra each with two larger, oval maculae, one
at middle and one at apical third, these on center of disk, apical
fourth at center with a row of fine dots which are sometimes
slightly coalescent, lateral margin with a row of very fine dots
to apical fourth, remainder of disk with few scattered, very small
or minute maculae, center of base of each elytron with a very
short, narrow, yellow vitta. Beneath dark brown or fuscous,
thinly clothed with fine, brownish-gray pubescence, laterally with
a broken, yellow vitta on sterna, and on sternites rather large
maculae laterally, which are gradually smaller apically; pro-
sternum with a rather wide vitta just before each procoxa. An-
tennae and legs dark brown, antennae somewhat lighter apically ;
legs thinly clothed with brownish-gray pubescence and antennae
with brownish pubescence. Head finely, densely punctate and
with few coarse punctures which are frequently feebly rugose,
a median impressed line from occiput to between antennal tuber-
cles on front, thence carinate to epistoma; front rugosely-punc-
tate; antennae nearly twice body length in male, only about
one-third longer in female ; pronotum transverse, sides nearly
straight; apex narrower than base; two basal and one apical

Mar., 1943]

Dillon: Monochamini

15

transverse sulci, apical one deep and nearly angulated at middle ;
disk rugose, and with a small tubercle either side of median vitta
just before internal basal sulcus ; lateral tubercles moderate, end-
ing in a long, acute spine. Scutellum feebly elongate, sides
straight, apex broadly rounded. Elytra with sides nearly
straight, tapering to apex; apices rounded, near suture angu-
lated ; at base tuberculate for only a very short space, then very
deeply punctate, punctures finer and evanescent apically. Meso-
sternum with a distinct rectangular tubercle; fifth sternite at
apex with a long, acute spine either side, male feebly emarginate,
female feebly emarginate and with a narrow, shallow, triangular
impression to base.

Length: 22-26 mm.; width: 6.75-8.5 mm.

Distribution : Ecuador and Peru.

Peru: 1 .J1; La Merced, Chanchamayo [L. Lacey]. 2; Chan-
chamayo, April, 1928 [A.M.N.H.]. 1 2; Abneudrillo, Dept. San

Martin, Nov. 14, 1936 [L. Lacey]. 1 2; Sani Beni, Yunin, Sept.
26, 1935 (P. Woytkowski) [L. Lacey].

Ecuador: 1 2; Tungurahua, May 23, 1939 (W. MacIntyre) [L.
Lacey] .

Parataeniotes Dillon and Dillon, gen. nov.

In future listings, this should follow Taeniotes, which it resembles in the
spined fifth abdominal sternite and in the form of the eye. It differs from
it in the small, unarmed lateral tubercles of pronotum, which is more slender
in form; pronotal disk transversely rugose at middle; and elytra without
tubercles, its apices broadly dentate.

Medium to large, elongate-ovate, rather slender, subcylindrical ; black; some-
what shining, with sparse, longish, fine pubescence, with vittae and maculae
of white tomentum. Head sparsely, coarsely, rugosely punctate, punctures
wide and shallow, almost foveate, with a fine carina from occiput to epistoma,
stronger on front, front scabrose; antennal tubercles roughly scabrose. Eye
with lower lobe transverse, large, two times genal height; upper lobe sub-
equal in width to isthmus which is wide. Antennae two to two and one-half
times body length in male, one and one-half to one and two-thirds its length
in female, not fringed or only very feebly so beneath. Pronotum slightly
elongate, sides feebly arcuate, narrower apically ; a feeble but distinct tubercle
laterally just behind middle; three basal and two apical transverse sulci; disk
strongly, transversely rugose at middle. Scutellum slightly transverse.
Elytra with sides feebly arcuate to apices, which are acute and bluntly dentate
at tip. Prosternum angulate; procoxal cavities narrowly open. Mesoster-
num with a medium tubercle. Fifth sternite spined laterally in female and
male. Legs in male very elongate ; protarsi in female and male only slightly
fringed on all segments.

16

Journal New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LI

Parataeniotes mimus Dillon and Dillon, spec. nov.

Superficially, this species resembles Taeniotes farinosus very closely in form
and coloration. It is somewhat more slender, however, and the elytra lack
larger maculae, and the pronotal median vitta is very fine.

Elongate-ovate, slender, subcylindrical ; black, with longish, sparse, fine
white hairs, and with white tomentose markings as follows: head with seven
very narrow vittae, one medially from occiput to between antennal tubercles,
one either side of middle from base of head to and running a short distance
along posterior margin of upper lobe of eye, these arcuate and nearly meeting
medial vitta, a short one each side laterally from isthmus to base of head, and
one either side of front outlining anterior margin of lower lobe of eye, from
base of antennal tubercles to base of head almost to gula; pronotum with
seven narrow vittae, one medially from base to apex, one either side of middle,
above lateral tubercle, slightly arcuate and extending from outer apical to
outer basal sulcus, one each side just below lateral tubercle, and one above
procoxae short, only about one-third length of other vittae; scutellum with a
median vitta, widest at base ; elytra with about five irregular rows of very
small, round maculae, in sutural and fourth rows forming a sort of indistinct
vitta on apical quarter; beneath black, all over slightly more densely covered
with same pubescence as above, prosternum with a narrow, white vitta between
procoxae, this not attaining apex and much broader basally; on the mesepi-
sterna an oblique vitta along base and ending in a small, rounded macula on
metepisterna ; epistoma with a short, oblique vitta not quite at base and a
small macula at apex ; metasternum with a narrow, oblique vitta almost from
mesocoxae and followed by a small, round dot ; sternites laterally with a small,
round macula each side, on last sternite much elongate. Antennae with basal
two segments piceous and very sparsely pubescent, third segment piceous
basally and gradually becoming light reddish-brown at apex, remaining seg-
ments light reddish-brown.

Head above coarsely, rugosely-punctate, punctures wide and shallow, en-
tire surface more finely, sparsely punctate ; a very narrow median carina from
occiput to epistoma ; front scabrose ; antennae with scape and basal half of
third segment scabrose, only very slightly fringed underneath scape in both
female and male. Pronotum slightly transverse, slightly rounded from base
to apex; apex narrower than base; three basal and two apical transverse sulci,
outer apical shallow, inner deep and very sharply curved at middle, almost
angulate; two outer basal sulci shallow, inner deep and curved at middle;
lateral tubercles small but distinct; disk at center rugosely-punctate, punc-
tures very coarse, remainder of disk with small, scattered punctures. Scutel-
lum slightly transverse, sides arcuate, apex subacute. Elytra with sides
rounded to apices, which are acute and broadly dentate at tip ; humeri promi-
nent; base, particularly around scutellum and on humeri, coarsely, rugosely
punctate, remainder of elytra with coarse, sparse punctures each bearing a
short, white hair and these punctures somewhat finer apically. Prosternum
rounded, abruptly declivious behind procoxse ; mesosternum with broad, rather
blunt tubercle in female and male; entire undersurface finely, moderately

Mar., 1943]

Dillon: Monochamini

17

punctate; fifth sternite in male and female truncate at tip, fringed and with
a robust spine each side, a row of long, coarse, black hairs from each spine
to base of fifth. Legs elongate in male, tarsi feebly fringed in both sexes,
slightly more so in male.

Holotype : Male ; La Merced, Chanchamayo, Peru (Paul Mar-
tin) [L. Lacey].

Allotype: Female; Hansa Humboldt, Santa Catarina, Brazil;
Sept., 1940 (A. Mailer) [L. Lacey].

Paratype: Male; topotypic [L. Lacey].

Neopty diodes Dillon and Dillon

Neoptychodes candidus Bates. New localities : Canal Zone : 2 ;
Barro Colorado, Feb. 8, 1936 (F. E. Lutz) [A.M.N.H.] . Costa
Rico : 1 ; Reventazon [L. Lacey] .

Monochamus Guerin

The genotype was designated as Cerambyx sutor Linn., by
John Curtis, British Entomology, vol. V, 1824r-39, p. 219.

Monochamus obtusus Casey. British Columbia: 2; Saanich,
July 29, 1934, on Abies grandis (C. A. Hardy) [Victoria Prov.
Mus.]. J; no locality data [L. Lacey].

Plagiohammus Dillon and Dillon

Plagiohammus elatus Bates. Previously this species was
known only from Nicaragua and Panama. Ecuador : J' ; Mapoto,
Rio Pastaza, 1300 m., Oct. 22, 1938 ( W. C. MacIntyre) [L. Lacey] .

Plagiohammus granulosus Bates. While this species was not
seen before by the authors, the single example listed below was
in too poor condition to redescribe here.

British Honduras: ,<?(?); Punta Gorda, April, 1936 (J. J.
White) [L. Lacey].

Plagiohammus sticticus Bates. The remarks under the above
species apply here also. Ecuador : 1 ; Zatzayuca, Oriente [L.
Lacey] .

Plagiohammus imperator Thomson. A comparison by Dr.
Linsley of a specimen of this species with his type of Deliathis
albidus, verifies that the two are identical, his name falling then
into synonymy.

r

18 Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. li

Deliathis Thomson

Genotype designation, as Taeniotes buquetii Tasle, was made
by Thomson, in Syst. Ceramb, 18(34, p. 77.

Deliathis quadritaeniator White. Costa Rica ; 1 ; Guapiles,
Santa Clara [L. Lacey].

Goes Leconte

The genotype designation should be credited to Thomson
(1864), rather than to Casey.

Goes fisheri Dillon and Dillon. Texas : $ ; no locality data [L.
Lacey]. J1; Anhalt, Coma Co., June 28, 1917 [Corn. U.].

Mar., 1943]

Chen: Cicadas

19

NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF CHINESE CICADAS
WITH SYNONYMICAL AND NOMENCLA-
TORIAL NOTES*

By Kan-fan Chen

University of Minnesota/ St. Paul, Minnesota

The Chinese species of the family Cicadidse have been described
and named for the most part by European workers whose writings
are scattered through a great number of publications. The Chi-
nese species of this family were named and described earlier than
other groups of Chinese insects. The first Chinese species was
described by Linne and named Cicada repanda based on speci-
mens from India. In 1773 Drury described a species from China
which he called Cicada maculata, but did not give a definite
locality, and in the same year De Geer described and named a
third species, Cicada sanguinea. Many additional Chinese spe-
cies were described subsequently by Fabricius (1775-1803),
Olivier (1790), Westwood (1824), White (1844), Signoret (1849),
Walker (1850 and 1858), Stal (1863-1870), Motschulsky (1866),
Uhler (1861-1862) and Karsch (1894).

Most of the cicada material described by the earlier writers
was made available through the incidental collecting of travelers
and missionaries who failed to record definite locality data. Thus,
many type locality names need confirmation because the collectors
either transliterated Chinese names to English, German, French,
etc., or in modern times the Chinese names have been changed, or
only the name of the country “ China ” was given. This has
caused considerable confusion and lack of knowledge regarding
the geographical distribution of the cicadas recorded from China,

The most valuable cicada material available in museums is
largely the result of organized collecting expeditions. The most
important collectors who participated in these various expeditions
are as follows :

* Selected portions of a thesis entitled ‘ ‘ A Contribution to the Knowledge
of Chinese Cicadas, ’ ’ submitted to the Faculty of the Graduate School of the
University of Minnesota in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the
degree of Master of Science.

20

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

Potanin. C. N. Potanin started from Peiping the latter part
of 1892 and proceeded to Tian-fu and from there crossed over the
Tsinling mountains. He then visited Chengtu, Ya-an and Ta-
tsien-lu, the present provincial capital of Sikang Province. From
here he went northward to Changu, Fu-pien, Hung-kiao and Li-
fan, all of which are in the northwest part of Szechwan Province.
Here two of his fellow travelers were taken ill which necessitated
his return to Peiping. On the return trip he collected at Shi-
tsuan, Chang-ming and Pao-ning, all in the northern part of the
Province of Szechwan. The material he collected on this trip
was deposited in the Zoological Museum of Leningrad. Cf . Meli-
char (1902).

Berezovski. M. Berezovski traveled from Peiping to Hui
(= Wei) in southeastern Kansu Province. He remained there
from March to December, 1892. From Wei he proceeded to
Lung-an, Szechwan, to Chengtu, the provincial capital of Szech-
wan and back to Lung-an. He remained near there at the village
of Mu-kua-chi, District of Hotsingou, from April, 1893, to Janu-
ary, 1894, and then returned to Peiping. His cicadas were de-
posited in the Zoological Museum of Leningrad. Cf. Melichar
(1902).

Kershaw. Wm. Kershaw collected in South China principally
at Hanlik and Macao. His material was reported upon by
Kirkaldy (1909).

Muir. F. Muir collected at Lu-fou-shan and Macao in Kwang-
tung Province. Kirkaldy (1909) reported on his cicada material.

The Chinese cicadas reported upon in numerous papers by
W. L. Distant came from many sources. Some of the collectors
of the specimens he recorded are Horsfield, Bowring, Whitehead,
Cros-Jean, David, Excoffier, Maw and the Chinese collector and
taxidermist Tan Wang-wang. Haupt (1923) reported on the
material collected by Walter Stotzner near Peiping and Western
Szechwan. Schmidt’s (1920) material was collected by R. E.
Mell. Schmidt (1933) also reported on the material collected by
Dr. C. F. Wu of Yenching University. The Heude Museum,
Shanghai, has had collectors for many years in the Provinces of
Kiangsu, Chekiang and Anhwei. China (1925) reported on the
material collected by Gregory in Yun-nan Province. Schumacher
(1915) described the material collected by H. Sauter in Formosa.

Mar., 1943]

Chen: Cicadas

21

The writer, as an employee of the University of Nanking,
undertook a collecting trip designed primarily for the collection
of insects for the entomology museum at the University of Nan-
king. The author departed from Nanking and collected along
the Tientsin-Pukow railway line to Peiping returning by way of
the Peiping-Hankow railway line to Chengchow. A whole sum-
mer was spent at Tienmushan, Chekiang Province, and at Hwang-
shan, Anhwei Province. In 1937, another trip was made to
Southern Chekiang Province and Ruling, Kiangsi Province. In
1938, an opportunity arose to collect specimens in Szechwan
Province. Along the northeastern border of this province there
are high mountainous ranges, undulating inward from Tibet. On
these high ranges the fauna is Palaearctic, while at their foot and
on the plains the species are typically Oriental. The writer
climbed to the Tibet border (6,000 feet in the valley) and lived
in a Lama Temple for five weeks. During this trip, numerous
specimens were added to the collection. In the same year, speci-
mens were also extensively collected by colleagues at well-known
Mt. Omei, 10,400 feet above sea level.

My study of the cicadas leads me to believe that the natural
boundary separating the Palaearctic and Oriental Regions in
China is the Yang-tsze River. Faunal studies of other groups of
animals have led to different opinions. Along each side of the
Yang-tsze River, there is a sort of “debatable land” where Palae-
arctic and Oriental forms strive for supremacy. The Palaearctic
part of China consists of two subregions, Manchurian and Si-
berian. The dominant forms of cicadas in the Manchurian Sub-
region are the species of Tibicen and a few species of Melampsalta
and Tibicina. It is interesting to note that all these genera also
occur in the Nearctic Region. One species of Melampsalta re-
corded from the Balkans, and another species of the same genus
recorded from Turkestan, are both present in Northern Szechwan.
The cicada fauna of the Manchurian Subregion has a strong
affinity with that of the Siberian and European Subregions on the
one hand and with that of the Nearctic Region on the other. The
Oriental fauna of China consists of a greater number of genera
and species, which are gradually reduced in numbers as one pro-
ceeds toward the north and east towards the Palaearctic Region

22

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

and only a few species actually extend into the Manchurian Sub-
region. This would seem to indicate that the Oriental cicada
fauna in China is the result of the invasion from the Indo-
Malayan Region. The Yang-tsze River is a more or less natural
boundary between these two great Zoological Regions. This boun-
dary extends westward along the Yang-tsze River through the
Yang-tsze Gorge; it then leaves the River and turns northward
along the southern slope of the Chungnanshan and Tsinling
ranges to the border of the Tibet Plateau and then continues with
the Himalayan mountains. I do not agree with those who suggest
that the boundary extends along a certain degree of latitude.

The present paper includes descriptions of new genera, new
species, synonymical notes and nomenclatorial changes. The com-
plete thesis treating all the species available for study and con-
taining extensive data on geographical distribution is on file in
the library of the University of Minnesota.

This study was carried out under the supervision of Dr. C. E.
Mickel and the writer wishes to express sincere thanks for his
valuable suggestions and criticism. Thanks are also due to Dr.
H. S. Chen of the National Institute of Zoology and Botany,
Academia Sinica, Nanking, for presenting me with the specimens
from Kwangsi and Kweichow Provinces. Dr. We-i Yang and
Mr. A. S. Chao of the Pan Memorial Biological Institute, Peiping,
sent me a collection from Hainan, Kwangtung Province, and
Chungnanshan, Shensi Province. In 1938, Prof. Y. Chou of the
North Western Agriculture College collected for three months in
Sikang Province (eastern Tibet). He was kind enough to turn
over to me all the cicada specimens collected during his trip. I
would like to mention those who assisted in the building of the
University of Nanking cicada collection : Messrs. C. S. Tsi and
S. 0. Hsia of the Division of Entomology, University of Nanking ;
Dr. Y. D. Feng, Nankai University, Tientsin, Manchurian collec-
tion; Mr. C. Y. Liu, Kwangsi University, Liuchow, Kwangsi
specimens; Chekiang Bureau of Entomology, Hangchow; Ki-
angsu Bureau of Entomology, Nanking ; Mr. K. P. Chu, Kwang-
tung Provincial Bureau of Agriculture and Forestry, Kwangtung
specimens; Mr. K. R. Wang, Sun Yat-son University, Canton,
Canton specimens ; Mr. C. C. Tao, Shantung University, Tsingtao

Mar., 1943]

Chen: Cicadas

23

specimens; Mr. I. F. Yang, Bureau of Reconstruction, Foochow,
Fukien specimens ; Father P. 0. Piel, the Director of the Heude
Museum, Shanghai, Kuling specimens.

Dundubia vaginata Fabr.

1754. Cicada mannifera Linne, Mus. Ad. Frid. : 84.

1787. Tettigonia vaginata Fabricius, Mant. Ins. 2: 266 (Su-
matra ) .

1850. Dundubia immacida Walker, List Homop. 1 : 50 (Tenas-
serim).

1850. Dundubia nigrimacula Walker, List Homop. 1: 63 (Java).
1850. Dundubia sobria Walker, List Homop. 1 : 63 (Hong-Kong) .
1850. Dundubia varians Walker, List Homop. 1 : 48 (New Hol-
land).

1867. Fidicina confinis Walker, J. Linn. Soc. Zool. 10 : 92.

1923. Dundubia vaginata Moulton, J. Fed. Mai. Sta. Mus. 11 (2) :
63 (Malaysia, India, China, North Australia).

1933. Dundubia mannif era Schmidt, Pek. N. H. Soc. Bull. 7 : 124
(Canton).

1940. Dundubia mannifera Liu, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 87 : 88,
pi. 5, f. 25.

This species was first recorded as Cicada mannifera in 1754 by
Linne. Stal (1866) found out that it was the same species as
Fabricius’ Tettigonia vaginata. Moulton (1923) pointed out that
mannifera was a prelinnean name and was not subsequently re-
corded by Linne in his other writings, so D. mannifera L. should
be changed to D. vaginata Fabr. Although, in 1764, Linne men-
tioned Cicada mannifera as a synonym of Cicada tibicen from
Surinam and Carolina, this does not validate the name.

Genus Platylomia Stal

Genotype : Cicada flavida Guerin. Monobasic.
Platylomia 1870. Stal, Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. : 708, note.

1905. Distant, A. M. N. H. (7) 15 : 65.

1923. Moulton, J. Fed. Mai. Sta. Mus. 11 (2) : 97.
Stal proposed the genus Platylomia and included the single spe-
cies Dundubia flavida Guerin. According to the rules of Zoologi-
cal Nomenclature, a genus proposed to include a single species

24

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

must take that species as genotype. Distant used Stal’s name and
redescribed the genus, stating that the characters given by Stal
cannot be accepted because they refer to Guerin’s figure and can-
not be found in the species. Distant designated another species
Tettigonia spinosa Fabr. as the genotype of Platylomia, but his
designation cannot be accepted because of the above rule. Dis-
tant stated that flavida Guerin and spinosa Fabr. are congeneric,
therefore the recognition of flavida Guerin as the correct genotype
does not affect Distant’s concept of the genus Platylomia.

According to Distant, this genus includes those species having
the head (including the eyes) about as wide or little wider than
the base of the mesonotum and almost as long as the breadth be-
tween eyes. He put this genus in a group possessing the length
of head equal to the breadth between the eyes. Moulton pointed
out that the head of P. flavida is distinctly shorter than the
breadth between the eyes. This is also true of all the Chinese
species in the genus.

Tibicen slocumi sp. nov. (Fig. 1)

Male. Head deflected anteriorly, much shorter than space between the
eyes, including the eyes wider than the base of mesonotum. Front promi-
nently produced ; front and anterior lateral angles of vertex not continuous ;
front ochraceous, a subquadrangular spot at each side black. Vertex ochra-
ceous, a trapezoidal spot with the sides diverging posteriorly, a lateral broad
band between it and the eyes, and the area posterior to eyes, black. Eyes
yellowish brown, projecting beyond the anterior margin of pronotum. Ocelli
about twice the distance apart from eyes as from each other.

Pronotum a little longer than the head, and shorter than the mesonotum
(excluding cruciform elevation), its lateral margins ampliated; pronotum
ochraceous, two narrow, median, linear, longitudinal fasciae much widened
laterally at the anterior ends, and terminating posteriorly in a circular spot,
all black. Lines between the disk and the lateral and posterior marginal
areas, black.

Mesonotum black, with a central w-shaped spot and with lateral, longi-
tudinal, marginal fasciae, greenish ochraceous; a black spot at the center of
the cruciform elevation.

Abdomen above black, with a series of oblique, whitish spots on each side
of the abdominal segments. Lateral fourths of tympanal coverings greenish
ochraceous. Eighth tergite longer medially than the two preceding ones.
Ninth tergite prolonged behind to form a pair of angular projections. Anal
tergite shining black with an ochraceous spot at the posterior margin.

Tegmina and wings hyaline. Tegmina with the costal membrane and

Mar., 1943]

Chen: Cicadas

25

basal cell greenish ochraceous; basal cell about twice as long as wide, in-
fuscated; veins inside the almost obsolete nodal line greenish ochraceous, the
outer part of the veins piceous, the vein in front of the basal cell also piceous ;
the cross veins at the bases of the second, third, fourth, fifth and seventh
apical areas infuscated. Wings with veins of the basal half ochraceous, the
apical half piceous. The extreme base of tegmina and wings ochraceously
sanguineous; margins of claval area of wings semi-opaque.

Body beneath ochraceous, covered with thickly greyish pile. Antennas,
transverse striations to face, the broad fascia between eyes and face, areas
adjacent to eyes, disks of lora, lateral depressed areas of clypeus, mesopleura,
metepisternum, lower surface of coxas and apex of rostrum, all black. Two
strong spines on front femora and small spines on hind tibiae, castaneous, the
hind spine of the front femora not erect, but closely appressed against the
surface of femora, the apical spine projecting outwardly. Opercula reaching
the hind margin of the second sternite; lateral margins straight, strongly
turned upward; posterior margins convexly rounded and slightly overlapping
at their inner margins; color ochraceous.

Abdomen beneath brownish black, the second sternite, the posterior margin
of third to sixth sternites ochraceous. Subgenital plate ochraceous with a
transverse black fascia on the anterior portion, its length equal to the three
preceding segments, posterior half somewhat transversely wrinkled, posterior
margin more or less truncate. Hypandrium as long as subgenital plate,
ochraceous in color, longitudinally convex, the posterior margin broadly
rounded. Spiracles adorned with white powder.

Length of body, 35 mm.; expansion of tegmina, 96 mm.

Holotype : male, Lifan, Szechwan Province, China, August 20,
1939 (Chen), in collection of the University of Nanking.

Allotype : female, larger ; anal tergite longer medially than the
two preceding segments, posteriorly produced into a strong spine.
Genital plate about twice as broad as long, posterior margin
deeply cleft medially.

Length of body, 38 mm. ; expansion of tegmina, 102 mm.

Allotype : female, Lifan, Szechwan Province, China, August 20,
1939 (Chen), in collection of the University of Nanking.

Paratypes: four males and one female collected at the same
place and on the same date with the holotype by Chen ; length of
male paratypes varies from 33.5 to 37.5 mm. ; expansion of teg-
mina, 89 to 98 mm. Length of the female paratype is 35 mm. ;
expansion of tegmina 100 mm. One male paratype is deposited
in the National Institute of Zoology and Botany, Academia
Sinica, Nanking, China. One male paratype is deposited in the
Department of Entomology and Economic Zoology, University

26

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. Li

of Minnesota, U. S. A. The rest are in the collection of the Uni-
versity of Nanking.

This species is closely allied to sinensis Distant, but it differs by
the larger size, infnseation of the fifth and seventh apical areas,
absence of the black band across the posterior margin of the pro-
notum, and the color of the venation of the tegmina.

Fig. 1. Tegmen and hind wing of Tibicen slocumi sp. nov.

Tibicen tsaopaonensis sp. nov. (PI. I, Fig. 1)

This species in general appearance is very closely related to T. sinensis
Distant. The markings of the body are similar to the latter. The char-
acters which separate it from T. sinensis are as follows :

1. The hypandrium of the new species equal in length to the subgenital
plate, that of sinensis longer than the latter.

2. The greatest width of the subgenital plate in tsaopaonensis longer than
the length of thei four preceding abdominal sternites, while in sinensis it is
equal only to the length of the four preceding sternites.

3. The eighth tergite in this species longer than the sixth and seventh
tergites together; in sinensis the length of the eighth tergite is equal to the
length of the sixth and seventh tergites.

4. A wide zigzag infuscated band coincides with the bases of apical areas
across the tegmen, only broken at the base of the sixth apical area. In
sinensis only the bases of the second and third apical areas infuscated.

5. On the tegmen, a small areole is separated from the apex of the radial
area, while this is absent in sinensis.

6. In tsaopaonensis, the apical portion of the basal cell is blackish and the
claval area of wings strongly infuscated, while in sinensis the basal cell is uni-
form in color throughout and the claval area of wings only very slightly
infuscated. *

7. In this species both the fore and hind wings are slightly, obscurely in-
fuscated and the veins are darker in color. In sinensis they are hyaline and
the color of veins is lighter.

8. The abdomen is dull black, and one pair of whitish oblique pubescent
dots on the lateral sides of only the first abdominal tergite. The posterior
margin of eighth tergite is yellowish. In sinensis, there is a pair of whitish
pubescent dots on each of the tergites. The posterior margin of the eighth
tergite concolor ous.

9. The species is larger in size than sinensis.

Mar., 1943]

Chen: Cicadas

27

Holotype : male, Tsaopao, Western Szechwan Province, China,
August 9, 1938 (Chen), in the collection of the University of
Nanking.

Chremistica nana sp. nov. (PL II, Fig. 9)

Male. Body above ochraceous. Head including eyes wider than the base
of the mesonotum. Length of the head scarcely more than half the breadth
between the eyes. Front and the anterior and lateral angles of vertex con-
tinuous. Front and vertex medially and longitudinally sulcate. A continu-
ous, broad, black fascia across the anterior portion of front, and the anterior
and lateral margins of vertex. Eyes obliquely porrect ; color fuscous. Ocelli
about twice the distance from eyes as from each other, color pinkish red.

Pronotum longer than head, much shorter than the mesonotum (excluding
cruciform elevation), its width more than two times its length, deflected
anteriorly. Pronotum with incisures; mesonotum with faint obconical spots
on its disk, and the lateral triangular markings faintly castaneous.

Abdomen equal to the length of the head and thorax together, attenuated
posteriorly with the posterior segmental margins brownish ochraceous. Anal
tergite produced posteriorly into a strong spine, its posterior margin deeply
concave laterally. The first three abdominal segments much shorter than the
following segments. Eighth tergite medially equal to the sixth and seventh
tergites together. Width of fifth tergite equal to the length of the first four
tergites together.

Tegmina and wings hyaline. The width of the tegmina about one-third
its length. Venation ochraceous on the basal half, fuscous on the apical half.
Tegmina with nine apical areas; wings with six apical areas.

Body beneath and legs, pale ochraceous, yellowish pilose, covered with
whitish powder. Apex of the rostrum, and claws, piceous. Three spines be-
neath the front femora, two near the distal part, and one near the base.
The most distal one is very small. Opercula about half the length of the
abdomen, with the disk slightly convex, yellowish pubescent and covered with
white powder ; outer margins of opercula almost straight and obliquely slant-
ing inward, leaving the tympanal orifices laterally exposed, the inner margins
sinuate near the basal fourth and nearly overlapping throughout, the posterior
margin convexly rounded. Rostrum exceeding intermediate coxae. Coxal
thorn thin, concave on the ventral surface, curved inwardly and reaching the
basal third of the operculum. The subgenital plate depressed immediately
near the base, its length equal to the two preceding sternites. Hypandrium
longer than subgenital plate, globose, projecting beyond the anal tergite.
The posterior margin of the subgenital plate slightly emarginate.

Length of body, 18 mm. ; expansion of tegmina, 58 mm.

Female smaller than the male. The tegmina with eight apical areas, the
extreme base lightly ferruginous. Two linear fuscous fasciae on the disk
of mesonotum. The posterior margin of genital plate deeply concave.

Holotype, male; allotype, female, Hainan, South China, April

28

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

5, 1934. Holotype in Fan Memorial Biological Institute, Peiping ;
allotype in the University of Nanking.

This species is closely allied to Walker’s ochracea. The size is
much smaller than ochracea. A strong spine is not formed in
ochracea. The hypandrium is longer than the subgenital plate,
but it is shorter than the subgenital plate in ochracea. The abdo-
men in this species is attenuated, the width of the fifth abdominal
segment being equal to the length of the first four abdominal seg-
ments. In ochracea, the abdomen is more or less parallel before
the sixth segment, so that the width of the fifth tergite equals the
combined length of the first five abdominal segments. The
opercula of nana just about reaches the middle of the abdomen.
They are distinctly more than half the length of the abdomen, and
the tympanal orifices are entirely covered by the opercula in
ochracea. The abdominal sternites are flat in Walker’s species,
while they are convex in nana.

All the other species in the Oriental Region are large ; C. nana
is the smallest species known.

Cryptotympana atrata Fabricius

1775. Tettigonia atrata Fabricius, Syst. Ent. : 681, (14) (China).
1787. Tettigonia pustulata Fabricius, Mant. Ins. 2: 266, (11)
(America meridionali).

1790. Cicada nigra Olivier, Enc. Meth. 5: 749 (Chine).

1850. Fidicina hobo Walker, List Homop. 1 : 82 (Hong-Kong).
1927. Cryptotympana santoshonis Matsumura, Ins. Matsum. 2 :
49 (Santosho).

1932. Cryptotympana pustidata Kato, Mon. Cicad. : 57 (China,

Formosa, Malay Archipelago).

1933. Cryptotympana pustidata Schmidt, Pek. N. H. Soc. Bull.

7: 122 (Canton, Peiping, Lushan, Longtschin, Formosa,
Hong-Kong).

1938. Cryptotympana pustulata Ouchi, J. Shang. Sci. Inst. (3)

4: 82.

1939. Cryptotympana pustidata Liu, Not. D’ent. Chin. 6 (9) :
153.

Cryptotympana santoshonis Liu, Bull. Comp. Zool. Harv.
87: 81.

1940.

Mar., 1943]

Chen: Cicadas

29

This species was first named by Fabricius in 1775, in his first
publication, Systema Entomologiae. On page 681 Fabricins de-
scribed: Tettigonia atrata (14). “T. atra, alis albis, basi nigris;

venis testaceis. Habitat in China. Gannerus. Magnitudo prae-
cedentium: tota, abdominis margine, inprimis nltimi segmenti,
testaceo. Alae omnes albidae, basi nigrae, venis testaceis. ’ ’

In 1787, Fabricius on p. 267 of Mantissa Insectorum exactly
repeated, “atrata 22. T. atra, alis albis, basi nigris; venis testa-
ceis/’ and described another species, Tettigonia pustulata, habitat
in America meridionali. Later both Olivier and Germar treated
them as two species. These two names were proved to be one
species by Distant (1891), but he incorrectly gave pustulata
priority and considered atrata as being a synonym of pustulata.
After that atrata disappeared from the publications of Distant,
Matsumura, Jacobi, Schmidt, Moulton, China, Kato and Liu.
Apparently atrata is a valid name and pustulata is a synonym of
atrata.

Cryptotympana atrata var. castanea Liu

1940. Cryptotympana pustulata var. castanea Liu, Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zool. 87 : 82.

Cryptotympana atrata var. fukienensis Liu

1940. Cryptotympana pustulata var. fukienensis Liu, Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zool. 87 : 82.

Platypleura kaempferi Fabricius
1794. Tettigonia kaempferi Fabricius, Ent. Syst. 4: 23 (25)
(Japonia).

1940. Platypleura retracta Liu, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 87 : 74,
pi. I, f. 3 (Mt. Omei).

Recently Liu described a new species from Mt. Omei. I can
not find any structural difference such as Dr. Liu pointed out.
His most important character, that the anal tergite is retracted,
is also true for P. kaempferi. In the long series in our collection,
P. kaempferi shows a great variation in color, size, spots on the
fore wings, powdery adornments and pilosity.

Platypleura coelebs Stal

1863. Platypleura ccelels Stal, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) 1: 573
(India Orient).

30

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

Distant recorded this species from Chusan, in 1889, on the basis
of a specimen found in the Indian Museum, Calcutta. The
Heude Museum made several collections on that Island, but not
one specimen was collected, and there is no record from any other
part of China. The occurrence in Chusan needs confirmation.
It may possibly be found on some of the Pacific Islands.

Platypleura semusta Distant

1887. Pcecilopsaltria semusta Distant, A. M. N. H. (5) 20: 227
(Chusan).

This is a tiny species described by Distant based on a single
specimen from Chusan deposited in the Indian Museum. No
specimens other than the type are known and the type locality is
doubtful as in the case of P. coelebs.

Suisha coreana Matsumura

1927. Pycna coreana Matsumura, Ins. Mats. 2: 46, pi. 2, f. 1
(Corea) .

1939. Pycna repanda Liu, Not. D’ent. Chin. 6 (9) : 150 (Hang-
chow) (nec. Linne).

The specimens in the Heude Museum, Shanghai, were incor-
rectly named by Liu as Pycna repanda L. Suisha coreana is
common in Hangchow, Hashing, Nanking and westward to
Chengtu, while Pycna repanda L. is an Indian species. Whether
the latter extends to Hangchow or not I do not know. However,
I did not collect P. repanda in Hangchow and up to the present
time there are no specimens in the collection of the Bureau of
Entomology, Hangchow. Liu (1939) indicated the possibility
that his determination Pycna repanda, Hangchow, might prove to
be Suisha coreana.

The adults appear very late and sing in the fall. The writer
noticed the adults in Nanking and Chengtu ; they are wiped out
by the first frost. In Nanking, adults could be collected from
September 10 to November 3. In Chengtu, it is warmer; there
S. coreana can persist as late as December 31.

Pycna repanda Linne

1758. Cicada repanda Linne, Syst. Nat. Reg. Anim. 10th ed. : 436
(India).

Mar., 1943]

Chen: Cicadas

31

Pycna repanda is a common species in N. India. It is not pres-
ent in Eastern China and Japan. Haupt first recorded the spe-
cies in Szechwan Province. This species almost always inhabits
high mountains about 6,000 feet. At Mt. Omei and Wenchwan,
the males continue to sing in the rainy and foggy weather. Mr.
C. S. Tsi collected three specimens in the lantern trap at Kewlao-
tung about 8,000 feet up on Mt. Omei. Specimens in our collec-
tion are from Mt. Omei, Tsapao (Szechwan Province), Tanpa,
Tsalou (Sikang Province), from July 25 to October 18.

Polyneura ducalis Westwood

1842. Polyneura ducalis Westwood, Arc. Ent. 1: 92, t. 24, f. 2
(East Indies).

This large, greenish insect lives on the leaves at the top of trees.
A loud sound produced by the male when sitting on the tree and
on the wing attracts our attention. They are found at an eleva-
tion of 7,000 feet .to 8,000 feet on the high mountains in Szechwan
and Sikang Provinces. The writer collected specimens from
Tsaopao, Western Szechwan. Haupt ’s record from Omisien

(=Mt. Omei) needs confirmation, for we were in Mt. Omei for
three months but did not hear its song. One male from Tachow,
Sikang Province, was presented by Dr. Y. Chou.

Gaeana maculata var. consors Distant

? Gceana consors White, manuscript name.

1850. Gceana consors Walker, List Homop. : 253, nomen nudum.
1892. Gceana maculata var. consors Distant (nec. White), Mon.
Or. Cicad. : 105, t. 3, f. 20 (India, Burma).

White’s Gceana consors is a manuscript name. Although
Walker (1850) listed consors and cited Proc. Zool. Soc. 1850, the
name was never published by White. The first published descrip-
tion of consors is by Distant (1892) and the name must be
credited to him.

Sinopsaltria gen. nov.

Head including the eyes as wide as the base of the mesonotum; length of
head shorter than the space between the eyes; ocelli less than twice the dis-
tance from the eyes as from each other; front prominent, deflected anteriorly.
Pronotum a little longer than the head and shorter than the mesonotum (ex-
cluding basal cruciform elevation), with the lateral margins more or less

32

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. Li

laminately expanded, but not toothed, its posterior lateral angles lobately
produced. Abdomen in male longer than the space between the apex of the
head and the base of the cruciform elevation; tympanal coverings rudimen-
tary, both shorter and narrower than the tympana, leaving the greater part
of the tympana exposed. Face globose, with obsolete striations. Front
femora spiny beneath. Metasternum elevated at the middle with a posterior
process directed backward. Opercula short, widely separated. Tegmina and
wings opaque, the former elliptical ovate in shape, the length about three
times their breadth; ambient vein close to the margin; apical areas eight in
number, long and narrow; length of basal cell more than two times its
breadth ; wings with six apical areas, the claval area greatly expanded.
Rostrum exceeding the intermediate coxae.

The systematic position of the genus Sinopsaltria is between
Balinta and Formotosena. This genus, in general, resembles
Tosena Amyot et Serville; however, it can easily be separated
from the latter by the rudimentary tympanal coverings. It is
also close to Formotosena Kato, but the lateral margins of the
pronotum are not toothed, the tegmina are elongate, and more or
less elliptical ovate in outline, and the ambient vein is very close
to the margin.

Genotype : Sinopsaltria bifasciata sp. nov.

Distribution : Kweichow Province, Western China.

Sinopsaltria bifasciata sp. nov. (PI. I, Fig. 2)

Male. Body black. Eyes brownish ochraceous ; ocelli pinkish. Pronotum
with the anterior margin turned up to form a narrow elevated band which
is testaceous laterally ; the lateral margins and posterior lateral lobes, neutral
orange (Seguy). Mesonotum with the lateral oblique depressed areas brown-
ish black; abdomen above grape black in color, with the posterior segmental
margins shining black; tympanal coverings concolorous, rudimentary, con-
vexly rounded anteriorly; tympana largely exposed. Eighth tergite a little
longer than the seventh, with the posterior margin broadly rounded. The
anal tergite laterally appendiculate.

Tegmina and wings opaque, fuscous, except the tegmina with the extreme
base, including basal cell, costal area, costal vein, anterior margin of radial
area, claval area, a broad fascia across the tegmen from the apical portion
of the radial area to the hind margin, and the basal half of the wing, neutral
orange; veins piceous, margined with greyish black, the latter diffusing grad-
ually; second apical area of tegmen very short, about half the length of the
first ulnar area; apical areas three to eight very long.

Front very convex, shining black, only very slightly striated; rostrum ex-
ceeding intermediate coxae; two well-developed spines on the front femora,
the basal one at the middle of the femora, large, not erect, lying in apposition
with the femora; opercula widely separated, short, not reaching the posterior

Mar., 1943]

Chen: Cicadas

33

margin of the second segment, not covering the tympana laterally, the outer
margin of the opercula convex, the posterior margin broadly rounded, the
inner margin obtusely angulated.

Abdomen beneath raisin black in color, darker toward the apex, medially
and longitudinally keeled; subgenital plate wider than long, the posterior
third projecting convexly, the posterior margin emarginate medially. Hypan-
drium longer than the subgenital plate.

Length of body : 32 mm. ; expansion of tegmina : 90 mm.

Female. Abdomen short, about as long as the head and thorax together,
very convex above, more or less compressed. Anal tergite as long as eighth
tergite. The genital plate lengthened at the central portion but emarginate
at its tip.

Length of body : 24 mm. ; expansion of tegmina : 88 mm.

Holotype. Male, Kweiting, Kweichow Province, China, June
30, 1930, in the National Institute of Zoology and Botany, Acade-
mia Sinica.

Allotype. Female, Kweiting, Kweichow Province, China, June
29, 1930, in the University of Nanking, presented by Dr. S. H.
Chen, Academia Sinica.

Leptosemia huasipana sp. nov. (PI. II, Fig. 6)

Male. Head shorter than the space between the eyes, including the eyes
as broad as the mesonotum. Color olivaceous. Vertex with a large spot in
the ocellar area which is forked posteriorly, a broad lateral fascia curved
posteriorly, and a crescent fascia next to eyes, black. The anterior margins
of the vertex widened laterally and an oblong spot on the apex of the front,
ochraceous. A longitudinal sulcation behind the median ocellus. Eyes ochra-
ceous. Ocelli pinkish red.

Pronotum longer than the head, obliquely depressed anteriorly, lateral
margins slightly ampliate. Color olivaceous, with two central longitudinal
fasciae, much widened near the anterior end and united at the posterior end,
lateral margins of the inner area, incisures, and two transverse spots on the
posterior lateral lobe, black.

Mesonotum about as long as the head and pronotum together. Color
olivaceous. A central linear, longitudinal fascia extending posteriorly to the
disk of the cruciform elevation. Three paired black markings lying in appo-
sition on each side of the central linear markings, the innermost pair short
and curved inwardly; lateral to the latter is a pair of very short triangular
spots, and the outermost pair somewhat L-shaped ; all these black fasciae aris-
ing from the anterior margin and margined on both sides by ochraceous. Two
black round spots in front of the anterior angles of the cruciform elevation,
the latter olivaceous green.

Abdomen much longer than the head and thorax together, greenish olivace-
ous, somewhat pilose. Tympanal flaps narrower than the orifices, ochraceous.

34

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

Posterior segmental margins testaceous; a longitudinal black stripe on the
middle of the second tergite and anterior part of the third tergite; a series
of fuscous spots darkened and enlarged one after another on the lateral mar-
gins of the abdominal tergites. The eighth tergite abruptly narrowed, black,
a little longer than the seventh. Anal tergite compressed, posteriorly angu-
larly produced on each side.

Tegmina and wings hyaline, the former with the length about three times
its breadth. Tegmina with the venation olivaceous; longitudinal veins of
apical part fuscous. Bases of second, third, fifth and seventh apical areas,
one spot near the apex of each longitudinal vein, and the outer marginal area
infuscated. A slight longitudinal infuscation in the middle of the third,
fourth and fifth apical areas. Second apical area shorter than half the length
of the first. Wings with the venation fuscous, except the anterior marginal
vein of the fourth ulnar area greenish, the anterior margin of the claval area
and the outer marginal area of the wing infuscated. The clavus of tegmina
and wings greyish.

Body beneath olivaceous green, greyish pilose. The transverse spot be-
tween the eyes and face, striations, and an oblong spot on the center of face,
cheeks, lateral areas of clypeus, apex of rostrum, all black. A small spot at
the base of the front coxae^ the apices of the front, middle and hind femora,
bases and apices of tibiae, the tarsi and claws fuscous. Rostrum exceeding
the hind coxae.

Opercula widely separate, small, not covering the orifices posteriorly, con-
vex outwardly, and rounded posteriorly, obtusely angulated inwardly. Color
greenish olivaceous, the lateral margins narrowly fuscous.

Abdomen beneath semi-transparent, ochraceous, except testaceous towards
the apex. Spiracles covered with white powder. Subgenital plate broad,
more than two times its length ; posterior fifth inflected downward ; the pos-
terior margin broadly rounded. Hypandrium longer than the subgenital
plate. Length of subgenital plate and hypandrium much longer than the two
preceding sternites.

Length of body: 28 mm.; expansion of tegmina: 70 mm.

Female. Smaller, the abdomen much shorter than that of the male; the
greenish tinge is obscure ; the genital plate is longer at the middle.

Length of body: 22 mm.; expansion of tegmina: 72 mm.

Holotype : male, Chengtu, Szechwan Province, China, June 25,
1938 (Chen).

Allotype: female, same locality, June 28, 1938 (Chen). Types
in the collection of the University of Nanking.

Paratypes : four males, one female, same locality, June 1 to 25,
1938 (Chen). Paratypes deposited in the University of Nan-
king; the National Institute of Zoology and Botany, Academia
Sinica ; and the University of Minnesota, U. S. A.

This species is the largest known in this genus. It is allied

Mar., 1943]

Chen: Cicadas

35

with L. takanonis Matsum. from the same province (without
definite locality), lives in the same habitat, and adults appear
almost at the same time. L. huasipana has a cylindrical abdo-
men, quite distinct from the tapering abdomen of L. takanonis.
The posterior margin of the subgenital plate in takanonis is
slightly indented ; it is entire and not indented in huasipana. The
former has the combined length of the subgenital plate and hy-
pandrium slightly longer than the two preceding sternites; the
latter has it much longer than the two preceding sternites.

The females of these two species are easily distinguishable by
their genital plates. In huasipana, it is wider and has the same
depth near the central and near the lateral positions (PI. II, Fig.
7). In takanonis, it is narrower and has its greatest depth near
the central portion (PI. II, Fig. 8).

Mogannia cyanea Walker

1858. Mogannia cyanea Walker, List Homop. Suppl. 40 (N.
China).

1938. Mogannia chekiangensis Ouchi, J. Shang. Sci. Inst. (3) 4:
97 (Tienmushan).

There is no definite locality for the type specimen, which was
collected by Fortune from Northern China. The specimens in
the Heude Museum were determined by Kato and were collected
at Tiempushan. Ouchi described this as a new species from the
same locality. In the collection at the University of Nanking
there are three male and two female specimens collected by the
writer, also from Tienmushan.

Huechys sanguinea De Geer

1773. Cicada sanguinea De Geer, Mem. 3: 221, (18), pi. 33, f. 17
(Chine).

1775. Tettigonia sanguinolenta Fabricius, Syst. Ent. : 681 (15)
(China).

1924. Huechys ( Huechys ) quadrispinosa Haupt, Dent. Ent.
Zeits. : 220 (Annam, Sikkim, Sumatra).

Haupt (1924) wrote that the Chinese medical insect H. san-
guinea De Geer was mononymically named “the Sanguinea” by
De Geer. He cited the translation of De Geer’s work by Goeze

36

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

(1778) in Ent. Beitrage, Bd. ii, p. 150, 9, as being the first to use
the combination Cicada sanguinea. Fabricius described the same
species (1775) and named it Tettigonia sanguinolenta, from
China. I quote here De Geer’s original description (1773) Mem.
pour serv. a l’hist. des ins., Tom. iii 5e, 221 (18), “Cicada (san-
guinea) alis superioribus fuscis, fronte abdomine thoracisque
maculis binis sanguineis,” with a detailed description in a long
paragraph. I therefore maintain that this species should be
credited to De Geer.

Huechys philaemata Fabricius

1788. (La cigale chinoise a Taches rouge de sang) Stoll, Cicaden :
3, f. 26 (Chine).

1803. Tettigonia philcemata Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 42 (47)
(China).

1892. Huechys sanguinea var. philcemata Distant, Mon. Or.
Cicad. : 112, t. 3, f. 5 (China, Burma).

Stoll in 1778 described and figured a Chinese insect without a
valid name. He called it “La cigale Chinoise a Taches Rouge
de Sang.”

Fabricius 1788 described and figured a new species, Tettigonia
philcemata. “T. nigra fronte, scutello utrinque abdomineque
sanguineis, alis fusco diaphanis. Habitat in China.” “alis
fusco diaphanis” distinctly differs from H. sanguinolenta, which
Fabricius wrote “alis nigris. ” This character is very constant.
Distant, Kato and Liu treated Fabricius’ philcemata as a variety
of sanguinea, but it seems fairly reasonable to raise it to specific
rank.

Hea fasciata Distant

1906. Hea fasciata Distant, Entom. 39: 122 (China).

1938. Kinoshitaia sinensis Ouchi, J. Shang. Sci. Inst. (3) 4: 107
(Tienmushan, Hungshan).

Distant described this species on the basis of a specimen from
China without definite locality. He obtained it at the sale of the
collection of Mr. R. Cholmondeley. The description was pub-
lished in 1906, but it was too late to be listed in his catalogue. No
one mentioned this species afterwards. In 1936 the writer made
a collecting trip to Tienmushan, Chekiang Province and met

Mar., 1943]

Chen: Cicadas

37

Father P. O. Piel, the Director of the Heude Museum, Shanghai.
He told me about a remarkable cicada collected at Ruling,
Kiangsi Province ; a robber fly had captured a cicada and Father
Piel collected both. It stimulated me to try to collect this species
at Hwangshan and Ruling, but in vain. In July, 1940, an
English Entomologist, Mrs. Richardson, collected one male speci-
men at Ruanhsien, Western Szechwan Province. She was kind
enough to present this specimen to our collection. When I vis-
ited the Heude Museum, Shanghai, in 1940 I examined the cicada
specimens. It was found that this remarkable species had also
been described by Ouchi as Kinoshitaia sinensis. Both Distant
and Ouchi gave a very good illustration with their descriptions.

Melampsalta (Melampsalte) 1847.
Cicadetta (Cigalette)

Tettigetta (Tettigette)

1847.

1847.

Cicadetta

1857.

1857.

Tettigetta

1857.

1857.

Melampsalta

1857.

1857.

1861.

1866.

Cicadetta

1872.

Melampsalta

1890.

Cicadetta

1896.

Pauropsalta

1904.

Melampsalta

1905.

Pauropsalta

1905.

TJrabunana

1905.

Melampsalta

1906.

Genus Melampsalta Amyot
Genotype: Cicada musiva Germar

Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.

(2) 5: 155 (351).

Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.
(2) 5: 156.

Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.
(2) 5: 156. .

Rolenati, Mel. Ent. 5 : 19.

Rolenati, Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 30: 417.
Rolenati, Mel. Ent. 7 : 24.

Rolenati, Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 30 : 422.
Rolenati, Mel. Ent. 7 : 27.

Rolenati, Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 30: 425.
Stal, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (4) 1 : 617.

Stal, Hem. Afr. 4: 42.

Fieber, Ratal. Europ. Cicadinen, 1.

Rarsch, Berl. ent. Zeits. 35: 112, 123.
Melichar, Cicad. Mett. Europ. 8.

Goding and Froggatt, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.
Wales : 615.

Distant, A. M. N. H. (7) 16: 269.

Distant, A. M. N. H. (7) 16 : 272.

Distant, A. M. N. H. (7) 16: 274.

Distant, Faun. B. I., Rhynch. 3 : 171.

38

Journal New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LI

Heptaglena

Cicadetta

Oligoglena

Melampsalta

Kosemia

Parasemia

Leptopsalta

1911. Horvath, Ann. Mns. Nat. Hung. 9 : 607.

1912. Horvath, Ann. Mns. Nat. Hung. 10 : 605.
1912. Horvath, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. 10: 606.
1918. Hanpt, Stett. ent. Zeits. 79: 86.

1927. Matsumura^ Ins. Mats. 2 : 55.

1927. Matsumura, Ins. Mats. 2: 57.

1932. Kato, Mon. Cicad. : 393.

There has been considerable disagreement as to the correct
name for this genus. Stal, Karsch and Distant recognized
Melampsalta as correct, while Fieber, Melichar and Horvath
favored Cicadetta. The name Melampsalta has priority if it is
regarded as established by Amyot when published in 1847. This
generic name was proposed and accompanied by a description,
length measurements and definite type locality, but no species
name was mentioned. The International Commission of Zoologi-
cal Nomenclature has ruled in Opinion 46 that “In genera pub-
lished without mention, by name, of any species, no species is
available as genotype unless it can be recognized from the original
generic publication.” Amyot ’s description was based entirely
on color together with a length measurement and a type locality.
Kolenati (1857) was able to recognize the species from Amyot ’s
original description and assigned a single species, Melampsalta
musiva Germar var. caspica Kolenati, to Melampsalta. Several
subsequent workers in Homoptera have approved Kolenati ’s
recognition of musiva Germar as the species Amyot originally
described, and have therefore accepted Melampsalta as a valid
monobasic genus with M. musiva Germar as genotype. One
would have to prove that Kolenati was entirely wrong in order
to invalidate the name Melampsalta and bring into consideration
Cicadetta as the next available name. I think that it would be
almost impossible to prove that Kolenati was wrong in his inter-
pretation of the species that Amyot intended to describe, and
therefore accept Melampsalta as the correct name rather than
Cicadetta. Under these conditions the name Melampsalta must
be credited to Amyot and date from 1847.

This is a very large genus including about one hundred and
twenty species with almost a cosmopolitan distribution (except

Mar., 1943]

Chen: Cicadas

39

Neotropical Region) ; it is an especially dominant group in Aus-
tralia and New Zealand.

Recent workers in this group have attempted at various times
to subdivide Melampsalta into additional genera (see. synonyms
above), but none of these have been generally accepted as having
either generic or subgeneric value.

Melampsalta fuscoclavalis sp. nov. (PI. II, Fig. 10)

Male. Ground color of body black. Head and thorax greyish pilose.
Length of head shorter than the distance between the eyes, and head includ-
ing the eyes narrower than the base of the mesonotum. Front testaceous red
with two large black spots one on each side. Vertex medially longitudinally
sulcate, its anterior lateral margins convex. Vertex testaceous red with two
small faint black round spots in front of the median ocellus, the area lateral
and posterior to the lateral ocelli black. Eyes piceous brown, ocelli red.

Pronotum longer than the head, narrowed anteriorly, deflected laterally, its
lateral margins sinuate, the anterior lateral angle entire. The inner area of
pronotum entirely black, the anterior extreme edge, lateral and posterior
margins, a central longitudinal fascia, slightly widened anteriorly and much
widened near the posterior end where there is a median black spot, all testa-
ceous red.

Mesonotum black with two obconical spots on the disk margined with testa-
ceous red, the oblique depressed lateral marginal area, the cruciform elevation
and its anterior and posterior arms, testaceous red.

Abdomen about as long as the head and thorax together, gradually attenu-
ated posteriorly; in cross section, triangular in shape. The first tergite, a
spot on each lateral area of the second tergite, posterior margins of the third
to seventh tergites, the posterior portion of the eighth tergite, all testaceous.
The eighth tergite with long greyish pile. The posterior margin of the eighth
tergite a little indented medially. Anal tergite medially longitudinally
keeled, and produced posteriorly into a spine.

Tegmina and wings hyaline. Breadth of tegmina more than one-third their
length. Nodal line indistinct. Basal cell about three times as long as its
breadth. Costal membrane and costal vein testaceous red. Venation of the
basal two-thirds of tegmen fuscous brown, of the apical third piceous, the
extreme base and clavus sanguineous. Veins M and Cu contiguous only at
the basal points. Wings with veins fuscous, some parts piceous, the margins
of claval area and basal part of clavus infuscated.

Body beneath reddish ochraceous, thickly, greyish pilose. Face longitudi-
nally sulcate, only slightly striated. Striations of face, disks of cheek, an-
tennae, posterior two-thirds of rostrum, mesonotum, wedge-shaped spots on
front coxae, spot on each intermediate and hind coxae, streaks on intermediate
and hind femora and tibiae, all black. Bostrum exceeding the middle coxae.
Front femora strongly spined beneath, the basal spine largest, the apical one
smallest and bifid to form two tiny spines.

40

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

Abdomen beneath black, the posterior segmental margins of the second to
sixth sternites, greater part of subgenital plate, and hypandrium, all testa-
ceous red. Subgenital plate ;narrowed, deflected, and flattened at the pos-
terior third, a little longer than the two preceding segments together, very
convex, longer than wide. Opercula separated at their inner margins, not
quite reaching the posterior margin of the second segment, their lateral mar-
gins expanded at the base, then narrowed, their posterior margins convexly
rounded, their inner margins obtusely angulated; disk of each operculum
depressed.

Length of body: 20 mm.; expansion of tegmina: 52 mm.

Holotype : male Chungnanshan, Shensi Province, China, May
1, 1936, in Fan Memorial Biological Institute, Peiping.

This species resembles M. radiator Uhler from Mukden and
Japan in general appearance. The hypandrium in M. radiator
is about as long as wide, the subgenital plate about as long as the
three preceding sternites. M. fuscoclavalis is allied with M. wul-
sini Liu because of the breadth of the head and the length of the
subgenital plate, but it differs from the latter by having veins M
and Cu contiguous instead of fusing. The color markings of the
two species are distinctly different.

Melampsalta fuscoclavalis var. chungnanshana var. nov.

Male. Head black, a spot on the apex of the front, anterior lateral mar-
gins of vertex and a longitudinal median fascia near the base of vertex, testa-
ceous red. Pronotum without a median longitudinal fascia. Mesonotum with
two angular spots on the disk. Face black, with the lateral areas and the
apical portion testaceous. Opercula blackish, fuscous at the posterior third.
Subgenital plate not flattened at the posterior portion.

Length of body: 20 mm.; expansion of tegmina: 50 mm.

Holotype : male, Chungnanshan, Shensi Province, China, May
1, 1936, in the collection of the University of Nanking.

Paratype : one male specimen collected at the same locality and
on the same date with the holotype. The paratype is deposited
in the collection of the University of Nanking.

Genus Subpsaltria gen. nov.

Head including the eyes narrower than the base of the mesonotum, its
length less than the distance between the eyes. Front prominent, deflected an-
teriorly. Ocelli about the same distance from the eyes as from each other.
Pronotum much longer than the head, convex, laterally depressed, obliquely
narrowed anteriorly, the posterior angles strongly lobately produced. Meso-
notum strongly convex, narrowed posteriorly, its length about as long as the

Mar., 1943]

Chen: Cicadas

41

head and pronotum together. A pair of striated areas present on the an-
terior lateral sides of the mesonotum. Abdomen of female about as long as
the head and thorax together, the lateral margins strongly recurved and very
prominent. Face very convex, two median longitudinal ridges separated by
a longitudinal sulcus. Anterior femora robust and very strongly spined be-
neath. Tegmina and wings shining, finely transversely wrinkled; tegmina
broad, their length about two and a half times their breadth, the basal cell
about three times as long as wide. Tegmina with eight, wings with six apical
areas. Bostrum reaching the intermediate coxae.

Genotype: Subpsaltria yangi sp. n.

Distribution: Northwestern China.

The systematic position of this genus is in the subfamily
Tettigadinge which was erected by Jacobi (1907).

The genus Subpsaltria appears to be similar to Paharia in the
subfamily Tibicininte described by Distant (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
(7) 16: 25), except for the presence of a pair of striated areas
situated on each of the sides of the mesonotum, and a projecting
scraper formed by the base of the claval area of each tegmen.

Subpsaltria yangi sp. nov. (PI. II, Fig. 5)

Female. Head including the eyes much narrower than the base of the
mesonotum, its length less than the space between the eyes. Front prominent,
triangularly produced, about as long as the vertex. Color black, thickly
brownish pilose, with the posterior area of front, anterior and lateral margins
of vertex, the median sulcation behind the median ocellus, all testaceous red.

Pronotum much longer than the head, convex, laterally depressed, obliquely
narrowed anteriorly, the posterior angles strongly lobately produced. Ex-
treme edge of pronotum, the median longitudinal fascia, incisures, two oblique
spots on the disk, two large lateral spots on the posterior margin and extreme
narrow area of lateral margin, all testaceous red.

Mesonotum about as long as the head and pronotum together, strongly
deflected on each side. Color black, thickly brownish pilose, two longitu-
dinal fasciae on the disk curved inwardly and enlarged at the posterior tip,
two somewhat triangular spots in front of the anterior angle of the cruci-
form elevation, anterior lateral obliquely striated areas, all brownish ochra-
ceous.

Tegmina and wings ochraceous, finely transversely wrinkled, with the vena-
tion testaceous. Apical areas very short. The extreme base of tegmina and
wings, their clavus and claval areas ochraceously sanguineous. The claval
area of wings greatly developed.

Abdomen about as long as the head and thorax together, brownish ochrace-
ous; first tergite entirely, and the anterior median half of second tergite,
black; the anterior marginal black fasciae of the third to seventh tergites
narrowed gradually; a series of continuous black spots at the middle of the

42

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

abdominal tergites, a brownish black marginal spot on the last tergite. Anal
tergite triangular in shape, about as long as the two preceding tergites.

Body beneath brownish black, thickly brownish pilose. Face medially
longitudinally sulcate. Striations of face, streaks of front coxae, hind femora
and spots on intermediate and hind coxae, castaneous. Anterior femora
robust, strongly spined beneath, the apical spine larger than the basal one,
and a very small one scarcely detectable in front of the apical one. Apical
half of the rostrum and the spines of the front femora, piceous. Rostrum
reaching intermediate coxae. Abdomen beneath deeply depressed, with the
lateral edges strongly developed and very prominent. Surface sparsely pilose,
the posterior segmental margins castaneous. Genital plate deflected laterally
and deeply cleft centrally.

Length of body : 29 mm. ; expansion of tegmina : 82 mm.

Holotype : Chungnanshan, Shensi Province, China, May 3,
1936, in the collection of the University of Nanking.

The name of the species is dedicated to Dr. We-i Yang, the
Entomologist of the Fan Memorial Biological Institute.

Female. Head and pronotum, thickly brownish pilose ; the anterior sulca-
tion, and the posterior area of front, the anterior and lateral margins and
the median longitudinal sulcation behind median ocellus, median longitudinal
fascia, incisures, two oblique spots on the inner area of pronotum, all testa-
taceous red ; pronotum with the extreme lateral edges and the posterior area
of the hind margins, brownish ochraceous. Mesonotum black, only sparsely
brownish pilose; two median linear fasciae, the anterior lateral obliquely
striated areas and the disk of the cruciform elevation, testaceous red.

Fig. 2. Tegmen and hind wing of Subpsaltria sienyangensis sp. n.

Abdomen castaneous; the entire first tergite black, the transverse black
fascia widened medially on each of the abdominal tergites from two to seven
and a median longitudinal spot on the eighth tergite to form a continuous
series of black fasciae; a series of black spots on the lateral areas of the
abdominal segments and the ninth tergite brownish-black.

Tegmina and wings ochraceous, finely transversely wrinkled ; venation
ochraceous; veins of the tegmina margined on both sides by fuscous black;

Subpsaltria sienyangensis sp. nov.

Mar., 1943]

Chen: Cicadas

43

basal cell fuscous black. Wings slightly infuscated. The ulnar areas of
wings margined with fuscous. The extreme base and claval areas of tegmina
and of wings, testaceous sanguineous (Fig. 2).

Body beneath, rostrum and legs, black; face, disk of lora and sternum
thickly brownish pilose ; face deeply longitudinally sulcate, the sulcus widened
at its middle; a spot on the apex of the front, a wedge-shaped fascia on the
intermediate and hind coxse, streaks on the fore, intermediate and hind
femora, all testaceous red; rostrum reaching intermediate coxae, two strong
spines and a very minute one beneath front femora. Hind tibiae spined on
outer and inner sides.

Abdomen beneath black, with the posterior segmental margins ochraceous.
The female genital plate deeply cleft at the median posterior margin. The
length of the genital plate at the middle equal to the length of the preceding
segment and at the lateral area equal to two preceding segments measured
on the median line.

Length of body : 33 mm. ; expansion of tegmina : 86 mm.

Holotype : female, Sienyang, Shensi Province, China, in Sep-
tember, 1939. A somewhat damaged specimen collected by Mr.
Y. S. Wu, in the collection of the University of Nanking.

This species is closely allied to 8. yangi from Chnngnanshan.
It can be separated easily from yangi by the larger size, veins of
tegmen margined by fuscous black and the relatively shorter
length of the genital plate. In yangi, the genital plate of the
female is longer than the preceding segment medially, and the
greatest length at the lateral area is greater than the two preced-
ing segments measured by the same method.

In both of these Chinese species, the specimens I examined
possess a striated area on each of the anterior lateral sides of the
mesonotum. I cannot be sure that these striated areas are used
for secondary sound production, and the collectors of the speci-
mens did not inform me.

At the lateral sides of the base of the mesonotum there is a
somewhat oblong area obliquely situated. It is ochraceous in
color, 2 mm. long and 1.5 mm. wide, and is free from hairs.
Upon examination of this area, it is seen that the finely, obliquely,
parallel, sharp-edged ridges run diagonal to the body axis and
are inclined toward the middle. The surface is convex. The
number of striations is eighteen. On the tegmina, the base of
the claval area supported by the bases of the veins pi. and lv.,
which are enlarged and much sclerotized, projects out and is sup-

44

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

ported underneath by Va. This projection (Fig. 3, Sc.) func-
tions as a scraper against the striated area (Fig. 3, St.).

When the insect is in repose, the elevated scraper is in a per-
pendicular position to the ridges of the striated area. If a dull
insect pin is scraped across the ridges of the area, a weak sound
can be heard. Since only the female specimens are present in
our collection, I can only conclude that such secondary stridu-
lating organs are not limited to the male sex as is the case with
the primary sound-producing organs.

Pig. 3. The secondary stridulating organs of the female Subpsaltria yangi
sp. n. St. — striated area. Sc. — scraper.

Jacobi (1907) claimed that similar secondary sound-producing
organs in the same position were present in the genera Tettigades,
Chonosia and Babras, and the subfamily Tettigadinse was erected
by him to include these three genera. Our specimens, after care-
ful examination, appear to be similar to the genus Paharia Dist.
in which only four species are known, but are apparently very
different because of the presence of these stridulating areas on
the mesonotum. Jacobi (1927) mentioned two species and one
variety of Paharia from Afghanistan, but did not mention the
presence of such stridulating organs in those species.

Mar., 1943]

Chen: Cicadas

45

Genus Sinosena gen. nov. (PI. I, Figs. 3 and 4)

Head narrowed, depressed, including the eyes considerably narrower than
the base of the mesonotum; pronotum obliquely depressed anteriorly, longer
than the head, its lateral margins distinctly toothed; mesonotum large, very
convex, a little longer than the head and pronotum together, the cruciform
elevation raised and narrowed posteriorly; abdomen short and robust, the
tymbals and tympanal coverings absent, the second abdominal segment not
elongated laterally and ventrally and entirely the same form as the follow-
ing segments ; opercula in male developed, but widely separated ; tegmina and
wings hyaline, and maculated; nodal line weakly indicated; breadth of
tegmina more than one-third of the length; veins M and Cu of tegmen
coalesced for a considerable distance. Tegmina with eight, wings with six
apical areas. Rostrum exceeding the hind coxae, front femora weakly spined
beneath. Females larger than the males.

Genotype : Karenia ccelatata Distan.

Sinosena caelatta Distant

1890. Karenia ccelatata Distant, Ent. 23: 91 (China: Chia Kou
Ho).

1892. Karenia ccelatata Distant, Mon. Or. Cicad. : 127, t. 13, f . 5
(China: Chia Kou Ho).

This mute species was described from a single female specimen
by Distant (1890) from China. The female resembles the female
of the species Karenia ravida , that has the tympana developed in
the male. The author collected twenty-five males and seventeen
females at Tsaopao, Western Szechwan Province, in a big forest
belonging to a Lama Temple, but was not able to obtain a single
specimen outside the forest, in the nearby regions.

In the more primitive genera Platypedia and Neoplatypedia of
the Nearctic Region, the tympanum is absent, the metepimeron
is not prolonged posteriorly to form the operculum, the abdomen
is attenuated and the genital plate of the male is lengthened. All
these characters demonstrate an archaic relation with the ancestor
of the species of Tibicina and its allies. On the other hand, the
primitive species Sinosena ccelatata Dist. has the opercula devel-
oped in both sexes, has a robust body, the tegmina maculated, a
weak nodal line and very large size; all of which would seem to
indicate a relation with the ancestor of the tribe Dundubiini,
which is the most dominant group in the Oriental Region.

46

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

LITERATURE CITED

Amyot, C. J. B. 1847. Entomologie Francaise. Rhynehotes. Ann. Soc.
Ent. Fran., (2) 5: 143-238, pi. 2, 7.

Amyot, C. J. B., and A. Serville. 1843. Histoire Naturelle des Insectes.
Hemipteres. Paris, pp. 455-483.

Ashmead, Wm. H. 1888. A proposed classification of Hemiptera. Entom.
Americ., 4: 67.

Buckton, G. B. 1890-1891. Monograph of the British Cicadas or Tettigidae,
2 vols.

Burmeister, H. C. C. 1833. Handbuch der Entomologie. Bd. 2 : 99-183.
China, W. E. 1925. The Hemiptera collected by Prof. J. W. Gregory’s
expedition to Yunnan, with synonymic notes on allied species. Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., (9) 16: 449-485, fig. 1-5.

De Geer, C. 1773. Memoires pour serv. a 1 ’histoire des insectes. Tom. Ill,
5e mem. des cigales, Stockholm, pp. 151-228.

Deletang, L. F. 1919. Contribucion al estudio de los Cicadidos (Cicadidae)
argentinos. Anal. Soc. cient. Argentina, 88 : 25-94, 17 figs.
Distant, W. L. 1887. Descriptions of two new species of Cicadidas. A.
M. N. H., (5) 20: 415-416.

. 1889-1892. A Monograph of Oriental Cicadidae. Lond., ix + 158,

15 pis.

. 1890. Descriptions of Chinese species of the homopterous family

Cicadidae. Entomologist, 23
1905. Rhynchotal notes. .

(322) : 90-91.
. . xxxiii. A.

M.

N.

H.,

(7)

16

22-35.

1905. Rhynchotal notes. .

. . xxxv. A.

M.

N.

H.,

(7)

16

265-281.

. 1906. Description of a new genus and species of Cicadidae from

China. Entomologist, 39 (517) : 121-122, 1 pi.

. 1906. The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma.

Rhynchota, vol. 3, Lond., xiv + 503.

Drury, D. 1773. Illustrations of exotic entomology, containing upwards
of six hundred and fifty figures and descriptions of foreign insects,
vol. 2, 74.

Fabricius, J. C. 1775. Systema entomologiae, sistens insectorum classes,
ordines, genera, species, adiectis synonymis, locis, descriptionibus,
observationibus, pp. 678—681, 831.

. 1787. Mantissa Insectorum, sistens species nuper detectas adiectis

synonymis, observationibus, descriptionibus, emendationibus, vol. 2:
265-267.

. 1794. Entomologia systematica emendata et aucta, secundum classes,

ordines, genera, species, adjectis synonimis, locis, observationibus,
descriptionibus, vol. 4 : 16-25.

. 1803. Systema Rhyngotorum secundum ordines, genera, species,

adiectis synonymis, locis, observationibus, descriptionibus, vol. 6:
33-42.

Mar., 1943]

Chen: Cicadas

47

Fieber, F. X. 1872. Katalog der europaischen Cicadinen. . . . Wien, 1.
Germar, E. F. 1821. Bemerkungen iiber einige Gattungen der Cicadarien.
Germ. Mag. d. Ent., 4 : 1-106.

— . 1830. Species Cicadarium enumeratae et subgenere distributee.

In Dr. Theodor Thon, Ent. Archiv. Jena, 2 (2) : 1-8.

. 1833. Conspectus generum Cicadarium. Bev. Silb., 1: 174-184.

. 1834. Observations sur plusieurs especes du genre Cicada Latr.

Rev. Silb., 2 : 49-82, pis. 19-26.

Goding, F. W., Froggatt, W. W. 1904. Monograph of the Australian
Cicadidae. Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, 29: 561-670.
Handlirsch, A. 1925. Systematische ubersicht. In Schroder, Chr. :
Handbuch der Entomologie, Bd. Ill : 1115-1117.

Haupt, H. 1918. Neue Homoptera aus dem Provinzial-Museum Hannover.
Stett. ent. Zeit., 79: 82-90.

. 1923. Die Homoptera der Tibetreise W. Stotzners. Deut. ent.

Zeits., 1923 : 295-306, 3 figs.

. 1924. Die gattung Huechys Amy. et Serv. (Horn.), beitrage zu

einen Monographic. Deut. ent. Zeits., 1924: 201-225, 3 figs.
Horvath, G. 1911. Hemiptera nova vel minus cognita e regione Pala-
earctica. II. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. 9: 573-610, 2 figs.

. 1912. Miscellanea Hemipterologica. viii-xii. Ann. Mus. Nat.

Hung., 10 : 599-609, fig. 1-7.

Jacobi, A. 1907. Ein Schrillapparat bei Singcicaden. Zool. Anz., 1907 : 67-
71, fig. 1-3.

. 1927. Singzicaden von Afghanistan (Homop.). Entom. Mitteil.,

16 (3) : 215-218.

Karsch, K. 1890. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Singcikaden Afrika’s und
Madagaskar ’s. Berl. ent. Zeit., 35: 85-130.

Kirkaldy, G. W. 1909. A list of the Hemiptera of Oriental China. Ann.
Soc. Ent. Belg., 53 : 117-183.

Kolenati, F. A. 1857. Meletemata Entomologica. Fasc. vii. Bull. Soc.

Nat. Moscow, 30 (2) : 399-444, pi. 5-6 (extract).

Latreille, P. A. 1825. Cicadaires. Cicadariae. Families Naturelles du
Regne Animal. Paris, pp. 426.

Linne, C. 1754. Museum . . . Adolphi Friderici . . . Cicada, pp. 84.

. 1758. Systema Naturae. Regnum Animale, ed. decim. Holmiae,

pp. 341, 434-436.

. 1764. Mus. S. R. M. Ludov. Ulr. Reg. Hollminae: 160.

Liu, G. 1939. Notes on the Cicadidae of the Heude Museum, Shanghai.
Notes D ’entom. Chin., 6 (9) : 149-195, 1 fig.

. 1940. New Oriental Cicadidae in the Museum of Comparative Zool.

Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 87 : 73-117, pis. 1-7.

Matsumura, S. 1927. New species of Cicadidae from the Japanese Em-
pire. Ins. Matsum., 2 (1): 46-58, pi. 2.

Melichar, L. 1896. Cicadinen (Hemiptera-Homoptera) von Mittel-
Europa. Berlin, xxvii + 364.

48

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. Li

. 1902. Homopteren aus Westchina, Persien, und dem Siid-Ussuri-

Gebiete gesammelt von Potanin, Berezovski, Zarudny und Jan-
kovaski. Ann. Mus. Zool. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersb., 7 : 76-146.

Motschulsky, Y. de. 1861. Etudes entomologique. Dixieme annee. In-
sectes du Japaon. Helsingfors, 24 pp.

. 1866. Catalogue des insectes regus du Japon. Bull. Soc. Imp.

Nat. Moscou, 39: 163-185.

Moulton, J. G. 1923. Cicadas of Malaysia. Journ. Fed. Malay Sta. Mus.,
11 (2) : 67-177, 5 pis.

Myers, J. G. 1929. Insect singers, a natural history of the cicadas, xix
+ 304. (Good bibliography.)

Olivier, A. G. 1790. Encyclop. Method. Histoire naturelle. Insectes.
Paris, vol. 5 : 735-762.

Ouchi, Y. 1938. A preliminary note on some Chinese cicadas with two
new genera. Journ. Shang. Sci. Inst., (3) 4: 75-111, 2 pis.

Eeaumur, E. A. F. de. 1734-1742. Memoires pour servir a 1 ’histoire des
Insectes. Quartrieme Memoires. Sur les Cigales; et sur quelques
mouches de genre approachant du leur. Tom Y ; 145-206, pis. 16-
29.

Schmidt, E. 1919. Beitrage zur Kenntnis aussereuropaischen Zikaden
(Ehynchota-Homoptera). Stett. ent. Zeit., 80: 365-382.

. 1933. Yerzeichnis der Cicaden des Chineseschen Eeiches. Pek.

N. H. Soc. Bull., 7: 117-133.

Schmacher, E. 1915. H. Sauter ’s Formosan-ausbeute. Homoptera. Suppl.
Entom., 4 : 108-142, 5 figs.

Signoret, Y. 1849. Description de quelques cigales voisines de la Cicada
atrata , Fabr. Eev. Mag. Zool., (2) 1: 405-410, pi. 10.

Stal, C. 1861. Genera nonnula nova Cicadinorum. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fran.,
(4) 1: 613-622.

. 1863. Hemipterorum exoticorum generum et specierum nonnullarum

novarum Descriptiones. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., (3) 1: 571-603.

. 1866. Hemiptera Africana descripsit Carolus Stal. Holmiae, 4

vols.

— . 1870. Hemiptera insularum Philippinarum. — Bidrag till Philip-

pinska oarnes Hemipter-fauna. Ofv. Yet.-Ak. Fbrh., 27: 607-776,
pis. 7-9.

Stoll, C. 1781-1792. Abbildungen und Beschreibungen der Cikaden und
Wanzen, . . . Niirnberg, trans. from Dutch. 7 parts. Cicadidae,
1781.

Tillyard, E. H. 1926. Fam. Cicadidae, pp. 160-162. In “The Insects of
Australia and New Zealand.” Sydney: Angus & Eobertson, Ltd.,
560 pp.

Uhler, P. E. 1862. Homoptera of the North Pacific exploring expedition
under Com’rs. Eodgers and Einggold. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
1861: 282-284.

Mar., 1943]

Chen: Cicadas

49

Van Duzee, E. P. 1916. Check list of the Hemiptera of America north of
Mexico. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 1916 : xi + 111.

. 1917. Catalogue of the Hemiptera of America north of Mexico

excepting the Aphididae, Coccidae and Aleurodidae. Univ. Cal. Publ.,
Agr. Expt. Sta. Tech. Bull. (Entomology), 2: xiv + 902.

Walker, P. 1850-1852. List of the specimens of Homopterous insects in
the collection of the British Museum. 4 parts, Cicad. pt. 1.

. 1858. List of the specimens of homopterous insects in the collection

of the British Museum, Supplement.

Westwood, J. O. 1840. An introduction to the modern classification of
insects. 2 vols. Lond. Cicadidae, vol. 2: 414-450.

. 1842. On the opaque-winged species of cicada, from India.

Arcan. Entom., 2 : 13, pi. 51.

. 1842. Illustrations of some genera belonging to the family

Cicadidae. Arcana Entom., 1 : 91-92.

White, A. 1844. Descriptions of some new species of Coleoptera and
Homoptera from China, A. M. N. H., (1) 14: 422—426.

50

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. li

Plate I

Figure 1. Tibicen tsaopaonensis sp. nov., type.

Figure 2. Sinopsaltria bifasciata sp. nov., type.

Figure 3. Sinosena ccelatata Distant, Western Szechwan, China, Aug. 9, 1938.
Figure 4. Sinosena ccelatata Distant, Western Szechwan, China, Aug. 5, 1938.

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. LI

(Plate I)

Chinese Cicadas

52

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

Plate II

Figure 5. Subpsaltria yangi sp. nov., type.

Figure 6. Leptosemia huasipana sp. nov., type.
Figure 7. Female genital plate of L. huasipana.
Figure 8. Female genital plate of L. takanonis.
Figure 9. Chremistica nana sp. nov., type.

Figure 10. Melampsalta fuscoclavalis sp. nov., type.

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. LI

(Plate II)

LEPTOSEMIA HUASIPANA

LEPTOSEMIA HUASIPANA LEPTOSEMIA TAKANONIS

10 MELAMPSALTA FUSGOCLAVALIS

Chinese Cicadas

54

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

BOOK NOTICE

The Genus Conotrachelus Dejean ( Coleoptera , Curculionidce) in
the North Central United States. By Herbert Frederick
Schoof. Tbe University of Illinois Press, Urbana, Illinois,
1942. 26.5 x 17.5 cm. 170 p. 9 pi. Paper covers. Price

$1.50.

Illinois Biological Monographs are always noteworthy and the
present one, which is No. 3 of Volume XIX is no exception. It
should be welcomed by taxonomists and also by economic ento-
mologists because of the economic importance of several species
of Conotrachelus. On the basis of morphological characters,
which included the body regions and their appendages, color and
vestiture, secondary sex characters and male genitalia, and after
a study of the relative importance of each, the author divides the
genus into four groups as opposed to six groups by previous
authors. These four groups indicate the phylogenetic relations
of the species more clearly. Keys to the groups and to the species
within each group are provided and each species is described or
redescribed on the basis of external morphological structures and
male genitalia. In addition there is a discussion of the distribu-
tion, biology, phylogeny and nomenclature of each species. A
bibliography and nine plates of agdeagi and other taxonomic struc-
tures complete this excellent monograph which includes 29 species,
six of which are described as new. I know that there must have
been good reasons for limiting this study to the species of the
North Central United States, but I can’t help mentioning the
well-known fact that the users of these monographs are con-
tinually in need of such worthwhile treatments for, at least, the
country as a whole. But until taxonomists are more richly re-
warded, I fear that we shall have to take what we can get and be
thankful for it. — H. B. Weiss.

Mar., 1943]

Richards: Nerve Sheaths

55.

LIPID NERVE SHEATHS IN INSECTS AND THEIR
PROBABLE RELATION TO INSECTICIDE
ACTION

By A. Glenn Richards, Jr.

Zoological Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania,
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

INTRODUCTION

This study is an outgrowth of previous work in which it was
shown that toxic petroleum oils cause a degeneration that seems
largely a separation of the individual nerve cells and their proc-
esses (Richards, 1941a). While studying the action of toxic oils
it was noted that oil solvents marked with Sudan dyes penetrated
electively into the nervous system from trachese. Correlating
these two sets of data resulted in the hypothesis that, despite
current beliefs to the contrary, insect nerve cells and their proc-
esses are surrounded and insulated by some lipid material. The
present paper confirms this idea. It shows that insect nerves are
surrounded by bound lipid sheaths, and further that the penetra-
tion of oil solvents, and so presumably of oils, is correlated with
the distribution of this lipid, and that the destruction of the lipid
nerve sheath is at least one of the effects of certain neurotoxic
insecticides.

OBSERVATIONS ON THE NERVE SHEATHS

When mosquito larvse ( Culex pipiens ; Richards, 1941b) come
into contact with a layer of xylol the fluid readily enters the
spiracles and more or less fills the tracheal system. Such larvas
become paralyzed within a minute or two, and the heart stops
beating in about 15 minutes. If the xylol is marked with Sudan
dyes, it is found that in those segments in which the tracheae are
filled with xylol the nerve cord soon becomes intensely colored
and stands out in contrast to the other tissues which remain un-
c'olored. Obviously the marked xylol can penetrate from trachea
into the nervous system more readily and in vastly larger quan-
tity than it can into other tissues.

Dissection of such specimens shows that the color is more con-

56

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

centrated in fiber tract regions (Fig. 2). Only a relatively small
amount can be discerned in the cell-body regions. Dissection of
specimens in which the marked xylol is just beginning to pene-
trate into the nervous system shows that it diffuses rapidly from
the small tracheae into and then along the fiber tract regions
(Fig. 3). This suggests the intermediation of some material in
which considerable quantities of x3dol are readily soluble, i.e.,
a lipid.

Brains and nerve cords of larvae dissected in 10 per cent for-
malin (4 per cent formaldehyde) and left in the formol for 24
hours can be readily stained with Black Sudan B1 (Figs. 4-5).
Such larvae show only a diffuse stain in the fiber tract regions
such as has been recently reported by Wigglesworth (1942) for
mosquito larvae fixed in Bouin’s fluid. Short fixation in 10 per
cent formalin is inadequate in the sense that subsequent staining
in the alcoholic dye results in a partial release of lipid.2

The larval nervous system may be similarly stained by brief
immersion of living ganglia in the alcoholic stain, but alcohol
soon releases the lipid which then stains as dark particles. This
experiment is most easily performed by carefully removing the
top of the larva's head (in saline) and placing the part contain-
ing the intact nervous system in the alcoholic stain for about five
minutes. After removal and rinsing, the dissection is completed
in saline. The stain will not have penetrated completely to the
suboesophageal ganglion, and a full series of effects will be ob-
tained in a single brain (Figs. 6-7). In the exposed upper part
the lipid will have been released by the alcohol and stained as
particles, in the suboesophageal ganglion the lipid will be unde-
tectable (and presumably unaffected), and in the intermediate

1 For source and techniques see Hartman (1940). Staining of entire nerve
cords takes only 5-15 minutes in the stain in 70% alcohol but several hours
in a saturated solution of the stain in 50% alcohol. As mounting medium I
have used Apathy’s Gum Syrup. This is made by dissolving 50 grams of gum
arabic and 50 grams of sucrose in 50 cc. of warm distilled water, filtering,
cooling and then adding 1 cc. of formalin. For the fats of the adipose tissue
this makes a good permanent mounting medium that does not require sealing
(I have slides over three years old) but the nerve sheath lipids are soon
altered in this as in other media tried.

2 This might conceivably be due either to inadequate fixation or to the slow
removal of one lipid fraction in 10% formalin. See Weil (1933).

Mar., 1943]

Bichards: Nerve Sheaths

57

parts a region will be found with diffuse staining which grades
into particulate staining above and unstained tissue below.

Material fixed in 50 per cent alcohol and then stained with
Black Sudan B shows all or almost all of the color located in
particles (Fig. 8). These particles are concentrated in the fiber
tract regions and are clearly outside the nerve fibers since by
crushing the fresh whole mount they can be made to float around
freely independently of the uncrushed cells. Smaller and less
numerous particles also occur between the cells, giving indication
of a lipid layer extending around the cells as well as around the
processes.

The lipid particles released by alcohol are usually small, have
irregular shapes (Fig. 10), stain intensely with Sudan dyes, and
have a high melting point (> 100° C.). Oblong particles exhibit
negative birefringence with respect to their long axes. The
material composing these particles is rapidly removed by high
concentrations of ethyl alcohol (70 per cent and higher) and
slowly by low concentrations of alcohol and even by water. The
nerve sheaths also appear to be heat labile, for while osmium
tetroxide heavily blackens the interfibrillar material in larvae
killed by heat (45° C. for 3 minutes), it does not do so in control
animals (Figs. 11-13).

The lipid composing the nerve sheaths is clearly different from
the lipids of the adipose tissue. The latter are not visibly affected
by aqueous fixing fluids or by a temperature of 45° C., and, while
they are soluble in 95 per cent alcohol, they are insoluble in 70
per cent alcohol.

To determine whether or not the lipid nerve sheaths occur gen-
erally throughout the group a miscellaneous set of insects were
collected, opened and fixed in 10 per cent formalin, and then the
dissected nervous systems stained with Black Sudan B and
examined as partially crushed whole mounts. Species examined
were: Gryllus assimilis (Orthoptera), Phymata erosa (Hemip-
tera), Harpalus sp. (Coleoptera), Bornbus sp. (Hymenoptera)
and Eristalis tenax (Diptera). With all of these species the same
results were obtained as have been recorded above for formalin-
fixed mosquito larvas. It would seem from these observations
that lipid nerve sheaths are of general occurrence among insects.

58

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. LI

The preceding data also suggest that the lipids of the nerve
sheath are, at least in part, bound phospholipids (phosphatids).
To check this, extracts were made from brains (supracesophageal
ganglia) and suboesophageal ganglia of honey bees (workers).
This work is purely qualitative and based solely on solubilities;
as such it is to be considered as preliminary although indicative.
Brains (usually including the suboesophageal ganglia) were re-
moved from normal bees and carefully cleaned of surrounding
tissues. The adhering tracheal sheath was peeled off to insure
removal of all pieces of the head glands, the oesophagus removed
as a unit, and the optic and ocellar nerves severed to prevent
inclusion of any eye pigments. Dissections were performed in
lots of five or six, and the nervous tissue then dried in a vacuum
where it was gradually accumulated (in darkness). From 225
such dissections, 53 milligrams (dry weight) of pure nervous
system were obtained. This was extracted with dry ethyl ether
(in darkness), filtered, an excess of dry acetone added to the
filtrate, and the tube placed in a refrigerator overnight. A fine
white precipitate resulted. This was filtered and the residue
after drying redissolved in ether and concentrated on a warm
water-bath. Portions of the redissolved material were dried on
clean slides and tested for alcohol solubility: a majority of the
material dissolved in 95 per cent ethyl alcohol but a small amount
was insoluble. The ether-acetone filtrate was likewise concen-
trated and portions dried on clean slides; a considerable residue
was present after drying. This latter residue is readily soluble
in 95 per cent ethyl alcohol and slowly soluble in 70 per cent
alcohol. The original ether extract then shows acetone-soluble
and acetone-insoluble fractions, both of which can be stained with
Black Sudan B in 50 per cent alcohol. The acetone-soluble
fraction is also soluble in ethyl alcohol. The acetone-insoluble
fraction is divisible into an alcohol-soluble and a smaller alcohol-
insoluble fraction. Using the data given by Page (1937), the
above suggests the presence of considerable amounts of cholesterol
(acetone- and alcohol-soluble) and lecithin (acetone-insoluble,
alcohol-soluble) and small amounts of cephalin (acetone- and
alcohol-insoluble). While some of these substances were doubt-
less extracted from the nerve cells themselves, comparison with

Mar., 1943]

Richards: Nerve Sheaths

59

the histochemical data indicates clearly that the nerve sheaths
contain the same lipids as the extracts.3

RELATION OP THE NERVE SHEATHS TO INSECTICIDE
PENETRATION

The elective penetration of stained xylol into the nervous
system (Fig. 1) not only indicates the presence of lipids but also
shows that these lipids are of prime importance in the penetration
of oil solvents. Specimens dissected during the penetration proc-
ess show the course of diffusion of the stain from the tracheae
into and then along the fiber tracts (Fig. 3). Presumably this
relationship will also be true for toxic oils and oil-borne toxins.

RELATION BETWEEN THE PENETRATION OF XYLOL AND
PARALYSIS

Specimens in which by chance the penetration into successive
ganglia is progressive and not too rapid show paralysis of those
segments in which the ganglia are stained while the more an-
terior segments (farther from the spiracles) are still reacting.
There is then a direct correlation between the penetration of
xylol into a ganglion and the prompt paralysis of that segment.
Such a correlation is commonly pointed out in insecticide studies
but in this case penetration of the toxin can be observed directly
instead of assumed.

Unfortunately, the destructive action of alcohol makes it diffi-
cult to study the action of insecticides on the nerve sheaths.
Techniques are now being studied in a search for better pro-
cedures.

Xylol is obviously a nerve poison. Its rapid penetration into
the nervous system is correlated with and so presumably condi-
tioned by the lipid nerve sheaths. But it does not seem to destroy
these sheaths, at least not to the extent that toxic petroleum oils
and postmortem degeneration do (Richards, 1941a). Xylol must
also penetrate (more slowly and in smaller quantity) into other
tissues as is shown by the cessation of heartbeat in approximately
15 minutes. Quite likely the toxic effect of xylol is a general one

3 Comparison with the data given for crustacean nerve sheaths by Schmitt,
Bear and Clark (1935) would suggest that cholesterol is also involved in the
insect nerve sheath complex but the histochemical data given in the present
paper are not sufficient to make any statement at this point.

60

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. Li

and xylol seems to be a nerve poison largely because of the speed
of its penetration into the nervous system. The nature of the
action of xylol on living cells is not known.

DISCUSSION

The definite demonstration of bound lipid nerve sheaths is new
for insects (Richards, 1942). It has generally been considered
that insect nerves lack myelin sheaths or any counterpart thereof
( e.g Lindsay and Craig, 1942). Hanstrom (1928) does not even
discuss the possibility of interneuronal material other than con-
nective tissue. The same is true for the brief reviews by Clayton
(1932) and Hilton (1942), and the papers on non-nervous ele-
ments by Scharrer (1939, 1941). When the present study was
nearing completion Wigglesworth (1942) published a paper on
insect nutrition in which he noted a diffuse staining with Black
Sudan B in the central fibrous region of the nerve ganglia of
mosquito larvse but he did not carry the analysis further.

In invertebrates other than insects there is a growing literature
on myelin-like or bound lipid nerve sheaths. The data are largely
derived from optical studies on large peripheral nerves, and con-
cern nerve fibers of Annelida (Young, 1937), Crustacea (Retzius,
1890 ; Schmitt, Bear and Clark, 1935 ; Bear and Schmitt, 1937 ;
Chinn and Schmitt, 1937) and the Squid (Bear, Schmitt and
Young, 1937). 4 Data presented herein on insects are largely (not
exclusively) derived from the central nervous system, and are
based on histochemical methods including extractions. However,
the histochemical and optical data are probably comparable. At
least in the mosquito larva bound lipid nerve sheaths of sub-
microscopic thickness are clearly indicated for both the central
nervous system and for the individual fibers of the peripheral
nerves. Preliminary observations on representatives of other
orders of insects suggest, as would be expected, that bound lipid
nerve sheaths will be found throughout the class Insecta.

The chemical identity of the lipid or lipids in the nerve sheath
is still uncertain. The histochemical data and melting point sug-

4 It might also be mentioned that even the so-called non-myelinated nerve
fibers of vertebrates have similar lipo-protein sheaths (Schmitt and Bear,
1937). For a review of the literature on nerve sheaths see Schmitt and Bear
(1939), and for more recent papers see Taylor (1940) and Holmes (1942).

Mar., 1943]

Richards: Nerve Sheaths

61

gest a phospholipid. Ether extracts of bee brains can be sepa-
rated into fractions, the solubilities of which suggest cholesterol,
lecithin and perhaps small amounts of cephalin. Comparison of
these data with the data of Schmitt, et al., clearly suggests that
the submicroscopic insect nerve sheaths are composed of one or
more phospholipids (lecithin ?), and perhaps cholesterol, bound
with protein.

The presence of bound lipid nerve sheaths is of histological
value but their probable relation to the penetration of neurotoxic
insecticides is of major interest in any study of the mode of action
of these toxins. Insects differ fundamentally from vertebrates
in that toxins cannot only reach the nervous system from the
blood but also directly from the tracheae. The entrance of oil
solvents such as xylol into the nerve cord from the tracheae is
correlated with the distribution of this lipid and so presumably
conditioned by it. It seems reasonable to assume that the same
will be true for any oil or oil solvent that can penetrate tracheal
walls.5 In fact, any toxin, entering either from the tracheae or
blood, must traverse this bound lipid sheath to enter the nerve
cells or processes. Partition coefficients would favor lipid-soluble
materials.

The histopathological effects produced by toxic petroleum oils
(Richards, 1941a) are consistent with the view that the destruc-
tion of the lipid nerve sheaths is intimately involved in the neuro-
toxic action of the oils. It seems likely that the same is true for
the action of pyrethrins (see especially Klinger, 1936). Sheath
degeneration also occurs as a relatively early postmortem change
in asphyxiated mosquito larvae (Richards, 1941a). But whether
or not the sheath destruction is directly concerned in the produc-
tion of paralysis and death is unknown. (See below.)

Another interesting analytical trend comes from the compari-

5 In studying the effect of ‘ 1 Flit ’ ’ on bees, Nelson (1927) reports the pene-
tration of the stained mixture from tracheae into the nerve ganglia, muscles
and some of the malpighian tubes. The data are not strictly comparable to
those presented in the present paper. However, the coloring of the ganglia
is suggestive. And, in view of the long time factor (15 hours), the coloring
of some other tissues is not surprising. Xylol must affect other tissues too
since it causes a cessation of the heartbeat within 15 minutes, but only in the
nervous system does it accumulate in sufficient quantity to visibly color the
tissue by the time of death.

62

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. Li

son of a series of papers which unfortunately deal with different
species of insects and so must be correlated with caution. (1)
Feldberg (1940) demonstrated phosphatase activity for bee
venom by using it to prepare lysolecithin from purified lecithin.
Bee venom appears to have the same action as cobra venom in
producing lysolecithin in vertebrate tissues and in releasing
histamine (see also Feldberg and Kellaway, 1937). Whether the
toxic effect is produced by lysolecithin directly or through the
intermediation of histamine is another question but need not be
considered here. (2) It is well known that many parasitic or
parasitoid wasps cause a true paralysis by stinging the ganglia of
their arthropod prey. Hartzell (1935) has reported that the
venom of the wasp, Sphecius speciosus, causes nerve lesions in the
ganglia of the cicada, Tibicen pruinosa. (3) The present paper
reports the presence of bound lipid nerve sheaths in insects, and
gives data suggesting' that the lipids are phospholipids including
considerable amounts of some lecithin. (4) And, finally, the
present paper points out that at least some of the types of insect
nerve lesions reported by various authors seem interpretable as
due to the breakdown of these phospholipid sheaths.

If these apparent correlations could all be demonstrated in one
study, it would follow that paralyzing venoms probably act on
arthropods by disrupting the lipid nerve sheaths and producing
lysolecithin which in turn acts on the nerve cells (perhaps also
indirectly). If this is true, another interesting point may be
that the important destructive effects are not really the histo-
logically visible lesions, because Feldberg (1940) has noted that
the destructive effects of lysolecithin are not histologically demon-
strable in the vertebrate adrenal gland.

The relationship of the data in the preceding two paragraphs
to the action of neurotoxic insecticides is unknown. There is as
yet no evidence that phosphatase activity is involved in insecti-
cide action. Also neurotoxic insecticides kill whereas the venoms
injected by wasps only paralyze.6 Data from surgical operations
show that mere elimination of parts of the central nervous system
does not necessarily cause death (Kopec, 1923; Metalnikov and
Korvine-Kroukovsky, 1927). Data from the effects of toxic pe-

6 Dosage rather than intrinsically different effect may be involved.

Mar., 1943] Richards: Nerve Sheaths 63

troleum oils suggest that destruction of the lipid nerve sheaths
is an important act of these insecticides (Richards, 1941a). At
least some of the data from the effects of pyrethrins likewise sug-
gest destruction of the nerve sheaths (especially Klinger, 1936),
but Wigglesworth (1941) reports that pyrethrins dissolved in
liquid paraffin cause a far more general cellular destruction
within ten days after paralysis,7 and Hartzell and Scudder
(1942) point out that the effects of pyrethrum are not neces-
sarily confined to the nervous system. It seems to me certain
that the lipid nerve sheaths are important factors in the penetra-
tion of neurotoxins and that these sheaths are commonly broken
down by insecticides, but this does not mean that degeneration
of the sheaths per se causes death or that other tissues cannot
be penetrated and affected by neurotoxic insecticides.

SUMMARY

1. Insect nerve cells and their processes are surrounded and
insulated by bound lipid sheaths of submicroscopic thickness.
Solubility data suggest that the lipids are phospholipids, perhaps
with the addition of cholesterol.

2. The lipid nerve sheaths are correlated with and so presum-
ably condition the penetration of oil solvents into the nervous
system from tracheae. Presumably this finding will apply also to
the penetration of toxic oils and oil-borne toxins.

3. One of the effects of certain neurotoxic insecticides seems to
be the destruction of these bound lipid sheaths.

4. Some aspects of the relationships of these data to the study
of insecticide physiology are discussed.

LITERATURE CITED

Bear, R. S., and F. O. Schmitt. 1937. Optical properties of the axon
sheaths of crustacean nerves. Jour. Cell, and Comp. Phys., 9: 275—
287.

7 How much of this tissue dissolution precedes or accompanies the death of
the cells is unknown. The mere fact that the heart is still heating does not
necessarily mean that the nervous system is alive. The cells of the central
nervous system may have been dead and undergoing a kind of postmortem de-
generation for days. If this is true, the degree of degeneration of the nervous
tissue is not necessarily any index of the type or extent of the insecticide
action. The same criticism may be made of all other studies in which histo-
pathology is used without a check on the physiological condition of the cells
(see Richards, 1941a, pp. 182-183).

64

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

Bear, B. S., F. O. Schmitt and J. Z. Young. 1937. The sheath components
of the giant nerve fibers of the squid. Proc. Boy. Soc. London, B,
123: 496-504.

Chinn, P., and F. O. Schmitt. 1937. On the birefringence of nerve sheaths
as studied in cross section. Jour. Cell, and Comp. Phys., 9: 289-296.

Clayton, D. E. 1932. A comparative study of the non-nervous elements in
the nervous system of invertebrates. Jour. Ent. and Zool., 24: 3-22.

Feldberg, W. 1940. The action of bee venom, cobra venom and lysolecithin
on the adrenal medulla. Jour. Physiol., 99: 104-118.

Feldberg, W., and C. H. Kellaway. 1937. Liberation of histamine from
the perfused lung of the guinea-pig by bee venom. Jour. Physiol.,
91 : 2P-3P.

Hanstrom, B. 1928. Vergleichende Anatomie des Nervensystems der wir-
bellosen Tiere, unter Beriicksichtigung seiner Funktion. Springer,
Berlin.

Hartman, T. L. 1940. The use of Sudan Black B as a bacterial fat stain.
Stain Tech., 15 : 23-28.

Hartzell, A. 1935. Histopathology of nerve lesions of cicada after paraly-
sis by the killer-wasp. Contrib. Boyce Thomp. Inst., 7: 421-425.

Hartzell, A., and H. I. Scudder. 1942. Histological effects of pyrethrum
and an activator on the central nervous system of the housefly. Jour.
Econ. Ent., 35: 428-433.

Hilton, W. A. 1942. Nerve tissue, cell terminals, sense organs. 4. Non-
nervous structures. Jour. Ent. and Zool., 34: 42-45.

Holmes, W. 1942. The giant myelineated nerve fibres of the prawn. Phil.
Trans. Boy. Soc. London, 231: 293-311.

Klinger, H. 1936. Die Insektizidwirkung von Pyrethrum und Derrisgiften
und ihre Abhangigkeit vom insekten Korper. Arb. fiber Phys. u.
Angew. Ent., 3 : 49-69, 115-151.

Kopec, S. 1923. The influence of the nervous system on the development
and regeneration of muscles and integument in insects. Jour. Exp.
Zool., 37: 15-23.

Kruger, F. 1931. Untersuchungen fiber die Giftwirkung von dalmatischem
Insektpulver auf die Larven von Corethra plumicornis. Ztschr. f.
Angew. Ent., 18: 344-353.

Lindsay, E., and B. Craig. 1942. The distribution of radiophosphorus in
wax moth, mealworm, cockroach and firebat. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.,
35: 50-56.

Metalnikov, S., and M. Korvine-Kroukovsky. 1927. Bole des centres
nerveux daus la metamorphose de l’insecte. C. B. Soc. Biol., 97:
1286-1287.

Nelson, F. C. 1927. The penetration of a contact oil spray into the breath-
ing system of an insect. Jour. Econ. Ent., 20 : 632-635.

Page, I. H. 1937. Chemistry of the brain. C. C. Thomas Book Co., Balti-

more.

Mar., 1943]

Richards: Nerve Sheaths

65

Retzius, F. 1890. Zur Kenntnis des Nervensystems der Crustaceen. Biol.
Untersuch. N. F., 1 : 1-50.

Richards, A. G., Jr. 1941a. Differentiation between toxic and suffocating
effects of petroleum oils on larvae of the house mosquito ( Culex
pipiens) . Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 67: 161-196.

. 1941b. A stenogamic autogenous strain of Culex pipiens L. in

North America. Ent. News, 52 : 211-216.

. 1942. The interfibrillar material in the central nervous system of

mosquito larvae ( Culex pipiens ). Biol. Bull., 83: 300.

Scharrer, B. 1939. The differentiation between neuroglia and connective
tissue sheath in the cockroach ( Periplaneta americana ) . Jour. Comp.
Neurol., 70: 77-88.

— •. 1941. Neurosecretion. II. Neurosecretory cells in the central ner-

vous system of cockroaches. Jour. Comp. Neurol., 74: 93-108.

Schmitt, F. O., and R. S. Bear. 1937. The optical properties of vertebrate
nerve axons as related to fiber size. Jour. Cell, and Comp. Phys.,
9: 261-273.

. 1939. The ultrastructure of the nerve axon sheath. Biol. Rev., 14:

27-80.

Schmitt, F. O., R. S. Bear and G. L. Clark. 1935. X-ray diffraction studies
on nerve. Radiology, 25 : 131-151.

Taylor, G. W. 1940. The optical properties of the earthworm giant fibre
sheath as related to fibre size. Jour. Cell, and Comp. Phys., 15:
363-371.

Weil, A. 1933. A textbook of neuropathology. Lea and Febiger, Phila-
delphia.

Wigglesworth, V. B. 1941. The effect of pyrethrum on the spiracular
mechanism of insects. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London, A. 16:11-14.

. 1942. The storage of protein, fat, glycogen and uric acid in the fat

body and other tissues of mosquito larvse. Jour. Exp. Biol., 19:
56-77.

Young, P. Z. 1937. The physical and chemical properties of nerve fibers
and the nature of synaptic contacts. Trans. Faraday Soc., 33 : 1035-
1040.

66

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

Plate III

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

1. Photomicrograph of two abdominal segments of mosquito larva

treated with xylol stained with Black Sudan B. The body was
cut longitudinally along one side, spread open, the gut removed,
and mounted as a whole mount. Shows the intensely colored
ganglia and their connectives. Also shows many small tracheae
containing stained xylol; these tracheae branch around and
through uncolored muscle, adipose and epithelial tissues. Mag-
nification 75 x.

2. Whole mount of brain (supraoesophageal ganglion) of mosquito

larva treated with xylol stained with Black Sudan B. Note
color is concentrated in the fiber-tract regions. Magnification
95 x.

3. Whole mount of intact thoracic ganglia of a mosquito larva

treated with xylol stained with Black Sudan B. Note meta-
thoracic ganglion into which xylol is penetrating from the
xylol-filled tracheae on the left side. In the original mount the
distinction between stain in the tracheae and in the nerve tissue
is much clearer. Magnification 270 x.

4. Whole mount of removed thoracic and first abdominal ganglia of

a mosquito larva fixed in 10% formalin for 37 hours and then
stained with Black Sudan B in 70% alcohol. Magnification
120 X.

5. Crushed whole mount of brain and suboesophageal ganglion of a

mosquito larva fixed in 10% formalin for 37 hours and then
stained with Black Sudan B in 70% alcohol. Air-filled tracheae
appear black, fluid-filled tracheae are transparent. Black areas
are fiber tract regions. Suboesophageal ganglion broken in
half and twisted in mounting with result that one half lies
above the brain, the other half below. Magnification 120 x.

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), You. LI

(Plate III)

68

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. Li

Plate IV

Figure 6. Portion of crushed whole mount of brain of mosquito larva show-
ing diffuse stain along fiber tract leading to circumcesophageal
commissures. Prepared by rapid staining of living brain in
alcoholic stain. See text. Magnification 190 x.

Figure 7. Another example of same of Fig. 6. Magnification 190 x.

Figure 8. Portion of whole mount of brain fixed and stained in a saturated
solution of Black Sudan B in 50% ethyl alcohol (6 hours).
Stain mostly in free particles of various sizes. Note some par-
ticles in cell-body regions although bulk of stain is in fiber tract
regions. Magnification 190 x.

Figure 9. Whole mount of thoracic ganglia of larva fixed and stained in a
saturated solution of Black Sudan B in 70% ethyl alcohol (5
minutes). Stain approximately half in free particles, half
diffuse. Magnification 180 x.

Figure 10. Higher magnification of released stained particles in a crushed
whole mount of a brain fixed in 50% alcohol (15 hours) and
then stained. Note that particles lying free in the mounting
medium retain their irregular shapes. Magnification 250 X.

Figure 11. Section of abdominal ganglion of normal larva fixed in 1% osmic
acid for 24 hours. All parts of the nerve cord are colored a
uniform light brown (same intensity as in the muscles) . Mag-
nification 340 X.

Figure. 12. Section of abdominal ganglion of a larva killed by 3 minutes at
45° C. and then fixed in 1% osmic acid for 24 hours. Nerve
cell bodies are colored a light brown (as in controls) but the
fiber tracts are intensely blackened between the fibers. Mag-
nification 340 x.

Figure 13. Another section from a different specimen of same lot of larvae
as Fig 12. Note that the blackening of the fiber tracts is in-
complete on one side in this particular section. Magnification
340 X.

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. LI

(Plate IV)

70

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. li

ADDITIONS TO SMITH’S 1909 DIPTERA LIST

By William F. Rapp, Jr.

During the summer of 1942 I did considerable collecting of
Diptera in the Glassboro region. All the species listed were taken
in the vicinity of Glassboro, Gloucester County, New Jersey. I
wish to thank Dr. S. W. Bromley, Dr. A. Stone, Dr. M. T. James
and Mr. C. T. Greene for identifications in their respective groups.

Family tendeipediee
Chironomus dimorphus Mall. V-23-42.

Family simuluee

Simulum decorum Walk. VI-21-42.

Family asiliee

Diagmites misellus Loew. VII-21-42.

Family dorilaule
Dorilas confraternus Banks. VI-20-42.

Dorilas dubius Cresson. V-23-42.

Family larvjevoriee
Aplomya theclarum Scud. VIII-1-42.

Bonnetia comta Fall. VII-11-42.

Dinera grisescens Mg. VII-21-42.

Hyalomyia aldricki Tns. VIII-3-42.

Leucostoma atra Tns. VII-11-42.

Metachaeta carbonaria Panz. V-23-42.

Nemorilla floralis Fall. VI-20-42.

Neophorocera claripennis Mg. V-23-42.

Family sarcophagies
Amobia signata Meig. VIII-1-42.

Family anthomyiidje
Ilylemyia betarum Lint. VIII-1-42.

Family tetanocerihe

Limnia samtogensis ottawensis Mel. VI-20-42.

Family otitidje

Chcetopsis fulvifrons Macq. V-23-42.

Family agromyziee
Agromyza virens Loew. VIII-1-42.

Family chloropiee
Chloropisca glabra Macq. V-23-42.

The

New York Entomological Society

Organized June 29, 1892 — Incorporated June 7, 1893
Reincorporated February 17, 1943

The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month
(except June, July, August and September) at 8 p. m., in the American Museum of
Natural History, 79th St., & Central Park W., New York, N. Y.

Annual dues for Active Members, $3.00 ; including subscription to the Journal, $4.50.
Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to
the treasurer.

Honorary President , WILLIAM T. DAVIS

Officers for the Year 1943

President, WM. P. COMSTOCK American Museum of Natural History

Vice-President, EDWIN WAY TEALE Baldwin, L. I., N. Y.

Secretary, ANNETTE L. BACON American Museum of Natural History

Treasurer, DR. WILLIS J. GERTSCH American Museum of Natural History

Librarian fy Curator, L. J. SANFORD American Museum of Natural History

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

Wm. T. Davis Dr. Albert Hartzell Dr. S. W. Bromley

Dr. A. B. Klots Dr. F. E. Lutz

Harry B. Weiss

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE
Edwin W. Teale

E. L. Bell

Dr. Herbert Ruckes

Dr. C. D. Michener

PROGRAM COMMITTEE
George G. Becker

Frank A. Soraci

FIELD COMMITTEE

A. S. Nicolay

H. S. Fleming

DELEGATE TO THE N. Y. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
William T. Davis

JOURNAL

of the

NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Published quarterly by the Society at N. Queen St., and Mc-
Govern Ave., Lancaster, Pa. All communications relating to
manuscript for the Journal should be sent to the Editor, Harry B.
Weiss, 19 N. 7th Ave., Highland Park, New Jersey; all subscrip-
tions to the Treasurer, Dr. Willis J. Gertsch, American Museum
of Natural History, New York, N. Y. Orders for back issues
should be sent to the Treasurer, Willis J. Gertsch, American
Museum of Natural History, 79th St., & Central Park W., New
York, N. Y. The society has a complete file of back issues in stock.
The Society will not be responsible for lost Journals if not noti-
fied immediately of change of address. We do not exchange
publications.

Terms for subscription, $3.00 per year, strictly in advance.

Please make all checks , money-orders , or drafts payable to
New York Entomological Society .

Twenty-five reprints without covers are furnished free to
authors. Additional copies may be purchased at the following

rates :

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 24 pp. 32 pp.

25 copies $2.40 $5.22 $5.58 $5.58 $9.00 $9.60

Additionals 100’s .60 1.44 1.92 1.92 3.00 3.00

Covers 50 copies, $2.75; additional 100’s, $1.65.

Half-tone prints 1% cents for each half-tone print.

Authors whose papers are illustrated with text figures or
full page plates will be required to supply the electroplates or
pay the cost of making the same by the Journal and also to
pay the cost of printing full page plates on coated paper, when
advisable.

No. 2

r

Vol. LI

JUNE, 1943

Journal

of the

New York Entomological Society

Devoted to Entomology in General

Edited by HARRY B. WEISS

HARRY B. WEISS EDWIN W. TEALE

HERBERT RUCKES E. L. BELL

Subscription $3.00 per Year

Published Quarterly by the Society
N. QUEEN ST. AND McGOVERN AVE.

LANCASTER, PA.

NEW YORK, N. Y.

1943

CONTENTS

Racial Differentiation in Nearctic Species of Dianthidium
(Hymenoptera, Apoidea)

By P. H. Timberlake 71

New Records (Lepidoptera) 110

New Neotropical Tabanidae (Diptera)

By Cornelius B. Philip Ill

Insect Behavior to Various Wave Lengths of Light

By Harry B. Weiss, Frank A. Soraci, and E. E. Mc-
Coy, Jr 117

New Records (Lepidoptera) 132

NOTICE: Volume LI, Number 1, of The Journal of the
New York Entomological Society was published on
April 13, 1943.

Entered as second class matter July 7, 1925, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of August 24, 1912.

Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103.
Act of October 3, 1917, authorized March 27, 1924.

JOURNAL

OF THE

New York Entomological Society

Vol. LI June, 1943 No. 2

RACIAL DIFFERENTIATION IN NEARCTIC SPECIES
OF DIANTHIDIUM (HYMENOPTERA,
APOIDEA)1

By P. H. Timberlake

University of California Citrus Experiment Station
Riverside, California

This study of our North American species of Dianthidium is
not intended to be monographic ; yet all the types located on the
Pacific Coast have been examined, and the interpretations of
Herbert F. Schwarz, who has studied other types in New York,
Philadelphia, and Washington, have been followed in the main.
There is little or no doubt, therefore, about the strict application
of the names here involved.

The species herein recognized are distinguishable by such mor-
phological characters as structure of the mandibles in the females,
modification of the apical tergite, ventrite, and the genitalia in
the males, and by size and sculpture in both sexes. The subspe-
cies, on the other hand, are differentiated by variation in the
extent and color of the maculations, by the character of the
pubescence, and by relatively minor differences in the sculpture.
On the Pacific Coast, in several widely distributed species, there
is a progressive increase in maculation, both in extent and in
depth of color, from British Columbia and Washington south-
ward to southern California. Farther south, in Lower Cali-
fornia, the tendency is reversed, specimens from this region

1 Paper No. 469, University of California Citrus Experiment Station,
Riverside, California.

72

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

exhibiting a contraction of the maculations, although the color
may remain equally bright. In certain species, however, in the
more arid or desert portion of the habitat, there is a distinct
bleaching of the color. Another interesting variation is the con-
spicuous increase in the length of pubescence shown by specimens
of two species of the Sierra Nevada region.

The material basis of this study has been the collections of the
California Academy of Sciences and the University of California
Citrus Experiment Station, the Cazier collection now belonging
to the American Museum of Natural History, and a small but
important set of specimens from the collections of the Bohart
brothers and of Messrs. Linsley and Michener.

In the following key, the females of nearly all our species are
distinguished by characters that are almost exclusively morpho-
logical. The key, on this account, may prove to be difficult for
the beginner who has no authentically identified specimens for
comparison ; in such a case it should be supplemented by use of
keys that have been published by Schwarz.

Key to the Females of Nearctic Species of Dianthidium

1. Large species, about 12 mm. long ; sides of tergites 2 and 3, or 2 to 5,

more or less inflated, with the posterior angles widely diverging from
base of following segment 2.

Smaller species, about 10 mm. long, or less; sides of middle tergites not
inflated 3.

2. Sides of tergites 2 to 5 strongly inflated; tergite 6 broadly truncate at

apex, with posterior corners rounded; spur of hind coxae long and
conical .>.... ...singulare (Cresson).

Sides of tergites 2 and 3 weakly inflated but strongly diverging from
base of following segment; tergite 6 broadly rounded at apex; spur
of hind coxae short and stout cressonii (Dalla Torre).

3. Coxae of fore legs armed with a short hairy spine at apex 4.

Anterior coxae unarmed at apex, rarely with a rounded crest on ventral

surface 6.

4. Large species, 8-10 mm. long, abdomen nearly 4 mm. wide; markings

of head and thorax more or less reddened; lateral face-marks ending
broadly above antennae 5.

Smaller, about 8 mm. long; maculations yellow throughout; lateral face-
marks narrowed above simile (Cresson).

5. Punctures of frons and vertex coarse and close, becoming a little more

separated on vertex, especially behind ocelli curvatum (Smith).

Punctures of frons and vertex as in curvatum, but slightly closer and
nearly uniformly spaced throughout sayi Cockerell.

June, 1943]

Timberlake : Dianthidium

73

6. Punctures of frons more or less close but separate enough to leave shin-

ing interstices , 7.

Punctures of frons very dense, so that the surface is more or less dull;
mesoscutum also dull and densely punctured 15.

7. Mandibles with a small preapical notch, but preapical tooth very blunt

or hardly developed I 8.

Mandibles with a distinct preapical tooth, set off on one side by a pre-
apical notch and on the other side by a more or less concave cutting
edge . 10.

8. Mandibles with the cutting edge straight, relieved only by small acute

notch preapically; the apical tooth small, not, or hardly, projecting

beyond contour of cutting edge 9.

Mandibles with a large well-developed apical tooth, followed by a broad-
angled notch, which thus sets off a low blunt preapical tooth, with the
cutting edge beyond straight; ventral scopa more or less fuscous.

desertorum n. sp.

9. Punctures of face, vertex, and mesoscutum nearly uniformly coarse and

close, and only a little finer than those of mesopleura; large, robust
species, resembling curvatum and sayi, with legs mainly red.

subrufulum n. sp.

Punctures of mesoscutum fine and close, becoming a little finer and
denser on anterior middle; those of frons and vertex somewhat
coarser; those of mesopleura much coarser pudicum (Cresson).

10. Mesoscutum with the interstices between the punctures more or less

shining 11.

Mesoscutum dull, the interstices between the very close punctures
tessellate fraternum n. sp.

11. Punctures of frons more or less coarse and at least equal to those of

clypeus . 12.

Punctures of frons and vertex fine, uniformly and closely spaced, fading
out on posterior border of vertex and subequal to those of mesoscutum,
a little finer than those of clypeus and much finer than those of
mesopleura platyurum Cockerell.

12. Punctures of mesoscutum not becoming appreciably finer and denser on

anterior middle 13.

Punctures of mesoscutum becoming distinctly finer and denser on an-
terior middle; punctures of frons, vertex, and clypeus rather coarse,
uniformly close, and subequal to the coarser punctures of mesoscutum ;
legs red concinnum (Cresson).

13. Punctures of frons, at least in the middle, somewhat separated, some of

the interstices equal to one-half to one puncture-width 14.

Punctures of frons almost touching, honeycomblike, and about as close
as those of mesoscutum subparvum Swenk.

14. Punctures of clypeus, frons, and mesoscutum moderately fine and sub-

equal, becoming a little separated on frons, with those of vertex a
little finer and sometimes a little sparser behind ocelli.

parvum (Cresson).

74

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

Punctures of clypeus and frons rather coarse and rather well separated
on middle of frons ; those of vertex finer, becoming more widely spaced
behind ocelli; punctures of mesoscutum very close throughout and
slightly finer than those of frons ! profugum Cockerell.

15. Mandibles with distinct apical and preapical teeth, the cutting edge

within concavely arcuate 16.

Mandibles with or without a small acute preapical notch, the cutting
edge within straight, so that a preapical tooth is little or not at all
indicated 17.

16. Apical and preapical teeth of mandibles large, broad at base, the inner

one blunt, both together occupying half the apical cutting edge;
punctures of mesoscutum moderately coarse, not becoming denser on

anterior middle ulkei (Cresson).

Teeth of mandibles smaller, acute; arcuate portion of cutting edge
fortified by a carina on inner surface close to margin; punctures of
mesoscutum rather fine and dense, becoming finer and denser on
anterior middle consimile (Ashmead).

17. Mandibles with a preapical notch, but apical tooth short and blunt,

hardly projecting beyond contour of cutting edge; mesoscutum finely
and densely punctured, the sculpture finer and denser on anterior

middle plenum n. sp.

Mandibles with a distinct apical tooth strongly projecting beyond con-
tour of remainder of cutting edge, but without a preapical notch and
tooth; punctures of mesoscutum nearly as fine as in plenum, but the
sculpture not appreciably finer and denser on anterior middle.

macswaini n. sp.

GROUP OF DIANTHIDXUM SINGULARE (CRESSON)

Here belong two remarkably large and handsome species, D.
singulare and cressonii, which have the sides of middle tergites
peculiarly inflated.

Dianthidium singulare (Cresson)

The male of singulare has the seventh tergite strongly trilobed,
with the median lobe narrowly triangular, the emargination each
side of it deep and flaring on outer side, and the lateral lobes
very obliquely truncate from within outward, with outer margin
strongly rounded. The lateral lobes thus appear to be diver-
gent and subtriangular in shape, with rounded apex.

Dianthidium singulare singulare (Cresson).

The type from Nevada has the yellow band on tergites 1 and 2
broken into three spots, and that on tergite 3 broken into four
spots, although the two inner spots are almost confluent.

June, 1943]

Timberlake : Dianthidium

75

In a male previously reported by Cockerell from Meadow Val-
ley, Plumas Co., California (Van Dyke), the bands on the first
two tergites are broken into three spots, but that on the third is
entire and encloses two black spots, as do also the following
bands. A female from Cisco, California, June 13, 1939 (Gr. E.
Bohart), has similar markings, except that the two black spots in
the band on tergite 3 break through on the anterior margin.

Dianthidium singulare perluteum Cockerell.

In this race from southern California, the abdominal bands are
all entire. In the Academy collection are 7 specimens of both
sexes, from Santa Rosa Peak, 8,000 feet, June 22 ; Idyllwild, San
Jacinto Mts., June 19 to 23; Forest Home, San Bernardino Mts.,
June 17 and 18 (Van Dyke) ; and from Mill Creek, 6,000 feet,
San Bernardino Mts., on Chrysothamnus, Oct. 11 (I. McCracken).
I have also taken it at Bear Valley, San Bernardino Mts., on
Eulophus, Aug. 10 ; at Forest Home on Cirsium, July 5 ; and at
Mill Creek, 6,000 feet, on Erysimum , June 21. At 6,200 feet,
Mill Creek, on Sept. 7, 1935, a female was discovered building
its nest on the side of a partially buried rock in the creek bed,
and 2 males that had followed it to the nesting site were captured.
This nest was inspected several times during the following sum-
mer, but nothing issued. During the second winter, the creek
bed was scoured out by a severe flood, and the rock and all must
have been swept away.

Dianthidium cressonii (Dalla Torre)

This species has the sides of the middle tergites less inflated
and the apex of the last tergite much less truncate than in singu-
lare. I have not seen the male.

One female, Ward, Colorado, Aug. 10 (Cockerell) ; another,
Nederland, Colorado, at flowers of wild rose, July 1, 1939 (Tim-
berlake).

GROUP OF DIANTHIDIUM CURVATUM (SMITH)

The curvatum and ulkei groups are closely allied and similar
in the structure of the seventh tergite of the male. This sclerite
in both groups is broadly truncate at apex, with a shortly project-
ing median lobe or tooth. In the curvatum group, the median
lobe is set off by a small but distinct notch on each side of its

76

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

base ; the sixth ventrite is rather short and has its apical margin
broadly rounded; the front coxae are armed at the apex with a
short spine projecting horizontally, as in certain species of Col-
let es and Nomada ; and the sagittal lobes of the genitalia are
devoid of hair. In the ulkei group, the median lobe of the sev-
enth tergite is but little more than a short projection from the
otherwise truncate margin, the notch on each side of it being more
or less evanescent (more distinct in ulkei than in the other species
of its group) ; the sixth ventrite is produced medially, with the
sides of the margin converging to a comparatively narrow,
rounded, subtruncate or even notched apex; the front coxte are
unarmed ; and the sagittal lobes of the genitalia are fringed with
hair on outer margins or provided with a short erect pile on the
dorsal surface.

The males of the curvatum group may be distinguished as fol-
lows :

1. Large species, generally over 9 mm. in length, with the maculations more

or less reddened, especially on thorax, legs, and abdomen ; lateral face-
marks ending more or less broadly at level of anterior ocellus 2.

Black, with yellow maculations; lateral face-marks narrowed above and
ending at level of middle of f rons ; fringe of hair on fifth ventrite thin,
and that on fourth considerably less developed simile (Cress.).

2. Fringe of hair on fourth and fifth ventrites rather thin, but not less de-

veloped on the fourth segment curvatum (Smith).

Venter very hairy, with a dense fringe on fourth and fifth segments, and
on sides of the sixth sayi Ckll.

Dianthidium simile (Cresson)

Of this species I have examined a female from Browns Mills,
New Jersey, and a male from Ogunquit, Maine, kindly loaned
by Mr. Schwarz.

Dianthidium curvatum (Smith)

The Academy collection includes the following material : a
pair from Mobile, Alabama, Sept. 19, 1939 ; 1 female, Fort Mor-
gan, Alabama, Sept. 20; one pair, Eureka Springs, Ouachita
Mts., Arkansas, Sept. 4 ; 1 male, Hot Springs, Arkansas, Oct. 1 •
and 4 males, Branson, Missouri, Sept. 7 and 11, 1939 (all Van
Dyke).

June, 1943]

Timberlake : Dianthidium

77

The Fort Morgan female has the markings of clypeus, vertex,
mesoscutum, scutellum, and first two tergites considerably red-
dened, the band on vertex narrow and continuous, the legs little
blackened at base, the two spots on tergite 5 small and round,
and the marks on mesoscutum extended backward on lateral
margins. It thus resembles sayi in many ways, but the punc-
tures of f rons and vertex -are sparser. The Missouri and Arkan-
sas specimens tend to have the marks on anterior margin of meso-
scutum reduced and sometimes not extending outward beyond
the inner end of the scale-like expansion of tubercle.

D. curvatum and sayi are very close structurally and may ulti-
mately prove to be races of one species, but the punctures of the
frons and vertex are sparser in curvatum in both sexes, and the
venter of the male of sayi is much more densely hairy. The
genitalia and accessory parts are nearly identical in the two
species.

D. floridiense Schwarz agrees with curvatum except in color
and in my estimation is merely a race of that species.

Dianthidium sayi Cockerell

This species was described by Say (1824) under the preoccu-
pied name of interruptum, from Missouri. Although Missouri
gained statehood in 1821, it is possible that Say cited the locality
loosely, and it seems probable that his types were captured farther
west. At any rate, by modern records the species is known to
occur only as far eastward as the western parts of Kansas and
Nebraska.

A series including both sexes, from Lewiston, Idaho, July
14-22, 1925 (C. L. Fox), is in the Academy collection. One
specimen is marked “ Gaillardia,” and perhaps all were taken
on that flower. Among specimens submitted by Messrs. Linsley
and Michener were 2 males of sayi from Utah, one taken at Tren-
ton, Aug. 23 (Knowlton and Hardy), the other at Hooper, Sept.
19 (D. E. Hardy). I also have specimens from Salt Lake City,
Utah, and from Boulder, Denver, and La Junta, Colorado.

From Mesilla, New Mexico, Cockerell has described the race
xerophilum, which has the red or ferruginous color spread over
nearly all the head and thorax and a part of the abdomen.

78

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

GROUP OF DIANTHIDIUM ULKEI (CRESSON)

The males of this group may he distinguished as follows :

1. Species 9 mm., or less, in length; apex of sixth ventrite not notched;

maculations yellow . 2.

Larger, similar to curvatum and sayi in size and maculations and with
more or less red suffusions, especially on legs and venter ; apex of sixth
ventrite distinctly notched subrufulum n. sp.

2. Frons and mesoscutum shining, the punctures close but not dense ; median

lobe of seventh tergite set off by a very shallow emargination on each

side 3.

Frons and mesoscutum dull and densely punctured; notch on each side of
median lobe of seventh tergite small but usually distinct; venter very
hairy, with a long fringe on segments 2 to 5 and on each side of 6 at
base ulkei (Cress.).

3. Frons and mesoscutum finely and closely punctured, the punctures finer

than those of clypeus and much finer than those of mesopleura; venter

hairy and sagittal Jobes of genitalia fringed laterally platyurum Ckll.

Frons and mesoscutum more coarsely punctured, the punctures subequal
to those of clypeus and only a little finer than those of mesopleura;
punctures of frons a little separated; fringes of ventral segments very
thin, the sides of the sixth with short erect hair ; sagittal lobes shallowly
furrowed lengthwise above and invested with a fine erect pile.

desertorum n. sp.

Dianthidium subrufulum new species

Along with the few specimens of curvatum from Missouri and
Arkansas, Van Dyke collected a large series of a similar species,
which is liable to be confused with either curvatum or sayi. The
male differs from either of those species in having the apical lobe
of the sixth ventrite with nearly straight convergent sides and
the rather narrow apex distinctly notched. The sagittal lobes
are also rather densely fringed with hair. (In curvatum and
sayi the sixth ventrite is broadly and evenly rounded at apex,
and the sagittal lobes are glabrous.) The female has the punc-
tures of frons and vertex a little finer and considerably closer,
especially on each side of vertex, than in either sayi or curvatum.
In the mainly ferruginous legs, it resembles sayi, although yellow
stripes are generally present at base of tibiae. In the black thorax
and abdomen with yellow maculations, it resembles curvatum ;
yet sometimes the sternum, propodeum, and base of abdomen are
more or less red or suffused with red. Actually, subrufulum is

June, 1943]

Timberlake : Dianthidium

79

closer to ulkei, but its considerably larger size and the notch at
apex of sixth ventrite of the male will distinguish it. Schwarz
described D. ulkei var. cooleyi, from Montana, as having fer-
ruginous legs, but he made no claim that it was distinguishable
from ulkei in any way except color.

Male. — Size and form as in curvatum. Black; the tegulae, ground color
of legs, venter, retlexed sides of first tergite, and sometimes sides of pro-
podeum above hind coxae, ferruginous red. Scape beneath and at base more
or less reddened, but flagellum black. Front and middle coxae black, except
apex, but hind pair nearly all red except the yellow spurs. Spot at apex of
femora above, stripe on front and middle femora behind (sometimes evanes-
cent), broad stripe on outer side of front and middle tibiae, basal mark and
preapical transverse band on outer side of hind tibiae, and stripe on basitarsi,
yellow. Maculations of head, thorax, and abdomen bright yellow, although
generally a little paler on face. Markings include mandibles, except apical
margin; clypeus; small supraclypeal spot; lateral face-marks nearly reaching
summit of eyes and generally a little more pointed above than in curvatum ;
stripe behind upper part of eye, sometimes extended to form interrupted band
across vertex (the portion on vertex sometimes divided into four spots) ; dot
or spot on frons; large mark on tubercles; curved mark on tegulse; mark on
each side of anterior margin of mesoscutum, generally rather small, but some-
times extended to lateral margin ; spot on axillae ; continuous band at apex of
scutellum ; band on tergites 1 to 5 ; and most of tergite 7. Band on tergite
1 interrupted on each side. Bands on tergites 2 to 5 biarcuated by a broad
anterior emargination in middle anteriorly and by a shallower emargination
on each side posteriorly, those on 4 and 5 narrowly interrupted medially, that
on 3 sometimes interrupted, and that on 2 most frequently continuous. Spur
on hind coxa large and acute. Tergite 7 as in ulkei. (Nearly the same as
in curvatum and sayi, but the median tooth less set off by a small emargina-
tion on each side of its base.) Puncturation throughout similar to curvatum,
but a little finer and considerably sparser on frons and vertex. Mesoscutum
a little dullish from a minute tessellation between the close punctures. Pu-
bescence about as in curvatum, the vestiture of venter much less dense than
in sayi. Wings rather dark fuliginous, the nervures black. Length, 9-11
mm. ; anterior wing, 9 mm. ; width of abdomen, about 3.9 mm.

Female. — Similar to male. Mandibles black, and scape less reddened than
in males. Yellow of clypeus divided into two spots by a broad median black
area. Supraclypeal mark absent, or rarely represented by a yellow dot.
Legs ferruginous red, with a small spot at apex of middle and hind femora
and basal spot or stripe on outer side of tibiae, generally reaching middle on
front and middle pair, yellow. Tarsi sometimes a little infuscated or even
blackish, except on one or two apical joints. Yellow bands on tergites 2 to
5 rather broadly interrupted medially, with inner ends of marks more or less
pointed on 2 and 3, the two marks on tergite 5 lacking the portion laterad of
the usual posterior emargination. Tergite 6 and venter black, but reflexed

80

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

sides of tergite 1 more or less red. Band on tergite 1 usually interrupted on
each side, but occasionally continuous. Ventral scopa yellowish. Length,
8-10 mm. ; anterior wing, 8 mm. ; width of abdomen, nearly 4 mm.

In both sexes the red coloration is sometimes extended over a
large part of sternum, most of propodenm, and lower part of
metaplenra, with more or less red suffusion on dark parts of first
two tergites and, more rarely in male, on lateral margins of fol-
lowing tergites and on apical margin of the sixth. The male
occasionally has a yellow dot on middle of anterior margin of
the mesopleuron.

Holotype, male, and allotype, Branson, Missouri, Sept. 15,
1939. Paratypes as follows : 14 males, 26 females, Branson, Mis-
souri, Sept. 7-16, 1939 • 3 males, 7 females, Eureka Springs,
Ouachita Mts., Arkansas, Sept. 4 and 5 ; and 7 males, 7 females,
Hot Springs, Arkansas, Oct. 1, 1939 (all E. C. Yan Dyke).
Types in collection of the California Academy of Sciences.

Dianthidium ulkei (Cresson)

Key to the Subspecies, or Varieties, of ulkei, Females

1. Legs black, with yellow or cream-colored markings 2.

Legs light reddish brown, with a yellow stripe of variable length on tibiae ;

venter also more or less reddish brown (Musselshell and Billings, Mon-
tana) cooleyi Schwarz.

2. Markings yellow 3.

Markings cream color ; outer side of tibiae pale ; an elongated spot on

frons and large band behind upper part of eyes (Santa Fe, New
Mexico) perterritum Ckll.

3. Maculations full on mesoscutum, axillae, scutellum, mesopleura, and sixth

tergite 4.

Maculation on parts named above reduced, the mesoscutum and axillae
sometimes entirely black; sixth tergite entirely black or with two yel-
low dots (Washington, Oregon) reductum n. subsp.

4. Mandibles yellow, except on outer margin and apex; stripe behind eyes

extending whole length of eye; two yellow spots on a band between
antennae above usual supraclypeal mark; frontal spot large, more or
less oval; abdominal bands very broad, mostly entire, except on middle
segments, the posterior emarginations generally absent except on first

and last segments (southern California) davidsoni Ckll.

Mandibles with a small yellow spot or entirely black; no yellow mark
between antennae ; stripe behind eyes shorter ; frontal spot more parallel-
sided; abdominal bands less broad, interrupted medially on tergites 2
or 3 to 6 and often more or less emarginate behind on each side( Colo-
rado to northern California) . ulkei (Cress.).

June, 1943]

Timberlake : Dianthidium

81

Dianthidium ulkei ulkei (Cresson).

D. ulkei was described from Utah and has been recorded by
Cockerell from New Mexico and Colorado and by Swenk from
Nebraska, where an undermaculated variety was observed. The
female typically has a yellow spot at base of mandibles, which is
almost always present in California material but absent in all
Colorado females that I have seen.

Typical ulkei is represented in the Academy collection by a
large series from Twain Harte, 4,000 feet, Tuolumne Co., Cali-
fornia, on Grindelia, July, 1937 (Blaisdell) ; and by one or more
specimens from each of the following localities: Meadow Valley,
Plumas Co., June 30 and July 4, 1924 (Van Dyke) ; hills back
of Oakland, July 29, 1929 (E. C. Zimmerman) ; Buck Creek,
Modoc Co., July 21 and 25, 1922 (C. L. Fox) ; Mt. Lassen, 6,000-

8.000 feet, Ang. 2, 1938 (Van Dyke) ; Myers, Humboldt Co., July
7, 1937 (Van Dyke) ; Carrville, Trinity Co., June 30, 1931 (Van
Dyke) ; Huntington Lake, 7,000 feet, Fresno Co., July 30, 1919
(Van Duzee) ; Mt. St. Helena, May 12, 1926 (Van Duzee) ; Glacier
Lodge, Big Pine Creek, 8,000-11,000 feet, Inyo Co., California,
Aug. 1929 (I. McCracken) ; Bryce Canyon, Utah, June 21, 1933
(O. H. Swezey) ; Bluff, Utah, on Aster, Sept. 14, 1938 (I. Mc-
Cracken) ; and Lake of the Woods, Klamath Co., Oregon, July 10,
1934 (Van Dyke).

The following material of ulkei has been recorded by Cockerell,
the males as parvum and the females as consimile: males, Hunt-
ington Lake, 7,000 feet, Fresno Co., California ; females, Cascada,

6.000 feet, Fresno Co. ; males and females, Cayton, Shasta Co. ;
and males from Strawberry Valley, Eldorado Co., California, and
from Ashland, Oregon.

In the Cazier collection (American Museum), ulkei is repre-
sented from Safford, Arizona, and from the following localities in
California: Davis; Mammoth Lake and Hot Creek, Mono Co.;
Carson Pass, 8,000 feet; and north of Bishop, Inyo Co. (all
Bohart).

The female from Mt. St. Helena lacks the yellow spot on mandi-
ble, but is otherwise fully maculated. The female from Glacier
Lodge also lacks yellow on mandibles and is otherwise somewhat
undermaculated, having the yellow bands on tergites 2 to 5 well

82

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

interrupted medially and the yellow on tergite 6 reduced to two
round, well-separated spots.

Dianthidium ulkei davidsoni Cockerell.

This was described from southern California, where it is found
in the mountains. The female has the yellow mark on mandible
very large, black mark on clypeus small or absent, a yellow mark
or two dots usually present between antennas (above the usual
supraclypeal mark), frontal spot large, and bands of abdomen
very broad, continuous, and little if at all emarginate behind,
except on tergites 1 and 6. The male differs from typical ulkei
chiefly in having the posterior emarginations of abdominal bands
much smaller.

In the Academy collection davidsoni is represented by a female
from Antioch, Contra Costa Co., Sept. 9, 1936 (Van Dyke) ; a
female from Pinon Plat, San Jacinto Mts., June 21, 1941 (Van
Dyke) ; and a male from Pinnacles, San Benito Co., California,
Aug. 17, 1933 (J. T. Howell and L. S. Ross). A male from Mill
Creek, San Bernardino Mts., has been recorded by Cockerell as
parvum.

I have collected it at Camp Baldy and Big Pines Camp, San
Gabriel Mts. ; at Pinecrest, Arrowhead Ranger Station, Bear
Valley, Mountain Home Creek, Mill Creek, and Vivian Creek
trail, San Bernardino Mts. ; and at Idyllwild, San Jacinto Mts.
These localities range from about 4,000 to 7,000 feet in altitude.

Dianthidium ulkei reductum new subspecies.

This is a considerably undermaculated form occurring in parts
of the Northwest and represented at least by individual variants
farther east, as noted by Swenk in Nebraska. The putative
female of D. heterulkei described by Schwarz seems to belong
here, but heterulkei was based on a male with apparently good
morphological characters. The most distinctive characters of
reductum are the usually very small markings of the thorax,
which is sometimes almost entirely black except on tegulse and
tubercles, and the entirely, or almost entirely, black sixth tergite
of the female.

Female. — Like ulkei in puncturation, pubescence, and structure of mandi-
bles. Mandibles entirely black. Anterior margin and broad median stripe on

June, 1943]

Timberlake : Dianthidium

83

clypeus, black. Lateral face-marks normal. Frontal spot small and linear.
No marks on vertex, and the stripes behind eyes short. Spots on anterior mar-
gin of mesoscutum very small. Spots on apex of scutellum small. Spots on
axillae and mesopleura and stripes on femora, evanescent. Stripes on tibiae
rather narrow ; stripe on hind pair broad at base, with a narrow extension on
dorsal margin nearly to apex, where it curves forward. Basitarsi immacu-
late. Tergites 1 to 5 each with a yellow band, broader on apical segments,
well interrupted medially on 2 to 5 and emarginate behind on each side.
Emarginations rather large and deep on tergite 1 and becoming progressively
smaller on following segments, those on 4 and 5 tending to become enclosed.
Tergite 6 black, with a suffused yellow dot on each side.

Two paratypes (Madras, Oregon) have a supraclypeal dot or small spot,
stripe behind eyes longer, markings on mesoscutum, axillae, scutellum, and
mesopleura rather well developed, but bands on tergites 2 to 5 well inter-
rupted medially, and tergite 6 either entirely black or with two evanescent
dots.

Male. — Markings of head and thorax as in female, except usual sexual
difference. Supraclypeal mark small. Spots on axillae and mesopleura
absent. Yellow stripes of tibiae broad, but on hind pair restricted by a
broad black extension from the under side before the apex. Basitarsi macu-
lated on outer side. Band on tergite 1 divided into three spots, those on 2
to 5 slightly interrupted medially and broadly emarginate behind on each
side. Tergite 6 black, with a small transverse sinuate mark on each side.
Tergite 7 yellow, except basal margin.

In paratypes there may be a short stripe on front and middle femora, the
hind tibiae may lack the broad dark subinterruption, and the yellow lines on
tergite 6 may extend far mesad and become bisinuate. The allotype has the
yellow marks on tegulae and tubercles unusually small.

Holotype, female, and allotype, Longmire, Ranier National
Park, Washington, July 22, 1919 (C. L. Pox). Paratypes as fol-
lows: 1 male, 2 females, Madras, Oregon, July 29, 1937 (Van
Dyke), and 2 males, Lewiston, Idaho, July 17 and 21, 1925 (C. L.
Pox) . Types in collection of the California Academy of Sciences.

A female of ulkei from Dripping Springs, New Mexico, Aug.
10 (Townsend), in American Museum, agrees well with reductum
in most respects. It differs from the type of reductum in having
the markings paler yellow or almost cream color and the dark
portion of tegulae bright ferruginous. It thus shows intergreda-
tion with perterritum Ckll.

Swenk has recorded reductum- like specimens from Nebraska
(Sioux and Dawes Counties). Schwarz has also recorded under-
maculated ulkei from Three Sisters, Oregon, which I presume

84

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

were similar to paratypes of reductum from Madras. He has
also recorded specimens of ulkei from British Columbia (Fair-
view, Keremeos, Vernon, and Summerland), but made no com-
ment on their markings.

It thus seems that ulkei tends to be more or less undermacu-
lated in various parts of the periphery of its range. However,
as it is probable that the reduction of the maculations has oc-
curred independently in different regions, I would hesitate to
refer the Dripping Springs specimen to reductum , which race
should be considered as properly restricted to the Northwest.

Dianthidium desertorum new species

In the contour of seventh tergite of the male, this species is
very similar to idkei, but the parameres of stipites, instead of the
sagittal lobes, are fringed with long hairs. The female differs
from other species of the United States, except concinnum, in
having the ventral scopa fuscous; but the legs are black, with
yellow markings. It differs in markings and other ways from
platyurum and profugum from Lower California.

Male. — Black, with clear lemon-yellow markings. Large mark on basal
half of mandibles, clypeus, lateral face-marks narrowed above, small supra-
clypeal mark, stripe behind upper part of eyes and dot on posterior orbits at
anterior end of eyes, large mark on each side of anterior margin of mesoscu-
tnm, broad continuous band apically on axillae and scutellum, small spot on
mesopleura and large mark on tegulse and tubercles, yellow. Apex of femora
broadly, broad stripe on front and middle femora behind, broad stripe on
outer side of tibiae, and stripe on basitarsi, yellow. Hind tibiae with an en-
closed black or brownish spot. Tergites 1 to 6 each with a broad yellow
band, that on 1 interrupted, the others with broad posterior emarginations
on each side, and those on 3 to 6 notched medially in front. Tergite 7 yellow
except basal margin; its subhyaline apical margin unusually narrow. Head
and thorax shining. Punctures of frons moderately coarse and a little sepa-
rated; those of vertex much finer and closer. Punctures of mesoscutum
similar to those of frons, but closer and becoming dense on anterior middle.
Punctures of mesopleura coarse and close. Abdomen a little dullish, punc-
tured about as usual, except that punctures of seventh tergite are fine and
sparse. Pubescence whitish, rather long and loose, with numerous long erect
hairs on mesoscutum, besides shorter subappressed hair. Hair of vertex and
mesoscutum pale brownish ochreous. Hair of venter sparser than usual, but
there is a dense transverse apical tuft on segment 3. Length, 9 mm. ;
anterior wing, 7 mm.

June, 1943]

Timberlake : Dianthidium

85

Female. — Clypeus, except anterior margin and a thin uneven line on dorsal
margin, broad lateral marks narrowed above, minute dot on supraclypeal
area, stripe behind whole length of eye but interrupted below middle, large
anterior marks on mesoscutum, reaching lateral margins, broad apical band
on axillae and scutellum, large marks on tubercles and tegulae, and irregular,
medium-sized mark on mesopleura, lemon yellow. Markings of legs as in
male, except on basitarsi, which are marked with a basal spot only on the
hind pair. Tergites 1 to 5 each with a broad yellow band, slightly inter-
rupted medially on 2 to 5 and broadly interrupted on each side on 1. Pos-
terior emarginations on each side are of medium size and represented by
enclosed black spots on 4 and 5. Tergite 6 with two large roundish and
well-separated yellow marks. Mandibles with an acute apical and a very
short blunt preapical tooth, the latter, together with concave cutting edge
within, forming a bisinuate margin. Pubescence and puncturation as in the
male, the punctures of apical tergite, however, about as in other species.
Ventral scopa fuscous, becoming whitish on apical segment. Length, 8 mm.;
anterior wing, 7 mm.

A paratype from Borego differs in having a rather broad median black
stripe on clypeus, enclosing a yellow dot above, the yellow stripe behind eyes
nearly obliterated on anterior half, the yellow stripe on front tibiae abbrevi-
ated apically, yellow of hind tibiae confined to basal half, spot on mesopleura
very small, and ventral scopa more a fulvous-brown tinge. Another paratype
from Tahquitz Canyon differs in having a supraclypeal spot, the emargina-
tions of the yellow band on first tergite not quite breaking through, and
those on following segments represented by enclosed black spots.

Holotype, male, and allotype, collected 2 miles north of Palm
Springs, California, on Hyptis emoryi, Mar. 7, 1936 (Timber-
lake). One female (paratype), Palm Canyon, Borego Valley,
San Diego Co., May 21, 1941 (R. C. Dickson). Types in collec-
tion of the Citrus Experiment Station. Another female (para-
type) in the Bohart collection, from Tahqnitz Canyon, near Palm
Springs, Apr. 15, 1938 (R. M. and G. E. Bohart).

Dianthidium platyurum Cockerell

D. platyurum was described from San Francisquito Bay, Lower
California, but I find the species well represented in southern
California. Here in the cismontane area it is represented by
the race baculifrons, described by Cockerell as a race of parvum
and redescribed by Schwarz as D. ulkei var. raparii (new
synonymy). In my opinion platyurum, together with its race
baculifrons, is quite distinct from either parvum or ulkei, but
obviously close to the latter. It differs from ulkei in having the

86

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

head and thorax shining, with fine, slightly separated punctures.
The male genitalia of the two species are nearly the same, but the
sagittse in ulkei are more constricted subbasally, and the para-
meres of the stipites of platyurum have a longer, somewhat
broader apical expansion, with an incurved or upturned acute
point on the inner or dorsal margin at the apex. In Schwarz’s
figure of the genitalia of riparii (Journal of the New York
Entomological Society, Vol. XXXYI, plate 13, 1928) the para-
meres are not quite accurately depicted, as the acute apical angle
is represented as being on the outer or inferior margin.

The races of platyurum may be distinguished in the female
sex as follows :

1. Tergite 6 entirely black; hind tibiae with a basal spot; basitarsi entirely

dark ! 2.

Tergite 6 with two oval convergent yellow marks; tergites 1 to 5 each
with a broad band interrupted medially on 2 to 5 and emarginate be-
hind on each side on 1 and 2, the emarginations on 3 to 5 being repre-
sented by enclosed black spots ; yellow marks on sides of clypeus united
by a yellow band across the top ; hind tibiae with a small apical spot
confluent with the basal mark by extension of the yellow along dorsal
margin; hind basitarsi with a yellow spot mohavense n. subsp.

2. Yellow band on tergites 1 to 5 rather broad, interrupted medially on 2

to 5; posterior emarginations of bands on each side, deep but rather
narrow, sometimes breaking through on 1, and sometimes enlarged on
5 to isolate a small lateral yellow spot; yellow mark on each side of
clypeus moderately large, often so shaped as to make the median black
area broad above and narrowed below; mark on mesopleura rather
small haculifrons Ckll.

Maculations paler yellow; spot on each side of clypeus in the form of a
small vertical stripe, or entirely absent ; mark on mesopleura very small
or absent; yellow band on tergites 1 to 4 narrower, more broadly inter-
rupted medially on 2 to 4, that on 1 divided into three spots, that on 2
into four, and the posterior emarginations on 3 and 4 very deep and
almost breaking through; band on 5 represented by two roundish or
subtriangular marks platyurum Ckll.

Dianthidium platyurum platyurum Cockerell.

I have one of the two original males from San Francisquito
Bay, Lower California.

A female from Morongo Valley, San Bernardino Co., Califor-
nia, on Gutierrezia lucida, Sept. 12, 1940 (Cockerell), agrees with
the original description except in having a short pale-yellow ver-

June, 1943]

Timberlake : Dianthidium

87

tical line on each side of clypens. The yellow dot on the meso-
plenron no donbt will be found to disappear when a series is
available. There are no spots on the vertex, and the yellow line
behind the eye is short.

Dianthidium platyurum baculifrons Cockerell.

Specimens of riparii Schwarz, of which I have the type, have
been compared with the type of baculifrons and found to be
identical. D. baculifrons is a common species at Riverside. In
the Academy collection it is represented by a male from Voltaire,
Los Angeles Co., Sept. 5, 1923 (J. D. Gunder), and a female from
Bishop, Inyo Co., June 21, 1929 (Van Dyke). I have also seen
a female from San Diego Co., Oct. 4, 1913 (Van Duzee).

Dianthidium platyurum mohavense new subspecies.

Similar to typical platyurum and baculifrons in structure, but with con-
siderably more extensive markings.

Female. — Black, the maculations a little more orange yellow than in
baculifrons. Yellow marks of clypeus large and united across the summit
by a narrow yellow band. A small supraclypeal spot present. Lateral
marks of face and frontal spot as in baculifrons. Two small spots on vertex
behind ocelli. Stripe behind eyes nearly as long as the eye. Marks on
no turn, including tubercles and tegulse, as in baculifrons. Mark on meso-
pleuron larger, but only moderately large in comparison with some other
species. A small yellow spot on metapleuron. Apex of femora broadly and
stripe on front and middle femora behind, yellow. Stripe on outer side of
front and middle tibiae and spot at base of hind basitarsi, yellow. Hind
tibiae with the yellow on basal half confluent with a small apical spot by an
extension along dorsal margin. Tergites 1 to 5 each with a broad yellow
band, narrowly interrupted medially on 2 to 5. Bands on 1 and 2 narrowly
emarginate behind on each side, but the emarginations on following segments
represented by small enclosed black spots. Tergite 6 with two large con-
vergent oval marks. Length, 7 mm.; anterior wing, 6 mm.

One female (holotype), Mohave River, near mouth of Deep
Creek, San Bernardino Co., California, on Eriogonum fascicu-
latum, Aug. 14, 1936 (Timberlake), in collection of the Citrus
Experiment Station.

This may prove to be merely an extreme variation of baculi-
frons.

Dianthidium concinnum (Cresson)

This species, of which I have not seen the male, probably be-
longs to the ulkei group. I have examined 2 females from
Boulder, Colorado, one collected on Psoralea, Aug. 10, 1906 (W.

88

Journal New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LI

P. Cockerell), the other on Chrysopsis, June 27, 1939 (Timber-
lake) ; 1 female, Prescott, Arizona, on Lotus wrightii, July 5,
1932 (Timberlake) ; and 1 female, Sheridan County, Kansas,
Aug. 27, 1941 (Dean).

The specimens examined are all very similar in color and mark-
ings, and the Kansas specimen, together with three others of the
same data, was compared by Schwarz with the Cresson types and
found to be virtually identical. However, in the specimens ex-
amined by the writer, the ventral scopa is yellowish white,
whereas Cresson described it as fuscous. It is possible that a
more northern and western race is indicated by the pale scopa ;
but, on the other hand, nothing is known of the variation in the
type region, Texas, and besides, it is a well-known fact that
several North American Anthidiines that have the scopa normally
dark, vary greatly in this respect, and that the variation is mostly
not of racial significance.

GROUP OF DIANTHIDIUM PARVUM (CRESSON)

The males of the three species of the parvum group are sepa-
rated as follows:

1. Hind coxal spur conical; front coxae unarmed; sagittae of genitalia taken

together nearly parallel-sided, little depressed at apex, with apical
corners less prominent 2.

Hind coxal spur short, bulbous at base and rather blunt at apex; front
coxae with a low rounded longitudinal crest on under surface at apex;
sagittae broader, strongly depressed, and concavely impressed at apex,
with apical corners prominent and rounded subparvum Swenk.

2. Median lobe of seventh tergite triangular, acute at apex; sagittal lobes

with a common large oval foveate impression, invested with a fine ap-
pressed pubescence fraternum n. sp.

Median lobe of seventh tergite more parallel-sided, blunt at apex, the
notch between it and lateral lobes consequently more pronounced and
rounded; spurs of hind coxae larger; sagittal lobes nude on the more
depressed disk, with a fringe of very short hair on each side of the
apex parvum (Cress.).

The recently described D. heterulkei Schwarz may also belong
to the parvum group, but I have not been able to examine it.

Dianthidium subparvum Swenk

The identity of the species described by Swenk has remained a
little uncertain. Schwarz, in his account of a small series of the

June, 1943]

Timberlake : Dianthidium

89.

parvum group from British Columbia (the Canadian Entomolo-
gist, Vol. 60, p. 217, 1928), reports that some of the males had a
short bulbous spine on the hind coxa, which in other examples
was well developed. It is thus evident that both parvum and the
species with the short bulbous spine exist side by side in that
region and that both exhibit considerable undermaculation. It
is therefore a question whether subparvum is the short-spined
species or actually an undermaculated form of parvum. Re-
ferring to Swenk’s description of the type female from Pullman,
Washington, we find that he says : “ Vertex and mesoscutum very
closely punctured, finely so on the vertex.” In regard to the
male from British Columbia, he says : ‘ 1 Hind coxaa with large
stout yellow spines; head and thorax densely but not coarsely
punctured.” In parvum the punctures of the frons and vertex
are a little separated, distnctly more so than on the mesoscutum,
and also the conical coxal spine of parvum would hardly be called
“stout.” I believe that it is evident, therefore, that the species
Swenk described is the one with the short bulbous coxal spine in
the male sex, which in its various forms has been described by
Schwarz as semiparvum, gallatince, and swenki.

Holding to this belief, I present the following table of the races,
or nominal forms of subparvum (females) :

1. Abdominal bands moderately wide, all emarginate behind on each side

or with enclosed black spots on posterior segments; tergite 6 entirely
black or with two yellow spots ; mesopleura immaculate 2.

Bands on tergites 1 to 6 very broad, not interrupted, except slightly on
middle segments, and without posterior emargination, except slight ones
on tergites 1 and 6 ; mesopleura with a large yellow spot ; outer side of
tibiae entirely yellow ; clypeus yellow, with a narrow median black stripe
(southern California) : swenki Schwarz.

2. Tergite 6 immaculate; band on tergite 1 in form of three spots 3.

Tergite 6 with two yellow spots; band on tergite 1 entire, or with emargi-

nations partially breaking through; bands on tergites 2 to 5 more or
less interrupted medially, with the posterior emarginations on each side
rather small and sometimes replaced by enclosed black spots on 3 to 5 ;
axillae and scutellum usually maculated; median black area of clypeus
broad; yellow stripe on tibiae nearly complete (Utah to northern Cali-
fornia) semiparvum Schwarz.

3. Posterior emarginations of abdominal bands broad, those on tergite 1

completely breaking through; axillae and scutellum immaculate, or with
traces of yellow spots ; yellow marks of mesoscutum often absent ;

90

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

clypeus with a small yellow spot on each side; yellow stripes on tibiae
more or less confined to basal half, at least on front and hing leg

(Washington and British Columbia) subparvum Swenk.

Similar, but band on tergite 2, and sometimes that on 3, broken into four
spots; mesoscutum maculated (Montana) gallatince Schwarz.

Dianthidium subparvum subparvum Swenk.

It is probably that gallatince will prove to fall within the limits
of variation of subparvum, when large series are available for
study from the northwest.

Of subparvum, I have examined a male from Summerland,
British Columbia, Aug. 9, 1916 (Sladen), and a female from
Wenatchee, Washington, June 8, 1919 (Melander), both in the
American Museum collection.

Dianthidium subparvum semiparvum Schwarz.

This was described by Schwarz from Utah, but I would include
all moderately undermaculated forms from northern California
and Oregon.

In the Academy collection I find 1 male, quite typical, from
Moscow, Idaho, July 25, 1925 (C. L. Fox) ; 1 female, Mt. Hood,
Oregon, 3,000-6,000 feet, Aug. 6, 1925 (Fox) ; a male and female
from Modoc Co., California, the female from Buck Creek, July
21, 1922, the male from Lake City, July 28 (Fox) ; 1 female, Mt.
Lassen, 6,000-8,000 feet, Aug. 2, 1938 (Van Dyke) ; 1 female,
Lassen National Park, Sept. 9, 1941 (Yan Dyke) ; and 1 female,
Gold Lake, Sierra Co., Aug. 4, 1921 (Fox).

In the Cazier collection of the American Museum is a series of
eight specimens, mostly collected by the Bohart brothers at Carr-
ville, Trinity Co., California, Hot Creek and Leavitt Landing,
Mono Co., and at Donner Lake. These were all collected in May
and June.

Dianthidium subparvum swenki Schwarz.

This was described as a variety of parvum, but included two
species, the majority of the specimens being actually a form of
parvum, whereas the holotype and three male paratypes are a
form of subparvum. Schwarz has given a good figure of the
genitalia (see Journal New York Entomological Society, Yol.
XXXYI, plate 13, 1928), which will answer just as well for typi-

June, 1943]

Timberlake : Dianthidium

91

cal subparvum. The southern race differs in the much fuller
maculations. As two distinct species were confused in Schwarz’s
description, it is desirable to redescribe the race as follows :

Male. — Mandibles, clypeus, suprclypeal and lateral marks and
stripe behind eye, pale yellow. Frontal spot sometimes present.
Anterior marks on mesoscutum and marks on axillae and scutel-
lum usually moderately large, although those on axillae sometimes
very small. Apex of femora, stripe on front and middle femora
behind, tibiae except beneath, and basitarsi on outer side, yellow.
Broad band on tergites 1 to 6, and tergite 7, except basal margin,
yellow. Bands all continuous, but at least those on tergites 3 to
5 more or less deeply notched in front medially, and all with a
rather small emargination behind on each side. Puncturation
of frons and mesoscutum somewhat coarser than in parvum, the
scutum less shining. Pubescence yellowish, much more abun-
dant than in parvum, the scutum with numerous erect hairs.
Spur of hind coxa short and bulbous at base. Median lobe of
seventh tergite approximately as in parvum and not so broad as
in typical subparvum. Length, about 7. 5-8. 5 mm. ; anterior
wing, about 6.8 mm.

Female. — Mandibles black. Clypeus yellow, with a rather
narrow median black stripe. A very small supraclypeal spot
and sometimes two yellow dots between antennae. Frontal spot
rather large. Stripe behind eye often extending whole length
of eye, but no spots on vertex. Maculations on tegulae, tubercles,
mesoscutum, axillae, scutellum, and mesopleura very large. Large
spot at apex of femora, broad stripe behind on front and middle
femora, tibiae except beneath, large spot on hind basitarsi, and
small spot on front and middle pair, yellow. Tergites 1 to 6 each
with a broad yellow band. Bands on tergites 2 to 4 narrowly
interrupted medially, those on 5 and 6 notched medially in front,
and all with a small emargination behind on each side. Mandi-
bles nearly as in ulkei. Punctures of clypeus, frons, mesonotum,
and mesopleura rather coarse and very close, on a shining surface.
Punctures on these parts and on tergites nearly uniform in size.
Pubescence ochraceous, moderately dense, with numerous short
erect hairs on mesoscutum. Scopa pale fulvous. Length, about
8 mm. ; anterior wing, 6.7 mm.

92

Journal New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LI

I have the male holotype of swenki from Riverside, and 3 male
paratypes from Big Pines Camp, San Gabriel Mts. The true
female of swenki was included under davidsoni by Schwarz and
is indeed very similar to that species in many ways, but davidsoni
has the frons dull, with finer, denser punctures.

In the Academy collection is 1 male from Herkey Creek, June
24, 1934 (I. McCracken), and 1 male from Idyllwild, June 25,
1928 (Van Dyke), in the San Jacinto Mts. In the material re-
corded by Cockerell in 1925, is a pair from Bear Valley, San
Bernardino Mts., Aug. 1913 (F. C. Clark), the male determined
as parvum and the female as consimile. This race has been col-
lected also by Linsley at Hemet Reservoir, Idyllwild, and at Van-
deventer Flat, in June, 1939. The male has been taken by the
writer in the San Jacinto Mts., and the female at Riverside, Big
Pines Camp, Idyllwild, and Bear Valley, at flowers of Gutierrezia,
Pentachceta , Chcenactis, Erigeron, Corethrogyne and Aster.

Dianthidium fraternum new species

This is another segregate of the parvum group, which is actually
closer to parvum than to subparvum. The male characters have
been given in a preceding table. The female is distinguished
from parvum by having the mesoscutum dull, with the punctures
comparatively dense and becoming very crowded on the anterior
middle.

The two known races of fraternum may be distinguished by the
following table, which may be used for either sex, although the
color characters apply especially to the females :

1. Punctures of mesoscutum fine; pubescence short and appressed; usual
marks of thorax well formed, except mark on mesopleuron, which is
small or absent ; tergite 6 with two roundish yellow spots.

fraternum n. subsp.

Punctures of mesoscutum coarser; pubescence comparatively long and
erect; yellow markings reduced, the supraclypeal area, frons, vertex,
mesopleura, and tergite 6 immaculate Mrtulum n. subsp.

Dianthidium fraternum fraternum new subspecies.

Male. — Black, the base of tegulae ferruginous. Mandibles (except apex),
clypeus, lateral face-marks narrowed above, small frontal spot, short stripe
Pehind eyes, usual marks on tubercles, tegulae and anterior margin of meso-
scutum, and continuous or slightly interrupted band on axillae and scutellum,
pale yellow. Spot at apex of femora, stripe behind on front and middle

June, 1943]

Timberlake: Dianthidium

93

femora, outer side of tibiae and basitarsi, and markings of abdomen, pale
yellow. Hind tibia sometimes with a black mark invading yellow from an-
terior side just beyond middle. Bands on tergites 1 to 5 moderately wide,
with the posterior emargination on each side rather deep and moderately
wide, those on 1 often breaking through. Bands on tergites 2 to 5 (some-
times 3 and 4 only) narrowly interrupted medially. Band on tergite 6 nar-
row, but widened in middle and emarginate behind, or sometimes reduced to
small lateral spots. Tergite 7 pale yellow, except basal margin. Punctures
of frons close and rather coarse, with shining intervals, those of the vertex
becoming more separated in middle and a little finer at sides. Punctures of
clypeus and mesopleura close, subequal to those of frons. Mesoscutum dull,
rather finely and subrugosely punctate, the sculpture on anterior middle be-
coming denser and more obscure. Pubescence whitish, that of mesoscutum
more ochreous, very short, and mostly appressed. Tergite 7 similar to that
of parvum, but the median lobe or tooth triangular, acute at apex, with the
emargination between its base and lateral lobes small. Genitalia as in
parvum, but sagittse have a common, large, oval, f oveate impression, lined
with fine appressed hairs. Length, 7-9 mm. ; anterior wing, 6.5-7.8 mm.

Female. — Similar to male. Markings pale lemon yellow, including tri-
angular mark on each side of clypeus, lateral face-marks narrowed above,
small frontal spot, stripe behind eyes, usual marks on tegulae, tubercles and
anterior margin of mesoscutum, nearly continuous band on apical rim of
axillae and scutellum, small spot on mesopleura (sometimes wanting), spot at
apex of femora, stripe on front and middle femora behind, incomplete stripe
on outer face of tibiae (that on hind pair reaching middle on dorsal margin),
a band on tergites 1 to 5, and two roundish spots on tergite 6. Band on
tergite 1 interrupted on each side, and those on 2 to 5 well interrupted
medially. Posterior emarginations of bands on 2 to 5 moderately large,
becoming progressively smaller on apical segments, those on 5 sometimes
represented by enclosed black spots. Mandibles with two small apical teeth
and concave cutting edge as in parvum. Sculpture and pubescence as in
male. Ventral scopa pale brownish fulvous. Length, 7-8 mm.; anterior
wing, 6.4-7 mm.

Holotype, male, and allotype, taken in copula, on Gaillardia
pinnatifida, at Prescott, Arizona, July 7, 1932. Paratypes as
follows : € males, 14 females, at Prescott, on Gaillardia, Cirsium,
Erigeron , Asclepias tuberosa, Lotus wrightii and Aplopappus
gracilis, June 26 to July 7, and Aug. 30 ; 1 female, 5 miles north-
west of Prescott, on Senecio, July 4; and 1 female, near Jerome,
Arizona, about 7,000 feet, on Monarda stricta, July 3 (Timber-
lake). Foregoing types in collection of the Citrus Experiment
Station. One female (paratype) from Tex Canyon, Chiricahua
Mts., Cochise Co., Arizona, 5,000-6,000 feet, Oct. 8, 1927 (J. A.

94

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. LI

Ivusche), in collection of California Academy of Sciences. One
female (paratype), Dripping Springs, New Mexico, Aug. 10
(Townsend), in American Museum collection.

The two female paratypes from Southern Arizona and New
Mexico are nearly typical, but a male from Carr Canyon,
Huachuca Mts., Arizona, Ang. 10, 1940 (Michener), differs in
having the markings creamy white.

Dianthidium fratemum hirtulum new subspecies.

This form looks like a separate species in regard to sculpture and pubes-
cence, but as the other morphological characters, including structure of the
male genitalia, are exactly as in fratemum, it is evidently only a race of
that species.

Male. — Black, with rather bright yellow markings. Mandibles (except
apex), clypeus, lateral marks narrowed above, small spot behind upper part
of eyes, smallish spot on tegulae, tubercles and anterior margin of mesoscutum,
and broadly interrupted slender line on apex of scutellum, yellow. Small
spot at apex of middle and hind femora, stripe on outer side of tibiae, not
quite reaching apex, that on hind pair curving forward near apex to set off
a large black invasion from anterior side, and incomplete stripe on basitarsi,
much longer on hind pair, yellow. Tergites 1 to 5 each with a rather narrow
yellow band, that on 1 interrupted on each side, those on other segments
slightly interrupted medially and broadly emarginate behind on each side.
Tergite 6 with a yellow dot medially near apex. Tergite 7 yellow, with tip
of median lobe and basal margin rather broadly black. Spur of hind coxa
rather small and conical. Frons and vertex shining, with rather small,
nearly contiguous punctures, becoming coarser on middle of frons. Mesoscu-
tum a little shining, with coarse contiguous punctures about equal to those
on middle of frons. Mesopleura coarsely and closely punctured. Pu-
bescence unusually long and loose, the hair of mesoscutum entirely erect.
Length, about 8 mm. ; anterior wing, 7.2 mm.

One paratype (Truckee) has maculations a little fuller, those on thorax
larger, with narrow stripe on scutellum continuous and a small spot on each
axilla, band on tergite 2 continuous, and tergite 7 yellow except basal margin.
Another paratype (Yosemite) has maculations behind eyes and on tegulae,
tubercles and mesoscutum very small, axillae and scutellum immaculate, band
on tergite 2 divided into four spots, tergite 6 immaculate, and tergite 7 black
except on lateral lobes.

Female. — Black, the base of tegulae piceous. Clypeus black, with a small
yellow spot on each side. Lateral face-marks reduced to a slender line above
antennae. Stripe behind summit of eyes short. No marks on supraclypeal
area, frons, and vertex. Marks on tegulae, tubercles, anterior margin of
mesoscutum, and scutellum, small. Mark on axillae very small or absent;
mesopleura immaculate. Small spot at apex of middle and hind femora,
basal stripe on front and middle tibiae reaching middle, and basal spot on

June, 1943]

Timberlake : Dianthidium

95

hind tibiae, yellow. Tergites 1 to 5 each with a yellow band, rather strongly
interrupted medially on 2 to 5 and divided into three spots on 1. Posterior
emargination of the bands on 2 to 5 broad, those on 5 abbreviating the band
laterally. Tergite 6 immaculate. Frons less shining than in fraternum, the
punctures closer, becoming slightly separated in middle; mesoscutum less
dull; the punctures coarser. Punctures of mesopleura coarse and close.
Face, vertex, and mesonotum unusually hairy, the pubescence long, erect,
pale fulvous brown. Ventral scopa nearly of the same color. Wings strongly
infuscated. Length, 8 mm. ; width of abdomen, 3 mm. ; anterior wing 7 mm.

Holotype, male, Mineralking, Tulare Co., California, Aug. 4,
1923 (C. L. Fox), and two male paratypes, from Truckee,
Nevada Co., June 21, 1927 (Van Duzee), and Yosemite Valley,
July 12, 1921, (Van Dyke), in collection of California Academy
of Sciences. Two male paratypes from Mineralking, Aug. 5,
1935 (Bohart), and Carson Pass, 8,000 feet, Sept. 1, 1934 (Bo-
hart), in Cazier collection, American Museum. Two females
(allotype and paratype) from Convict Lake, Mono Co., Aug. 6,
1938 (Bohart), in the Bohart collection.

Dianthidium parvum (Cresson)

The following table will distinguish the known forms of par-
vum. The variety heteropoda Schwarz is not included, but I
believe it would run with typical parvum , from which it differs

by the ferruginous legs.

1. Females 2.

Males , 3.

2. Markings pale yellow, or nearly creamy white; mesopleura and sixth

tergite immaculate; stripes on front and middle femora little de-
veloped ; hind tibiae yellow on basal half ; bands on tergites 1 to 5 with

rather large posterior emargination on each side parvum (Cress.).

Markings bright yellow ; mesopleuron with a large spot ; sixth tergite with
two yellow marks; stripes on femora well developed and outer surface
of tibiae nearly all yellow; posterior "emarginations of abdominal bands
small and sometimes absent except on basal segments.

schwarzi n. subsp.

3. Maculations full; femoral stripes well developed; tibiae almost entirely

pale on outer surface; anterior marks of mesoscutum large „,... 4.

Femoral stripes less developed, often absent on middle femora; stripes
on tibiae not covering full width of outer surface, the hind tibiae often
with a black area beyond the middle on anterior side; anterior marks
of mesoscutum small; abdominal bands with large posterior emargina-
tions, those on tergite 1 dividing band into three spots.

parvum (Cress.).

96

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

4. Maculations creamy white, paler than in typical parvum ; posterior emargi-
nations of abdominal bands rather large, the band on tergite 1 some-
times divided into three spots ; fourth antennal joint, dark part of legs
and venter sometimes ferruginous red basingeri n. subsp.

Maculations bright yellow; posterior emarginations of abdominal bands
small, sometimes almost absent on middle segments or replaced by small
enclosed black spots; band on tergite 1 entire schwarzi n. subsp.

Dianthidium parvum parvum (Cresson).

I have typical or nearly typical parvum from 6 miles north of
Embndo, New Mexico, Aug. 15, 1931, on Cleome ; and from Pres-
cott, Arizona, on Asclepias, Lotus , Cirsium, Aplopappus , and
Gaillardia, June 27 to Sept. 1 (Timberlake). In the Academy
collection is one female from Logan, Utah, July 18, 1922 (Van
Duzee). In the Bohart collection is another female from Convict
Lake, Mono Co., California, Aug. 6, 1938. The type locality is
Colorado.

Dianthidium parvum schwarzi new subspecies.

D. parvum var. sweriki Schwarz, Jour. New York Ent. Soc., XXXVI,
402, 407, 1928, in part.

Female.— Black ; the base of tegulae ferruginous, and dark parts of ab-
domen often a little stained with this color. Small marks on each side of
clypeus, lateral face-marks attenuate above, large frontal spot and stripe
behind eyes, usual marks on tegulae and tubercles, large mark on each side of
anterior margin of mesoscutum, continuous band on apical rim of axillae
and scutellum, and rather large mark on mesopleura, bright yellow. Apex of
femora, broad band on front and middle pair behind, tibiae except beneath,
and mark on basitarsi, large on hind pair, yellow. Tergites 1 to 6 each
with a broad yellow band, those on 3 and 4 interrupted, those on 5 and 6
deeply notched in front medially, or all except that on tergite 1 slightly
interrupted medially. Posterior emarginations of bands on each side small,
generally limited to tergites 1 and 2, but sometimes present on 3, with small
enclosed black spots on 4 and 5. Mark on tergite 6 generally bandlike,
although abbreviated laterally and sometimes reduced to two well-separated
roundish spots. Mandibles with distinct preapical notch and tooth, the
cutting edge within concave. Erons shining, with slightly separated punc-
tures. Mesoscutum less shining, with smaller and closer punctures than the
frons. Pubescence of mesoscutum short and mostly appressed. Length,
6.5-8 mm.; anterior wing, 5. 2-6. 8 mm.

Male. — Like female, but clypeus and mandibles, except apex, yellow. A
small supraclypeal mark present. Maculations of thorax often a little smaller,
the mark on mesopleura small or absent. Legs as in female, but basitarsi
entirely yellow on outer side, and the small joints of tarsi ferruginous.

June, 1943]

Timberlake : Dianthidium

97

Sometimes the hind tibiae have a small invasion of black from the anterior
side beyond the middle. Bands on tergites 1 to 6 broad and continuous,
although more or less narrowed or notched medially in front on middle
segments. Posterior emargination on each side small, sometimes in form of
enclosed spots on posterior segments. Tergite 7 entirely yellow, except
extreme basal margin. Venter usually dark ferruginous, and the dark parts
of tergites, especially apically, often stained with this color. Puncturation
and pubescence as in female. Length, 6. 5-8. 5 mm.; anterior wing, 5. 9-6.9
mm.

Type series in collection of the Citrus Experiment Station in-
cludes 88 specimens of both sexes from Riverside, California, May
29 to Oct. 26, taken mostly on Gutierrezia calif ornica, but also on
Stephanomeria, Heterotheca, Corethrogyne, and Lotus scoparius.
The holotype is a female marked as the allotype of swenki, and
the allotype is a para type male of swenki, both taken May 29,
1925. (The type series also includes 13 other paratypes of
swenki.) In addition, there is 1 female (paratype), Mohave
River, near mouth of Deep Creek, taken on Eriogonum gracile,
Aug. 14 (Timberlake) ; and 1 male (paratype), Jacumba, San
Diego Co., on Eriogonum, Aug. 12, 1917, the latter specimen in
collection of Dr. Bequaert.

Dianthidium parvum basingeri new subspecies.

A race of parvum from southern Arizona and the Colorado
desert, similar to schwarzi, but with cream-colored maculations.
(Specimens from northern Arizona are almost typical parvum,
with the markings nearly as pale as in basingeri but considerably
more reduced.) Sometimes the dark parts of the legs in this race
are ferruginous; in this respect they are similar to heteropoda
Schwarz, which apparently is no more than an individual variant
of D. parvum parvum (Cresson) . I suspect that the ferruginous
color is much more frequent in basingeri than in heteropoda, how-
ever, as it is present in one of two specimens examined from the
type locality.

Male. — Black; the central boss of tegulae ferruginous. Maculations
creamy white and nearly as full as in D. 'parvum schwarzi. Mandibles ex-
cept apical margin, clypeus, lateral face-marks narrowed above, supraelypeal
and frontal spots, broad stripe behind upper end of eyes, large marks on
tegulae, tubercles and anterior margin of mesoscutum, and broad band at
apex of scutellum and axillae, white. Apex of femora broadly, stripe on front

98

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

and middle femora behind, tibiae except beneath, and outer side of basitarsi,
white. Tergites 1 to 6 each with a rather broad white band, narrowed
medially in front on 2 and 3 and notched medially on 4 and 5. Posterior
emarginations on each side in the form of transverse oval black marks, be-
coming enclosed on tergites 5 and 6. Tergite 7, white. Puncturation and
white pubescence normal for parvum. Length, 8.5 mm. ; anterior wing, 7
mm.

A paratype has band on tergite 1 interrupted on each side and posterior
emarginations of bands on apical segments not becoming enclosed. Dark
part of legs and venter ferruginous, this color much apparent on the basal
concavity of the first tergite and on the interruptions and emarginations of
bands of first two segments. Joint 2 of flagellum also strongly reddened.

Two males (holotype and paratype) collected on the Silverbell
road, 12 miles west of Rillito, Arizona, May 2-5, 1935 (A. J.
Basinger), in collection of the Citrus Experiment Station. One
male (paratype), Shaver’s Well, Kiverside Co., California, Apr.
8, 1934 (Bohart), in the Cazier collection, American Museum.

GROUP OF DIANTHIDIUM PUDICUM (CRESSON)

The males of this group have the median lobe of the last tergite
comparatively long and curved downward, so that the apex lies
a little below the level of the lateral lobes. Between the median
lobe and the broad lateral lobes is a distinct rounded emargina-
tion on each side. This tergite seems to be practically identical
in the three known species, but the genitalia show small but con-
stant differences. The three species may be separated as follows :

1. Frons more or less dull, the punctures dense ; punctures on anterior mid-

dle of mesoscutum becoming appreciably finer and denser; in female
the cutting edge of mandible with a distinct notch preapically; sixth
ventrite of male not notched at apex 2

Frons shining between the slightly separated punctures; punctures of
mesoscutum hardly finer and denser on anterior middle; mandible of
female with only a slight preapical notch, the cutting edge otherwise
nearly straight ; sixth ventrite of male with a slight notch at apex.

pudicum (Cress.)

2. Cutting edge of mandible (female) distinctly concave between preapical

notch and inner angle and fortified by a reciprocally curved carina on
inner surface; sagittal lobes of male genitalia tapering gradually on
outer margin to the sharp apex consimile (Ashm.)

Cutting edge of mandible straight between preapical notch and inner
angle, without a supporting carina on inner surface ; sagittal lobes
broader and bluntly rounded at apex plenum n. sp.

June, 1943]

Timberlake : Dianthidium

99

Dianthidium pudicum (Cresson)

The four races of pudicum may be distinguished as follows :

1. Clypeus with at least a small yellowish or whitish spot on each side;

lateral face-marks not evanescent above antennae; pubescence of both

sexes short and more or less appressed 2

Clypeus entirely black; extension of lateral face-marks above antennse
very thin or lacking; abdominal bands divided into three spots on
tergite 1 and more or less completely divided into four spots on tergites
2 to 4; head and mesoscutum unusually hairy, especially in male, the
hair of mesoscutum being comparatively long and erect.

pudicum (Cress.)

2. Frons and mesopleura maculated; bands on tergites 1 to 4 showing little

tendency to become interrupted on each side; markings on legs less

restricted , .-. 3

Frons and mesopleura immaculate; bands on tergites 1 to 4 more or less
interrupted on each side, especially on 1 and 2 ; markings on legs
restricted to a small spot at apex of femora and a spot at base of tibiae
(more extensive in male) ; marks on mesoscutum, axillae, and scutellum
small, the axillae frequently immaculate decorum n. subsp.

3. Maculations creamy white; stripe on front and middle tibiae reaching be-

yond middle, that on hind pair confined to basal third ... inyoense n. subsp.
Maculations bright yellow; stripes on tibiae sometimes complete, at least
on middle pair provancheri Titus

Dianthidium pudicum pudicum (Cresson).

It is my conclusion that the female described by Cresson as
pudens belongs with typical pudicum which was described from
the male. Both were collected by Morrison in Nevada and were
probably taken at one and the same place. The female is notable
for its depleted maculations, and the male for its unusually hairy
condition. A male from Onion Valley, Mono Co., California,
and another from Giant Forest, Tulare Co., have the markings
yellower than usual and in this respect verge toward the race
provancheri.

In the Academy collection I have examined 3 males from
Yosemite Valley, July 7, 1921 (Van Dyke) ; Giant Forest, July
14, 1923 (C. L. Fox) ; and Fallen Leaf Lake, California, July 17,
1917 (Van Duzee). I have also examined 3 females from Straw-
berry Valley, Eldorado Co., Aug. 14, 1912 (Van Dyke) ; Hunt-
ington Lake, 7,000 feet, Fresno Co., California, July 4, 1919 (Van
Duzee) ; and from Longmire, Ranier National Park, Washington,

100

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

July 27, 1920 (Van Dyke). In the American Museum collection
is one pair from Mammoth Lake, Mono Co., California, the female
taken July 14, 1933, and the male, Aug. 6, 1936 (ft. M. and G. E.
Bohart). The Onion Valley specimen mentioned above was
taken June 17, 1937, and was submitted to me by Linsley and
Michener. In my own collection is a female from Lake Tahoe,
California, July, 1925 (F. X. Williams).

Dianthidium pudicum decorum new subspecies.

This apparently is the form of pudicum recorded by Cockerell,
Swenk, and Schwarz from Colorado, Montana, Wyoming, Utah,
and the Northwest, and from the province of Alberta. It differs
from typical pudicum in being considerably less hairy and in hav-
ing somewhat fuller maculations.

Eemale. — Black, with creamy-white markings. Clypeus black, with a
small white spot on each side, more or less separated from lateral face-marks
by a black line. Lateral face-marks slender above level of antennae. A
short white line behind summit of eyes. Marks on anterior margin of
mesoscutum and on axillae and scutellum small, the axillae frequently im-
maculate. No marks on middle of frons or mesopleura, but tubercles and
tegulae well maculated. Small spot at apex of middle and hind femora, and
basal spot on tibiae, white. Tergites 1 to 5 banded, the bands on 2 to 5
strongly interrupted medially and deeply emarginate (or sometimes inter-
rupted) on each side behind. Band on tergite 1 divided into three spots.
Tergite 6 immaculate. Head and mesonotum less hairy than in pudicum,
the hair of mesoscutum mostly very short and subappressed. Ventral scopa
yellowish white. Length, 6.75-8 mm.; anterior wing, 6-6.5 mm.

Male. — Mandibles, clypeus, lateral face-marks narrowed to a line above
antennae, and small supraclypeal mark, creamy white. Mark behind summit
of eyes and maculations of thorax as in female. Small spot at apex of
femora, short narrow line on lower posterior margin of front femora (often
feeble or absent), stripe on outer side of four anterior tibiae, basal and apical
spot on hind tibiae, and outer side of basitarsi, white. Bands on tergites 1
to 5, and tergite 7 except basal margin, white. Band on tergite 1 interrupted
on each side; bands on 2 to 5 usually interrupted medially and deeply and
more or less broadly eiuarginate behind on each side, emarginations some-
times breaking through on 2 and more rarely on 3. Tergite 6 usually im-
maculate (in one specimen with four spots in a transverse row). Hair of
mesoscutum mainly appressed, with a few short erect hairs interspersed.
Length, 7-8 mm. ; anterior wing, 6.1-7 mm.

Six females, 7 males (holotype, female, allotype, and para-
types), Lewiston, Idaho, July 14—21, 1925 (C. L. Fox) ; 2 males,
1 female (paratypes), Madras, Oregon, July 29, 1937 (Van

June, 1943]

Timberlake : Dianthidium

101

Dyke) ; and 1 male (paratype), Salt Lake City, Utah, June 27,
1922 (Van Duzee), in collection of California Academy of
Sciences; 1 male (paratype), Boulder, Colorado, on Chrysopsis,
June 26, 1939 (Timberlake).

Dianthidium pudicum inyoense new subspecies.

Much like provancheri, but the maculations creamy white as
in typical pudicum.

Female. — Black, with creamy-white markings. Face-marks include usual
lateral marks, a rather large spot on each side of clypeus, and a minute linear
frontal spot, besides usual line behind each eye. Maculations of mesoscutum,
axillas, and scutellum, large, but spot on mesopleura small. Apex of all
femora, short stripe behind on front and middle femora, stripe on front and
middle tibiae, reaching a little beyond middle, and basal third of hind tibiae,
creamy white. Tergites 1 to 5 each with a rather broad band, continuous on
1, well interrupted medially on 2 to 5, and all with a rather small oval
emargination behind on each side, but emarginations on 4 and 5 almost
enclosed. Tergite 6 entirely black. Sculpture and pubescence as in
provancheri. Length, 7.5 mm. ; anterior wing, 6 mm.

Male. — Usual face-marks present, including a rather large supraclypeal
spot and a well-developed stripe behind summit of eyes. Markings of thorax
as in female, except that spot on mesopleura is rather large. Apex of
femora, short stripe on middle femora behind, stripe on front femora behind,
nearly reaching base, tibiae on outer side, and basitarsi, yellowish white.
Hind tibiae with a small enclosed brownish spot beyond the middle. Tergites
1 to 5 each with a broad creamy-white band, with posterior emarginations
on each side rather small. Band on tergite 1 continuous, those on 2 to 4
narrowly interrupted medially, and that on 5 deeply notched in front.
Tergite 6 with a narrow curved white band on each side and a dot sub-
apically in middle. Tergite 7 pale as usual, except basal margin. Pubescence
white, the hair of mesoscutum short and appressed, but with rather numerous
short erect hairs interspersed. Length, about 7 mm. ; anterior wing 6 mm.

Holotype, female, Independence, Inyo Co., California, June
14, 1937 (Van Dyke) ; and allotype, Lone Pine, Inyo Co., June
6, 1937 (Van Dyke), in collection of California Academy of
Sciences.

One male (paratype), Owens Valley, Inyo Co., Aug. 2, 1936
(R. M. and C. E. Bohart), verges more toward decorum. It has
the band on first tergite divided into three spots, the spot on
mesopleura lacking, and dark spot on hind tibiae larger and placed
near the middle, where it is confluent with dark area on inner
surface.

102

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

Dianthidium pudicum provancheri Titus.

This is the common form of pudicum in southern California,
with its range extending northward at least as far as Antioch.
It differs from the other forms of pudicum in having the macu-
lations bright yellow.

In the female the clypeus is broadly black in the middle. A
small frontal spot and another on mesopleuron are usually pres-
ent, and the markings on mesoscutum, axillae, and scutellum are
large. The band on the first tergite is merely emarginate behind
on each side, like those on following segments, and the yellow
stripes on front and middle tibiae usually reach the apex. Some-
times the clypeus is almost all yellow, and the tibiae on outer side,
even including the posterior pair, are occasionally almost entirely
yellow.

In my collection, provancheri is represented from Riverside;
from Mill Creek, 4,500 feet, San Bernardino Mts. ; ridge north of
Pleasant Valley, Mohave Desert, reared from nest (H. *S. Faw-
cett) ; Camp Baldy, San Gabriel Mts. ; from 1-| miles west of
Perris, reared from nest ; and from 12 miles north of Ensenada,
Lower California. The collection includes both sexes reared from
a nest and also a pair taken in copula. In the Academy collec-
tion is 1 male from Alpine, San Diego Co., Apr. 10, 1915 (M. C.
Van Duzee). In the Cazier collection of the American Museum
is a small series from Antioch, taken May 18 to Sept. 15. Linsley
and Michener have submitted a set of both sexes from Antioch,
reared from a nest (H. Lange) ; and in the Bohart collection are
2 males from Indian Flat and Briceburg, Mariposa Co., and 1
female from El Portal.

Specimens of pudicum taken at or near Prescott, Arizona, pos-
sibly should be referred to provancheri, although they have the
maculations a little less full and considerably paler yellow.

Dianthidium consimile (Ashmead)

This species is distinguished from pudicum by the denser punc-
turation of frons and mesonotum, by the sparser puncturation of
mesopleura, and also by the more notched cutting edge of man-
dible of female and by the genitalia of the male. From plenum
it is distinguished mainly by the concave cutting edge of mandible

June, 1943]

Timberlake: Dianthidium

103

in female and by the genitalia in the male, as the maculations in
one form or another of the two species may be almost identical.
In both, the sixth tergite of the female is normally more or less
maculated, whereas it is entirely black in pudicum. D. consimile,
as far as present records go, is confined to the states of California
and Oregon. The three races of consimile are so easily distin-
guished by the characters given in the brief diagnosis under each,
that a table to separate them is omitted.

Dianthidium consimile consimile (Ashmead).

The female of typical consimile has the clypens entirely yellow,
a long stripe behind eyes, the frontal spot and marks on meso-
seutum, axillae, scutellum, and mesopleura large, and the ab-
dominal bands broad, although moderately emarginate behind
on each side, or with enclosed black spots.

In the Academy collection this race is represented from Idyll-
wild, San Jacinto Mts.; Mill Creek, San Bernardino Mts. ; and
from Soboba Hot Springs, Riverside Co., California. The locali-
ties represented in my collection are Mt. Lowe ; Camp Baldy and
Lone Pine Canyon, San Gabriel Mts. ; Snow Creek, 5,000 feet,
Mountain Home Creek, and Mill Creek, San Bernardino Mts. ;
and San Felipe Creek, San Diego Co. In the Cazier collection
of the American Museum are specimens from Keen Camp, San
Jacinto Mts.; Sunset Valley, Santa Barbara Co.; Palmdale,
Mohave Desert ; and Leavitt Meadows, Mono Co. In the Linsley-
Michener collection I found specimens from Palmdale; from
Westwood Hills, Los Angeles County; and from Vandeventer
Flat and San Jacinto River, 2,500 feet, San Jacinto Mts.

Two females of consimile from Mt. Diablo, collected probably
by E. Brannigan, are nearly like the typical subspecies, but the
clypeus has a broad median black stripe, the pubescence is a little
denser, with numerous short erect hairs on the mesoscutum, and
the punctures of mesopleura are closer, quite equalling the con-
dition in some forms of pudicum. Possibly these specimens rep-
resent another race, but more material is desirable.

Dianthidium consimile dubium Schwarz.

This race is easily distinguished from the preceding by the
ferruginous boss of the tegulae and the brownish to testaceous

104

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

color of the apex of the tergites. The maculations are paler
yellow than in typical consimile but are otherwise similar, except
that the clypeus has a median black stripe and the posterior
emarginations of the abdominal bands are larger and deeper,
yet often enclosed by the yellow on fourth and fifth tergites.
The band on first tergite is often broken into three spots; that
on the second, into four.

In the Academy collection there is a large series from Twain
Harte, 4,000 feet, Tuolumne Co., on Grindelia, July (Blaisdell) ;
Murphy, 2,500 feet, Calaveras Co., on composite, Sept. 8-19
(Blaisdell) ; Potwisha, Sequoia National Park, June 20 (Van
Dyke) ; and Three Rivers, Tulare Co., July 29 (C. L. Fox).
Specimens from Cascada, Fresno Co., from Mokelumne Hill,
Calaveras Co., California, and from Ashland, Oregon, that were
recorded by Cockerell as consimile, also belong here, although a
female from Cascada was determined by him as provancheri.
At the Citrus Experiment Station are specimens from Hospital
Rock, Sequoia National Park, Sept. 4 (Michener), and from
Camp Nelson, Tulare Co., on Lotus americanus, June 25 (Tim-
berlake), besides type material previously recorded by Schwarz.
In the Bohart collection are specimens from Briceburg, El Portal,
Yosemite Valley, and Mariposa, California. In the Cazier col-
lection of the American Museum are specimens from Sequoia
National Park, 3,500 feet, and Yosemite Valley, 4,000 feet.

Dianthidium consimile mccrackenae new subspecies.

The female of this race differs from other forms of consimile
in having the sixth tergite immaculate. It looks much like pudi-
cum, but the dense punctures of the frons and mesoscutum, sparse
punctures of the mesopleura, and the structure of the mandibles
indicate its place as a form of consimile.

Female. — Black, with pale-yellow maculations as follows: small spot on
each side of clypeus, lateral marks expanded below antennae and slender above,
short line on middle of frons, stripe behind upper part of eyes, usual mark
on tubercles and tegulae, smallish mark each side on anterior margin of
mesoscutum, mark on axillae and interrupted apical band on scutellum, small
mark on mesopleuron, small spot at apex of middle and hind femora, long
stripe on posterior side of front femora below, narrow stripe on front and
middle tibiae expanded apically on middle pair, small spot at base of hind

June, 1943]

Timberlake : Dianthidium

105

tibiae, and band of medium width on tergites 1 to 5. Abdominal bands with
deep, rather broad emargination on each side behind, those on tergites 1 and
2 more or less completely breaking through. Bands on 2 to 5 rather broadly
interrupted medially; hence tergite 1 with three spots, and tergite 2 with
four. Tergite 6 entirely black. Punctures of mesopleura unusually well
separated. Pubescence white, very short, and appressed on mesonotum.
Ventral scopa yellowish white. Length, 8 mm.; anterior wing, 6 mm.

Male. — Maculations of head and thorax similar to female, excepting the
usual sexual difference. Mandibles, except apex and clypeus, entirely white.
A minute supraclypeal spot present and a trace of a frontal spot. Marks on
anterior margin of mesoscutum and on mesopleura smaller than in female.
Mark at apex of femora larger and a short stripe present on under side of
middle femora. Outer side' of the tibiae almost entirely yellowish white
but enclosing oval dark spot near middle of hind pair. Outer side of basitarsi
also yellowish white. Bands on tergites 2 to 5 pale yellow, with a deep,
broadish posterior emargination on each side, completely breaking through on
tergites 1 and 2 ; hence, tergites 1 and 2, each with three spots, the median
one on 2 almost twice as broad as that on 1. Bands on tergites 3 to 5 nar-
rowly interrupted medially. Tergite 6 with a slender transverse mark far to
each side. Tergite 7 yellowish white, except basal margin and extreme
apex of median lobe. Pubescence white, rather long and dense, with num-
erous erect hairs on mesoscutum.

Holotype, female, and allotype, Glacier Lodge, Big Pine Creek,
800-1,100 feet, Inyo Co., California, Aug., 1929 (Isabel Mc-
Cracken), in collection of California Academy of Sciences.
There are also 2 male paratypes, one from Convict Lake, Mono
Co., Aug. 6, 1938 (R. M. Bohart), and one from type locality,
June 20, 1937 (W. C. Reeves), in Linsley and Michener collection.

Dianthidium plenum new species

This species is closely allied to consimile and is distinguished
in the female by the straight cutting edge of the mandible, and
in the male by the rounded contour at apex of sagittal lobes of
genitalia.

In the following table of the races of plenum (females), the
characters assigned to williamsi apparently are not typical.
Probably the true williamsi female, when discovered, will have
the markings nearly as in convictorum, but yellow instead of yel-
lowish white.

1. Tergites 1 to 6 each with a broad yellow band, those on 3 to 5 or 6
narrowly interrupted medially ; sides of propodeum and metapleura with
a small yellow mark ‘ , , 2

106

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

Tergites 1 to 5 each with a yellow or whitish band, more strongly inter-
rupted medially; tergite 6 with two dots or small roundish spots; pro-
podeuni and metapleura often immaculate 3

2. Abdominal bands very broad, with a shallow emargination behind on each

side on tergites 1 and 2; small supraclypeal mark and outer side of
tibke and basitarsi yellow 'plenum n. subsp.

Bands on tergites 1 to 6 with an emargination behind on each side, or
with enclosed black spot on 4 and 5 ; no supraclypeal spot ; markings
on metapleura and propodeum evanescent williamsi n. subsp.

3. Markings yellowish white: posterior emarginations of abdominal bands

deep, the band on tergite 1 broken into three spots and that on 2 into
four spots; tergite 6 with two dots; median black area of clypeus very
broad ; punctures of mesopleura rather sparse convictorum n. subsp.

Markings bright yellow; abdominal bands emarginate behind or with
enclosed black spots on tergites 4 and 5 ; median black area of clypeus
varying from absent to more or less broad; mesopleura with coarse
close punctures australe n. subsp.

Dianthidium plenum plenum new subspecies.

Male. — Color and markings much as in consimile. Maculations yellow
except that the face-marks are more or less creamy white. Supraclypeal and
frontal spots generally small and sometimes absent. Axillae and scutellum
maculated. Spots on anterior margin of mesoscutum and mark on meso-
pleura generally large. Apex of hind coxae and spurs, apex of femora and
broad stripe beneath on front and middle pair, all tibiae except dark stripe
beneath not reaching apex, and basitarsi, yellow. Small joints of tarsi
mainly ferruginous. Tergites 1 to 6 each with broad yellow band, broadly
emarginate behind on each side, the emarginations tending to become
gradually smaller on the apical segments. Band on tergite 1 often divided
into three sopts; bands on 3 to 6 more or less deeply notched in front
medially, or even narrowly interrupted. Tergite 6 sometimes almost all
yellow except basal margin and median notch, but the posterior emargina-
tions generally more or less developed. Tergite 7 yellow, except basal
margin. Ventral fringes on segments 4 and 5 less elongate than in
puaicum; ventrite 6 also less hairy and not notched at apex. Sagittal lobes
of genitalia each rounded at apex. Length, 7.5-9 mm. ; anterior wing, 6.8-
7.8 mm.

Female. — Maculations nearly as in consimile. Clypeus yellow with a
median black stripe, sometimes rather narrow and continuous, or widened
above and abbreviated anteriorly, or reduced to a narrow line on dorsal half
(in consimile, clypeus generally all yellow). Postorbital stripe shorter than
in consimile, and the two transverse marks on vertex small or absent. Supra-
elypeal spot small or absent, but frontal spot generally well developed. Marks
on mesopleura and mesoscutum averaging a little smaller than in consimile.
Maculations of legs and abdomen as in consimile, except that the posterior
emarginations or enclosed dark spots of abdominal bands are sometimes

June, 1943]

Timberlake : Dianthidium

107

very small or even absent on tergites 4 to 6. Structure, sculpture, and
pubescence similar to consimile, except cutting edge of mandible, which is
straight instead of concave between preapical notch and inner angle.
Length, 8-9 mm. ; anterior wing, 6.6-7 mm.

Holotype, male, and allotype, Yosemite Valley, above Vernal
Falls, on Monar della lanceolata, June 27, 1926 (Timberlake), in
collection of the Citrus Experiment Station. The following para-
types are in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences •
3 males, 1 female, Twin Rocks, Mendocino Co., July 10 (Van
Dyke) ; 1 male, Giant Forest, Tulare Co., July 22 (C. L. Fox) •
1 female, Mt. St. Helena, May 12 (M. C. Van Dnzee) ; and 1 male,,
Middletown, Lake Co., California, July 22 (Van Dnzee).

Dianthidium plenum williamsi new subspecies.

Male. — Like typical plenum, but supraclypeal and frontal spots lacking.
Anterior spots of mesoscutum very small, and mark on mesopleura small or
lacking. Maculations of axill® and scutellum reduced to an interrupted thin
line, sometimes absent on scutellum. Abdominal bands narrower, with much
broader posterior emarginations. Band on tergite 1 divided into three
spots; bands on 3 to 5 (or even 2 to 6) interrupted medially. In one para-
type (Buck Creek, Modoc Co.), band on tergite 2 in broadly interrupted on
each side, and the slender median mark is also narrowly interrupted medially.
Tergite 7 yellow, except basal margin. Length, 7. 5-9. 5 mm. ; anterior wing,
7-7.9 mm.

Holotype, male, Truckee, California, July, 1925 (F. X. Wil-
liams), in collection of the Citrus Experiment Station. The fol-
lowing paratypes are in the collection of the California Academy
of Sciences: 2 males, type locality, July 5 (Mr. and Mrs. E. P.
Van Duzee) ; 1 male, Buck Creek, Modoc Co., July 25 (C. L.
Fox) ; 1 male, South Fork, Kings River, California, July 8 (Van
Dyke) ; and 1 male, Eagle Ridge, Klamath Lake, Oregon, June
24 (C. L. Fox).

The Kings River male has the maculations paler yellow than
in the type, and it thus verges toward the race convictorum.

One female from Buck Creek, taken with male recorded above,
and another from Meadow Valley, Plumas Co., California, 4,000-
5,000 feet, June 30 (Van Dyke), are placed with williamsi but
are not made types, as they seem to be too transitional toward
typical plenum, differing only in somewhat smaller markings, as
recorded in the preceding table.

108

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

Dianthidium plenum convictorum new subspecies.

This is a desert race with unusually pale markings.

Female. — Black, with yellowish-white markings. A rounded mark on
each side of clypeus, lateral marks, small frontal spot, and short line behind
eyes, white. Usual marks on mesoscutum, axillae, scutellum, tegulae, tubercles,
and mesopleura, well developed. Apex of femora broadly and broad stripe
behind on front and middle pair, stripe reaching apex on front and middle
tibiae, outer surface of hind tibiae with enclosed black mark at middle, and
spot on basitarsi, yellowish white. Tergites 1 to 5 each with a yellowish-
white band, well interrupted medially except on 1. Posterior emarginations
of bands rounded, moderately large, but breaking through on tergites 1 and
2 to form three and four spots, respectively. Tergite 6 black, with two
whitish dots. Length, about 7.5 mm. ; anterior wing, 6.3 mm.

One female (holotype), Convict Lake, Mono Co., California,
July 17, 1933 (G. E. and R. M. Bohart), in collection of American
Museum of Natural History.

Dianthidium plenum australe new subspecies.

This race is referred to plenum with a little doubt, as the male
has not been seen. The female is considerably smaller than in
other forms of plenum, and the frons and mesoscutum are less
dull, although densely punctured.

FeMale. — Black, with bright-yellow markings. Clypeus entirely yellow
except anterior margin, or with a median black stripe, usually narrowed
below. Supraclypeal area black, or rarely with a small spot. Lateral face-
marks gradually narrowed above antennes. Frontal spot linear to oval.
Stripe behind eyes about one-half to three fourths as long as the eye.
Vertex immaculate, or with two transverse spots. Maculations of meso-
scutum, axillae, scutellum, tegulae, tubercles, and mesopleura, large. A small
yellow spot sometimes present on upper end of metapleuron and a smaller
one on basal corner of propodeum behind base of wings. Apex of femora
rather broadly, broad stripe on front and middle femora behind, outer side
of tibiae, and basitarsi, yellow. Tergites 1 to 5 each with moderately wide
yellow band, more or less strongly interrupted medially on 2 to 5 and with
small but distinct emarginations behind on each side. Posterior emargina-
tions on tergites 4 and 5 sometimes replaced by enclosed black spots. Ter-
gite 6 with two roundish yellow marks varying from medium-sized to rather
large. Frons and mesoscutum with rather dense, moderately tine punctures,
the surface less dull than in typical 'plenum. Punctures of mesopleura coarse
and close. Pubescence of mesoscutum very short and subappressed. Ven-
tral scopa yellowish white. Length, 6.5-7 mm. ; anterior wing, 5. 6-5.9 mm.

Holotype, female, Andreas Canyon, near Palm Springs, Cali-
fornia, on Eriodictyon crassifolium, May 15, 1932 (Timberlake).
Paratypes as follows : 1 female, type locality, on Krameria canes-

June, 1943]

Timberlake : Dianthidium

109

cens, Apr. 24; 1 female, Riverdale, on Trichostema lanceolatum,
Aug. 11 ; 1 female, Pnente Hills, near Whittier, on Phacelia dis-
tans, May 11 ; and 2 females, Camp Baldy, San Gabriel Mts., on
Stephanomeria cichoriacea, Aug. 21 (all Timberlake), in col-
lection of the Citrus Experiment Station. One female, Palm
Springs, Apr. 16 (R. M. Bohart) ; 1 female, Palm Canyon, River-
side Co., on Lotus, Apr. 15 (Bohart) ; and 1 female, Mt. Diablo,
in collections of Messrs. Bohart, Linsley and Michener. One
female, Mt. Diablo, June 14, and another, Antioch, Sept. 15 (G.
E. and R. M. Bohart), in collection of American Museum of Nat-
ural History.

Dianthidium macswaini new species

As far as can be determined in absence of the male, this species
is a member of the pudicum group, nearest plenum. It is dis-
tinguished by having the cutting edge of mandible perfectly
straight except for the projecting apical tooth. The mandible
lacks the preapical notch seen in consimile and plenum and to a
lesser degree in pudicum.

Female. — Black, with bright -yellow markings. Clypeus with a large yellow
mark on each side, leaving anterior margin and rather broad median stripe
somewhat widened above, black. Lateral face-marks almost reaching summit
of eyes and acute above. Postorbital stripe reaching middle of eyes. Two
transverse spots on vertex sometimes present but absent in holotype. Frontal
spot narrow. No yellow on supraclypeal area or on mandibles. Markings on
mesoscutum, axilla?, scutellum, tegulae, tubercles, and mesopleura, large. Apex
of femora rather broadly, stripe on front and middle femora, on lower
posterior margin, broad stripe on tibiae, and spot on base of basitarsi, yel-
low. Stripe on hind tibiae sometimes narrowed at the middle. Tergites 1 to
5 each with a broad yellow band, narrowly interrupted medially on 3 to 5
and emarginate behind on each side on 1 to 3. Posterior emarginations on
4 and 5 represented by more or less enclosed black spots. Tergite 6 black,
with two large yellow marks. Frons moderately dull, densely punctured,
the punctures finer than those of clypeus. Punctures of vertex somewhat
sparser and fading out otward posterior rim. Mesoscutum dull, finely and
very densely punctured, with the punctures finer than those of frons and
not becoming finer and denser on anterior middle. Punctures of mesopleura
coarse and rather close. Pubescence of head and thorax pale fulvous, rather
long and erect on frons and vertex, but mostly short and subappressed on
mesoscutum. Ventral scopa pale fulvous. Wings strongly infuscated.
Length, about 7 mm.; anterior wing, 6.2 mm.

Two females (holotype and paratype) reared from a nest, Mt.
Diablo, Contra Costa Co., California, May 9, 1939 (J. W. Mac-
Swain), in collection of E. Gorton Linsley.

110

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

NEW RECORDS (LEPIDOPTERA)

The following recent records may be of interest :

55. Zerene caesonia (Stoll).

This species is seldom recorded from the New York area.
One J* was captured by L. D’alonzo, near Calumet Iron
Works at Wilson and Hyatt Avenues, Newark, N. J., 14
July, 1938.

327. Aster ocampa celt is (Boisduval and LeConte).

This species, reported not infrequently in the last few years
in the New York area, is a recent comer. Mr. F. E. Watson
says that his first local record of its occurrence was New
Brunswick, N. J., 5, 19 August, 1930, collected by Mr. R. N.
Barnett.

372. Strymon m-album (Boisduval and LeConte) .

A specimen was captured by Mr. John L. Bull, Jr., at East
Hampton, Long Island, N. Y., J', fresh, 24 September, 1939.
Mr. J. B. Ziegler captured the species on Watchung Moun-
tains, above Scotch Plains, N. J., 2 J1, fresh, 4 May, 1941.
W. P. Comstock.

June, 1943]

Philip: Tabanid^e

111

NEW NEOTROPICAL TABANIDiE (DIPTERA)

By Cornelius B. Philip

Hamilton, Montana

The following new species of Neotropical Tabanidae are de-
scribed through courtesy of Drs. C. H. Curran and J. C. Bequaert
in whose respective institutions, American Museum of Natural
History (AMNH) and Museum of Comparative Zoology (MCZ)
of Harvard University, the types are deposited.

Proboscoides new genus

Eesembles EsenbecMa Rondani in general characters including the closure
of cell Rg of the wing, and sicle-shaped palpi, but differs in the remarkable
and complete chitinization of the proboscis including the labellsB, which are
produced and somewhat tapered in the same axis as the shank. While the
proboscis appears unusually heavy as in the African Subpangonia Surcouf
it lacks the peculiar pectinate labellse described in both sexes by Bequaert
(1930) and others. Genotype, P. fairchildi n. sp. from Peru.

Proboscoides fairchildi new species

In appearance, superficially resembles EsenbecMa species of the ferruginea
group but is at once distinguished by the stocky, chitinous proboscis.

Holotype $ , length of body excluding appendages of head, 12.5 mm. Eyes
bare. Front about 4% times taller than basal width, slightly divergent above
and below, yellowish pollinose with a narrow, darker, denuded ridge in the
upper half, almost reaching the anterior ocellus. Face not produced, brownish
pollinose and sparsely pilose. Antennae orange to tips, flagellum 8-segmented,
of the usual pangoniine shape, the apical segment attenuated and almost three
times the length of the preceding. Two basal antennal segments normal
with sparse dark brown hairs. Palpi brown, slender, crescentric, subequal in
length to antennae, but a little shorter than shaft of proboscis; invested on
the basal segment with yellowish hairs, and on the second, except a long, bare,
outer face, with brownish black hairs. Proboscis heavy basally, protruding
forward in general p,xis of body, the labellae produced to approximately two-
thirds the length of the shaft, dark-brown shining chitin over all; length a
little longer than the thorax.

Thorax, abdomen, wings and legs uniformly light brown with concolorous
hairs above and below, a little darker caudally. Wing translucent yellow;
venation as in EsenbecMa, the basal spurs on R4 short. Subepaulets bare.
No black hairs on legs.

Middle Rio Ucayali, Pern, December 1, 1923, “F6178 (H. Bass-
ler).” In AMNH.

112

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

Named for Dr. G. B. Fairchild, an industrious student of the
Neotropical tabanid fauna, to whom the author is greatly in-
debted for many favors.

Proboscoides rostrum new species
(L., “a beak”)

Similar to the preceding but a little more robust, hind legs and abdomen
eaudally darker, with blackish hairs.

Holotype $ , 13.5 mm. Eyes bare, contiguous. Ocellar tubercle but little
exceeding upper eye level viewed from in front. Frontal triangle grayish
laterally, including facial pile, but yellowish mesally and below. Face re-
ceding below. Antennae and palpi as in the preceding but more slender, the
latter bare only on outer, apical half, and only a little more than half the
length of the shaft of the proboscis. The last, shiny brown chitinized as in
fairchildi, but less robust basally, and the labellae more blunt, and less tapered,
only about two-thirds the length of the shaft.

Body chiefly yellowish covered with bright, golden yellow hair except as
follows : Breast and first 2 pairs of coxae gray with pale hairs, third and fol-
lowing tergites and sternites with indefinite darker shadows, and black hairs
basally on each. Wings and anterior 2 pairs of legs as in fairchildi but
femora with dark brown hairs. Hind legs including vestiture deep brown to
blackish.

Data as for fairchildi but “December 26, 1926, F6113.” In
AMNH.

This was at first considered to be the male of fairchildi and
may prove to be at most a subspecies when adequate material is
available, but until intergrades are found, the tinctorial differ-
ences appear to justify separate description at present. Since
this peculiar, chitinized proboscis occurs in the male also, it seems
unlikely it is a modification to facilitate biting.

Scione grandis new species

A robust, blackish species with brilliant yellow pile on pleura and face, and
large, contrasting clear spots on the dark wings.

Holotype $ , 12.5 mm. Eyes covered with dense, short, brown pile. Front
gray, slightly divergent below, about four times taller than basal width, cov-
ered with yellowish pile, black decurved hairs above the ocelli. Subcallus
and face gray pollinose, latter and cheeks covered with dense, bright yellow
pile. Antennae, palpi and proboscis black. Scape slightly swollen, about
three times the length of the pedicel, both covered with coarse black hairs,
flagellum with eight annuli, the last not unusually elongated. Basal palpal
segment with some yellow hairs, remainder black; second segment slender
crescentric with a lateral furrow nearly its full length. Proboscis shorter
than height of head, stout, completely chitinized including the labellse.

June, 1943]

Philip: Tabanidje

113

Thorax dark with two sublateral narrow grayish lines on the dorsum, a
wide contrasting band of coarse yellow hairs running forward from above
and below the base of the wings onto the prothorax and base of the fore coxae ;
black with blackish hairs below.

Legs and their vestiture entirely black, the apical spurs of the hind tibiae
peculiarly appressed along the base of the metatarsal segments.

Wings with cells Rg, M , and the anal closed and petiolate at the margin;
black except for sharply defined fenestrate areas in the two basal cells, the
anal area, cell Cu^ the mesal area of the discal and adjacent parts of adjoin-
ing cells above and below, and an apical triangle based in the margin of cell
R4 and produced apically into cell Rg. Subepaulets bare, R4 setose. Halt-
eres dark brown.

Abdomen very robust, black with black hairs, and violaceous, iridescent
pollinosity.

Puerto Bermudez, Bio Pionia, Peru. July 12-19, 1920. In
MCZ.

Stibasoma currani new species

A medium-sized, blackish fly, with thoracic margins, face and antennae
bright, contrasting orange, and blackish wings with the tips hyaline. The
antennae and legs have the characteristic shapes of the genus, but the body is
a little less compact or ‘ ‘ bumblebee-like ’ ’ than some other species.

Holotype $ , 16 mm. Eyes bare. Front subparallel, narrow, about six
times taller than wide, gray pollinose, with a median blackish keel gradually
widened below to almost the width of the front ; vertex shining brown, with
a vestigial anterior ocellus. Subcallus, face and cheeks yellowish, with bright
orange pile on the last (probably worn off the face) . Antennae bright orange,
the first two segments normal with a few black hairs, the flagellum with a long
dorso-basal tooth, not quite reaching the first annulus, of which there are four.
Palpi missing. Proboscis, including labellse, black, shining, chitinized.

Thorax black, with blackish, iridescent hairs above ; pleura bright contrast-
ing orange pollinose and pilose, the chest and coxae dark brown.

Legs black including hair which is longest on the femora. Tibiae, particu-
larly the fore pair, thickened. Abdomen bluish black, not particularly robust.

Auyantepui, Venezuela. February, 1938. 1100 m. Phelps

Venezuela Exped. In AMNH.

Named for Dr. C. H. Curran whose studies in Diptera are well
known.

Tabanus Fabricius

The following two species are described in Tabanus sens. lat.
because their restricted relationship to available, Neotropical,
tabanine genera is not clear. That they will eventually be re-
assigned is certain, however, because of the hairy eyes and bare

114

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. Li

subepaulets. These characters and the totally different eye
banding also prevent their inclusion in Nearctic Whitney omyia
Bequaert to which the peculiar head characters appear otherwise
to relate ; there is not the general subshiny head and body integu-
ment seen in W. beatified Whitney. Their restricted generic
status is therefore left to the future reviewer.

Tabanus bequaerti new species

A medium-sized brownish species with swollen, bare frontal and facial calli,
banded abdomen, and brownish wings with elongated pale streaks in the
middle.

Holotype $ , 16 mm. Eyes apparently with short, sparse hairs (though
obscured in this specimen) ; with two widely separated, narrow, purple lines
on a green ground (relaxed), the lower one short and narrowly separated
from the lower border. Front yellowish pollinose, about three times taller
than wide, slightly convergent upward; no oeelligerous tubercle at vertex.
Basal callosity swollen in profile and separated from the subcallus by a deep
transverse sulcus; convex, transverse, width about double its height, lower
corners rounded, a short, mesal ridge starting upward, but no median cal-
losity. Subcallus more swollen than the callosity in profile, both denuded,
pale brown. Face immediately below antennae also swollen, denuded and pale
brown. Except for two smaller denuded areas at either side on the cheeks,
remainder of face yellowish pollinose. Antennae with first two segments pale
brown, with coarse black hairs, the plate brick red, and the annuli black,
chunkey; the plate broad, scarcely excavated, the dorso-basal angle very blunt.
Palpi slender, deep yellow, crescentric and acuminate apically. Shaggy yel-
low hair on lower cheeks and first palpal segments, appressed yellow and black
hairs on the second segment. Proboscis fleshy, black, about one-third longer
than palpi.

Thoracic integument dark, covered with yellowish pollinosity and pilosity ;
no evident lines.

Legs yellowish red, fore-coxae entirely, remainder mostly covered with yel-
lowish hair, a few black ones on femora, and what remains of hind tibial fringe.

Wings opaque brown with pale transluscent, longitudinal streaks in cells
R1 and Rg below the stigma, in the discal and 2nd M cells, and narrowly along
the hind margin. Halteres brown, yellow on the knob. Subepaulets bare.
All cells open, except anal closed and petiolate; a short spur at base of R4,
on each wing.

Abdomen yellowish on entire venter, and dorsally except for dark spots in
the middle of tergites 1 and 2, and rather narrow dark bands basally on each
of the remainder. Yestiture (worn) apparently predominantly yellow, pos-
sibly dark over the dark areas.

Allotype $ , 16 mm. Very similar in appearance to $ , except for sexual
characters. Eyes contiguous, hairs sparse and short, upper areas of enlarged
facets moderately enlarged, occupying about two-thirds of the total area.

June, 1943]

Philip : Tabanid^e

115

Vertical tubercle very reduced and small. Frontal triangle extremely pro-
truberant about attachment of antennae, bare, shining yellow above, yellow
pollinose beneath. Scape moderately swollen, about thrice the length of the
pedicel, hardly produced above, yellowish with sparse black hairs; pedicel
chunky with a short tooth dorsally; plate reddish, narrower than first two
segments, the annuli grading from brown to black on the apical ring, termi-
nating bluntly. Palpi about twice as long as thick, entirely covered with
yellow hair. The denuded areas on face smaller than in the $ . Body and
wing patterns as in $ , but thoracic hair longer and wings a little lighter, the
markings less contrasting. There is a short spur on only one wing.

Both from El Salto Diego, Mexico, May 29, 1937. 9300 feet

(J. Manuel). In MCZ.

The writer takes pleasure in naming this for Dr. J. C. Bequaert,
friend and scholar, to whom he is indebted in many ways, and
who had already decided the undescribed status of this species
as well as similarities to Whiineyomyia, from which it seems
excluded for reasons given above.

Tabanus piliferus new species
(Gr., 1 l- pile -f- bearing J ’)

Smaller than the preceding and closely related, but much more hirsute and
differing as described below.

Holotype $ , 13 mm. Eyes contiguous, the upper area of facets not as dif-
ferentiated as in bequaerti, and much more densely pilose. The verticle
tubercle very small, a striking row of thick, erect, long black hairs across the
head behind the eyes. Frontal triangle very swollen at base of antennse,
denuded, yellow mesally, dark brown laterally; another group of suberect,
dark hairs between the eyes at the apex. Facial tubercles somewhat swollen
on either side with a yellowish, bare area in the disc of each ; two small, mesal
denuded areas inside the apodemes; face otherwise extensively whitish pol-
linose. Vestiture dense and creamy white with a few black hairs on either
side above. Antennae in structure and color very like bequaerti, but with
more dense bushy black hair on the 2 basal segments, the annuli relatively a
little longer, and black. Palpi also yellowish with yellow hair, but more
blunt, the second segment also about twice longer than thick.

Thoracic integument also dark, but with more dense, paler yellow hair than
in bequaerti. Color and vestiture of legs the same, but pile, particularly of
fore-coxse, paler. Wings with pattern about the same but more indefinite
especially in posterior areas. No spurs. Subepaulets also bare.

Abdomen reddish yellow above and below with a series of large, posteriorly
rounded, mesal, dark spots which practically cross all tergites, and also occur
on the two basal sternites. These are thus broader on the tergites than in
bequaerti, and are not produced laterally to form bands. The vestiture con-
sists of long yellowish hairs with a few black ones laterally on each tergite
and across the face of the third and following ones.

116

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

El Salto Diego, Mexico, May 29, 1937. 9300 feet (J. Manuel).

In MCZ.

Though the locality data are identical, it hardly seems possible
this could be a variant of bequaerti considering the differences
in vestiture, particularly of the head and eyes, and the tinctorial
differences. Nevertheless, more material is obviously needed and
particularly the female of this to confirm its specific distinctness.
Though the hairs on the eyes of the bequaerti allotype are obvi-
ously somewhat damaged, it does not appear possible so great a
difference could have been due purely to mechanical causes.

SUMMARY

The new Neotropical Tabanidse described in this paper are :
Proboscoides fairchildi, n. gen., n. sp. (genotype), 5, P. rostrum
n. sp., J1, and 8 done grandis n. sp., §, from Peru ; Stibasoma cur-
rani, n. sp., §, from Venezuela; and Tabanus (sens, lat.) bequaerti
n. sp., J1, 5, and T. pilosus n. sp., J1, from Mexico.

REFERENCE

Bequaert, J. 1930. Medical and economic entomology. In The African
Republic of Liberia and the Belgian Congo (ed. R. P. Strong et al.).
Yol. II, pp. 879-880 (Subpangonia) .

June, 1943]

Weiss et al. : Insects and Light

117

INSECT BEHAVIOR TO VARIOUS WAVE LENGTHS

OF LIGHT

By Harry B. Weiss, Frank A. Soraci, and
E. E. McCoy, Jr.

This is the fourth paper, of a series, relating to the group
behavior of certain insects to light of various wave-lengths. The
first three appeared in this Journal.1 The present paper is a
report of the results of additional tests made in 1942 in the
sector type equipment which is fully described in the third paper
of the series. As noted previously, in the third paper, the insects
were placed in an introduction chamber, six feet away from the
filter chambers after the lamps were on and all filter chambers
were open. At the ends of the exposure periods the filter cham-
bers, the central compartment, introduction chamber and dark
chamber were closed and separated from each other by metal
slides. Counts were then made.

In order to determine if the sector type equipment was influ-
encing the behavior of the test insects, by reason of its design,
nine white lights of equal intensities (40- watt lamps) were placed
at equal distances from clear glass windows and five different
tests were made with a total of 1,431 Japanese beetles, for an ex-
posure of 25 minutes. Theoretically, 11.1 per cent of the beetles
should have been found in each of the nine compartments. Actu-
ally the percentage distribution for the five tests combined was
9, 10, 10, 14, 13, 13, 11, 9, 11, and the average deviation was 1.44
per cent. In view of these results it was concluded that the equip-
ment, from a construction standpoint, was satisfactory enough
for our purpose.

RESULTS

In Table 1 there are presented the results of exposing six
species of insects to ten wave-length bands of equal physical
intensities, in the sector type equipment. By consulting the per-
centage distributions of those reacting positively to the various

1 Journal New York Ent. Soc., Vol. XLIX, p. 1-20, p. 149-159, 1941;
Yol. L., p. 1-35, 1942.

TABLE 1

^uiod uoupmpoi:).
-ui q.'B i^ISUa^UI
juoiSiCqd SAi^a^f

cococococococococo COCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCO

m

.2

-H3 p
<y ©
o3 r7l

© m
» >
© i

m p

o

q.TI80 18(1
Y 00 ZL

OOOOOOOOO OHOHHHN^OHOH

pU88 18^

Y 03b9

OOOOi — I O O t— I O

q.U80 I8(J

Y 0909

OCOOCOCOOOOO HCOOWt)<NN>QH^O(M

IpI88

Y 02Z2

OMOOrlOfOCOH rflt^T+l,— ICOCOtTIt— ICOt^OCO

^U88 J8(J

Y 09b2

OOHOO®OJOHtD IONOI>00)CO©0«DO^

p[I88 I8J

Y 0212

pH88 J8(J

Y 0S6b

q.U8D JStJ

Y 0f9f

OlOlOOOHNtDHOl W01WO)HMCOCO«DIOHO

q.u80

Y 098b

MfOlOIXMM^inOO

q.U88 18^

Y 0298

HOiH^TH©OC5tO

OJt>OOkOI>lOISl>^

SqqJ§U8p8AUM 0^
Sui^onaj; ^uao jaj;

05COWTtlOOC50COO

t— i co.io ?© co so

OOOOOOIOt— IHOO^H03COCOCO

rJHrtl'HlThlThlTtHlOxHCOC^COCO

8JpH88 UT ^U88 18^

03 t— CO CO i— 1 CO CO tH o
COCOOO^COOOSDTtH

N03C]IOHIOQOIOIOOCOO

■HMCOHlHllOlMOOHHHtM

jaqinnqo uoi^onp

-Oiq.UI UI ^1180 18^

OOOffiOCOlOONO
00 CO CO CO

WN(M00HC0OH05»HC0
CO T — 1 1 — It — 1 CO

jiaqranqo qou^q

UI ^U88 18^

COCOOOO^OO^HO

^ococd^a:^oi>0iox

rH

sa^nuiui amsodxg;

OOIOIOIOWIOICIOW
rH I — 1 i — 1 i — 1 i — It — It— 1 i — It— 1

lomiowioooooooio

COCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCO ,

paA^OAUI S^88S
-ui *ou in^oj,

CO'H^i — 1 W l> tH 1C 00 l>
NDCIOCOIOIOOHI
CO HI CO CO CO r 1 lOH

i— T

COHOCOCOHOHIOCOIOW

ooocoiooNNcomcoooo
COrfl HHKMOOCOCOH tH

s^sa^ *ojq

i — It — |t — It — It— It — It — It — It — 1

CO CO H ' — 1 CO CO CO CO CO CO i — ICO

rP

bfl

co co co

CO

I I I I

(OOOOlOtOHH^M
CO t— I H CO COCOCOCO

I I I I I I I I I

CO CO CO r- ICOOOHC5
t— I rH t— I t— I

+ + + + + + + +

050303050305030503

hD rc3

NMCOTtlcOSt>Sl>

©©©©©©©©©

bcbDfcdObcbJObCbcbobX)

A r2 rS r-2 Zf Zf Zf Zl Zf

•«o • <S» •<-> •<-> -tr*

rSSrSirSirSjrSSrSSrSSrSirSS

oooooooo

C)Ci)toCi)6oCOO}Ci5

OOOOOOOO

CO CO CO CO CO

CO CO tH ^ t>-

co

I I I I I

CO CD © CO CO

CO CO CO CO rH CO

tH tJI

I I I I I I

03 O ^ CO CO
CO CO H CO CO CO

I I I I I I

CO CO S CD 05 t>

<3 e <3
o o o
S3 S3 Si

& g

•+J -S'

ft

§ § g § §

<^> ^

<o o o o
^ ^ ^ ^
e Q Q Q 3

CO CO CO CO CO

^

<3 « S 3 3

*K» to -K> *K> -K>

o o o o o

S3 S3 S3 S3 S3

-t-a

« 83

s- s-

e o toe

O S3 •*» O

o *s

rS3

5>

o3

fH

©

+? -fa -K> ■£» -£a

S5, S^ 55, Si4

O 'ii S3 S3 CD <53

o

_ . . -S3 .

e e o § j o

p«i

OJ to 8 ,°c 8 C3

53 S3 •'=-> g

rSi ,5“ C3

S3 S3 83

§ §«|

rSS rSi O ■

^ O fts ^

rS3 K

-^'S.

o
f^An

Angstrom units represent peak intensities of bands.

June, 1943]

Weiss et al. : Insects and Light

119

wave-length bands and by an examination of the group behavior
curves in Figures 1, 2 and 3, it may be noted that the largest
numbers of most of the species reacted positively to 3650-3663 A
(ultraviolet).

The nine different lots of Drosophila melanogaster behaved in
a remarkably uniform pattern. This is shown graphically on
Figure 1, where it may be noted that the peak response took place
in the ultraviolet, with a minor secondary peak at 4920 A (blue-
blue-green) or 5150 A (blue-green). The results of our tests do
not differ qualitatively from those of Bertholf who worked with
30 wave-lengths from 2300 A to 7000 A, using an entirely differ-
ent experimental method. Quoting from Bertholf ’s paper : ‘ ‘ The
results show that, starting with the longer wave-lengths the effi-
ciency is very low until it starts to rise at about 5750 A; from
here it rises to a maximum in the so-called visible spectrum at
4870 A . . . ; from this wave-length it decreases again at 4250 A ;
then it rises suddenly and attains a maximum value of 3650 A
. . .; from here it decreases rapidly to zero at 2540 A. ”2

The group behavior of the remaining five species is shown in
detail in Table 1 and graphically by Figures 2 and 3. Except for
the Japanese beetle, the peak response took place in the ultra-
violet (3650 A) and secondary peaks occurred at 4920 A (blue-
blue-green) or at 5150 A (blue-green). The Colorado potato
beetles used in these tests were all overwintering adults that had
emerged in the spring and were feeding and copulating.

In Table 2 and Figures 4 and 5, are shown the responses of 8
species of Coleoptera to nine spectral bands of equal physical
intensities exclusive of ultraviolet. In other words the most
stimulating part of the spectrum, to many insects, i.e., ultraviolet,
was omitted. With the exception of the Japanese beetle, the most
stimulating part of this reduced spectrum for these species was
either 4360 A (violet-blue), or 4360 A (violet-blue) and 4920
A (blue-blue-green) both of which were approximately equal in
stimulating efficiency. In addition 5150 A (blue-green) and 5460
A (yellow-green) attracted slightly larger numbers than usual.

2 Bertholf, L. M. The extent of the spectrum for Drosophila and the dis-
tribution of the stimulative efficiency in it. Z. wiss. Biol., Abt. C, 18 : 32-64,
1932.

CM

H

PQ

<

Xinod uoixonpoix
-in cj.'B A^isua^ni
X'BOisiqd aAix'Bpa;

coMcocoTOccccMfocomm

o

**»

bJD^

.S

■+3 Ph
Pi CD

c3 r7l
® ©
H !>

© g
m fe
O ^

5 §

«H.S

° s

n >

o

2

6

XU99 I9<J

Y 00 ZL

Xiioo J9J

Y 03b9

XH99 19(1

Y 0909

q.U99 J9tJ

Y OSZS

XU99 J9<J

Y 09b2

XH99 jg^

Y 0212

q.u99 jg^

Y 0S6b

XH99

Y 0b9b

XU99 J9J

Y 098b

SqX^U9X-9A^AI OX

Suixo'Bgj x^go

91X^199 HI XH99 19<q

jgqrauqo noixonp

-ojxni III XTC99 J9J

Xigqrauqg qouxq
in XTC90 J9<I

NiOO^^ONHNO^

(MIOt— ICMGiUOTtlCMOiCMCM

(Mt'-PD'ctlCM<M^''3H^tHPDCOPO

cotMccii-icqTiHt^c^cooDGOio

t^COOl'Ot^CMt'-PDT^lO'stC

XOH©(MHCO©^t>H

HIMHHHMCQIMHHH

m©cooo©osiooiio©o

(MWOONimONlNrON'^
COCO i — I i — I i — I i — It— li — I

xHlO'sH'^lOlOCOTflThlrHOt^

sgxnniin gmsodxg;

P9AXOAHT SX99S

-ui -ou x^^°lL

SXS9X ’0&

n ©

o3 -£
Hr CS
<H rg

c$

loiooiooioraoooioio

HCONNIMCIHCOCOinHW

(MOO^CONONOiOOlOOW

Ttl T— I'TjHOOCOTtft-t-'stHt^rHP©

H(MCOTHH^CO(MI>HTtllO

t— I CM CO t — 1 CM CM CM CO

<M<MCMCM<M<M<M<M<MCMCM<M

I I I I I I I I I I I I

00 00©Ttl©t>050(X)05(M'^
CM <M <M <M t-I CM rH , ,

I I I I I I ! I I I I I

lOWIO©t>©t>t>t>©©©

=0 =0 ^
^ s e
2 g -+s
° rS <s
.g Q XS

0,rSj

ctn

oo

Pi

sp §>
o bn e
e ss
s> -g s

bn

Pi

g fts

o

e b-
^ S5

•<>> S
55 as

o ^

^4 n CO Q ?

If §■§,§

e |g I &

5S 5S S
o o o
5^ Sp

e <s .e

e e <s

<s <s e

•k> -+^

e e ts

^ ^ a>

•I -I -I
ssi

Pi Pi Pi
Pi Pi pi
Pi ^ Pi

^3 "S IS

e e e

CO Oo OO

S- S- *»

e e e

-K> -K> -t-*
O O O

e £ s

Sp Sp Sp Sp S3,

O O 6 Pi Pi Pi

Ph Ph PU, sq kCj sq

rC3

bD

Angstrom units represent peak intensities of bands.

June, 1943]

Weiss et al. : Insects and Light

121

In fact if we combine the figures for 4920 A, 5150 A, and 5460
A it will be found that in our entire spectrum the largest per-
centage was stimulated by wave-lengths from 4920 to 5460 A.
In the absence of ultraviolet this part of the spectrum was the
most stimulating for the species tested. The peak response for
the Japanese beetle in these and in former tests where ultraviolet
was available took place for the most part in the region 4700-
5280 A (blue-blue-green).

The group behavior of the Colorado potato beetle to ultraviolet
light of low intensity in comparison with various other colors at
higher intensities is set forth in Table 3. In these tests the intro-
ductory intensity ( i.e ., that to which the insects were first ex-
posed), of the ultraviolet was 3 and the intensity of each of the
other wave-lengths was 100. From Table 3 it may be noted that
weak ultraviolet was more stimulating than wave-lengths of
stronger intensities from infra-red to yellow-yellow-green, and
that ultraviolet at an intensity of 3 was approximately equal in
stimulating efficiency to wave-lengths from yellow-green to
violet-blue at intensities of 100. These tests were made in the
two-way apparatus described and figured in the third paper.3

In order to determine if previous behavior to a particular wave-
length band influenced succeeding behavior, groups of Japanese
beetles and potato beetles were placed in the introduction cham-
ber of the sector type equipment and exposed to certain wave-
length bands. After an exposure period of 20 or 30 minutes the
insects that had gone to a particular filter chamber were removed
and immediately exposed to 10 wave-length bands of equal phys-
ical intensities including the one to which they had previously
been “conditioned.”

The results of these tests with the Japanese beetles are shown
in Table 4 and Figure 6. In general the behavior to the 10 wave-
length bands was more or less similar to the behavior of groups
that had never been previously conditioned to any particular
band. Apparently the previous conditioning of the five different
groups of beetles utilized in Table 4 had no influence upon their
subsequent behavior pattern. Perhaps the conditioning period
wa^ too short. Perhaps the sensitivity of the iris pigment in

s Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., Yol. L, p. 1-35, 1942.

122

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

02

P

O

ft

>

W

Eh

£

CO

PQ

>H

S 02
02 g

£ Eh

g g
3 g

O M

PI M
& 2
°M

w g

2 w

PI £

Eh

£ <

ft
C
ft

S

go

p 5

O GC

w g

EH 3

ft |

Wg

o £

.5°

Eh

O

P4

O

ft

<1

ft

o

ft

o

o

ffl

Colors of light
transmitted
by filters in
Column 8

infra-red

orange-red

yellow-orange

yellow-yellow-

green

yellow-green

blue-green

blue-blue-green

blpe

violet-blue

Per cent
reacting
posi-
tively

lOQOOffl
N CO W

Wave-
length
bands*
(inten-
sity 100)

oooo ooooo

ocq©w ooiocvi^co

^HOJCOCO
CO CO Ift lftlOTtlTHTjH

Per cent
reacting
posi-
tively

lO N O H CO i — 1 CO H CO

kO kO kO "HI

Wave-
length
bands
(inten-
sity 3)

3650-3663

3650-3663

3650-3663

3650-3663

3650-3663

3650-3663

3650-3663

3650-3663

3650-3663

Expo-

sure

minutes

no no no io w w io in w

CO i — It — 1 1 — 1 H H ! — It — It — 1

Per cent
reacting

i

HI 00 ft 00 OOONCOIS

t^oooooo Cioooooooo

Per cent
not re-
acting

COCMtHCvI O <M CO CO

N r- 1 i — It — f i — It — It — It — It — 1

No. in-
sects
involved

ft CO O CO CO ■rfl Oi kO kO

OOrHOGO t— t— 1 CO O CX)

CvICQlftCO CO'HHTti'HlcO

No.

tests

COCOCOCO COCOCOCOCO

!

Peak of intensity of bands.

June, 1943]

Weiss et al.: Insects and Light

123

these insects was such as to result in rapid adaptation. Whatever
the reason, previous conditioning as described did not result in
any appreciable change in their behavior pattern.

In Table 5 and Figure 7, the results are given for a similar set
of tests with the Colorado potato beetle. These results and con-
clusions are the same as those recorded in the preceding para-
graph for the Japanese beetle.

Table 6 records the results of testing the behavior of Drosophila
melanogaster to blue-blue-green at a fixed introductory intensity
in competition with ultraviolet at varying introductory intensi-
ties. These tests were conducted in the two-way apparatus which
consisted of two wooden light-tight runways emanating at right
angles to each other from an introduction chamber about 8.5 inches
square. (See Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., Vol. L, p. 16, 1942, for de-
scription.) With this apparatus it was possible to test the in-
sects from 1 to 11 feet away from the light chambers and conse-
quently at different introductory intensities. The 18 tests
recorded in Table 6 involved the use of over 16,000 insects. All
were killed after each test so that they could be counted. Speri-
mens found in the runways leading to light chambers were
counted as reacting positively although they had not actually
reached the light chambers at the ends of the exposure periods.

According to Table 6 when ultraviolet and blue-blue-green were
of equal physical intensities approximately 71 per cent of the
insects went to ultraviolet. When the insects were introduced
to ultraviolet at such reduced intensities as 11, 3, 1.2 and 0.8 while
the blue-blue-green introductory intensity was kept at 100, their
reactions were approximately unchanged. Ultraviolet at the
weak introductory intensities remained about the same in stimu-
lating efficiency. The apparent progressive increase in the per-
centages of insects reacting positively to ultraviolet as the intro-
ductory intensity was reduced, we do not consider significant.
Drosophila melanogaster is temperamental. As a rule, young
flies, 3 to 4 days old appeared to be less interested in light than
older ones, 6 to 8 days old. And those of all ages unless they were
in the right physiological or other state refused to perform and
stayed in the introduction chamber. The only conclusion to be
drawn from the results in Table 6 is that Drosophila in the right
state is extremely photopositive to small amounts of ultraviolet.

TABLE 4

Behavior of the Japanese Beetle to Ten Wave-length Bands or Colors Immediately Following Their Exposure to

Single Band or Color

121

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

Peak intensities of bands.

Behavior of the Colorado Potato Beetle to Ten Wave-length Bands or Colors Immediately Following their Exposure

to a Single Band or Color

June, 1943]

Weiss et al.: Insects and Light

125

Distribution of those reacting positively to various
wave-lengths*

].U00 I0J

Y 003Z

O O O t*! d CO

^U00 J0(J

Y 0319

o o o tJh co co

q.u0O joj
Y 0909

O O O O ^ CO

q.u00 i0<j

Y 02Z2

Ttl Ttf O O CO io

rH t— 1

q.u00 I0J
Y 0912

lO C" Ttl 00

q.u00 JOd

Y 0212

o ^ co oo co hH

d rH . 1 — 1 r— 1

pI00 J0tJ

Y 0361

t- 05 CO 00 U- d

rH rH CO M CO d

pU0O JOtJ

Y 0191

lO b- OO (M O

rH

].U00 J0tl

Y 0981

t±i lO b- CO d

d d d rH

pI00 I0<J

Y 0298

O 00 CO O O rH

rH hH rH d rH d

Sui^ouoj; iuoo joj

05 O hH d rH rH

CO lO "CH to CO CO

9j].uoo ui iuao

OO d d d

^ CO

.loquiuqo uoiionp

-OI1UI UI ^U00 10^

rH (M <M O SO

rH rH

joqui'Bqo qoiqq
UI ].U0O 10^

CO ^ CO CO rH O

d d

S0^nuiui ©jnsodxg;

O 0.0 o to O

d d d CO^ 05

|p0AtOAUI S100S
-UI 'OU

74

42

43

48

163

386

S1S01 'OJsJ

rH rH rH rH rH C\]

Previously
exposed
for 30' to

4120-4760 A
violet-blue
3650-3663 A
ultra-violet
4420-5000 A
blue

4700-5280 A
blue-blue-green
Not previously
exposed to any
wave-lengths

be

* Peak intensities of bands.

126

Journal New York Entomological Society

m

S g

g g

o co

w

PQ

<1

H

B ^

J E-l
w ci

Relative

physical

intensity

of

blue-blue-green

100

100

100

100

100

Per cent
reacting
positively
to

4700-5280 A
(blue-blue-green)

29

32

16

22

14

Relative

physical

intensity

of

ultraviolet

100.0

11.0

3.0

1.2

0.8

Per cent
reacting
positively
to

3650-3663 A
(ultraviolet)

rH GO oo CO

oo oo

Expo-

sure

min-

utes

10

20

20

20

15

Per cent
react-
ing
posi-
tively

H l> l> O

^ CO ® 1C 1>

Per cent
not re-
acting

59

63

33

46

30

No. in-
sects in-
volved

2,386

2,334

2,961

5,269

3,296

No.

tests

^ « co io w

[VOL. LI

June, 1943]

Weiss et al. : Insects and Light

127

NOTES

Pkotinus scintillans Say. A preliminary test of this species of
“ firefly” (Lampyriche) in the sector type equipment, in
which it was exposed to the ten wave-length bands used in
the other tests, indicated that ultraviolet (3650 A) was highly
effective in stimulating efficiency. Owing to the small num-
ber (41) available, and these were dark adapted for one hour,
it is not possible to be definite about their reactions. Their
behavior to ultraviolet is interesting, however, in view of the
fact that they are nocturnal and because the spectra of fire-
flies, which extend from about 5000 A to 5900 A, contain
no ultraviolet or blue.

Autoserica castanea Arrow. This nocturnal species when dark
adapted for 24 hours was highly sensitive to ultraviolet.
Popillia japonica Newm. Seven tests, involving 1,900 beetles,
were run in the sector type equipment. The ultraviolet band
(3650-3663 A) had a relative physical intensity of 3 and the
9 remaining spectral bands, each had an intensity of 1.5.
After exposures from 20 to 30 minutes, the group behavior
was found to be similar to that resulting from the exposure
of the Japanese beetle to 10 wave-length bands each with an
intensity of 3.

In general the results of our 1942 tests were approximately the
same as those for 1941, when the same experimental methods
were used with different groups of the same species. Within cer-
tain limits variations in group behavior are to be expected when
one considers that an insect’s reaction to light is influenced by
many factors, previous exposure to light, angle of incidence,
variations in sensitivity of different parts of the compound eye,
position of the iris pigment and the rate of pigment migration
in relation to light intensity, temperature, moisture, air currents,
chemotropism, its variable physiological state, the stimulation of
sense organs other than the eyes, the influence of the central
nervous system and the wave-length and intensity of the radia-
tion to which it is first exposed.

128

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

Plate Y

Figure 1. Behavior of Drosophila melanogaster to 10 wave-length bands
from 3650 A to 7200 A. Physical intensities equalized.

1, 34 flies (1 test), age 7 days +, dark conditioned for 18 hours before test.

2, 39 flies (1 test), age 3 days +.

3, 135 flies (1 test), age 3 days +, dark conditioned 3 hours before test.

4, 90 flies (1 test), age 4 days.

5, 128 flies (1 test), age 8 days +.

6, 91 flies (1 test), age 7 days +.

7, 33 flies (1 test), age 7 days +.

8, 170 flies (1 test), age 7 days +.

9, 87 flies (1 test), age 7 days +.

Figure 2. Behavior of Coleoptera to 10 wave-length bands from 3650 A
to 7200 A. Physical intensities equalized.

1, 163 Colorado potato beetles (3 tests).

2, 114 Colorado potato beetles (2 tests).

3, 215 Chrysochus auratus (2 tests).

4, 160 Chrysochus auratus (2 tests).

5, 245 Japanese beetles (2 tests).

Figure 3. Behavior of Coleoptera to 10 wave-length bands of equal physical
intensities from 3650 A to 7200 A.

1, 136 Colorado potato beetles (2 tests).

2, 194 Colorado potato beetles (2 tests).

3, 26 Colorado potato beetles (1 test).

4, 69 Colorado potato beetles (1 test).

5, 90 Macrohasis unicolor (2 tests).

Figure 4. Behavior of Coleoptera to 9 wave-length bands from 4360 A to
7200 A. Physical intensities equalized.

1, 79 Disonycha quinquevittata (1 test).

2, 284 Chrysochus auratus (2 tests).

3, 197 Japanese beetles (2 tests).

4, 182 Japanese beetles (2 tests).

5, 216 Japanese beetles (3 tests).

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. LI

(Plate V)

130

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

Plate VI

Figure 5. Behavior of Coleoptera to 9 wave-length bands from 4360 A to
7200 A. Physical intensities equalized.

Upper — 1, 37 Plagiodera versicolora (1 test).

2, 69 Lina lapponica (1 test).

3, 205 Macrodactylus subspinosus (2 tests).

4, 106 Tetraopes tetraophthalmus (3 tests).

Lower — 1, 76 Colorado potato beetles (1 test).

2, 114 Colorado potato beetles (3 tests).

3, 249 Colorado potato beetles (3 tests).

Figure 6. Behavior of the Japanese beetle to 10 wave-length bands of equal
physical intensities from 3650 A to 7200 A, after having pre-
viously been exposed or “conditioned” to particular wave-
lengths. Second exposure to 10 bands followed immediately
the first exposure to one band.

1, Previously exposed to 3650-3663 A, ultraviolet.

2, Previously exposed to 4120-4760 A, violet-blue.

3, Previously exposed to 4700-5280 A, blue-blue-green.

4, Previously exposed to 4940-5660 A, blue-green.

5, Previously exposed to 5300-5760 A; yellow-green.

Figure 7. Behavior of the Colorado Potato Beetle to 10 wave-length bands
of equal physical intensities from 3650 A to 7200 A, after hav-
ing previously been exposed to particular wave-lengths.

1, Previously exposed to 4120-4760 A (violet-blue).

2, Previously exposed to 3650-3663 A (ultraviolet).

3, Previously exposed to 4420-5000 A (blue).

4, Previously exposed to 4700-5280 A (blue-blue-green).

5, Behavior to 10 wave-length bands without previous exposure to any.

6, Behavior to 10 wave-length bands without previous exposure to any.

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. LI

(Plate VI)

%

132

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

NEW RECORDS (LEPIDOPTERA)

On a collecting trip in the Lauren tides National Park below
lake St. John, P. Q., Mr. Sidney A. Hessel took :

148. Erebia discoidalis (Kirby) at Camp de la Traverse, J1, 29
May, 1941 ; at Camp de la Belle Riviere, 8 J1, 5 J, 1-4 June,
1941. These captures are believed to be the most eastern
records for this species.

208. Brenthis freija (Thunberg) at Camp des Bonleanx, 3 J1, 7
June, 1941. These captures may extend the range of this
species further southeast than previously recorded.

Reported from Nesconset, Long Island, N. Y. are the following
southern noctuids which have been occasionally recorded from
New York State :

3280. Autographa oo (Cramer) 6 October, 1941.

3590. Anticar sia gemmatilis Hiibner, the Velvet Bean Cater-
pillar, 8 specimens, 6 October, 1941. W. P. Comstock.

The

New York Entomological Society

Organized June 29, 1892 — Incorporated June 7, 1893
Reincorporated February 17, 1943

The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month
(except June, July, August and September) at 8 p. m., in the American Museum of
Natural History, 79th St., & Central Park W., New York, N. Y.

Annual dues for Active Members, $3.00 ; including subscription to the Journal, $4.50.
Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to
the treasurer.

Honorary President, WILLIAM T. DAVIS

Officers for the Year 1943

President, WM. P. COMSTOCK American Museum of Natural History

! Vice-President, EDWIN WAY TEALE Baldwin, L. I., N. Y.

Secretary, ANNETTE L. BACON American Museum of Natural History

Treasurer, DR. WILLIS J. GERTSCH American Museum of Natural History

Librarian Sf Curator, L. J. SANFORD American Museum of Natural History

Wm. T. Davis

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

Dr. Albert Hartzell Dr. S. W. Bromley

Dr. A. B. Klots Dr. F. E. Lutz

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

Harry B. Weiss Edwin W. Teale Dr. Herbert Ruckes

E. L. Bell

' I,

PROGRAM COMMITTEE

Dr. C. D. Michener George G. Becker Frank A. Soraci

’v->V ’ ’i v V v-\ • A"-; "'V: V ,:ji >r Y’,:- l-i

FIELD COMMITTEE

A. S. Nicolay H. S. Fleming

DELEGATE TO THE N. Y. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
William T. Davis

JOURNAL

of the

NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Published quarterly by the Society at N. Queen St., and Mc-
Govern Ave., Lancaster, Pa. All communications relating to
manuscript for the Journal should be sent to the Editor, Harry B.
Weiss, 19 N. 7th Ave., Highland Park, New Jersey; all subscrip-
tions to the Treasurer, Dr. Willis J. Gertsch, American Museum
of Natural History, New York, N. Y. Orders for back issues
should be sent to the Treasurer, Willis J. Gertsch, American
Museum of Natural History, 79th St., & Central Park W., New
York, N. Y. The society has a complete file of back issues in stock.
The Society will not be responsible for lost Journals if not noti-
fied immediately of change of address. We do not exchange
publications.

Terms for subscription, $3.00 per year, strictly in advance.

Please make all checks , money-orders , or drafts payable to
New York Entomological Society.

Twenty-five reprints without covers are furnished free to
authors. Additional copies may be purchased at the following
rates :

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 24 pp. 32 pp.

25 copies $2.40 $5.22 $5.58 $5.58 $9.00 $9.60

Additional 100 ’s ...... .60 1.44 1.92 1.92 3.00 3.00

Covers 50 copies, $2.75; additional 100 *s, $1.65.

Half-tone prints 1 Vs cents for each half-tone print.

Authors whose papers are illustrated with text figures or
full page plates will be required to supply the electroplates or
pay the cost of making the same by the Journal and also to
pay the cost of printing full page plates on coated paper, when
advisable.

No. 3

P

Vol. LI

SEPTEMBER, 1943

Journal

of the

~

New York Entomological Society

Devoted to Entomology in General

Edited by HARRY B. WEISS

Publication Committee

HARRY B. WEISS EDWIN W. TEALE

HERBERT RUCKES E. L. BELL

Subscription $3.00 per Year

Published Quarterly by the Society
N. QUEEN ST. AND McGOVERN AVE.

LANCASTER, PA.

NEW YORK, N. Y.

1943

CONTENTS

A Specific Revision of the Genus Metarranthis (Lepidop-
tera, Geometridae, Ennominae)

By Laurence R. Rupert 133

Book Notice 160

Notes on Mexican Butterflies, I, Papilionidae

By F. Martin Brown 161

A Study of a Gynandromorph of Melanoplus mexicanus
mexicanus (Sauss.), (Orthoptera)

By H. C. Severin 179

Two Ways of Song Communication Among Our North
American Cicadas

By Wm. T. Davis 185

A Catalogue of Oregon Coccinellidae

By Borys Malkin 191

Records and Descriptions of Neotropical Crane-flies (Tipu-
lidae, Diptera), XVI

By Charles P. Alexander 199

Effect of Milky Disease on Tiphia Parasites of Japanese
Beetle Larvae

By R. T. White 213

A New Axiocerses from West Africa (Lepidoptera, Lycae-
nidae)

By Harry K. Clench 219

A Note on the Arizona Erora (Lepidoptera, Lycaenidae)

By Harry K. Clench 221

New Records (Lepidoptera) 224

The Genus Melecta in Eastern North America and Porto
Rico (Hymenoptera, Anthophoridae)

By E. Gorton Linsley 225

An Insect Lodging House

By H. T. Fernald 229

Notes on the Parasitic Habits of Muscina stabulans (Fall.),
(Diptera, Muscidae)

By A. F. Satterthwait 233

Proceedings of The New York Entomological Society 235
New Spider Records from New York, No. 2

By Borys Malkin 238

NOTICE: Volume LI, Number 2, of The Journal of the
New York Entomological Society was published on
May 6, 1943.

Entered as second class matter July 7, 1925, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of August 24, 1912.

Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103.
Act of October 3, 1917, authorized March 27, 1924.

JOURNAL

OF THE

New York Entomological Society

Vol. LI September, 1943 No. 3

A SPECIFIC REVISION OF THE GENUS METAR-
RANTHIS (LEPIDOPTERA, GEOMETRIES,
ENNOMINS)

By Laurence R. Rupert
Horseheads, N. Y.

The genus Met arrant his Warren is one of several genera of the
Geometridse which have never been well understood. The com-
bination of structural similarity of the various species with the
tendency to considerable intraspecific variation in size, color, and
wing maculation, has been a great barrier to easy and accurate
determination. The following descriptions and comments are a
result of several years’ work with the genus. They are not in-
tended as the final word on the subject, but I believe they may be
of considerable assistance in clearing up some of the difficulties
which are most likely to be met.

Of the various species now placed in Metarranthis, the first to
be described was obfirmaria by Hiibner in 1806. He placed the
species in Epirranthis, a genus which he had previously created
for his species pulverata. That ob fir maria is not congeneric with
pulverata was recognized by Guenee in 1857, when he correctly
associated obfirmaria with duaria, placing both in Numeria.
This association was apparently not generally accepted, and
obfirmaria continued to be referred to Epirranthis until Warren
(Nov. Zool. I, p. 436, 1894), also aware of the lack of close rela-
tionship between pidverata and obfirmaria proposed the generic
name Metarranthis for the latter. Subsequently, Dr. Dyar in
his Check List (1902) accepted Guenee ’s association of obfirmaria

:£p 9 m

134

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

with duaria, placing them along with hypochraria, and related
species, in Gonodontis Hbn. In 1916, however, Barnes and
McDnnnough (Contrib. to the Nat. Hist, of the Lepid. of N. A.,
Ill, p. 255) pointed out that the male genitalia of the North
American species of the duaria group are quite unlike those of
the old world species of Gonodontis, and applied Metarranthis to
this entire group of North American species. This application
marked the beginning of the use of Metarranthis in the general
sense in which it is now understood.

Metarranthis belongs to a small group of genera occurring in
North America and Eurasia, among the North American repre-
sentatives of which are Plagodis Hbn., Anagoga Hbn., Hyperetis
Gn., Metanema Gn., Priocycla Gn., and Selenia Hbn. Metar-
ranthis seems, in natural sequence, to lie between Hyperetis and
Metanema as listed. The European genus Cepphis, which super-
ficially resembles Metarranthis, seems actually to be more closely
allied to Priocycla.

In McDunnough’s 1938 Check List, Part I, p. 169, eight species
are referred to Metarranthis. One of these, antidiscaria Walker,
is better referred to Stenaspilates Packard, on the basis of both
general appearance and structure of genitalia. I have examined
the genitalia of a male from Lakehurst, N. J., and of both males
and females from Florida, including one of the type series of
lentaria Hulst, and I find the Lakehurst specimen identical with
those from Florida.

In addition to the remaining seven species of the McDunnough
Check List, there appear to be at least four more valid species
of Metarranthis. Two of these, lateritiaria Guenee, and homu-
raria Grote, have formerly been considered races of hypochraria
Herrich Schaffer, but are evidently specifically distinct from that
species and from each other. The other two species are described
for the first time, I believe, in this article.

Metarranthis obfirmaria (Hiibner)

Epirranthis obfirmaria Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. II, 219,
Tafel 432; Figs. 1, 2, J'; Figs. 3, 4, ?. 1806.

Numeria obfirmaria (Hbn.), Guenee, Spec. Gen. X, 135. 1857.

Epirranthis obfirmaria (Hbn.), Packard, Mon. of Geom. Moths,
499 ; Plate XII, Fig. 7. 1876.

Sept., 1943]

Rupert: Metarranthis

135

Metarranthis ohfirmaria (Hbn.), Warren, Nov. Zool. I, 436.
1894.

Gonodontis ohfirmaria (Hbn.), Holland, Moth Book, 350; Plate
XLV, Fig. 14, 1903.

Metarranthis ohfirmaria (Hbn.), Barnes and McDunnough, Cont.
to the Nat. Hist, of the Lepid. of N. A. Ill, 255-259 ; Plate
XXXII, Fig. 5 (<? genitalia). 1916.

Basal and terminal areas of fore wings and most of terminal
area of lower wings bright dark reddish brown; median area of
fore wings and inner half of lower wings bright orange yellow,
sometimes somewhat obscured by a coarse powdering of dark
brown scales; antemedial line of fore wings narrow, reddish,
curved strongly inward at the costa ; postmedial line of fore wings
almost straight, dark brown, often preceded by a red or orange
line; postmedial line of lower wings dark brown, slightly angu-
late ; discal spots small or missing on fore wings, large and black
on lower wings, joined to the base of the wings by a black dash
which is sometimes incomplete; terminal area of lower wings
showing some bright yellow near the apex; fringes dark brown,
concolorous with the terminal area on the upper side. Under
side bright orange yellow with reddish brown postmedial lines,
and a considerable scattering of reddish brown scales, especially
near the apex of the fore wings; discal spots present on all four
wings, redder than on upper side. Expanse 1-1 J inches.

Male Genitalia. — Uncus long and slender, bluntly pointed,
and scarcely spatulate; left branch of furca stout, moderately
long, considerably curved, with two unequal pointed processes
at the tip, sometimes with a trace of one or two additional shorter
processes at the tip only; right branch of furca similar but
shorter ; valves rounded with a very slight excavation, or at least
a straightening of the edge, along the upper third of the outer
margin. Other features are as shown in the drawing.

Female Genitalia. — Genital plate narrow, pointed at both
ends. Above and behind this, one on each side of the ostium are
two pocket-like formations, smaller and more distinctly quadran-
gular than in any other species having them. I believe the other
features, which show very little difference throughout the genus,
are adequately represented in the drawing.

136

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

Egg. — Pale yellow, slightly elliptical, flattened above, below,
and at one end; scattered loose. There is no color change until
just before hatching, when they become dark slate gray.

Larva. — I have bred this species only once, and then only in
rather limited numbers. Hence my observations are too few for
generalizations. I found the first stage larvae to be black with
the appearance of six white bands encircling the body, the first
between the third and fourth segments of the body, the last be-
tween the eighth and ninth. Under a hand lens these bands are
seen to be composed of irregularly shaped white spots, closely
crowded together. They persist in the second stage, but almost
or quite disappear after the second molt.

The mature larvae were light grayish brown with a paler longi-
tudinal line along the upper side, and four rectangular spots on
each segment, the first two on each segment being smaller and
almost square, the last two much longer than wide. There were
two broken and somewhat obscure dark stripes along each side,
but no stripes underneath. Since in several other species of the
genus the pattern of the upper side of the larvae is not constant,
it is reasonable to expect various patterns here also. The re-
ported food is V actinium, but since that was not readily available
when I was rearing the larvae, I gave them choke cherry, which
they ate with evident relish.

I am placing ol)firmaria first in the series of species of the
genus, since I believe it to be the most highly specialized species
structurally. It is certainly the most brilliantly colored member
of the genus, and is not easily confused with any of the others.
It is common in acid soil localities in the states of the Atlantic
seaboard from Canada to Georgia, and is to be found less regu-
larly farther west. The series in the U. S. National Museum col-
lection contains a single specimen from Kansas.

Endropia warneri Harvey, Bull. Buff. Soc., II, 121. 1874.

Metarranthis warneri (Harv.), B. and McD., Contrib. to the Nat.
Hist, of the Lepid. of N. A., Ill, 258. 1916.

Upper surface gray with a more or less brownish cast, occa-
sionally somewhat reddish ; antemedial line conspicuous, dark
brown or blackish, followed by a darker shade; postmedial line

Metarranthis warneri (Harvey)

Sept., 1943]

Rupert: Metarranthis

137

of fore wings dark brown or almost black, straighter than in any
other species except obfirmaria, but with a slight outward curve
or very blunt angulation just below vein M2, preceded by a darker
shade, and followed by a paler line; subterminal shade usually
present, sometimes quite conspicuous in the females ; fringes con-
colorous with the terminal area ; outer margins of wings rounded ;
apex distinctly pointed in the females. Under side pale gray
with some reddish scales, especially along the veins; transverse
lines obscure, sometimes hardly discernible; subterminal shade
occasionally present underneath. Expanse li-li inches.

Male Genitalia. — Uncus slender and not quite so long as in
obfirmaria ; left branch of fnrca very stout, ending in two pointed
processes, longer and more slender than those at the tip in obfir-
maria; right branch similar, more slender, and with one addi-
tional pointed process considerably below the two at the tip. I
have not figured the aadoeagus of this species, nor of any of the
following species, since there seem to be no essential differences
in this structure throughout the genus.

Female Genitalia. — Distinguished by the heavy genital plate,
constricted in the middle and tapering to a point at each end.
The pocket-like formations are moderately large, kidney-shaped,
and quite ragged along the inner edges.

Early Stages. — In June, 1943, Dr. Brewer sent me four lots
of eggs from Augusta, Me. These were pink, resembling the
eggs of duaria, but paler. The newly hatched larvae had the
white bands wider than in any other species seen, and in addi-
tion, the thoracic segments and, the terminal abdominal segments
were almost entirely white. As this is written, the larvae are in
the second and third stages, and the general color is slate gray to
gray brown, with a conspicuously mettled darker pattern, inter-
mediate between the usual patterns of obfirmaria and duaria.
They are rather general feeders, but seem to have a preference
for various species of cherry and dogwood.

Typical warneri is to be found in the New England States and
in eastern New York. Some form of the species is to be expected
in adjacent parts of Canada and north of the Great Lakes. It
has never been reported, so far as I know, from western New
York.

138

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

Metarranthis warneri race cappsaria new race

Metarranthis warneri (Harv.) B. and McD., Contrib. to the Nat. Hist, of the
Lepid. of N. A. Ill, 255 ; Plate XXIX, Fig. 1, $ ; Plate XXXIII, Fig.
1 ($ genitalia). (Figured as typical warneri.)

Similar in maculation to typical warneri , but much darker, with a dis-
tinctly sooty appearance over the entire upper surface, and apparently
lacking any tendency to redness on the upper side. The dark shade pre-
ceding the postmedial line is usually broader than in typical warneri, espe-
cially on the lower wings. Under side darker than in typical warneri, more
heavily flecked with reddish scales, and with a wide darker band indicating
the position of the postmedial line.

Holotype. — ■$, Beulah, Manitoba, May 28. (United States
National Museum Collection.)

Paratypes. — 5 J'J', Cartwright, Manitoba, May and June; 1 <$,
Beulah, Manitoba, May 16, 1902 ; 2 £.<$, merely labeled Manitoba
(all in the United States National Museum Collection) ; 1 J',
Saskatoon, Saskatchewan, June 9, 1934; 1 J', McCreary, Mani-
toba, July 6 (both in Brower collection) ; 1 J1, Madison, Wis.,
June 4, 1932 (in Franclemont collection) ; 1 J', 1 }, Hessville,
Ind. ; 1 <£, Miller, Ind. ; (all in Wyatt collection), 18 J'J', Har-
lan, Sask. May and June (in Bruggemann, Franclemont, and
Rupert collections) ; 1 <^, Sunnydale, Alta, (in Rupert collection).

Cappsaria is name,d in honor of Mr. H. W. Capps, who has
assisted me greatly by making the material in the National Mu-
seum available to me for study, and in preparing many genitalia
slides of specimens in that collection.

Metarranthis duaria (Guenee)

Numeria duaria Guenee, Spec. Gen. X, 135. 1857.

Numeria hamaria Guenee, Spec. Gen. X, 136. 1857.

Ellopia ? amyrisaria Walker, Cat. Brit. Museum, XX, 164. 1860.

Caber odes ? agreasaria Walker, Cat. Brit. Museum, XX, 252.
1860.

Eudropict adust aria Walker, Cat. Brit. Museum, XXXV, 1545.
1866.

Endropia duaria (Gn.), Packard, Mon. of Geom. Moths, 502;
Plate XII, Fig. 10. 1876. (Packard’s figure probably rep-

resents franclemonti , rather than duaria.)

Sept., 1943]

Rupert: Metarranthis

139

Endropia duaria (Gn.), Dyar, Psyche, IX, 371. 1902. (Early

stages.)

Gonodontis duaria (Gn.), Holland, Moth Book, 350; Plate XLV,
Fig. 2, ?. 1903.

Metarranthis duaria (Gn.), B and McD., Cont. to the Nat. Hist,
of the Lepid. of N. A. Ill, 255 ; Plate XXIX, Fig. 4, ; Fig.

5, ?; Plate XXXIII, Fig. 4 (J1 genitalia). 1916.
Metarranthis duaria form hamaria (Gn.), B. and McD., Cont. to
the Nat. Hist, of the Lepid. of N. A. Ill, 255 ; Plate XXIX,
Fig. 6, <£. 1916.

Numeria duaria Gn., Oberthiir, Etudes de Lep. Comp., Fasc.

XVII, 22; Plate DVII, Fig. 4234 (2 type). 1920.

Numeria hamaria Gn., Oberthiir, Etudes de Lep. Comp., Fasc.
XVII, 22; Plate DVII, Fig. 4235 (2 type). 1920.

Upper surface variable in color, ranging from pale gray
through various red-grays to quite dark brownish gray; ante-
medial line brownish gray to blackish, somewhat blurred, often
interrupted at the veins, and rarely almost obsolete; postmedial
line similar in color, curving outwardly on the upper half of the
fore wings, inwardly below; evenly curved on the lower wings,
variable in appearance, usually somewhat blurred, heavier on the
lower half of each wing, often interrupted at the veins, sometimes
reduced to a series of blurred spots, rarely almost missing ; median
area concolorous with basal and terminal area; discal spots dis-
tinct, blackish, on all four wings; subterminal shade usually
present, occasionally distinct across all four wings, but more often
reduced to one or two blurred spots on the fore wings, midway
between costal and inner margins; fringes concolorous with ter-
minal area, or a bit redder. Under side grayish, more or less
flecked with reddish scales; postmedial line reddish, variable in
sharpness, sometimes indicated only by a somewhat denser band
in the red scaling; sub terminal band sometimes present, but ob-
scure. Expanse lj-lf inches.

Male Genitalia. — Uncus narrow, almost as long as in obfir-
maria; left branch of furca stout, somewhat blunt, ending in
many pointed processes, the longest ones at the tip, and gradually
becoming shorter along the edges below, not tufted ; right branch
similar to left branch, but shorter, narrower, and sharper.

Female Genitalia. — Similar to warneri, but with the genital

140

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

plate much narrower. Too much significance should not be at-
tached anywhere in this genus to apparent differences in the
genital plate, since, in the processes of dissection and mounting,
it may assume various positions and manners of folding.

Egg. — Yellow, soon turning orange red - not attached to any
surface.

Larva, first stage. — Black with only five bands of white spots,
the usual sixth one being missing, or at most showing as a faint
dot or two on each side ; under side uniformly dark ; face dark.

Mature Larva. — About 1J inches long; moderately stout; me-
dium to dark brown, with various types of mottling, but never,
so far as I have seen, with patches of red. A more or less dis-
tinct pale line extends the entire length on the upper side, but no
stripes show underneath. The eleventh segment has two rather
prominent tubercles, each tipped with a single bristle. I have
found choke cherry an excellent food for larvse of this species, as
well as for all the other species of the genus that I have bred.
They seem quite willing to take almost any of the Rosacece, and
probably have a rather wide range of food among other trees and
shrubs. Dr. McDunnough has reared this species on both blue-
berry and linden.

Daaria is apparently the most variable in color and distinct-
ness of maculation, the most common, and the most widespread
species of Metarranthis, ranging in some form or another from
the Atlantic to the Pacific in southern Canada and northern
United States, as far south as North Carolina in the east, Indiana
and Illinois farther west, and Colorado in the mountain region.
I have seen Pacific coast specimens only from British Columbia,
Vancouver Island, and Washington. Specimens from the west-
ern mountains and coast, and from Canada, are in general refer-
able to the race septentrionaria Barnes and McDunnough. The
red form hamaria Guenee seems so completely to intergrade with
other forms that I cannot define its limits. Hence I consider it
better placed in the synonymy.

Metarranthis duaria, race septentrionaria

Barnes and McDunnough

Metarranthis septentrionaria B. and McD., Contrib. to the Nat.

Hist, of the Lepid. of N. A. Ill, 257; Plate XXIX, Fig. 2,

Sept., 1943]

Rupert: Metarranthis

141

Fig. 3, Plate XXXIII, Fig. 2 (<£ genitalia). 1916.

Distinguished from typical duaria by the distinct reddish
brown shade preceding the postmedial line on the upper side
often more or less covering the median area ; by the tendency of
the postmedial line to be more sharply defined, not so likely to
be incomplete or broken at the veins, and more likely to be fol-
lowed by a paler line. It is the regular form of duaria from the
western mountains eastward across Canada to Quebec and the
New England states, where it mixes with typical duaria.

Barnes and McDunnough mentioned slight differences between
the male genitalia of septentrionaria and those of duaria, but I
find these differences difficult to discover, and insufficient to have
much significance. They are no greater than the differences fre-
quently found in specimens from the same locality.

Metarranthis angular ia Barnes and McDunnough

Metarranthis angularia B. and McD., Contrib. to the Nat. Hist,
of the Lepid. of N. A. Ill, 258 ; Plate XXIX, Fig. 7, J1; Fig.
8, ?; Plate XXXIII, Fig. 3 genitalia). 1916.

Basal and terminal areas of fore wings, and terminal area of
lower wings, reddish brown, about the color of the reddest duaria;
median area of all wings and basal area of lower wings, much
paler yellowish red, coarsely flecked with red and brown scales;
antemedial line much as in duaria, but redder; postmedial line
variable in width, continuity, and completeness, as in duaria,
more likely to be completely missing than in duaria, redder, more
angulate, and less in contrast with the terminal area ; subterminal
shade rarely conspicuous, but often indicated by a spot or two
midway between costal and inner margins; discal spots as in
duaria; fringes fully as red as terminal area. Under side heavily
and coarsely flecked with red on a paler background, with no dis-
tinct transverse lines, but normally with the median area paler,
as on the upper side. Occasional specimens, especially from the
southern portions of its range, are much darker than the normal
form. I have seen two males, one from Pennsylvania and one
from Georgia, which are extreme in this respect, the upper sur-
face being almost uniform dark brown, with the pattern very
obscure. Such specimens, however, are not much darker under-
neath than the normal form. Expanse 1^-lf inches.

142

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. Li

Male Genitalia. — Similar to duaria except in the structure
of the furca; left branch of furca long, bluntly rounded, with
the longest pointed processes below the tip, which is equipped
with a tuft of fine hairs ; right branch shorter, sharper, with long
pointed processes at the tip, and an irregular series of shorter
ones, and a few hairs, below.

Female Genitalia. — Quite similar to those of duaria, but
usually with the bursa considerably longer.

Egg. — Similar to that of duaria.

Larva, first stage. — Dark slaty gray, not so intensely black
as in the preceding species, with six bands of white spots, wider
than the bands of duaria. There is a trace of still another such
band between the second and third thoracic segments, and the
eleventh segment has a few white spots.

Mature Larva. — About l^-lj inches long; brown, less mot-
tled than that of duaria, generally grayer, with the characteristic
pale longitudinal stripe along the back, and a tendency toward
dark, but obscure, longitudinal stripes underneath. The tuber-
cles on the eleventh segment are slightly smaller than those of
duaria. Food, wild cherry and other Rosacece, and probably
other trees and shrubs.

In spite of its wide range, from Quebec to Georgia, and west-
ward at least as far as Illinois, angularia is much less common in
collections than duaria. It has been confused with duaria, but
is readily separable by the paler median area, by the coarser
“pebbled” appearance of the darker flecking, by the more angu-
late postmedial line, and usually by the ruddier coloring.

Metarranthis franclemonti new species

Upper surface reddish gray to gray-brown, females sometimes almost
neutral gray; antemedial line distinct, reddish, somewhat curved at each
end; postmedial line bright reddish to reddish brown, distinct, uniform in
width, complete, not interrupted at the veins, outcurved with a slight angu-
lation at vein M2 of the fore wings, more distinctly angulate on the lower
wings; below this angulation, more strongly curved inward and upward than
in duaria; never preceded nor followed by paler lines or darker shades,
although in some specimens the entire median area is paler than the rest of
the wings. (In the females the postmedial line is less constant than in the
males, occasionally being incomplete, broken at the veins, and heavier along
the lower half of each wing. Such females are very similar in appearance
to the normal females of duaria , but can usually be distinguished by the

Sept., 1943]

Rupert: Metarranthis

143

angulation of the postmedial line, especially on the lower wings.) Subtermi-
nal shade sometimes absent, but usually distinct, occasionally becoming so
pronounced in the females as to form a contrasting dark brown band across
all four wings ; discal spots small, distinct, reddish brown, usually present
on all four wings; fringes concolorous with the terminal area. Under side
similar to duaria, but usually more heavily decked with red, and with a more
distinct postmedial line. Expanse 1^-1| inches.

Male Genitalia. — Uncus a little shorter and more spatulate than in
duaria; furca, symmetrical; both branches ending in a sharp, slightly hairy
point.

Female Genitalia. — Distinguished from duaria and angularia by the
much smaller pocket-like formations beside the ostium; from obfirmaria by
the kidney-shaped form of these processes. The genital plate is wider, con-
stricted at the middle as in warneri, but smaller and much less conspicuous
than in that species. The bursa is longer than in duaria, averaging almost
as long as in angularia.

Egg. — Similar to that of duaria, yellow, soon turning red, less intense than
the red of hypochraria eggs, but not so orange as in duaria; scattered loose.

Larva, first stage. — Black, with six bands of white spots, of approxi-
mately equal width. The head and prolegs are dark.

Mature Larva. — About 1-1| inches long, similar in color and variable
mottling to the larva of duaria, but usually darker, and often, but not
always, showing patches of bright reddish brown on the upper side; longi-
tudinal pale stripe along the back as in duaria and angularia; dark longi-
tudinal stripes on the under side of the first two abdominal segments only;
tubercles on the eleventh segment smaller than in duaria and angularia. I
have successfully reared three lots of larvse on choke cherry, but since the
species seems to be restricted in distribution to isolated acid soil localities,
I suspect the preferred food is something else, possibly Aronia or V actinium.

Franclemonti seems to be rather common in the proper acid
soil localities where it flies along with obfirmaria. It occurs on
the bogs at Passadumkeag, Me., and McLean, N. Y., on the dry
hills around Horseheads, N. Y., in the pine barrens around Lake-
hurst, N. J., and I have seen a few specimens from other locali-
ties, the most westerly one from Hessville, Ind.

This species is quite variable, and can easily be confused with
both duaria and angularia. From duaria it is most easily sepa-
rated by the ruddiness and the greater angulation of the post-
medial line, and usually by the uniformity and continuity of this
line. From angularia it can be distinguished by the uniform
postmedial line, by the powdery, rather than “pebbled,” appear-
ance of the red scaling, and usually by the median area, which
is not noticeably paler than the rest of the wings except in occa-

144

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

sional specimens, usually from the New England States. I sus-
pect that Packard’s figure of duaria is based on this species, but,
like most drawings, it is too inaccurate for certain determination.

Holotype.— y Lakehurst, N. J., June 4 (Frederick Lemmer).
In U. S. N. M. collection.

Allotype. — J, Lakehurst, N. J., June 11 (Frederick Lemmer).
In U. S. N. M. collection.

Paratypes. — 7 yy, 10 55 j Lakehurst, N. J. (Frederick Lem-
mer) ; 44 yy, 23 5?, Horseheads, N. Y. (L. R. Rupert) ; 6 yy,
2 JJ, Passadumkeag, Me. (A. E. Brower) ; 1 y, Bar Harbor, Me.
(A. E. Brower) ; 1 y, Hampton, N. H. (S. Albert Shaw) ; 1 y,
McLean Res., Tompkins Co., N. Y. ( J. G. Franclemont) ; 1 y, Mt.
Asnebumskit, Paxton, Mass. (W. T. M. Forbes) ; 1 y, Mt. Wachu-
sett, Princeton, Mass., above 1500 ft. (W. T. M. Forbes). Field
specimens are all May and June records. Part of the Lakehurst
and Horseheads specimens are bred specimens (April and May).
These 97 paratypes are variously distributed in the U. S. N. M.,
Cornell University, Brower, Buchholz, Franclemont, and Rupert
collections.

This species is named in honor of Lieutenant J. G. Francle-
mont, whose private collection, embracing long series of some of
the species, has been completely available to me, and whose co-
operation and assistance have been of greatest value to me in this
work.

Metarranthis apiciaria (Packard)

Endropia apiciaria Packard, Mon. of Geom. Moths, 502; Plate
XII, Fig. 9. 1876.

Upper surface pale yellowish gray; antemedial line of fore
wings indistinct, sometimes almost obsolete, followed by an ob-
scure slightly darker shade; postmedial line straighter than in
any of the preceding species, brown, preceded by narrow reddish
brown shade, with a sprinkling of this color throughout the me-
dian area; discal spots brown, distinct and usually present; sub-
terminal shade rather inconspicuous when present at all ; fringes
reddish brown, at least at the base, and contrasting with the pale
terminal area ; outer margins of wings scarcely angulate. Under
side pale gray with a variable scattering of yellow scales ; post-
medial line broad, bright reddish yellow. Expanse 1^-14 inches.

Sept., 1943]

Bupert: Metarranthis

145

Male Genitalia. — Uncus shorter than in any of the preceding
species, somewhat spatulate, bluntly pointed ; left branch of furca
moderately long, rather wide at the base, and tapering to a single
fine sharp point, very slightly hairy; right branch similar but
shorter. Both branches have a peculiar sinuate form not seen in
any other species of the genus.

Female Genitalia. — Genital plate wide, not constricted in the
middle, strongly upturned and pointed at the ends; pocket-like
formations large, very ragged along the inner edge.

I have no knowledge of the early stages.

Apiciaria is apparently one of the less common species of
Metarranthis in collections but it is known to occur in Maine,
Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and New York, and even as far
west as Indiana. Structurally it is a very distinct species, and
seems, in general, intermediate between the obfirmaria group,
comprising the preceding five species, and the hypochraria group,
comprising the following five species.

Metarranthis pilosaria (Packard)

Endropia pilosaria Packard, Mon. of Geom. Moths, 501 ; Plate
XII, Fig. 8. 1876.

Upper surface rich brown ; antemedial line of fore wings
darker but rather obscure; postmedial line evenly curved, not
distinctly angulate, preceded by a darger shade and followed by
a paler line; discal spots small but distinct on all four wings;
subterminal row of dark spots usually present; outer margins of
wings curved without obvious indentations between the veins.
Under side orange red to brick red, not obviously flecked; post-
medial line narrow, dark brown, followed by a purplish shade.
In general pilosaria is the stoutest and heaviest species of Metar-
ranthis. Expanse lj-lf inches.

Male Genitalia. — Wider, with rounder valves than apiciaria ;
left branch of furca very stout, blunt, strongly recurved at the
tip, with many sharp, pointed processes, mixed with some hair;
right branch similar, but shorter and sharper.

Female Genitalia. — Unlike any of the preceding species in
that they lack the pocket-like formations beside the ostium. The
genital plate is wide, uniform in width, and rounded at the ends.

Early Stages. — For what I know of these I am indebted to

146

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. Li

the late Mr. Frederick Lemmer who sent me a single full grown
larva from Lakehurst, N. J. This larva resembles that of hypo-
chraria in shape and structure, but is of a completely uniform
dark brown color without mottling or stripes. Mr. Lemmer also
wrote regarding the newly hatched larva that it “has 6 rings
white, the last one about twice as wide as the rest, and the first
one further away from the head than the space between the
others.” He reports white birch as the food.

All the specimens I have seen of pilosaria have come from New
Jersey, but it probably has a wider range.

Metarranthis lateritiaria (Guenee)

Endropia lateritiaria Gn., Spec. Gen. IX, 125. 1857.

Endropia lateritiaria Gn., Walker, Cat. Brit. Museum, XX, 151.

1860.

The identity of lateritiaria has been one of the most puzzling
questions in connection with the study of the genus. The type
is supposedly in the Paris Museum and hence at present quite
inaccessible. I have examined a photograph of it in the United
States National Museum, and have carefully studied Guenee ’s
description, which is none too definite. Either of two conclusions
seems reasonable. One is that the name lateritiaria is properly
applicable to the species described by Packard as pilosaria ; the
other, which I am tentatively accepting, is that it applies to the
species described below, which has commonly passed as lateritiaria
in collections.

Upper surface usually redder than pilosaria, postmedial line
somewhat variable in the degree of angulation, more angulate
than in pilosaria, less so than in any of the three following
species; subterminal shade present, distinct, quite uniform in
width and intensity. Beyond the subterminal shade the wings
are paler, often giving the effect of a pale border across all four
wings, with the veins finely outlined darker. Under side, some-
what paler than pilosaria, smooth orange red, very sparsely
flecked darker, and with the dark brown and purple postmedial
line more sharply defined. The moths average smaller and
slighter than pilosaria, and are quite variable in the depth of the
marginal indentations between the veins. In the specimen fig-
ured they are quite deep ; but in other specimens the margins

Sept., 1943]

Rupert: Metarranthis

147

are as even as in pilosaria; more often they are intermediate
between the two. Expanse 1-1J inches.

Male Genitalia. — Uncus short and spatnlate as in the two
preceding species; left branch of fnrca variable in length, some-
times no longer than the right branch ; both branches rather sharp
with few pointed processes, at the tips only. The two or three
processes at the tips are long and slender, accompanied by little
or no hair.

Female Genitalia. — Similar to those of pilosaria.

I have seen this species from Maine, New Jersey, and inter-
mediate localities, but its range does not apparently extend far
inland. It appears to be partial to acid soil localities. The early
stages 'are quite unknown to me.

Metarranthis homuraria (Grote)

Endropia homuraria Grote, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. II, 80. 1875.

Endropia homuraria (G. and R.), Walker, Can. Ent. IX, 89.
1877.

Endropia homuraria (G. and R.), Grote, Papilio II, 100. 1882.

Endropia amethystaria Strecker, Lep. Rhop. Het. Suppl. 2, 6.
1899.

Upper surface similar to lateritiaria in general color ; post-
medial line narrow, dark brown, and usually very distinct, with
angulations much sharper than in lateritiaria , often sharper than
are usual in hypochraria, not always followed by a paler line;
subterminal shade inconspicuous and irregular, sometimes indi-
cated merely by a dark smudge adjacent to the angulation of the
postmedial line of the fore wing, and making this angulation ap-
pear more extreme than it really is; marginal indentations be-
tween the veins deeper than in any other species of the genus.
Under side similar to lateritiaria.

Male Genitalia. — All the male genitalia examined (three in
number, from different localities) have the furca symmetrical,
with moderately sharp points, both branches tipped with a closely
packed cluster of the ordinary pointed processes mixed with a
considerable amount of hair. One specimen shows a trace of
several other very short pointed processes along the edges just
below the tips.

148

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

Female Genitalia. — The three female genitalia examined all
show at each side, above the ends of the genital plate, a fold not
found in any other species examined. There also seems to be a
vague trace of the pocket-like formations beside the ostium in two
of the specimens examined.

I know nothing of the early stages of homuraria. It seems
more southern in range than any other Metarranthis, all the speci-
mens I have seen having come from an area extending from
Virginia to Georgia, and west to Tennessee and Mississippi.
Strecker’s type of amethystaria is from Florida.

Metarranthis hypochraria (Herrich-Schaffer)

Epione hypochraria Herrich-Schaffer, Ausser. Schmett, 207, 208.
1855.

Endropia hypochraria (H.-S.), Guenee, Spec. Gen. IX, 125.
1857.

Endropia refractaria Guenee, Spec. Gen. IX, 125. 1857.

Endropia refractaria Gn., Walker, Cat. Brit. Museum XX, 151.
1860.

Endropia mestusata Walker, Cat. Brit. Museum XX, 154. 1860.

Macaria ? indeclinata Walker, Cat. Brit. Museum XXXIII, 888.
1861.

Azelina fcedaria Walker, Cat. Brit. Museum XXXV, 1548. 1866.

Endropia hypochraria (H.-S.), Packard, Mon. of Geom. Moths,
504; Plate XII, Fig. 12. 1876.

Azelina foedaria Wlk., Packard, Mon. of Geom. Moths, 523. 1876.

Endropia hypochraria (H.-S.), Hulst, Ent. News VI, 15. 1895.

Gonodontis hypochraria (H.-S.), Holland, Moth Book, 350; Plate
XLV, Fig. 1, <$. 1903.

Entire upper surface of wings, grayish brown varying, in in-
tensity and ruddiness; antemedial line of fore wings distinct,
curved, dark brown, followed by a darker shade ; postmedial line
distinct, dark brown, sharply angulate at vein M2 of fore wings,
correspondingly angulate on lower wings, preceded by a dark
brown shade. (Actually this postmedial line is a double line, the
two lines practically superimposed except near the angulation,
where the inner line is curved, and the outer line forms the angu-
lation. Ordinarily the dark shade completely obscures the inner

Sept., 1943]

Rupert: Metarranthis

149

line, but in occasional pale specimens, usually females, both lines
are distinctly visible.) Subterminal shade of dark spots more or
less distinct but usually not conspicuous; fringes concolorous
with terminal area, often darker at the ends of the veins; discal
spots blackish, distinct on all four wings; outer margin of all
wings somewhat indented between the veins, more in some speci-
mens than in others. Under side pale gray or yellowish, usually
considerably flecked with deeper yellow or rusty red ; postmedial
line usually distinctly double, the inner line reddish brown and
curved, the outer one purplish and angulate. A very red form
of this species is seen occasionally, which strongly resembles
homuraria, but is distinguishable by the less deeply indented
wing margins, the smoother and less mottled appearance of the
upper side, and by the difference in the coloring of the under
side, which in hypochraria consists of red scales on a pale yellow-
ish background, which is sometimes almost, but never completely,
covered with the red scales, while in homuraria the background
is red and the sparsely scattered scales are dark brown or pur-
plish. Expanse inches.

Male Genitalia. — Uncus of medium length, somewhat spatu-
late but bluntly pointed ; valves rounded with a slight excavation,
or at least a straightening of the margin along the upper part
of the outer edge; left branch of furca variable in length but
longer than the right in all cases observed, rounded at the tip,
with a fringe of many sharp pointed processes at the tip and for
some distance along the edges below. These processes are longer
than in any other species of this group except lateritiaria, and
much more numerous than in that species. There are often a
few hairs visible among these processes, but no distinct tuft.
Right branch of furca shorter and sharper, similarly fringed with
pointed processes, the two or three at the tip being longest.

Female Genitalia. — Similar to pilosaria.

Egg. — Similar to other species, laid singly and attached to the
surface of leaves or stems. After two or three days they turn
bright carmine.

Larva, first stage. — Black, with six bands of white spots, the
first one slightly narrower than the others.

150

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. li

Mature Larva. — About 1J inches long, more slender than the
larvae of the obfirmaria group, dark brown, inconspicuously mot-
tled, and bearing two small pale oval spots, side by side, on the
upper side of the fifth segment. The eleventh segment has the
two usual tubercles rather prominent. Underneath there are
three indistinct discontinuous longitudinal darker stripes, extend-
ing from the first abdominal segment to the prolegs on the ninth
segment. The outer stripes spread farther apart just before the
middle of each segment, and the inner stripe widens accordingly.
The face is speckled black on pale gray, and bordered grayish
white. Larvae of this species seem subject to very little variation
in color and pattern, at least in western New York. They will
eat various Bosacece, and seem to do particularly well on choke
cherry. I have seen a series bred by Dr. McDunnough upon
blueberry.

Range. — Quebec to North Carolina and westward at least to
Illinois and Wisconsin.

Metarranthis broweri new species

Endropia + hypocliraria Dyar, Ent. News V, 61, 1891 (description of early
stages) (nec hypochraria H.-S.).

Gonodontis * hypochraria Dyar, Psyche VIII, 415, 1899 (description of early
stages) (nec hypochraria H.-S.).

Upper surface yellowish gray, varying in intensity, but rarely as dark as
the palest hypochraria, and usually much paler; general pattern of the upper
side similar to hypochraria ; subterminal shade of yellowish brown spots
usually present across all four wings. Fringes concolorous with terminal
area, rarely darker at ends of veins, as shown in the male illustrated. Under
side pale gray with a flecking of yellowish scales ; dark transverse lines
entirely missing or indicated only by a few brown or purple scales scattered
along a paler band where the yellow flecking is interrupted; size and wing
form similar to hypochraria.

Male Genitalia. — Similar to those of hypochraria except in the structure
of the furca, which has much shorter pointed processes at the tip of each
branch, and a distinct tuft of fine hairs at each tip, more prominent on the
left branch than on the right one. There seems to be great variation in the
length of the left branch of the furca, which is sometimes longer than in
any hypochraria examined, and in other specimens no longer than the right
branch. In this latter case, the male genitalia of this species strongly re-
semble those of homuraria, but the moths are so unlike in appearance that
there is little danger of confusing them.

Female Genitalia. — Quite similar to those of hypochraria.

Sept., 1943]

Rupert: Metarranthis

151

Egg. — Similar to that of hypochraria, and similarly attached.

Larva, first stage. — Similar to that of hypochraria, but with the first
white band equal in width to each of the others. The head and prolegs tend
to be whiter than in hypochraria, or in franclemonti.

Mature Larva. — About 1A inches long, varying in color from pale straw
yellow through rusty red to light molasses brown, sometimes with an elabo-
rate pattern of markings on the upper side, or with a single dark stripe, or
Avith no obvious pattern whatever. A great variety of colors and patterns
sometimes occurs in the same lot of larvae, but I have rarely seen any as dark
as the ordinary hypochraria larva. The pattern of the under side seems
quite constant, its most prominent feature being five distinct, unbroken,
longitudinal dark stripes, the two outer ones close together and of quite uni-
form width and intensity, the middle one wider and less uniform. I have
successfully reared several lots of larvae on wild cherry. Dyar reported that
they would eat persimmon, sassafras, and apple, but that they refused oak.

Broweri has consistently been mixed with hypochraria in col-
lections, but it is very distinct not only in appearance, larva, and
structure of male genitalia, but even in habits. In localities in
western New York where both species are common, broweri ap-
pears regularly on the wing ten days or two weeks earlier than
hypochraria. When I have kept pupae of both species over win-
ter under identical conditions, the earliest hypochraria to emerge
has always been later than the last broweri. For some time after
I had become aware of the distinctness of the two species I had
suspected the pile species of being refract aria Gn., but an ex-
amination of Guenee’s type convinced me that that type is just
what it has been reported, a pale and rubbed hypochraria.

Holotype.— y, Richmond Gulf, Sardinia, N. Y., May 29, 1938
(L. R. Rupert). In U. S. N. M. collection (ex Rupert coll.).

Allotype. — J, Horseheads, N. Y., June 5, 1939 (L. R. Rupert).
In U. S. N. M. collection (ex Rupert coll.).

Paratypes. — 9 yy, Sardinia, N. Y. ; 37 yy, 28 55? Horseheads,
N. Y. ; 37 yy, 10 55? Ithaca, N. Y. ; 2 55? Newtown Battlefield State
Park, Chemung Co., N. Y. ; 7 55? McLean Res., Tompkins Co.,
N. Y. ; 1 y, 1 5, Rock City, N. Y. ; 1 y, Crosby, N. Y. ; 1 5, Black
Brook, N. Y. ; 1 y, 2 55? Lear Mt., N. Y. ; 1 y, Mansfield, Pa. ;
1 5? New Brighton, Pa.; 1 y, East New York, L. I. ; 1 5? Plain-
field, N. J. ; 2 yy, Orange Mts., N. J. ; 1 y, 1 5? Passadumkeag,
Me. ; 1 y, Jefferson, Me. ; 2 55? Augusta, Me. ; 1 5? Crystal Bog,

152

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

Me. ; 1 J, Chelsea, Ottawa Co., Quebec. Dates of field specimens
range from May to early July; part of the Horseheads series are
bred specimens in April. These 151 paratypes are variously dis-
tributed in the U. S. N. M., Cornell University, Brower, Buch-
holz, Franclemont, and Rupert collections.

This species is named in honor of Dr. A. E. Brower whose
cooperation and assistance in supplying material for examination
have been of great value in the preparation of this article.

I desire at this time also to express my appreciation of the
assistance given by others, not previously mentioned, who have
helped in this work, particularly Dr. W. T. M. Forbes of Cornell
University, Mr. Otto Buchholz of Roselle Park, N. J., Dr. J. H.
McDunnough of the Canadian National Museum, Mr. A. K.
Wyatt of Chicago, 111., and Mr. Paul Bruggemann of Furness,
Sas’k.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF METARRANTEIS

1. Postmedial line preceded by a distinct dark shade on upper side 2

Postmedial line not preceded by distinct dark shade on upper side 9

2. Postmedial line sharply angulate at vein M2 of fore wings 3

Postmedial line bluntly angulate, at or just below vein M2 of fore wing,

or with a slight outward curvature at this position only 5

Postmedial line not angulate (may be almost straight or curved through-
out its entire length) |||. 7

3. Under side of wings smooth bright orange red with brown and purple

lines and a scattering of dark brown or blackish scales.

homuraria Grt.

Under side not red; or, if red, only flecked or streaked with rusty scales
on a paler background 4

4. Postmedial line distinct on under side, brown and/or purple.

hypochraria H.-S.

Postmedial line of under side absent or very obscure; entire moth pale.

broweri new species

5. Under side of wings smooth bright orange red, with brown and purple

lines and a scattering of dark brown or blackish scales.

lateritiaria Gn.

Under side not red; or, if red, only flecked with rusty scales on a paler
background 6

6. Upper surface light grayish brown, with contrasting darker pattern.

warneri Harv.

Upper surface smoky brown, with less contrasting pattern.

warneri race cappsaria new race

Sept., 1943]

Rupert: Metarranthis

153

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.
9.

Under side of wings bright uniform red, dark brown and purple trans-
verse lines pilosaria Pack.

Under side not red; or, if red, only flecked with rusty scales on a paler

background . 8

Upper side pale yellowish gray; fringes darker, at least at the base;

postmedial line almost straight apiciaria Pack.

Upper surface somewhat darker; fringes not contrasting; postmedial

line strongly curved duaria race septentrionaria B. & McD.

Median area of all wings about the same color as rest of wings 10

Median area distinctly paler than rest of wings 11

Postmedial line uniform in width on all wings, complete, continuous,

reddish, slightly angulate on all wings franclemonti new species

Postmedial line broader near, but not at, inner margins of all wings,
and/or incomplete, and/or broken at the veins, smoothly curved,

grayish brown duaria Gn.

Postmedial line straight, median area more or less bright orange yellow,

basal and terminal areas of fore wings dark brown obfirmaria Hbn.

Postmedial line curved or somewhat angulate 12

Both upper and lower surfaces of wings coarsely flecked with darker

scales, giving the wings a speckled appearance angularia B. & McD.

Wings very finely flecked with darker scales, having a smoother, powdery
appearance franclemonti new species (an occasional specimen)

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF METARRANTHIS, BASED ON
MALE GENITALIA

Both branches of furca ending in a single sharp, slightly hairy point 2

Both branches of furca tipped with more than one pointed process 3

Furca symmetrical franclemonti new species

Left branch of furca much longer than right branch; both branches

sinuate apiciaria Pack.

Uncus distinctly spatulate, rather short 4

Uncus longer, and of more nearly uniform width 8

Furca with little or no hair at tips lateritiaria Gn.

Furca with considerable hair at the tips 5

Left branch of furca strongly recurved at tip pilosaria Pack.

Left branch of furca only slightly curved at tip, or quite straight 6

Furca symmetrical homuraria Grt. (very rarely broweri new species)

Left branch of furca longer than right 7

Pointed processes long, with scattered hair hypochraria H.-S.

Pointed processes short, with hair usually in a distinct tuft, at least at

tip of left branch broweri new species

Left branch of furca with distinct hair tuft; right branch with some

hair angularia B. & McD.

Both branches of furca without hair at tip 9

Both branches with many pointed processes both at the tips and along
the edges below duaria Gn.

154

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

Pointed processes at the tips only 10

10. Two very sharp slender pointed processes, close together, at tip of each

branch warneri Harv.

Two shorter, stouter pointed processes, somewhat separated, at each tip,
and often with a trace of other still shorter, blunter ones.

ohfirmaria Hbn.

Plate YII

Figure 1.
Figure 2.
Figure 3.
Figure 4.
Figure 5.
Figure 6.
Figure 7.
Figure 8.

Metarranthis ohfirmaria Hbn., male genitalia; la, detail of left
furca tip; lb, detail of right furca tip; lc, sedoeagus.

Metarranthis warneri Harv., male genitalia; 2a, detail of left
furca tip ; 2b, detail of right furca tip.

Metarranthis duaria Gn., male genitalia; 3a, detail of left furca
tip ; 3b, detail of right furca tip.

Metarranthis anguldria B. & McD., male genitalia; 4a, detail of
left furca tip ; 4b, detail of right furca tip.

Metarranthis franclemonti new species, male genitalia; 5a, detail
of left furca tip ; 5b, detail of right furca tip.

Metarranthis apiciaria Pack., male genitalia; 6a, detail of left
furca tip ; 6b, detail of right furca tip.

Metarranthis lateritiaria Gn., male genitalia; 7a, detail of left
furca tip (two drawings) ; 7b, detail of right furca tip.

Metarranthis homuraria Grt., male genitalia; 8a, detail of left
furca tip ; 8b, detail of right furca tip.

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. LI

(Plate YII)

156

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. Li

Figure 1.

Figure 2.

Figure 3.

Figure 4.
Figure 5.
Figure 6.
Figure 7.
Figure 8.
Figure 9.
Figure 10.
Figure 11.
Figure 12.
Figure 13.
Figure 14.

Plate VIII

Metarrantliis pilosaria Pack., male genitalia; la, detail of left
furca tip; lb, detail of right furca tip.

Metarranthis liypochraria H.-S., male genitalia; 2a, 2b, details
of left furca tips; 2c, 2d, details of right furca tips.
Metarranthis broweri new species, male genitalia; 3a, 3b, details
of left furca tips; 3c, 3d, details of right furca tips.
Metarranthis obfirmaria Hbn., female genitalia.

Metarranthis warneri Harv., female genitalia.

Metarranthis duaria Gn., female genitalia.

Metarranthis angularia B. & McD., female genitalia.
Metarranthis franclemonti new species, female genitalia.
Metarranthis apiciaria Pack., female genitalia.

Metarranthis pilosaria Pack., female genitalia.

Metarranthis lateritiaria Gn., female genitalia.

Metarranthis homuraria Grt., female genitalia.

Metarranthis liypochraria H.-S., female genitalia.

Metarranthis broweri new species, female genitalia.

(Plate VIII)

(Jour. N. Y. Ent.

Soc.), Vol. LI

158

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. Li

Figure 1.
Figure 2.
Figure 3.
Figure 4.
Figure 5.

Figure 6.
Figure 7.
Figure 8.
Figure 9.
Figure 10.
Figure 11.
Figure 12.
Figure 13.
Figure 14.
Figure 15.
Figure 16.

Figure 17.

Plate IX

Metarranthis hypochraria H.-S., 2 (Horseheads, N. Y.).
Metarranthis homur aria Grt., $ (Richmond, Va.).

Metarranthis apiciaria Pack., $ (Elmwood, R. I.).

Metarranthis warneri Harv., 2 (Augusta, Me.).

Metarranthis warneri race cappsaria new race, $ Holotype (Ben-
lah, Man.).

Metarranthis broweri new species. Larvae (Augusta, Me.).
Metarranthis broweri new species, $ (Horseheads, N. Y.).
Metarranthis broweri new species, 2 (Horseheads, N. Y.).
Metarranthis franclemonti new species, $ (Horseheads, N. Y.).
Metarranthis franclemonti new species, 2 (Horseheads, N. Y.).
Metarranthis angular ia B. & McD., $ (Ithaca, N. Y.).
Metarranthis obfirmaria Hbn., $ (Horseheads, N. Y.).
Metarranthis lateritiarid Gn., 2 (Kittery Point, Me.).
Metarranthis pilosaria Pack., $ (Lakehurst, N. J.).
Metarranthis duaria Gn., $ (Horseheads, N. Y.).

Metarranthis duaria race septentrionaria B. & McD., 2 (Aylmer,
Que.).

Metarranthis franclemonti new species. Larvae (Horseheads,

N. Y.).

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. LI

(Plate IX)

160

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

BOOK NOTICE

The Carnivorous Plants. By Francis Ernest Lloyd. 1942,
Waltham, Mass., the Chronica Botanica Company; New
York City, G. E. Stechert and Co. 10 J x 7 inches, xvi + 352
p. frontis., 11 figs., 38 pis. $6.00.

This impressive book, embracing the results of many years’
work by a recognized authority, should be of interest to entomolo-
gists as it is the first comprehensive monograph on the subject
that has appeared since Charles Darwin ’s ‘ ■ Insectivorous Plants ’ ’
of 1875. In fifteen chapters Professor Lloyd summarizes the
history and present knowledge of insectivorous plants of which
there are approximately 450 species in fifteen genera.

The treatment includes the geographical distribution of species
and genera, habitats, general characters, morphology, anatomy
and histology of certain plant parts, digestion and absorption of
the prey and references to the literature. In addition the insect
associates of certain carnivorous plants are mentioned at some
length.

It is the trapping mechanisms that are of absorbing interest
and the author, beginning with the pitfalls or passive traps of the
pitcher plants, leads up to the active, complex and extraordinarily
perfect trap of Utricularia, which he compares to an “elaborate,
automatic, self-setting ” mouse trap, including a disposal plant,
which works in any position and at the same time under water.

Of extreme interest, are other devices such as viscid secretions,
special glands, sensitive hairs and tentacles, waxy secretions, and
the trapping loops, swelling ring cells and sticky discs of certain
carnivorous fungi whereby eel worms, Amoeba, etc., are captured.
Professor Lloyd not only describes in detail these special organs
for the capture and digestion of animal prey but also the plants
as a whole, giving one an accurate and well balanced account of
their variety and behavior. In our entomological texts, insec-
tivorous plants get scanty attention in spite of the fact that this
particular type of relationship between plants and insects is of
extraordinary interest. I am glad to recommend this book to
the attention of entomologists. It is a fascinating, scientific
monograph with numerous, excellent, and mostly original illus-
trations. It deserves a place in every entomologist’s library. —
H. B. Weiss.

Sept., 1943]

Brown: Papilionul®

161

NOTES ON MEXICAN BUTTERFLIES, I,
PAPILIONIDiE

By F. Martin Brown
Colorado Springs, Colorado

In recent years three collections of Mexican butterflies have
come into my hands. These are specimens collected by the Second
and Third Hoogstraal Expeditions in 1939 and 1940 and those
collected by R. W. L. Potts in 1941. These collections supplement
each other rather nicely. Potts’ material was collected earlier
in the year than Hoogstraal ’s, the former in April and May,
the latter in June, July and August. Both parties collected
down the main highway from Texas to Mexico City crossing
country that until recently has been almost tierra incognita so far
as its fauna is concerned. Potts collected the hot lowlands of
both coasts and across the highlands on a line from Yera Cruz to
Acapulco. Hoogstraal concentrated in the state of Michoacan
and the western slopes. Neither penetrated the tropical low-
lands in Southern Mexico.

Because the areas visited are those in which we might expect
to find a residuum of the early North American Fauna forced
southward by the Pleistocene period they are of particular inter-
est to zoo-geographers. This is the only valid reason I have for
presenting the data concerning these collections. Accurate data
it not available in the literature for much material from the re-
gions visited. The two collections contain 23 species of Papilio.
I am using the numbers assigned the species in Hoffman’s list
and giving references to three works only, Godman & Salvin (2)
(G. & S.), Rothschild & Jordan (3) (R. & J.) and Jordan in
Seitz’ (4) (J.). All three contain citations of the original de-
scription, etc.

Geographic Data

Acapulco, Guerrero, 16° 50' N., 99° 55' W., 100 ft.—

“It was still awfully dry here. (May). It’s normally dry
country but it blooms quite a bit when the rainy season does hit.

162

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

September is supposed to be the best month in Acapulco for
flowers . . . probably for insects, too. ” Potts.

Apatzingan, Michoacan, 19° 10' N., 102° 20' W., 1050 ft. —

“Nowhere is there a humid tropical jungle, but along the Rio
Tepalcatepec, at the spring of La Majada, around the swamps
of Hda. California, and often bordering permanent and semi-
permanent streams, the tropical deciduous forest is well devel-
oped. Leguminous and other thorn-studded trees from the more
arid semi-desert are always present in these forests. . . . The
deciduous forests away from the river are more arid in general
aspect . . . tall fig trees (Ficus) are usually dominant. . . .
Just north of Apatzingan ... is a semi-desert with very widely
scattered trees. ...” Hoogstraal.

Arroyo del Calabezas, San Luis Potosi, ? 250 ft. —

“Slightly more open country, somewhat drier (than El Banito,
q. v.), with fields of grass dotted with acacias sparingly scattered
through the “jungle” part of the region. ... A single swing
would have netted literaly hundreds of yellows, mostly eubule.”
Potts.

Arroyo de Meca, Tamaulipas, ca. 24° N., 99J° W., 1320 ft. —
“Cultivated slope, tall, undisturbed thorn bush on one side of
road and along stream which was fairly large. Clayey, moist,
butterflies at mud along stream.” Potts. Between Villagran
and Victoria.

Chilpanzingo, Guerrero, ca. 17° 30' N., 99° 30' W., 1500 ft. ??

“dry country. . . . Thorn bush etc. but fairly decent culti-
vated ground . . . apparently at least more rain than to the
south. ’ ’ Potts.

El Banito, Valle, San Luis Potosi, 22° 00' N., 99° 00' W., 100-
150 ft.—

“Tall tree jungle, plenty of underbrush and grass around the
edges, lots of moisture, and plenty hot ! Collected down a road,
deep mud, and along a small stream, and again found lots of
butterflies on the stonework underneath a bridge.” Potts.

Sept., 1943]

Brown: Papilionid^e

163

El Pujal, San Luis Potosi ? 100 ft. —

“El Pujal and El Banito are about ten miles apart. . . . The
weather was very hot and sticky. The grass and trees were taller ;
fewer thorny plants than at Jacala, more leafy plants; dense,
thick jungle with much undergrowth.” Hoogstraal.

El Sabino, nr. Uruapan, Michoacan, ca. 19J° N., 102° W., ?

I have no information about this station. F.M.B.

El Sol, nr. Tamazunchale, San Luis Potosi, 21° 20' N., 98° 40' W.,
400 ft.—

“El Sol is really just a tourist camp and a banana plantation
on the highway at a small stream. It is in the midst of a heavy,
thick jungle country, with several awfully muddy trails leading
off to nearby Indian villages. It is a couple of miles north of
Tamazunchale. Where an edge of the banana plantation came
down to the stream was very good collecting, as was the open
ground near the filling station where they were doing a lot of
cement work. Cement water seemed to have a great attraction
for everything but the Morphos and a very few others.” Potts.

Fortin, Yera Cruz, ? 1600 ft. —

“Collected (V.3) a field grown rank from a year or two without
cultivation beside a little stream. Next morning (Y.4) collected
at the bottom of the barranca just north of town (Moctezuma
Bridge). . . . This is the center of the gardenia and orchid
country, lots of trees, jungle and yet plenty of cultivated land
as well.” Potts.

Galeana, Nuevo Leon, 24° 50' N., 100° 05' W., 6500 ft.—

‘ ‘ Dry arroyo, most of the collecting in the shade under the trees
lining the stream bed, and under the bridge. The ’flies were
startlingly thick on the stones and could frequently be picked off
with tweezers. Tall and heavy brush, thick, tall grass along the
roadside.” Potts.

Hcla. Yista Hermosa, Yilla Hermosa, Nuevo Leon, 25° 30' N.,
100° 21' W., 1500 ft.—

Hoogstraal ’s collections were made in a variety of habitats at
this station ranging from open dry fields to damp ravines. Some

164

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

of the material was taken in the shady gorge near Horsetail Falls
and in the nearby thicket. The party collected up to 3000 ft.
along the trail to Las Adjuntas.

Iguala, Guerrero, 18° 20' N., 99° 35' W., 2100-2500 ft.—

“Dry hillside, apparently partly under cultivation in good
years, or perhaps at another season, scattered thorn bush. Hot. ’ *
Potts.

Jacala, Hidalgo, 21° 00' N., 99° 15' W., 5200 ft.—

‘ 4 The vegetation is all low and dry, except in the ravines where
most of the butterflies were taken. The Jiyccenidce were caught
at the edge of the open meadow. . . . The season was extremely
dry, much more than usual.” Hoogstraal.

Linares, Nuevo Leon, 24° 50' N., 99° 15' W., ?

I have seen no notes on this station. F.M.B.

Monterrey, Nuevo Leon, 25° 40' N., 100° 20' W., 1800 ft. —

Potts’ description is for his station 4.5 miles north of the city.
“ ‘Bushy-vine’ roadside, small acacias. Hot. It had rained the
day before but it was already as dry as a bone. Very few flowers.
Flat country, and apparently under cultivation a long time. ’ ’

Ojo d’Agua, Vera Cruz, ca. 19° N., 97° W., 1600 ft. —

“This is undisturbed jungle along the sides of the hills that
frame the Atoyac Valley. On the plains it has been intensively
cultivated since before the 16th century. This spot is about 3 mi.
from the Hda. Potrero Viejo. Collected the trail through about
a mile of jungle, banana plantation and along a small stream at
the edge of a cultivated field. The ‘eye’ by the way is the birth-
place of the Atoyac River, 30 or 40 yards across and 10 or 15
feet deep.” Potts.

Potrero Nuevo, Vera Cruz, ?

See Ojo d’Agua, which description applies equally well to this
station.

Rio Blanco, Vera Cruz, ? 2200 ft. —

“Actually a couple of miles short of the crossing of the river
by the Vera Cruz highway. An isolated patch of jungle, perhaps

Sept., 1943]

Brown* : Papilionid^e

165

100 acres or so surrounded by cane fields for the most part. It is
an exceedingly fertile orchid hunting ground, penetrated only
with a machete in parts. A stream along one edge. In spite of
the isolation appears to have everything that is found in the
region in abundance. ’ ’ Potts.

Sabinas Hidalgo, Nuevo Leon, 26° 30' N., 100° 10' W., 960 ft.—
Collections were made up to 1500 feet. The country is semi-
arid with shrub-bordered streams.

Santiago, Nuevo Leon, 25° 30' N., 100° 10' W., ?

I have no notes on this station. F.M.B.

Tancitaro, Michoacan, 19° 10' N., 102° 20' W., 6000 ft. —

‘‘Suffice it to say here that this flora and fauna is almost
wholly temperate (Nearctic) in aspect . . . pine-oak forest.”
Hoogstraal.

Tule, Oaxaca, ca. 16° 45' N, 96° 30' W., 5000 ft.—

Near Mitla.

Victoria, Tamaulipas, 23° 45' N., 99° 10" W., ?

I have no data for this station. F.M.B.

Villagran, Tamaulipas, 24° 30' N., 99° 30' W., 1160 ft. —

“Collected in two arroyos, one fairly dry, the other with a
pretty good stream. Still acacias, but a great deal more moisture
here (than around Monterrey), grassy and fairly heavily under-
brushed. Ground moist. Cultivated country nearby, but streams
seem pretty well undisturbed. Big trees along the stream, and
sort of meadowy along one side. More flowers, but butterflies not
particularly attractive.” Potts.

Papilioninae

3. P. montezuma Westwood.

G. & S. ii, p. 197.

R. & J. p. 444.

J. p. 13, pi. la.

El Banito, Valle, San Luis Potosi, 100-150 ft., 1 J1 vii.19.
39 ; 1 cf 2 2$ vi.26.40 (H.H.) ; 1 c? 1 2 iv.30.41 (R.P.) .

166

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

El Sol, Tamazunchale, San Luis Potosi, 400 ft., 1 c? iv.
31.41, 9 JV? 8 ?? v.28.29.41 (R.P.).

El Pnjal, San Luis Potosi, 100 ft., 1 $ vii.17.39 (H.H.).

Apatzingan, Michoacan, 1050 ft., 2 J'J' 1 2 viii.2.40
(H.H.).

El Sabino, Uruapan, Michoacan, 1 2 vii. 15-30. 35 (H. D.
Thomas).

The material from the three eastern stations in San Luis
Potosi is distinctly smaller than that from the western slope in
Michoacan. The length of the left forewings measured from the
center of the thorax to the apex for these two groups is presented
in Table 1.

TABLE I

Males

Females

No.

Mean

Maxi-

mum

Mini-

mum

No.

Mean

Maxi-

mum

Mini-

mum

mm.

mm.

mm.

mm.

mm.

mm.

Eastern

13

37.3

41

33

12

36.5

40

31

Western

2

45.0

45

45

2

42.0

44

40

There are other differences between these two series. The tails
of the eastern specimens tend to be longer than those of the west-
ern specimens, this is especially noticeable in the females. In this
sex the tails are almost obliterated. The red spots of the western
specimens are larger than those on the eastern specimens. In
the case of the El Sabino 2 they are very large and almost coalesce.

The condition of the eastern material ranges from practicady
fresh to badly battered in Potts’ series. Those of HoogstraaPs
are slightly worn. It looks as though a fresh brood emerges at
the end of May. The western material is relatively fresh indi-
cating a brood emerging at the end of July. The differences noted
above may be brood differences or range differences. R. & J. (p.
445) suggest that the differences pointed out are related to north
and south range, with the more boldly marked, short tailed speci-
mens coming from the south. Michoacan is south of San Luis
Potosi but I feel that east slope and west slope ranges may be a
little more important to zoo-geography.

Sept., 1943]

Brown: Papilionidje

167

9. P. areas mylotes Bates.

G. & S. ii, p. 198, pi. 65, f. 9, 9a.

R. & J. p. 504.

J. p. 19, pi. 5d.

Ojo d’Agua, Yera Cruz, 1600 ft., 1 ? v.12.41 (R.P.).

Of this station Potts says, “This is undisturbed jungle along
the sides of the hills that frame the Atoyac Valley.” This is
about as far north as the species flies. Salle took it at Cordoba,
Y. C. (G. & S. p. 199), not far distant from Potts’ station. Hoff-
man (p. 649) reports its Mexican range as “Tierras caliente y
templado-calida del Sur y Oriente del pais.” — Tropics and sub-
tropics of the South and Bast. —

10. P. philenor Linnaeus.

G. & S. ii, p. 204.

R.&J. p. 510.

J. p. 20, pi. 6a.

Horsetail Falls, Hda. Vista Hermosa, Villa Santiago,
Nuevo Leon, 1500 ft., 5 1 2 vi.16-20.40 (H.H.).

Sabinas Hidalgo, Nuevo Leon, 960 ft., 1 2 vi.18.39
(H.H.).

35 km. W. of Linares, Nuevo Leon, 1 $ viii.7.39 (H.H.).

Galeana, Nuevo Leon, 6500 ft., 26 vii.29-viii.l.39

(H.H.).

nr. Villagran, Tamaulipas, 1160 ft., 1^1} iv.28.41
(R.P.).

El Sol, Tamazunchale, San Luis Potosi, 400 ft., 1 2
iv.30.41, 1 1 2 v.28-29.41 (R.P.).

El Banito, Valle, San Luis Potosi, 200 ft., 1 J' vi. 27.40
(H.H.), 1 J1 iv.30.41 (R.P.).

El Pujal, San Luis Potosi, 100 ft., 2 J'J1 1 2 vii. 19-26. 39
(H.H.).

Tancitaro, Michoacan, 6586 ft., 1 vii. 20. 40 (H.H.).

Acapulco, Guerrero, 100 ft., 5 J'J' v.23-25.41 (R.P.).

None of these specimens has the tail reduced. They are the
same “race” as is found in the eastern part of North America.
Among some North American lepidopterists there has developed
the idea that Mexican philenor are short-tailed and should be

168

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

designated ‘ ‘ race ’ ’ acauda Oberthiir. (McDunnough lists acauda
as a race in Mem. So. Cal. Acad. Sci., I, p. 5, 1938.) “Tailless”
specimens from Mexico are just as rare as from the United States.
There are two areas in Mexico where the tailless form is common :
the Tres Marias Islands off the west coast of Nayarit where the
form is designated philenor orsua Godman & Salvin; and in
Yucatan where I have taken it only at Uxmal and at Valladolid
where Gaumer took the type of corbis Godman & Salvin. If orsua
is worth raising to subspecific status so is corbis. The Yuca-
tecan populations are unmixed. Whether Oberthiir ’s name
should be used for this population or not is debatable. His type
specimen is without locality data, thus it might be one of this
pure populaton of “tailless” philenor from Yucatan or it may
be one of the rare aberrant specimens found among the tailed
populations. Its range is separated from that of the North
American form by the humid lowlands. It occurs in the arid
eastern part of the peninsula of Yucatan.

In general the northern specimens listed above are larger than
those from the southern localities. The northern and west coast
specimens are much greener than the specimens from San Luis
Potosi, which are truly blue. Almost 50 per cent of the males
have a well defined series of submarginal spots on the forewings.

On the basis of conditions I should say that in Nuevo Leon there
is a brood that emerges late in July, in San Luis Potosi fresh
material flies at the end of April and two months later in June.
The Acapulco material from the middle of May is fresh as is the
mid- July specimens from Tancitaro. The Villagran specimens
are worn indicating a brood in early April. There is probably a
brood between this one and the late July brood indicated by the
Nuevo Leon specimen.

11. P. polydamas polydamas Linnaeus.

G. & S. ii, p. 200, pi. 65, f. 14.

R. & J. p. 520.

J. p. 20, pi. 6b.

Arroyo del Calebezas, San Luis Potosi, 250 ft., 1 J1 iv.
30.41 (E.P.).

El Sol, Tamazunchale, San Luis Potosi, 400 ft., 1 J1
v.29.41 (R.P.).

Sept., 1943]

Brown: Papilionid^

169

Fortin, Vera Cruz, 1600 ft., 1 J1 v.3.41 (R.P.).

El Sabino, nr. Uruapan, Michoacan, 2 jy1 2 22 Vii.15—
30. 36 (H. D. Thomas).

Apatzingan, Michoacan, 1200 ft., 1 J1 viii.5.40 (H.H.).

There is nothing remarkable about these specimens except that
the series is so short. The Arroyo del Calebezas specimen does
bear unusually large, silvery dashes on the forward end of the red,
snbmarginal spots on the underside of the hindwing in spaces
Rs-Mi, M2-M3 and M3-M4.

The El Sabino specimens are rather battered and the J* from
Apatzingan is very fresh. From this I deduce that there is a
brood emerging in the first days of August in Michoacan. The
east coast material is in better condition and I am led to believe
that it belongs to a brood that emerges around the end of April
and beginning of May.

12. P. eracon Godman & Salvin.

G. & S. ii, p. 728, pi. iii, ff. 11, 12.

R. & J. p. 528.

J. p. 21, pi. 6c.

Apatzingan, Michoacan, 1050 ft., 1 J1 viii.2.40 (H.H.).

Apparently this is a rather rare species in collections. This
specimen is fresh. The species is found only in southwestern
Mexico, Guerrero, Colima and Michoacan (Hoffman, p. 649). It
was described from a single male from Colima in the Staudinger
collection. R. & J. knew of only 2 J'.J' at Tring, from ‘ ‘ Guerrero 7 ’
and 4 ££ 1 J at the British Museum without definite locality
labels.

16. P. ajax ajax Linnaeus.

G. & S. ii, p. 242 (as polyxenes Fab.).

R. & J. p. 540 (as polyxenes asterius Cramer).

J. p. 23 (as polyxenes asterius Cramer).

Ojo d’Agua, Sabinas Hidalgo, Nuevo Leon, 1000 ft., 1 J1
vi.14.40 (H.H.)

Galeana, Nuevo Leon, 6500 ft., 3 1 2 vii.30-viii.l.39

(H.H.).

Monterrey, Nuevo Leon, 1800 ft., 1 J iv.27.41 (R.P.).

170

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. LI

Jacala, Hidalgo, 5200 ft., 1 $ vi.24.39 (H.H.).

Fortin, Vera Cruz, 1600 ft., 2 J'J1 vi.4.41 (R.P.).

El Sabino, nr. Uruapan, 1 g vii. 15-30.36 (H. D.

Thomas).

This is a very variable species in Mexico. I wish that I had
several hundred specimens from many more localities than I have.
However, all are referable to the race ajax. Repeated erroneous
references to Mexican and North American specimens to the
race americus Kollar are made. The race americus is restricted
to the mountains of northwestern South America. Between its
range and that of ajax lies the range of race stabilis R. & J.
Occasionally specimens that approach americus are met with in
Mexico and North America blit these cannot be called americus.
If these aberrant specimens must bear a special name they may
be called ab. pseudo-americus.

All three names for male varieties of this race accepted by
R. & J. (p. 546) are present in this small series, in fact the three
males from Galeana each represent a different form.

TABLE II

Occurrence of Male Forms in This Series

$ f. asterius

$ f. curvifuseia

$ f. ampliata

Galeana

1

1

1

Ojo d’Agua

J acala

1

1

Fortin

1

1

El Sabino

1

The material from Fortin and from El Sabino is fresh indi-
cating broods emerging in early May and late July respectively.

20. P. thoas autocles Rothschild & Jordan.

G. & S. ii, p. 223, pi. 69, f. 4 (as thoas).

R. & J. p. 577.

J. p. 24.

El Banito, Valle, San Luis Potosi, 200 ft., 1 $ 1 5 vi.27-
29.40 (H.H.).

El Sol. Tamaznnchale, San Luis Potosi, 400 ft., 1 J1
v.29.41 (R.P.).

El Pnjal, San Luis Potosi, 100 ft., 1 J1 vii. 20. 39 (H.H.).

Sept., 1943]

Brown: Papilionid^e

171

I was surprised to find only four specimens of this species in
the mixed thoas-cresphontes series of 28 specimens. The basis
for the separations was the male genitalia, the only valid method
I know of for certainly separating these two species. Three of
the specimens show much reduced submarginal spots continuing
beyond M2. The El Sol male lacks these. This specimen also
lacks the yellow margined crescent on the hindwing and has none
on the forewing. The El Banito female has a cell spot as large as
those usually found on neacles R. & J. from western Ecuador.
These two races, autocles & neacles, are very poorly differentiated.

21. P. cresphontes Cramer.

G. & S. ii, p. 223 (as thoas).

R. & J. p. 562.

J. p. 24, pi. 7a.

Sabinas Hidalgo, Nuevo Leon, 960 ft., 15 J'J' vi.16.39
(H.H.).

Hda. Vista Hermosa, Villa Santiago, Nuevo Leon, 1500
ft., 1 1 2 vi.17-18.40 (H.H.).

Jacala, Hidalgo, 4500 ft., 1 § vi.29.39 (H.H.).

Arroyo de Meco, Tamaulipas, 1320 ft., 4 J'J' iv.28.41
(R.P.).

El Pujal, San Luis Potosi, 100 ft., 1 vii.21.39 (H.H.).

El Banito, San Luis Potosi, 200 ft., 1 £ vi.26.40 (H.H.).
Arroyo del Calabezas, San Luis Potosi, 250 ft., 1 <§
iv.30.41 (R.P.).

Rio Blanco, Vera Cruz, 2200 ft., 1 $ v.16.41 (R.P.).

The condition of the specimens would indicate fresh material
on the wing in the last week of April and the same week of July
in San Luis Potosi and late May in Nuevo Leon.

22. P. ornythion Boisduval.

G. & S. ii, p. 227, pi. 69, f. 7, 8.

R. & J. p. 573.

J. p. 25, pi. 7b.

Sabinas Hidalgo, Nuevo Leon, 960 ft., 23 J'J' v.16.39
(H.H.).

35 km. W. of Linares, Nuevo Leon, 1 J' viii.7.39 (H.H.).
Galeana, Nuevo Leon, 6500 ft., 1 J' vi.15.39 (H.H.).

172

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. Li

The condition of these specimens indicates that the brood
emerged about the middle of May. The Galeana male is duller
than the others and the broad yellow submarginal band on the
underside of the hindwings is narrower than usual and more
or less broken into larger spots by rows of dark scales along the
veins. It is interesting to note the increase in our knowledge of
this species since G. & S. They doubted that the species hailed
from Mexico ; R. & J. gave Yucatan and W. Mexico as the range.
Hoffman (p. 650) extended the range north to Jalisco in the west,
through the Central Mesa and north to Tamaulipas on the east
coast. G. & S. did not see a specimen and R. & J. reported only a
pair at Tring !

23. P. lycophron pallas Gray.

G. & S. ii, p. 225, pi. 69, f. 5, 6.

R. & J. p. 574.

J. p. 25.

Victoria, Tamaulipas, 1 vi.26.35 (H. A. Freeman).

Arroyo del Calabezas, San Luis Potosi, 250 ft., 4 J'J'
iv.30.41 (R.P.).

El Bahito, San Luis Potosi, 200 ft., 1 <£ vi. 26.40 (H.H.).

Rio Blanco, Vera Cruz, 2200 ft., 2 v.10.41 (R.P.).

Apatzingan, Michoacan, 1200 ft., 1 viii.5.40 (H.H.).

The Apatzingan specimen extends the west coast range of this
species. Hoffman (p. 650) notes its occurrence in northern
Chiapas on the west, Oaxaca in the Central Mesa and as far
north as southern Tamaulipas on the Gulf. The Victoria and
Rio Blanco specimens are worn, all others are fresh.

26. P. daunus Boisduval.

G. & S. ii, p. 240, pi. 72, f. 9.

R. & J. p. 589.

J. p. 26, pi. 9c.

Hda. Vista Hermosa, Villa Santiago, Nuevo Leon, 1500
ft., 2 J'J' vi. 21.40 (H.H.).

Tancitaro, Michoacan, 6600 ft., 1 , J* 2 vii.20-viii. 12.40

(H.H.).

The Nuevo Leon specimens are similar to those that fly in
Colorado. The Michoacan specimens are gigantic (radius of

Sept., 1943]

Brown: Papilionid^e

173

forewing: g 68 mm., J 71 mm.), and very dark in color. The
“yellow” ground color of these west coast specimens is like that
of glaucus f . australis Maynard or rutulus f . ammoni Behrens. I
agree with R. & J. (p. 590) that these forms do not need varietal
names, at least until their cause is known.

28. P. alexiares garcia Rothschild & Jordan.

G. & S. ii, p. 241, pi. 72, f. 6, 7 (P. alexiares).

R. & J. p. 592.

J. p. 27, pi. 9b.

Hda. Vista Hermosa, Villa Santiago, Nuevo Leon, 1500
ft., 3 vi.17-21.40 (H.H.).

This species is so close to glaucus that it may easily be confused
with that species by U. S. collectors touring Mexico. The under-
side of the hindwings bear large burnt orange splashes between
the cell and the dark marginal band toward the anal angle. My
specimens are fresh.

29. P. pilumnus Boisduval.

G. & S. ii, p. 241, pi. 72, f. 10.

R. & J. p. 593.

J. p. 27, pi. 9c.

Victoria, Tamaulipas, 2 ^ vi.10.35 (H. A. Freeman).
Hda. Vista Hermosa, Villa Santiago, Nuevo Leon, 1500
ft., 4 JV? vi.17-21.40 (H.H.).

Galeana, Nuevo Leon, 6500 ft., 3 J'J viii.1.39 (H.H.).

35 km. W. of Linares, Nuevo Leon, 1 viii.7.39 (H.H.).

All these specimens are reasonably fresh.

30. P. palamedes leontis Rothschild & Jordan.

R. & J. p. 599.

J. p. 27, pi. 8c.

Hda. Vista Hermosa, Villa Santiago, Nuevo Leon, 1500
ft., 8 cfc? 1 ? vi. 16-21. 40 (H.H.).

Villa Santiago, Nuevo Leon, 1500 ft., 1 viii.8.39

(H.H.).

35 km. W. of Linares, Nuevo Leon, 1 J' viii.7.39 (H.H.).

With exception of the Villa Santiago specimen and one of the
Hda. Vista Hermosa males these compare very favorably with the

174

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

original description of the race. The Villa Santiago specimen
has large spots composing the inner of the two submarginal rows
on the forewing — 3 to 4 times as large as the outer row. The
other specimen noted has orange-yellow rather than lemon-yellow
spots.

31. P. pharnaces Doubleday.

G. & S. ii, p. 231, 730 (pi. 70, f. 10 as poly char mus) .

R. & J. p. 605.

J. p. 28, pi. 10c.

Jacala, Hidalgo, 4500 ft., 2 3 5? vi.25-vii.8.39

(H.H.).

These specimens extend the range of the species considerably
to the north of the limit on the east coast noted by Hoffman,
Southern Puebla (p. 651). The tail is prominent on each of my
specimens. I should say that the material had been flying about
ten days when these specimens were caught. The females are in
much better condition than the males.

34. P. anchisiades idaeus Pabricius.

G. & S. p. 230, pi. 70, f. 6, 7, 11 (as pandion).

R. & J. p. 607.

J. p. 28.

Arroyo del Calabezas, San Luis Potosi, 250 ft., 1 $
iv.30.41 (R.P.).

Fortin, Vera Cruz, 1600 ft., 1 J v.4.41 (R.P.).

Victoria, Tamaulipas, 2 vi.25-26.35 (H. A. Free-

man).

The two northern specimens have lost the last vestige of the
whitish transverse band on the forewings. It is obsolete on the
southern male and reduced on the female. I believe that Felder ’s
name (Reise Novara, Lep. p. 79. 1865) pandion is available for
the specimens lacking the light sub-apical area if necessary.
Potts’ material is fresh, Freeman’s slightly flight- worn.

38. P. garamas Huebner.

G. & S. ii, p. 238 (as asclepius).

R. & J. p. 645.

J. p. 33.

Sept., 1943]

Brown: Papilionid^

175

Tancitaro, Michoacan, 6600 ft., 4 J'J1 vii.20-30.40
(H.H.).

R. & J. record three subspecies from Mexico ; abderus Hopffer
from the east coast, garamas Huebner from the central valleys
and baroni R. & J. from the west slope. These four specimens
vary from typical garamas to baroni , thus I am led to agree with
Hoffman (p. 652) that baroni had best be retained only as a
minor variation of garamas. Hoffman considers that abderus is
a separate full species. Two of my specimens are fresh, one
typical garamas the other typical baroni, the other two are
battered.

39. P. phaon Boisduval.

G. & S. ii, p. 211.

R. & J. p. 661.

J. p. 36.

El Bafiito, Valle, San Luis Potosi, 400 ft., 1 J vii.22.39
(H.H.) ; 2 iv.30.41 (R.P.).

El Sol, Tamazunchale, San Luis Potosi, 400 ft., 7 <$<£
1 ? v.29.41 (R.P.).

Arroyo del Calabezas, San Luis Potosi, 250 ft., 1 J1
10.31.41 (R.P.).

Galeana, Nuevo Leon, 6500 ft., 1 iv.29.41 (R.P.).

Of these twelve specimens eleven, all except the female from
El Sol, are f. eridamus Reakirt, the exception is f. pharax G. & S.
The Galeana specimen taken by Potts extends the range of species
far to the north of that recognized by Hoffman, — Vera Cruz (p.
652).

40. P. branchus Doubleday.

G. & S. ii, 207.

R. & J. p. 676.

J. p. 38, pi. 14b.

nr. Potrero Nuevo, Vera Cruz, 1500 ft., 1 J* v.5.41
(R.P.).

42. P. thymbraeus aconophos Gray.

G. & S. ii, p. 206.

R. & J. p. 678.

176

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. li

TABLE III

Z.t

3

9

10

11

12

16

20

21

22

23

East slope

Sabinas Hidalgo, N. L

Te

*

*

*

Monterrey, N. L

Te

*

Hda. Yista Hermosa, N. L

Te

*

*

Galeana, N. L

Te

*

*

*

Villagran, Tam

ST

*

Arroyo de Meca, Tam

ST

*

Victoria, Tam

ST

*

El Pujal, S. L. P

Tr

*

*

*

*

El Banito, S. L. P

Tr

*

*

*

*

*

Arroyo del Calabezas, S. L. P

Tr

*

*

*

El Sol, S. L. P

Tr

*

*

*

*

Fortin, Y. C

Tr

*

*

Ojo d’Agua, V. C

Tr

*

*

Rio Blanco, Y. C

Tr

*

*

Jacala, Hid

ST

*

*

West slope

Tancitaro, Mich

Te

*

El Sabino, Mich

Tr

*

*

*

Apatzingan, Mich

Tr

*

*

*

*

Iguala, Guer

Tr

Acapulco, Guer

Tr

*

t Te. Temperate.
ST. Sub-tropical.
Tr. Tropical.

J. p. 38.

N. of Iguala, Guerrero, 2100 ft., 1 v.22.41 (R.P.).

El Sabino, Uruapan, Michoacan, 1 J1 vii.15-30.35 (H.
D. Thomas).

Both specimens are typical of the subspecies. Both are
battered.

44. P. philolaus Boisduval.

G. & S. ii, p. 220.

R. & J. p. 693.

J. p. 39, pi. 14d.

Arroyo del Calabezas, San Luis Potosi, 250 ft., 9 J'.J'
iv.30.41 (R.P.).

El Banito, Valles, San Luis Potosi, 150 ft., 8 J'J' iv.30.41
(R.P.) ; 1 J1 7 22 vi. 26-29.40 (H.H.).

Rio Blanco, Vera Cruz, 2200 ft., 3 J'J' v.10.41 (R.P.).

Sept., 1943]

Brown: Papilionid^e

177

TABLE III — ( Continued )

Two of the El Banito females are f. niger Eimer. The condi-
tion of the material indicates that there is a late April brood and
another in early July in San Luis Potosi. I have seen this
species so abundant in Yucatan in April that over a hundred
specimens might be trapped with a net at one time on a mud
puddle.

45. P‘. epidaus epidaus Doubleday.

G. & S. ii, p. 221, pi. 68, f. 15.

R. & J. p. 698.

J. p. 40, pi. 15c.

Rio Blanco, Vera Cruz, 2200 ft., 2 v.10.41 (R.P.).

Arroyo del Calabezas, San Luis Potosi, 1 J' iv.30.41
(R. P.).

Jacala, Hidalgo, 4500 ft., 2 1 J vi.24— vii.2.39 (H.H.).

Tule, Oaxaca, 5000 ft., 1 J1 v.18.41 (R.P.).

45a. P. epidaus fenochionis Godman & Salvin.
G. & S. ii, p. 222, pi. 68, f. 13, 14.

176

Journal New York Entomological Society

^“pical-

N. of Iguala, Guerrero, 2100 ft., 1 v.22.41 (E.P.).

El Sabino, Uruapan, Michoaean, 1 y vii.15-30.35 (H.
D. Thomas).

Two of the El Banito females are f. niger Eimer. The condi-
tion of the material indicates that there is a late April brood and
another in early July in San Luis Potosi. I have seen this
species so abundant in Yucatan in April that over a hundred
specimens might be trapped with a net at one time on a mud
puddle.

Both specimens are typical of the subspecies. Both are
battered.

44. P. philolaus Boisduval.

G. & S. ii, p. 220.

E. & J. p. 693.

J. p. 39, pi. 14d.

Arroyo del Calabezas, San Luis Potosi, 250 ft., 9 $$
iv.30.41 (E.P.).

El Banito, Valles, San Luis Potosi, 150 ft., 8 jy iv.30.41
(E.P.) ; 1 (? 7 $$ vi.26-29.40 (H.H.).

Eio Blanco, Vera Cruz, 2200 ft., 3 v.10.41 (E.P.).

45. P'. epidaus epidaus Doubleday.

G. & S. ii, p. 221, pi. 68, f. 15.

E. & J. p. 698.

J. p. 40, pi. 15c.

Eio Blanco, Vera Cruz, 2200 ft., 2 v.10.41 (E.P.).

Arroyo del Calabezas, San Luis Potosi, 1 iv.30.41

(R.P.).

Jacala, Hidalgo, 4500 ft., 2 yy* 1 J vi.2A-vii.2.39 (H.H.).
Tule, Oaxaca, 5000 ft., 1 y v.18.41 (E.P.).

45a. P. epidaus fenochionis Godman & Salvin.

G. & S. ii, p. 222, pi. 68, f . 13, 14.

178

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

R. & J. p. 700.

J. p. 40.

Apatzingan, Michoacan, 1200 ft., 1 5 viii.2.40 (H.H.).

El Sabino, nr. Uruapan, Michoacan, 1 J vii. 15-30.35
(H. D. Thomas).

46. P. agesilaus fortis Rothschild & Jordan.

G. & S. ii, p. 219 ( neosilaus in part).

R. & J. p. 704.

J. p. 40.

Chilpanzingo, Guerrero, ? ,1 $ v.26.41 (R.P.).

This specimen is intermediate to race neosilaus Hopffer.

47. P. protesilaus penthesilaus Felder.

G. & S. ii, p. 214, pi. 68, f. 7.

R. & J. p. 714.

J. p. 41.

El Sol, Tamazunchale, San Lnis Potosi, 400 ft., 1 <$.
v.29.41 (R.P.).

A beautiful fresh specimen.

Baroniinae

52. Baronia brevicornis Salvin.

G. & S. ii, p. 730, pi. Ill, f. 15-18.

J. p. 45, pi. 17c.

Acahuato, Michoacan, 3000 ft., 1 £ viii.2.40 (H.H.).

Collected at flowers along the trail on the edge of the plateau
above Apatzingan.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

1. Hoffmann, C. C., Anales del Institute) de Biologia, 12: 639-739. 1940.

2. Godman, F. D., and Osbert Salvin, Biologia Centrali-americana : In-

secta; Lepid.-Rhop., Yol. 1, 2, 3. 1887-1901.

3. Rothschild, W., and Karl Jordon, Novitates Zoologica, 13: 411-745.

1906.

4. Jordon, Karl in Seitz’ Macrolepidoptera of the Earth, 5: 11-45. 1907-

OS. (Eng. Ed.).

Sept., 1943]

Severest : Gynandromorph

179

A STUDY OF A GYNANDROMORPH OF MELANO-
PLUS MEXICANUS MEXICANUS (SAUSS.)

(ORTHOPTERA)1

By H. C. Severin

South Dakota State College, Brookings, South Dakota

Gynandromorphs have been reported as occurring quite fre-
quently in some orders of insects, while in other orders this con-
dition has not been reported at all or only occasionally. The
scarcity of reports of gynandromorphs in some orders may, how-
ever, be due to the fact that sexual differences in these orders are
not striking and, therefore, the gynandromorphs, if they occur,
are not readily detected, or it may be due to the fact that the
members of these orders are less frequently collected and less
critically studied.

The order, Lepidoptera, has furnished about 1000 cases of
gynandromorphs, or more than any other order of insects or
other group of animals. Since Drosophila melanogaster Meig.
has been so extensively used in genetical studies and since untold
thousands of these flies (hybrids and non-hybrids) have been
minutely examined in these studies, it is not surprising to find
that more gynandromorphs have been found in this species of
animal than in any other. T. H. Morgan (4) in discussing the
frequency of occurrence of gynandromorphs in Drosophila
melanogaster Meig. stated that the observed ratio was 1 gynan-
dromorph in 2200 flies, but it should be remembered that this
ratio is based largely upon data gathered from hybrid flies.
Folsom (3) writes that Speyer estimated that in Lepidoptera
only one individual in thirty thousand is hermaphroditic.

Dr. H. Hagen in 1861 (1) reviewed the literature dealing with
insect gynandromorphs and while he makes no claim that his
investigations cover the field completely, he listed 119 reported
cases of gynandromorphs. He added, however, that some of
these reported cases were not true gynandromorphs, but de-

1 Approved for publication by the Director of the South Dakota Agricul-
tural Experiment Station as Journal Series No. 175.

180

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. LI

formed individuals. Of the 119 cases listed, 99 were Lepidop-
tera, 15 were Hymenoptera, 3 were Coleoptera, 1 was a Dipteran
and 1 an Orthopteran. The Orthopteran listed was a specimen
of Acridium dispar Bris = ( Chrysochraon dispar Germ) reported
in 1848 by Brisant de Barnville.

In 1889 Ph. Berthau (2) published a paper in which he stated
that there were 225 known cases of hermaphroditic insects. These
were grouped as follows : 255 Lepidoptera, 51 Hymnoptera, 9
Coleoptera, 8 Diptera, and 2 Orthoptera.

In October 1941 L. C. Paul (5) published a paper in the
Canadian Entomologist in which he described and excellently
figured a gynandromorphic specimen of Camnula pellucida Scud-
der. While gynandromorphism is now recognized as not being
as rare as it was once believed to occur, we still do not know its
frequency of occurrence in various groups of animals that were
produced in the out-of-doors, free from the control of man.

SECONDARY SEXUAL DIFFERENCES BETWEEN MALE AND
FEMALE SPECIMENS OF MELANOPLUS M.
MEXICANUS (SAUSS.)

The characters that are ordinarily used to distinguish male
from female specimens of Melanoplus m. mexicanus (Sauss.) are
those of the external genitalia and the abdominal segments and
structures associated with the genitalia. There are other char-
acters, however, that are limited to one or the other sex. These
characters may be briefly described as follows :

A. Lateral carinae of fastigium prominent in males, less so in

females. Pastigial depression deeper in males than in
females. Interocular space narrower in males than in fe-
males. Antennae longer in males than in females.

B. Space between mesosternal lobes into which a tongue of the

metasternum dovetails, wider in females than in males.
Space between metasternal lobes into which a tongue of
the first abdominal sternum dovetails wider in females
than in males.

C. Tubercle on mesosternum prominent in males; absent in

females.

D. First and second pair of legs : In the male, the femora and

tibiae are considerably heavier than they are in the female.

Sept., 1943]

Severin: Gynandromorph

181

The distal segment of the tarsus is heavier and longer in
the male than it is in the female. The tarsal claws
(ungues) and the arolia are heavier and larger in the male
than they are in the female.

E. Third pair of legs: The most evident differences between the
third pair of legs of the male and female are to be, found
in the last tarsal segment, the tarsal claws and the arolium.
These differences are like those already described for the
first and second pair of legs.

DESCRIPTION OF GYNANDROMORPH SPECIMEN OF M. M.

MEXICANUS (SAUSS.)

The specimen was collected by the writer near Miller, in Hand
County, South Dakota, August 13, 1939.

The gynandromorph is typically male in structure in the dorsal
half of the body and in the left half of the ventral half of the
body. In the ventral right half of the body the gynandromorph
is typically female in structure except for a few details that will
be pointed out hereafter.

The head characters, with the exception of the antennae (see
paragraph A. under Secondary Sexual Differences) are typically
male. The left antenna is like that of a male, while the right
antenna is shorter, like that of a female.

The space between the mesosternal lobes (see paragraph B) is
typically like that of the female on its right portion and like that
of the male on its left. The same is true of the space between
the metasternal lobes. In other words these spaces are not
bilaterally symmetrical.

The tubercle (see paragraph C) is only found on the right side
of the mesosternum and is reduced in size. It is absent on the
left side.

The three legs of the left side of the body are typically male in
structure, while those of the right side of the body are typically
female (see paragraphs D and E).

The dorsal half of the abdomen is typically male in structure,
including all of the terga, the supra-anal plate, the paraprocts,
the fur cula and the cerci. The ventral half of the left side of
the abdomen is also typically male, including the sterna and the

182

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. LI

subgenital plate. The ventral half of the right side of the abdo-
men is typically female except for certain characters at the pos-
terior end. Only one valve of an ovipositor is present and that
happens to be the lower right valve. Posterior and dorsal to this
valve are two sclerites which appear to be a distorted half of a
ninth male sternum and a distorted half of a male subgenital
plate. Other distortions present in the abdominal sterna can be
readily seen by studying Figure 3.

The specimen was not dissected to study the gonads, ducts,
glands, etc.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Hagen, H. 1861. Insekten Zwitter. Entomologische Zeitung. Herous-

gegeben von dem Entomologische Yereine Zu Stettin. Stettin, pp.
259-286.

2. Berthau, Ph. 1889. Beschreibung eines Zwitter von Gastropache

quercus nebst allgemeinen Bemerkungen und einem Yerzeichniss
der beschriebenen Arthropoden Zwitter. Archiv. for Naturge-
schichte. Erster Band, Berlin, Germany.

3. Folsom, J. W. and Wardle, R. A. 1934. Entomology with Special

Reference to Its Ecological Aspects. 4th Revised Ed. Blakistons
Son’s & Co., Phila., Pa. pp. 151-153.

4. Morgan, T. H. and Bridges, C. B. 1919. The Origin of Gynandro-

morphs. Carnegie Institution of Washington. Pub. No. 278, pp.
1-122.

5. Paul, L. C. 1941. Intersexuality in Camnula pellucida Scudder (Or-

thoptera). Can. Ent., pp. 195-196.

Plate X

Gynandromorph of Melanoplus m. mexicanus (Sauss.)

1. Dorsal view of posterior part of abdomen; 2. lateral aspect of right
side of posterior part of abdomen; 3. ventral view of posterior part of abdo-
men: c, cercus; f, furcula; p, pallium; rv, right ventral valve of ovipositor;
sa, supra-anal plate ; sg, subgenital plate ; ixs, ninth abdominal sternum ; xt,
tenth tergum.

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. LI

(Plate X)

Sept., 1943]

Davis: Cicadas

185

TWO WAYS OF SONG COMMUNICATION AMONG
OUR NORTH AMERICAN CICADAS

By Wm. T. Davis

Staten Island, N. Y.

It has been stated that all our North American male cicadas
can sing, and that they, as well as the females, possess a well-
developed auditory apparatus, which is reduced in size in the
female. The sound-producing organs of the males in most of
the genera, are highly complicated mechanisms, while in other
genera the insects click their wings and thus attract one another
after the manner of some Orthoptera. This has been more or
less a matter of observation for a considerable number of years,
but additional interesting evidence can now be offered.

Platypedia areolata was described as Cicada areolata by P. R.
Uhler in Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia, 1861, p. 285, and it is there stated that: 4 ‘the
drums and sonory apparatus are merely rudimental. Length
21 millims, Alar expanse 50 millims. Found east of Fort Colville
in Washington Territory. This species is very remarkable from
the abortive appearance of the drums, and it is highly probable
that the species is without a note. In the specimens noticed and
captured, no note was observed to be produced. ’ ’

Cicada putnami Uhler, was described in Bull. U. S. Geological
and Geographical Survey of the Territories, 1877, p. 455, from
specimens collected near Clear Creek, Colorado, July 2, 1872, by
J. Duncan Putnam, who, at the meeting of the Davenport Acad-
emy of Natural Sciences of January 31, 1879, stated that it oc-
curred in considerable numbers on some small aspen trees grow-
ing close to the water. He added : ‘ ‘ The male makes a very faint
chirp, differing • entirely from any other cicada I have ever
heard.”

In Entomologica Americana, vol. IV, p. 23, 1888, P. R. Uhler
described the Genus Platypedia, with areolata as type, and men-
tioned putnami and minor (p. 88) as other members of the new
genus. “Sonorous valves of the male rudimentary inconspicu-
ous,” is given as one of the characters of the genus.

186

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

Since 1888 a considerable number of cicadas belonging to the
genus Flatypedia and the related genus Neoplatypedia, have been
described from the western portion of the United States and from
Mexico. Some of the named forms may ultimately be considered
geographic races or color forms. During the past 35 years or
more, the writer has accumulated a considerable collection of
Platypedia, and many of the collectors, who kindly sent the
specimens, have noted the clicking sounds produced when the in-
sects were active. It may be of value to refer to some of these
observations by way of arousing an interest in a matter that
should receive further attention.

On June 16, 1913, Prof. C. H. Kennedy, collected five Platy-
pedia areolata, which he wrote were taken on alder sumach and
balsam trees along Logy Creek, Yakima County, Washington.
“Their call is not like the 17-year form, nor like the eastern har-
vest flies, but consists of just a few clicks. Until I stumbled onto
one clicking it had not occurred to*me that they were cicadas.”
In his “Preliminary Review of the West Coast Cicadidae,”
Journal, N. Y. Ent. Soc., March, 1915, Mr. E. P. Van Duzee
refers to Platypedia vanduzeei Davis, identified by him at the
time as P. minor Uhler, as follows : ‘ ‘ This distinct little species
seems to be confined to the southern portion of the state (Cali-
fornia), where it is very abundant at times. It is found on grassy
hillsides from the last of March to about the first of July, where
it may generally be found resting on the stems of the sage brush.
It has a short peeping note which is difficult to locate. ’ ’

On June 15, 1918, Mr. Warren Knaus collected two male and
five female Platypedia mohavensis Davis, 4 miles S.E. of Santa
Fe, N. M., on the old Santa Fe Trail, 7,000 feet, on scrub pine
and cedar. He stated that they : ‘ ‘ did not attempt to fly, except
an occasional short flight; did not sing, but made a snap, snap,
snap, snap, snap noise.”

Dr. Frank E. Lutz collected on June 13, 1919, thirteen males
and nine females of Platypedia putnami at Starkville, Colorado,
about 6,800 feet, and noted that their song was a : “clicking sound ;
about eight clicks, rapid at first but slowing. ’ ’

Dr. B. B. Fulton wrote concerning Platypedia areolata Uhler,
collected by him at Ashland, Oregon, June 11, 1922, that it:

Sept., 1943]

Davis: Cicadas

187

“makes a very insignificant sound, a faint ticking sound repeated
6 or 7 times, and sounds very much like snapping the thumb nails
one off the other. They were in the dense brush of Manzanita,
etc., and very hard to get close to.”

Mr. Douglas K. Duncan, writing of Platypedia putnami var.
lutea Davis, that he collected along Horton Creek, 22 m. north of
Payson, Arizona, 6,000 feet, June, 1927, stated that: “they did
not sing but made a funny clicking noise, not very loud, but with
thousands, there was a very noticeable noise. ’ ’ They were mostly
taken on cedar trees although in the hot part of the day they
appeared to be on most anything and hard to take. As the sun
dropped and the chill of night came on, they came down and
were in numbers on the small cedar trees or brush, sometimes five
or six on a single tree clinging to the main trunk. They could
then be picked off of the trunk, and if missed they would merely
drop to the ground and make no attempt to fly.

Professor Sherman C. Bishop, writing of Platypedia moha-
vensis Davis, collected 5 m. west of Ojo Caliente, N. M., June 21,
1930, stated that the little fellows: “make a ticking sound — tick-
tick-tick-tick, that can be closely imitated by tapping a dime on
a nickel.”

Mr. Alonzo C. Davis collected Platypedia laticapitata Davis, at
Pasadena, Calif., June 22, 1930, and Platypedia vanduzeei at
San Juan Capistrano, Calif., June 4, 1930, and stated: “The
Platypedia I found very wary. They sound exactly like some one
winding a watch.”

Dr. Raymond H. B earner, who has kindly sent many cicadas
for examination, wrote of the Platypedia putnami found along
Poudre River, 35 miles from Fort Collins, Colorado, in June, 1931,
that he found many nests freshly made in green twigs. Mating
pairs were seen. Females predominated five or six to one. Sang
from five-thirty A.M. to eight P.M. in all kinds of trees about
camp. “ Song is even in pitch — just clicking sound. Both sexes
easily taken with fingers by approaching limb slowly.” Later
putnami was taken on sagebrush-covered hillside instead of by
the river.

Mr. R. T. Kellogg sent 9 males and 22 females of Platypedia
putnami , taken at Indian Creek, north end of Animas Mountains,

188

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

N. M., June 5, 1935, Alt. 6,000 feet. They were feeding on
Mountain Mahogany, Oak and other canon vegetation. The only
sound he could detect : ‘ ‘ was a faint click-click. ’ ’

Mr. Franklin T. Scott, collected 8 males and 2 females of
Platypedia scotti Davis, at Kaweah, Tulare County, Calif., May
25, 1937, and wrote that they were hard to catch as they were in
thick brush and made only : “a small clicking sound. ’ ’

Dr. John W. Sugden on July 2, 1931, wrote concerning Platy-
pedia mohavensis, collected at Mt. Carmel, Utah, June 5, 1931,
that they were in large numbers, and that: “Both sexes would
make a clicking sound by flicking the wings. ’ ’

In his interestng observations on “Characteristics of Certain
Western Cicadas, Journal, N. Y. Ent. Soc., June 1940, Dr.
Sugden again states that both sexes of Platypedia mohavensis
make : “ a clicking sound by flicking the wings, and because of the
large number, the sound resembled a shower of hail or shot
dropped on wrapping paper. These insects were not singing.’’
On page 125, he also records that: “Both Platypedia putnami
lutea and Neoplatypedia constricta were collected in South Wil-
low Creek Canyon, Tooele County, Utah. On May 24, 1931, only
the former had emerged, and the next month (June 14, 1931)
both were present. The songs were similar, not loud, and : ‘ ‘ both
sexes of both species were making the wing-clicking sounds. ’ ’

On June 27, 1919, Dr. F. E. Lutz collected 15 males and 22
females of N eoplatypedia constricta at Bondad, Colorado, and
noted at the time that the song was a zip, zip, zip, continued for
a long time. (Journal, N. Y. Ent. Soc., June, 1920, p, 124,
and March, 1921, p. 55.)

In the March, 1943, number of the Journal N. Y. Entomolog-
ical Society, Dr. Kan-Fan Chen, in writing of Chinese Cicadas,
adds: “In the more primitive genera Platypedia and Neoplaty-
pedia of the Nearctic Region, the tympanum is absent, the mete-
pimeron is not prolonged posteriorly to form the operculum, the
abdomen is attenuated and the genital plate of the male is
lengthened. ”

It will be noted from the foregoing that Uhler in 1861, thought
it probable from the rudimentary character of the drums, that his

Sept., 1943]

Davis: Cicadas

189

Cicada areolata, placed by him in 1888 in his genus Platypedia,
was unable to sing.

Over the years we have evidence that both the males and
females of the Genera Platypedia and Neoplatypedia flit or
crackle their wings, and several of the observers cited above defi-
nitely state that they do not sing in the same way as do other
cicadas, but that their method of communicating one with the
other, resembles that of many species of Orthoptera, and some
insects of other orders.

In: “ Insect Singers — A Natural History of the Cicadas/’
p. 79, Dr. J. G. Myers states, that the sound-organs usual in
cicadas are confined to the males, but that in Melampsalta
cingulata of New Zealand, and M. strepitans : ‘‘there is a wing-
clicking produced by both sexes and additional to the males ’ song.
It results from a rapid lateral movement of the wings from the
roof-like resting position to one at an acute angle with the body ;
but the movement is so quick that one cannot be sure whether the
noise is produced by friction between tegmina and hind-wings
on each side or between one or both pairs and the body. If the
latter, then the development of the stridulating areas on the
mesonotum of the Tettigadime is only a further step in the same
direction.” On page 213 Dr. Myers continues: “We have seen
that Melampsalta cingulata and M. strepitans females are able to
make a wing-clicking sound like that of the males, while the
members of the sub-family Tettigadinas possess a special acces-
sory stridulating organ common to both sexes. There is some evi-
dence that the male is attracted by the female’s wing-clicking in
the two above New Zealand species.”

In the eastern United States it is not an uncommon observation
to note the uneasy flutter of the wings when any of our cicadas
approach each other, often while singing, as on a limb for
instance, and among western species the habit appears to be even
more pronounced.

On January 9, 1936, Dr. R. H. Beamer wrote of the Clidoplileps
taken in California the previous summer, when what was later
described as Clidoplileps beameri Davis, was found on Cuyama
Ranch along the river of that name. The party collected
several species of Clidoplileps, and referring to their experience

190

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. lt

with one of them, Dr. Beamer stated that it had what they took
to be two songs. ‘ ‘ For a long time it had us fooled into thinking
there were two species. They start with a clicking, and then run
into a rattle or whir, which is made by the drumming of the
wings.” His son Jack was able to observe this, until he was
satisfied that the apparently two songs were made by the same
individual.

In Clidophleps the sound-organs are well developed and they
can sing after the manner of most of our male cicadas, but the
presence of tymbals in Clidophleps need not preclude the wing-
clicking habit, for we have seen that in Melampsalta cingulata
there is a wing-clicking produced by both sexes in addition to the
males’ song.

If the end of the abdomen is missing from a Platypedia, it is
not always easy to determine the sex of the specimen. If the
abdomen is cut off at about the third segment, an interior view of
the auditory capsule and accompanying membrane may be had in
both sexes. The capsules, as described and figured by Dr. Myers,
are on either side of the abdomen in both sexes. Both male and
female cicadas can certainly hear, and it is quite an easy matter
to note the effect of the music on the insects. However, additional
observations on their manner of singing is desirable, especially
in the genera Clidophleps and Platypedia.

Sept., 1943]

Malkin: Coccinellid^e

191

A CATALOGUE OF OREGON COCCINELLID^*

By Borys Malkin

The present list contains 78 species and 15 varieties of Coc-
cinellidae from Oregon, a total of 93 forms. It may be considered
as a fairly good representation of Oregon “ladybird” beetles
when compared to other local lists from the coleopterologically
well-explored states. Thus, from New York state1 95 forms are
listed, from Washington 70 and from North Carolina 72.

The arrangement of this catalogue is rather conservative and
practically no attempt has been made to revise any group although
I feel that the position of several species, particularly in the genus
of Scymnus, will be changed and some of these will undoubtedly
be degraded to varietal or even lesser rank. I contend, however,
that such changes prior to any publication of the findings will
result in confusion ; therefore, as inadequate as it may be, Casey’s
arrangement of the genus has been followed.

The following collections have been examined : Oregon State
College in Corvallis which contributed 70 forms, Mr. L. G. Gent-
ner of Medford (24), Mr. and Mrs. Kenneth Fender (62), Mr. J.
Shuh of Corvallis (62), Mr. James Baker (42), Forest Insects
Station in Portland (12), Filbert Agricultural Experiment Sta-
tion in Eugene (6), and that of the author (36). In addition
Mr. F. T. Scott of Visalia, California, has kindly sent me a list
of Coccinellidae records in his collection, totaling 46 forms, and
Mr. L. P. Rockwood a list of 30 species in the collection of the
Agricultural Experiment Station in Forest Grove. I am also
indebted to several friends for many specimens, particularly to
Dr. Lawrence Townsend, a government ichthyologist in Eugene,
to Mr. William Buell, a student at the University of Oregon, and
to Dr. L. L. Jones of the University Zoology Department.

Records followed by: (S) are those of Mr. Scott’s collection,

* This paper was prepared in the Zoological Laboratory of the University
of Oregon, 1942.

1 Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Mem. 101, Aug., 1926. Coleoptera, pp.
203-520. Supplements to the same: Cooper 1935, Malkin 1941, Malkin in
MS.

192

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

by: (FS), from the collections of all Agricultural Stations in
Forest Grove.

The list is considered to some extent as supplementary to the
existing lists of northwestern “ladybird” beetles2,3 and to the
monograph of Washington species which is being prepared by
Dr. M. H. Hatch.

10873. Hyperaspis montanica Csy. Harney Co. (S), Baker
(S). (Dobz. 1941, l.c., p. 17.)

10874. H. lateralis Muls. Baker VI, Baker Pine Creek IV.

10875. H. lateralis wellmani Nun. Albert Lake VIII, Chewa-
cuan River nr. Redmond VII, Summit Prairie, Paulina Lake VII,
Silver Lake VIII, 13 m. e. of Juntura, el. 3000, from Solidago,
Fort Rock VI, Ontario (S).

10883. H. fastidiosa Csy. Harney Co. (S).

10900. H. taeniata Lee. Harnet Co. (S). (Dobz. 1941, l.c.
p. 44.)

10903. H. nevadica Csy. Redmond VII, VIII, Hart Lake
VIII, Umatilla VII.

10905. H. dissoluta Cr. Redmond V, VIII.

10906. H. dissoluta coloradana Csy. (Dobz. 1941, l.c., p. 59.)
The record cited is probably erroneously labeled ; the occurrence
of the species in Oregon is doubtful.

10916. H. postica Lee. Tumalo VIII, Bend VII, VIII, near
Mist VI, Deschutes River nr. Redmond VII, Grizzly Butte VIII,
14 m. e. of Mitchell, McMinnville, Baker Creek, Woods, Diamond
Lake VI.

. H. sp. nr. postica Lee. Scappoose IV, V.

10917. H. nunenmackeri Csy. Chewacuan River nr. Valley
Falls VIII. (Dobz. 1941, l.c., p. 40.)

10918. H. ocidaticauda Csy. (Dobz. 1941, l.c., p. 41.)

10919. H. effeta Csy. (Dobz. 1941, l.c., p. 42.)

10930. H. undidata Say. 14 m. e. of Sisters.

. H. okscura Malkin. Lake of the Woods (type), Dia-
mond Lake.

10934. H. annexa Lee. Davis Ranch.

2 Hatch, M. JI. 1939. ‘‘Preliminary list of Coleoptera of Washington.”
Univ. Wash. Publ. Mimeographed, pp. 23-24.

3 Dobzhansky, Th. 1935. “A list of Coccinellidse of B. C. ” Jour.
N. Y. Ent. Soc., Yol. XLIII, pp. 331-336.

Sept., 1943]

Malkin: Coccinellid,®

193

. H. sp. nr. annexa Lee. Union.

10935. H. revocans Csy. Redmond VII.

. H. oregona Dobz. Harper VII (S), Harney Co. (S).

(Dobz. 1941, l.c., p. 76.)

. H. oregona borealis Dobz. Cornelius IV.

10972. Brachyacantha ursina (Fab.). Redmond VI, Durkee

VI.

10999. Stethorus picipes Csy. Medford IX, Talent I, Eagle
Point X, Bear Springs V, X, Portland VII from Pinus ponderosa.
Malkin.

11013b. Scymnus hcermorrhous laurenticus Csy. Redmond
IV, Lake Malheur VI, Davis Ranch.

11020. 8. marginicollis Mann. Western Oregon, also Wasco

Co., Lake Co., Wallowa Co., Deschutes Co. The most common
representative of the genus in the state.

11044. 8. humboldti Csy. Bear Springs V, Wallowa Lake

VI.

11049. 8. blaisdelli Csy. Ochoco N.F. VI, Bear Springs V,

VI, Blue Mts. (S).

11052. 8. ardelio Horn. 22 m. sw. of St. Helens V, Silver

Lake VIII, Chewacuan River nr. Valley Falls VIII, Goble V,
Valley Falls VIII, Bear Springs V, VI, Ochoco N.F. VI, Baker
Pine Creek VI, Wallowa Lake VI, Camas Valley VI.

11058. 8. weidti Csy. Bear Springs V, Malheur Lake VI.

11067. 8. calaveras Csy. McMinnville V, Nimrod VII.

11060. 8. lacustris Lee. Bear Springs V, VI, McMinnville V,

Baker Creek V, Talent VI, Summit Prairie VII, VIII, 22 m. sw.
of St. Helens V, Mosur V, Summer Lake VI, 5 m. s. of Dufur VI,
Sisters, VI, Milton-Lincoln Mts. VI, VII, Suttle Lake VII,
Deschutes River nr. Redmond VII, Goble IV, Weston VII,
Paulina Lake VII, Corvallis.

11076. S. coniferarum Cr. Diamond Lake VI.

11079. S. nanus Lee. 10 m. s. of Dalles V, Deschutes River
nr. Redmond VII.

11082. 8. americanus Muls. Redmond IV, 20 m. w. of St.

Helens VI.

11083. 8. caurinus Horn. Goble V, Prineville VII, Summit

Prairie VIII, 22 m. w. of St. Helens V, Redmond IV, Weston

194

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

IV, Harper VIII, Valley Falls VIII, Bear Springs, V, Baker
Creek VII, McMinnville X, Camas Valley VI, Portland V, Forest
Grove VI, Eugene VI, Nimrod VII.

11084. 8. nevadensis Ws. Corvallis, Forest Grove V, Camas

Valley VI.

. 8. fenderi Malkin. Camas Valley (type).

11088. 8. phelpsi Cr. Corvallis VII, Vernonia IV, St. Helens

IV, Forest Grove VII (FS), Cave Junction (S), McMinnville
III, V, Portland, Dayton, Devil’s Lake, in Lincoln Co., Bear
Springs, Eugene, Spencer’s Butte, 5 m. s. of Eugene, 900-2000
ft. IV-IX, Springfield V, Marchfield VIII. From Quercus gar-
ryana and Q. calif or nica.

. 8. strenuus Csy. McMinnville, Redmond IV, VI,

VIII, Goble IV, 10 m. w. of Bend, Chewacuan River nr. Valley
Falls VIII, Sand Creek, el. 4700, VII, Weston-Lincoln Mts. VII,
Mosier, V, Scappoose V, Valley Falls VIII, Parkdale V, Forest
Grove IV-V, 27 m. e. of Prineville VII, Summit Prairie VII, 5
m. s. of Dufur VI, Corvallis V.

. 8. sp. nr. subsimilis Csy. Medford VII.

11141. 8cymnillus aterrimus Horn. (Leng, l.c., p. 214.)

11150. P. vigintimaculata borealis Csy. Corvallis III, V,
Scappoose VII, Scio VIII, Parkdale V, Summit Prairie VIII, 20
m. w. of St. Helens VI, Cornelius V, Deschutes River nr. Red-
mond VII, 27 m. e. of Prineville, Weston IV, Vernonia IV, For-
est Grove VI (FS), VII, Medford VII, Rainier IV, Hood River
VI, Baker-Marble Creek V, Samis Valley V, Clackamas VII,
Eugene IV-VIII, X. This form is just an aberration of P.
vigintimaculata. Finns contorta and Picea engelmani.

11150d. Psyllobora vigintimaculata tcedata Lee. Western
Oregon up to 2800 ft. ; also Sherman Co. III-VIII. Often on
Pinus contorta.

11154. Anisostica bitriangularis Say. Corvallis, Portland
VI, Gaston V, Forest Grove V (FS), McMinnville, Scappoose IV,
Grant Co. (S), Baker.

11159. Ceratomagilla vittigera Mann. Generally in Eastern
Oregon on high altitudes. Counties : Jackson, Lake, Union,
Baker, Grant, Malheur and Klamath.

11162. Hippodamia tibialis (Say). Forest Grove IV (FS),

Sept., 1943]

Malkin: Cqccinellkle

195

Corvallis IV, X, Portland V, Santiam N.F., Hillsboro (FS),
Yamhill (FS), Blue Mts. (S), Dayton, McMinnville.

11163. H. parenthesis (Say). Corvallis V, VII, VIII, X,
Blue Mts. (S), Crater Lake VII, Forest Grove VII, Eugene IV, V.

11164. H. lunatomaculata Mots. Counties: Washington,

Yamhill, Benton, Lincoln, Polk, Columbia, Linn, Douglas, Grant,
Baker, Wallowa, Umatilla, Harney, Deschutes. From March to
August.

11164a. H. lunatomaculata apicalis Csy. Generally distrib-
uted throughout the state. From January to August. Taken
by the writer on Mt. Hood at the altitude of 97 00 ft. on snow.

11165a. H. sinuata spuria Lee. Very common throughout the
state all year. Hibernates in great numbers often in company
of H. convergens, sometimes H. sinuata disjunct a and H. sinuata
complex.

19761. H. disjunct a Timb. Redmond IV, Union, Juntura
VII, Prairie City, Chewacuan River nr. Valley Falls VIII, Crater
Lake VI, Eugene VII, Baker. According to Rockwood (in corre-
spondence), this species is common throughout the eastern por-
tion of the state.

11165b. H. disjuncta complex Csy. McMinnville, Amity,
Charleston V, Eugene and Spencer’s Butte up to 2050 ft., IV-V,
IX.

11170. H. oregonensis Cr. Mt. Hood (S), Cloud Cap Inn,
6000-7000.

11173. H. convergens Guer. Generally in all parts of the
state.

11174. H. lecontei Muls. Chewacuan River nr. Redmond V,
Vale VIII, Union, Blue Mts. (S), Newbridge, East of the Cas-
cades (FS), Owahee Dam.

11174a. H. lecontei casei John. Cornucopia, 6000-7200 ft.,
VII, Grant Co., 7700 ft., VII, Wallowa Lake-Aneroid Trail, 6200,
VII, Anthony Lake-Blue Mts., 7100-7850, VIII, Enterprise VI
(FS), Hermiston V (FS), Baker VI (FS), Athena (S).

11174d. H. lecontei uteama Csy. Mt. Hood VIII.

11175. H. quinquesignata Kby. Anthony-Dutchluft Trail,
7100-7850, Blue Mts. VIII, Crater Lake VII, Chewacuan River
nr. Redmond VII.

196

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. Li

11175a. H. quinquesignata puncticollis Csy. Blue Mts. (S).

. H. quinquesignata obliqua Csy. Western part of the

state. Mt. Hood.

11177. H. moesta Lee. Corvallis, Parkdale VII, Sherwood,
Dayton, Portland, “on cut leaf birch” ( Shuh ), “Oregon” (S).

11177a. H. moesta bowdithi John. Wallowa River Canyon,
Wallowa Co. VII, Baker X, Baker Co. (S), La Grande VIII,
Crater Lake VII.

. H. washingtonia Timb. Tollgate Road, Blue Mts. VII

(S), Motte T. R. Station, Blue Mts. (S).

11184a. Coccinella novemnotata degener Csy. Fossil (FS),
La Grande (FS), Ontario (FS), Junction City (FS), Manzanita
(FS).

. C. johnsoni Csy. (Dobz. 1931, l.c., p. 14.)

. C. prolongata Cr. Echo 640 ft., Whitman N.F., Sum-
mer Lake VI, 10 m. w. of Bend VII, Redmond VII.

. C. calif ornica Mann. Very common in the Willamette

River Valley, also Wasco Co. V-X (Dobz. 1931, l.c., p. 13).
Often found in the sea drift. Taken by the writer from Finns
ponderosa.

11185. C. transversoguttata Fald. Generally distributed
throughout the state up to 8000 ft.

11185b. C. transversoguttata nugatoria Muls. (Dobz. 1931,
l.c., p. 17), the only specimen examined was from Dayton.

. C. nivicola monticola Muls. North Powder VI (FS),

Union VI (FS), Baker VI (FS).

. C. nivicola alutacea Csy. Counties : Baker, Malheur,

Union, Lake, Umatilla, Klamath (Odell), Deschutes, Benton,
Crook, Wasco, Jackson, Douglas.

. C. difficilis Cr. Lake of the Woods, Juntura VI,

Ochoco N.F., Mt. Hood VII, el. 9200.

11181. O. trifasciata L. Corvallis IV— VI, XII, Mary’s Peak
VII, Crescent Lake, Blue Mts. (S), Medford, Baker VII, Baker
Pine Creek. This species replaces C. perplexa Muls. This form
and the two following varieties taken by the writer from Pinus
contorta, P. ponderosa, Tsuga heterophylla, Picea engelmani.

11181a. C. trifasciata eugenii Muls. Devil’s Lake (in Lin-
coln Co.) IV, Boyer, McMinnville, Eugene VI, Spencer’s Butte
IV, Springfield V. Also in Dobz. 1931, l.c., p. 25.

Sept., 1943]

Malkin: Coccinellid^

197

11181b. C. trifasciata juliana Muls. “Oregon” (S), Devil’s
Lake (in Lincoln Co.), Corvallis, McMinnville, Eugene VI, Spen-
cer’s Butte IX, Forest Grove VII.

11181c. C. trifasciata subversa Lee. Very common through-
out western part of the state. March to July and October.

. C. sp. ? Diamond Lake VI.

11190a. Cycloneda munda polita Csy. Generally distributed
throughout the western part of the state ; also counties : Sherman,
Deschutes, Union, Baker, up to 3500 ft. From February to
December. On Pinus contorta and Quercus calif or nica.

11192. Olla abdominalis Say. Ashland II.

11193. Adalia bipunctata L. Generally distributed through-
out the state all year.

. A. bipunctata quadrimaculata Scop. Forest Grove IX

(FS).

11194b. A. frigida humeralis Say. Phoenix VII, Hillsboro
IV, Dayton VI, Pine Creek V, 5 m. e. of Dufur, Deschutes River
nr. Redmond VII, Chewacuan River nr. Valley Falls, Corvallis
II, V, Buena Vista VII, Talent III, Springfield X, Eagle Point
IV, Bear Springs, Dayton, South Butte Forest Camp VII, Lake-
view.

— . A. frigida melanopleura Lee. Corvallis IV-V, Forest

Grove (S), Tygh Valley, McMinnville, Clackamas VII, Eugene
VI, from Pinus ponderosa ( Malkin ), Union III, Baker, also Q.
garryana and Q. calif or nica.

11195. A. annectans Cr. Talent, Medford, Corvallis, Bear
Springs, Dayton, Baker Pine Creek, Pleasant Valley, Indepen-
dence VII, Forest Grove V (FS).

11196a. Cleis picta minor Csy. Generally distributed in
western portion of the state. Also Deschutes Co., Umatilla Co.,
Hood River Co., Wasco Co., Baker Co., Klamath Co., Crater Lake
N.P. Collected by Buckhorn (in the collection of Portland For-
est Station) from Pinus ponderosa and by the waiter from Pinus
ponderosa, Picea engelmani and Q. calif or nica. Up to 9800 ft.

11200. Anisocalvia duodecimguttata Gebl. Parkdale VII,
Manzanita Beach VI, in sea drift (S), Devil’s Lake (in Lincoln
Co.), Dayton III, Marchfield V, Trout Camp 6 m. se. of Cascadia,
Baker Pine Creek.

198

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

11201c. Anisocalvia quatuordecimguttata victoriana Csy.
Corvallis V, Trout Lake Camp 6 m. e. of the Cascade Line, Mc-
Minnville, Boyer, Squaw Kiver, Dayton V, Springfield V, Baker
Pine Creek V.

11203. Anatis rhatvoni Lee. Western part of the state up to
9500 ft. Also counties: Wasco, Umatilla, Union, Wallowa,
Baker, Grant, Klamath.

— — . A. ocellata mali Say. Portland IY-V (on cut leaf of
birch, Shuh & Gray), Dayton.

11206. Neomysia subvittata Lee. Vornonia IV, Corvallis V,
Yachats IV, Mary’s Peak VII (PS), Manzanita VI (FS), VII
(FS), Bear Springs VII, McMinnville, Mt. Hood at 9000 ft., Lake
of the Woods, Baker Pine Creek.

11214. Axion plagiatum Oliv. Corvallis V, VII, Alsea, Mc-
Minnville, Baker Pine Creek, Eugene VI, VII.

11217. Chilocorus bivalnerus L. Common throughout the
western part of the state. Also : Klamath Co., Crook Co., and
Wallowa Co. Q. calif ornica.

11220c. Exochomus marginipennis calif brnicus Cr. Wapi-
nitia V, Prineville VII, 10 m. w. of Bend VI, 5 m. w. of Sisters
VI, Corvallis V-VI, Bear Springs, Diamond Lake.

11225. Brumus septentrionis Ws. Counties : Deschutes,
Crook, Baker, Grant, Lake, Klamath, Malheur.

The following 3 species may be found within the state :

10915. Hyperaspis elliptica Csy. Found in Wash, and Calif.
11156. Macroncemia episcopalis (Kby.). Generally distrib-
uted throughout U. S. (Leng, l.c., p. 215).

11158. Ceratomegilla fuscilabris (Muls.). As above.

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERRED TO IN THE LIST

Dobzhansky, Th. 1931. “A revision of the North American genus of
Coccinella. 5 ’ Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. 80, Art. 4, p. 1-32.
Dobzhansky, Th. 1941. “Beetles of the genus Hyperaspis inhabiting the
United States.” Smith. Misc. Coll., Vol. 101, No. 6, pp. 1-94.
Leng, Ch. W. 1920. “ Catalogue of Coleoptera of North America North

of Mexico.” Mt. Vernon, 1920.

Sept., 1943]

Alexander : Crane-flies

199

RECORDS AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEOTROPICAL
CRANE-FLIES (TlPULIDiE, DIPTERA), XVI

By Charles P. Alexander
Amherst, Massachusetts

The preceding part under the above general title was published
in September, 1942 (Journal of the New York Entomological
Society, 50: 251-262). The very interesting species discussed
herewith are all from Ecuador, where they were collected by Mr.
David Laddey in the Provinces of Manabi and Santiago-Zamora
(southern Oriente). I wish to express my deep thanks to Mr.
Laddey for his conscientious collecting of these flies, the types of
which are preserved in my personal collection.

Genus Brachypremna Osten Sacken

Brachypremna quasimodo new species.

Mesonotal praescutum unusually high and gibbous to produce a hump-
backed appearance; mesonotum handsomely patterned with dark brown on
an obscure yellow ground; femora obscure brownish yellow, the tips broadly
and conspicuously blackened } wings brownish yellow, patterned with darker
brown and whitish subhyaline, the latter occurring as a conspicuous sub-
marginal band in the outer medial field; veins Bi + 5) M± and M2 all strongly
decurved at margin; a strong spur of a vein from Bi + 5 jutting into cell B5
at near two-thirds the length.

Male. — Length about 15-16 mm.; wing 19-20 mm.

Frontal prolongation of head unusually deep and conspicuously bulbous,
pale yellow, with a narrow dark line on side ; nasus distinct ; palpi with basal
three segments and proximal end of fourth yellow, the remainder of fourth
black writh the exception of the very restricted orange tip. Antennae with
scape yellow; pedicel and basal two or three flagellar segments white, the
outer segments passing into dark brown. Head buffy yellow, the posterior
vertex with a brown line back from each eye on either side of a slightly
wider median ground line.

Cervical sclerites conspicuously dark brown. Pronotum grayish yellow,
narrowly infuscated above and on sides. Mesonotal praescutum very con-
spicuously gibbous to produce a strong hump-backed appearance; obscure
yellow, conspicuously patterned with dark brown, including two intermediate
stripes that are best-delimited at the cephalic margin and on posterior half
of sclerite, and two transverse brown lines, one near the pseudosutural
foveae, the other closer to the suture, the ends of the two areas more or less

200

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. Li

united on the sides of the sclerite to form a more or less distinct U-shaped
marking; median area of praescutum behind clearer yellow, crossing the
suture and becoming wider on the mid-area of the scutum; scutal lobes con-
spicuously dark brown, somewhat paler toward the wing-root; scutellum and
mediotergite testaceous, with a nearly continuous median brown stripe ;
pleurotergite pale, more or less darkened above and the suture between it and
the mediotergite. Pleura yellow, restrictedly but conspicuously patterned
with dark brown on the various sclerites, including the anepisternum, sterno-
pleurite, pteropleurite and meron. Halteres elongate, stem and apex, of
knob yellow, base of knob dark brown. Legs with coxae testaceous, pat-
terned at and near apex on outer face with black; trochanters yellow; femora
obscure brownish yellow, the tips broadly and conspicuously blackened ;
tibiae dark brown, the extreme bases narrowly whitened; tarsi brown, the
terminal segments paling to obscure yellow. Wings brownish yellow, pat-
terned with darker brown and whitish subhyaline; prearcular and costal
fields more uniformly darkened; wing-apex and cells beyond cord strongly
infuscated ; a conspicuous whitish stripe involving the central portion of
cell B3 and adjoining part of -B2; a conspicuous stripe extending from cell
1st M2 across the bases of cells 2nd M2 and M1 into the subapical portion of
cell -R5; cells M, Cu and 1st A somewhat whitened, interrupted by a continu-
ous brown seam in cell M adjoining vein Cu; cell 2nd A somewhat uniformly
darkened; veins brown. Venation: Compared with the normal venation of
the genus, vein B3 more strongly upcurved at apex and veins Bi+5, Mx and
M2 more strongly decurved; in virtually all specimens, vein Bi+5 at near two-
thirds the length sends a short spur into cell R5.

Abdominal tergites chiefly light brown, the segments with a relatively
narrow subbasal dark brown ring; basal ring of second tergite with a con-
spicuous oblique black dash near lateral margin; sternites brownish yellow,
each with an oval black median dash, these more elongate on the outer seg-
ments; subterminal segments more uniform medium brown; hypopygium
brownish yellow.

Holotype, J1, Mayaico, Rio Nanganitza, Santiago-Zamora, alti-
tude 1000 meters, November 20, 1941 (Laddey). Paratopotypes,
3 <$<$. Paratype, 1 J*, Zumbi, Rio Zamora, Santiago-Zamora,
altitude 700 meters, November 4, 1941 (Laddey).

The name, quasimodo, is from the hero of the same name in
Victor Hugo’s, “ Notre Dame de Paris.” The strongly hunch-
backed condition of the fly is not even approached in the approxi-
mately 15 other regional species so far made known.

Genus Tipula Linnaeus

Tipula (Nephrotomodes) intemperata new species.

Allied to t.emperata ; general coloration brownish gray, the mesonotal prae-
scutum with four darker brownish gray stripes; antennae (male) elongate,

Sept., 1943]

Alexander : Crane-flies

201

bicolored, yellow with the basal enlargements of segments black; wings
heavily patterned with brown; r-m short; male hypopygium with the apical
armature of ninth tergite consisting of elongate black setae; appendage of
ninth sternite a broad flattened spatula, its apex weakly pointed.

Male.— Length about 11 mm.; wing 11 mm.; antenna about 6 mm.

Frontal prolongation of head brown, with abundant black setae; nasus
stout; palpi obscure testaceous yellow. Antennae (male) exceeding one-half
the length of wing; basal three segments yellow; flagellar segments beyond
the first conspicuously bicolored, yellow, with the basal enlargement black;
verticils relatively short. Head brownish gray, the front clearer gray;
orbits with conspicuous black setae.

Pronotum brownish gray. Mesonotal praescutum and scutum dull gray,
the former with four darker brownish gray stripes, the narrow intermediate
pair widely separated by a poorly indicated pale median area; scutum almost
uniformly brown; scutellum and mediotergite abruptly testaceous yellow,
parascutella darker. Yestiture of mesonotal praescutum reduced to numer-
ous microscopic setulae on the interspaces. Pleura and pleurotergite, includ-
ing dorsopleural membrane, testaceous yellow. Ha*lteres weakly infuscated.
Legs with the coxae yellow, very sparsely pruinose; trochanters yellow; re-
mainder of legs yellow, the outer tarsal segments passing into brown. Wings
with basal cells weakly tinged with brown, the outer cells more whitish
hyaline; membrane heavily and conspicuously patterned with dark brown,
including a broad costal darkening that involves the prearcular field, cells
C and Sc, with more than the cephalic half of B, and the outer radial field;
stigma short-oval, even darker brown; narrow but conspicuous dark brown
seams on anterior cord, m-cu , outer end of cell 1st M2 and fork of M1 + Z) the
darkening continued as even narrower seams on the outer medial veins; dark
area on m-cu conspicuous, especially on posterior portion, sending a more or
less distinct seam along the distal section of Cux to the margin; veins yellow,
darker in the clouded areas. Squama with one or two strong setae. Vena-
tion: B1+ 2 preserved; Bs short, angulated and weakly spurred near origin;
basal section of Bi+5 long, r-m correspondingly reduced; cells M± and 2nd A
wide.

Basal abdominal tergites obscure yellow, the lateral margins broadly dark-
ened, the outer segments more uniformly dark brown ; incisures of more basal
tergites narrowly but conspicuously yellow; sternites yellow; subterminal
segments blackened ; hypopygium yellow. Male hypopygium with the tergite
slightly narrowed apically, the caudal margin very shallowly bilobed by a
median emargination ; lobes set with elongate black setae, directed caudad
and slightly mesad; ventral tergal lobe stout. Basistyle with the basal
caudal portion produced dorsad into a conspicuous lobe. Both dististyles
heavily blackened apically, the outer style subacute at apex, with a low black
flange near midlength; inner style with the entire posterior half provided
with abundant long coarse setae. Lobe of ninth sternite spatulate, gently
pointed at apex, the length about one-half greater than the width; surface
with abundant pale setae, longer and more conspicuous at apex. Eighth ster-

202

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. LI

nite relatively short, the caudal border gently convex, with three groups of
elongate setae, the median group more numerous, separated from the lateral
pair by glabrous sublateral spaces.

Holotype, J1, Palmar, Rio Maizito, Manabi, altitude 200 meters,
May 5, 1941 (Laddey).

Tipula ( Nephrotomodes ) intemperata is well-distinguished
from the very numerous regional species of the subgenus by the
structure of the male hypopygium. The nearest ally is the
Mexican T. (N.) temper ata Alexander, which differs in the body-
coloration, stouter antennae of male, details of wing-pattern, and
the details of the hypopygium, as the broader tergal lobes that
are armed with abundant blackened pegs, the dististyles, and the
even broader and more spatulate appendage of the ninth sternite.

Tipula (Nephrotomodes) jivaronis new species.

Allied to parishi ; general coloration of mesonotum reddish brown, the
praescutum and scutum with darker brown interspaces; antennae (male)
elongate, approximately two-thirds the length of body; proximal flagellar
segments bicolored, yellow with small darkened basal swellings; legs yellow,
the outer tarsal segments darkened; wings conspicuously patterned with
dark brown, grayish subhyaline and whitish areas, the darkest color includ-
ing the costal border and outer radial field, with narrower seams on certain
of the veins; the white markings very conspicuous, forming a major area in
the vicinity of the cord and in the outer medial field; J Rs square and spurred
at origin, cell Mx short and broad; abdomen yellow, the basal segments
patterned with dark brown; a conspicuous black subterminal ring; hy-
popygium yellow; male hypopygium with the tergal region produced into a
median lobe that is distinctly furcate at apex, the shallow fork provided with
conspicuous black setae.

Male. — Length about 9 mm.; wing 10 mm.; antenna about 6 mm.

Frontal prolongation of head brown, darker medially at base; nasus appar-
ently lacking; palpi black, the second segment a little paler; terminal seg-
ment broken. Antennae (male) elongate; scape, pedicel and first flagellar
segment pale yellow; succeeding flagellar segments bicolored, yellow, the
small basal enlargements a little darker; on the outer segments the dark
color becomes more and more extensive, the distal two or three segments
uniformly darkened; verticils shorter than the segments. Head brown, the
front and very narrow orbits gray; anterior vertex narrow, only a little
more than twice the diameter of scape, without a vertical tubercle.

Pronotum dark testaceous brown. Mesonotal praescutum and scutum
chiefly reddish brown, the former with indications of darker lines occupying
the usual interspaces, leaving four poorly indicated reddish brown stripes;
scutum darkened, the centers of the lobes similarly reddened; scutellum
brown; mediotergite more yellowish brown, pleurotergite darker. Pleura

Sept., 1943]

Alexander: Crane-flies

203

behind chiefly brownish testaceous, the anterior sclerites clearer yellow.
Halteres with stem pale, knob weakly darkened. Legs with coxae and tro-
chanters yellow; femora, tibiae and basitarsi yellow, the outer tarsal seg-
ments more darkened; claws with a conspicuous tooth. Wings relatively
broad, conspicuously patterned with dark brown, grayish subliyaline, and
whitish areas; the darkest pattern occupies the entire costal border, pre-
arcular field and outer radial field, the first area continued caudad to involve
the cephalic portion of cell B, cell Sc being somewhat more yellowish than
cell C ; conspicuous dark brown seams on cord, outer end of cell 1st M2 and
the veins beyond cord, being largest and most conspicuous along m-cu and
in outer end of cell M ; the grayish areas include almost all of basal half of
wing behind the costal border, as well as marginal and central darkenings
in all outer medial cells; the white areas are unusually conspicuous and
form an almost continuous marking in the outer fourth of cell B, cell Bx
before the stigma, cell 1st Mz, and adjoining portions of cells B5 and all
outer medial cells, as well as a slightly less distinct whitening in cell M just
basad of the dark mark at m-cu; stigma scarcely darker than the remainder
of costa; outer third of cell B3 a little more yellowish; bases of cells M, Cu,
1st A and 2nd A a little brightened; veins brown. Venation: Bs square and
long-spurred at origin; r-m obliterated by fusion of B4+5 with M1 + 2; cell Ml
short and wide; m-cu more than two-thirds the length of Bs, placed before
midlength of M3 + i- cell 2nd A relatively wide.

Abdomen obscure yellow, the tergites conspicuously patterned with dark
brown, especially laterally; sternites less distinctly patterned with brown;
conspicuous subterminal black ring that involves both the tergites and
sternites; hypopygium yellow. Male hypopygium with the tergal region
produced into a relatively narrow median lobe that is distinctly but shallowly
furcate at apex, the outer margin of fork with numerous strong black setae;
ventral tergal appendage entirely pale, strongly compressed, its more slender
dorsal lobe densely provided with pale setae. Dististyles complex; outer
dististyle a flattened pale blade, subrectangular in outline, the outer margin
narrowly bordered by a blackened rim; inner dististyle with the main body
suboval, densely provided with moderately long yellow setae and a few long
black bristles near the beak; rostrum blackened, long and slender, exceeding
twice the length of the irregular blackened subventral lobe that is truncated
at apex. Median appendage of ninth sternite a depressed pale plate that is
densely covered with setae, the appendage slightly widened outwardly and
produced laterad into weak horns; caudal border subtruncate or with a very
shallow median notch. Gonapophyses unusually appressed to the aedeagus,
the small free caudal portion obtuse at apex; penis exceedingly long and
filiform.

Holotype, Zumbi, Rio Zamora, altitude 700 meters, October
30, 1941 ( Laddey ).

Most similar to species such as Tipula ( Nephrotomodes ) intem-
perata Alexander, T. ( N .) smithi Alexander, and T. ( N .) tem-

204

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

perata Alexander, differing in the structure and pattern of the
antennas, the pattern and venation of the wings, and, especially,
in the very different structure of the male hypopygium.

Genus Limonia Meigen

Limonia (Limonia) somnifica new species.

General coloration brown; antennae (male) conspicuously nodulose, the
basal swellings of the flagellar segments heart-shaped, the apical pedicels
abrupt; wings with a strong brown tinge, stigma small, a little darker; Sc
very long, cell 1st M2 small, about one-half as long as vein Mz beyond it;
male hypopygium very complex in structure, especially the basistyle and
dististyle; caudal margin of tergite with a deep U-shaped notch.

Male. — Length about 5.5 mm. ; wing 6 mm.

Rostrum brownish black; palpi black. Antennas black throughout, rela-
tively long ; flagellum very conspicuously nodulose, the individual segments
expanded into subtriangular or heart-shaped enlargements that are wider
outwardly, the glabrous apical pedicels abruptly narrowed; pedicels unusu-
ally long, exceeding two-thirds the segments. Head dark brown; anterior
vertex reduced to a linear strip that is only about as wide as a single row of
ommatidia.

Thorax almost uniformly brown, the pleura a trifle darker, the lateral
portions of the praescutum slightly more yellowish. Halteres dark brown,
the base of stem restrictedly pale. Legs with the coxae pale brown, the
fore pair darkened; trochanters obscure brownish yellow; remainder of legs
broken. Wings with a strong brown tinge, the costal border and small
stigma a trifle darker brown; veins and macrotrichia dark brown. Vena-
tion: Sc very long, Scx ending opposite fork of Rs, Sc2 at its tip; Rs nearly
twice the basal section of -E4+5; cell 1st M2 small, rectangular, about one-half
of vein Ms beyond it; m-cu at or very close to fork of M; cell 2nd A wide.

Abdominal tergites and hypopygium brownish black; sternites, especially
the more basal ones, yellowish. Male hypopygium with the caudal border
truncate, with a deep U-shaped notch; subapically with a dusky ridge pro-
vided with unusually abundant and elongate setae, those on the lateral ends
of row on more or less distinct tubercles. Basistyle with ventro-mesal lobe
relatively large, at apex with several very strong and powerful setae of
unusual length, the innermost setae with their margin transversely ridged or
provided with low denticles on basal half ; on inner margin of lobe at near
midlength with a further dense group of shorter setae; extreme apex of
basistyle with another complicated outgrowth of lobes and blades, one of
the latter bilobed at apex and here provided with about ten flattened spinous
blades, three on one arm, seven on the other. Dististyle very complex, the
entire mesal face blackened and microscopically corrugated, the posterior
portion produced caudad into a relatively slender, free lobe that is similarly
corrugated to the very apex; main body of style a relatively small yellow
lobe, shorter than the blackened mesal face; rostral portion of style a

Sept., 1943]

Alexander: Crane-flies

205

darkened cultrate blade that terminates in an acute point; just caudad of
base of rostrum with a more slender elongate blackened lobe. Gonapophyses
with mesal-apical lobe relatively stout, blackened. ^Edeagus long and
slender.

Holotype, J1, Zumbi, Rio Zamora, Santiago-Zamora, altitude
700 meters, October 30, 1941 (Laddey).

Limonia ( Limonia ) somnifica is entirely different from all
other regional members of the snbgenns. The relatively long,
strongly nodulose antennae are somewhat as in certain Old World
species of Limonia but entirely distinct from the Neotropical
forms hitherto made known. Furthermore, the unusually com-
plicated male hypopygium is very different from that of other
members of the subgenus Limonia, more suggesting that of
approximately a score of species in the allied subgenus Dicrano-
myia yet very different in all details.

Limonia (Rhipidia) turritella new species.

Allied to punctoria ; mesonotal praescutum produced dorsad into a strongly
developed cone, the cephalic and lateral portions of which are brownish yel-
low, the posterior portion and most of the posterior sclerites of the notum,
as well as the pleura, abruptly blackened; legs chiefly yellow; wings brown-
ish yellow, sparsely spotted with dark brown and with abundant paler brown
dots in all the cells; Scx ending about opposite two-thirds the length of Rs ;
m-cu close to the fork of M ; abdomen dark brown, the outer segments some-
what brighter brown.

Female. — Length about 7 mm.; wing 7.8 mm.

Rostrum small, yellow; palpi brown. Antennas with scape, pedicel and
first flagellar segment yellow; flagellum with basal swellings of remaining
segments dark brown, the glabrous apical pedicels yellow; flagellar segments
subtriangular in shape, slightly more produced on the lower face. Head
buffy yellow, darker behind.

Pronotum buffy. Mesonotum with praescutum produced dorsad into a
strongly developed conical point, about intermediate in height between the
normal condition in the subgenus and the very strongly developed spinous
point found in conica and allies; cephalic and lateral portions of praescutum
brownish yellow, the entire posterior surface, as well as the scutum, scutel-
lum and cephalic portion of the mediotergite uniformly brownish black,
unpatterned; remainder of mediotergite reddish brown. Propleura light
brown; mesopleura, metapleura and pleurotergite conspicuously and
abruptly blackened. Halteres with stem yellow, knob weakly darkened.
Legs with fore coxae brown, middle and hind coxae brownish black; tro-
chanters obscure yellow; remainder of legs yellow, the terminal two tarsal
segments, with the apex of the third segment, abruptly blackened; a scarcely
evident subterminal darkening on femora. Wings with the ground color

206

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

brownish yellow, with a conspicuous dark brown and pale brown spotted and
dotted pattern; the darker brown areas occur as larger spots at origin of
Rs, fork of Sc, the restricted stigmal area at R2, in cell 1st A near outer end
of vein 2nd A, and as narrow seams along cord and outer end of cell 1st M2;
the dots occur in all cells, small but abundant, in part confluent; axillary
region clouded with brown; prearcular and costal fields somewhat more
saturated yellow than the remainder of ground; veins yellow, darker in the
infuseated portions. Venation: Sc relatively long, S cx ending about oppo-
site two-thirds the length of Rs, Sc2 at its tip; Rs angulated at origin; inner
ends of cells R3 and 1st M2, especially the former, arcuated, lying conspicu-
ously more basad than cell R5; cell 1st M2 relatively long, subequal to or
longer than vein M1+2 beyond it ; m-cu at or just beyond the fork of M, sub-
equal in length to distal section of vein Cu±; vein 2nd A near outer end
weakly angulated or with indications of a weak spur jutting into cell 1st A
at the place of the dark spot above described.

Abdomen dark brown, the sides of the first tergite slightly brightened;
outer segments light brown; both cerci and hypovalvse reddish, their tips
acute.

Holotype, J, Zumbi, Rio Zamora, Santiago-Zamora, altitude
700 meters, October 28, 1941 (Laddey).

Mr. Laddey informs me that the present fly, as well as rather
numerous interesting species discussed in this and other papers,
were taken in a very restricted area near the military outpost of
Zumbi in Jivaro Indian country. It was particularly noted that
although crane-flies were unusually numerous in this small area
that other apparently identical locations were quite devoid of
these flies. It is further to be noted that there is a station
“Zumba, ” likewise in the Province of Santiago-Zamora, that is
entirely distinct from the present one. This latter is described
and figured (Map 9) in Brown’s paper on “Entomological Sta-
tions in Ecuador” (Ann. Ent. Soc. America, 34: 809-851; 1941).

The closest relative of the present fly is Limonia (Rhipidia)
punctoria Alexander, which has the development of the prgescutal
tubercle about the same but which differs very conspicuously in
the pattern of the body and wings, the latter lacking the abun-
dant dots in all the cells as found in the present fly.

Genus Austrolimnopkila Alexander

Austrolimnophila (Austrolimnophila) nympha new species.

General coloration of mesonotum pale brown, the praescutum with four
more or less distinct darker brown stripes; antennae with scape yellow;

Sept., 1943]

Alexander : Crane-flies

207

halteres elongate, brownish black; femora pale brown, tips of tibiae and
the tarsi yellowish white; wings narrow, whitish subhyaline, very restrictedly
patterned with pale gray; -R2+3+4 more than twice E1+2; cell 1st M2 narrow;
m-cu more than one-half its own length beyond the fork of M ; abdominal
tergites dark brown, the extreme posterior borders pale; a conspicuous sub-
terminal brownish black ring, remainder of hypopygium chiefly pale; male
hypopygium with the ninth tergite notched and lobed on posterior border;
basistyle with blade of interbase conspicuously twisted; inner dististyle with
outer margin of basal half densely set with short dense setae.

Male. — Length about 8 mm. ; wing 8.2 mm.

Rostrum yellow; palpi pale brown. Antennae with scape yellow, pedicel
light brown; flagellum broken. Head dark brown, more pruinose in front
and on orbits, obscure yellow on genae; anterior vertex wide, approximately
three times the diameter of the scape.

Pronotum brown medially, paling to yellow on sides. Mesonotal praescu-
tum pale brown, sparsely pruinose, with four more or less distinct darker
brown stripes, the intermediate pair narrowly confluent at cephalic border;
scutal lobes brownish black; scutellum pale brown, darker behind; post-
notum testaceous yellow. Pleura obscure testaceous yellow, more pruinose
on dorsal and posterior portions. Halteres very long and slender, brownish
black. Legs with the coxae and trochanters testaceous yellow; femora pale
brown, lighter basally; tibiae restrictedly pale brown basally, paling to yel-
low, the latter pattern narrowest on fore legs, very extensive on posterior
tibiae; tarsi yellowish white. Wings narrower than in persessilis ; whitish
subhyaline, very restrictedly patterned with pale gray clouds at origin of
Us, along cord and at fork of E2+s+i- stigma small, oval, only a trifle darker
than the remaining pattern; veins dark brown. Venation: ending about

opposite two-thirds Es, Sc2 much longer, near the extreme tip of $cx; Es
long, weakly angulated at origin; E2+3+i more than twice E1+2- cell 1st M2
narrow; cell Mx very short -petiolate ; m-cu more than one-half its own length
beyond the fork of M.

Abdominal tergites dark brown, the extreme posterior borders pale; ster-
nites obscure yellow; segment eight and tergite nine conspicuously brownish
black, the basistyles of the hypopygium again conspicuously pale. Male
hypopygium with the tergite conspicuously notched medially, the lateral
lobes narrowly obtuse at tips. Basistyle with interbases produced into a
long blade that is conspicuously twisted, the tip acute. Outer dististyle
relatively narrow, the apex a strongly curved black hook; surface with scat-
tered strong setae, some of unusual length. Inner dististyle longer, strongly
curved to feebly angulate at near midlength; basal half wider, its outer
margin densely set with short setae.

Holotype, J1, Zumbi, Rio Zamora, Santiago-Zamora, altitude
700 meters, November 2, 1941 (Laddev).

The most similar species is Austrolimnophila ( Austrolimno -
phila) persessilis Alexander, which is well-distinguished by the

208

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

broader wings, different body-coloration, and in the details of
structure of the male hypopygium, more especially of the tergite,
interbase and inner dististyle.

Austrolimnophila (Limnophilella) inquieta new species.

General coloration of notnm brownish yellow, the anterior portion of
praescutum more darkened ; pleura uniformly pale yellow ; halteres with stem
pale yellow, knob brownish black; femora pale yellow, the tips narrowly
blackened; wings subhyaline, heavily patterned with brown; a super-
numerary crossvein in cell E5 at near midlength ; male hypopygium unusually
complex in structure.

Male. — Length about 9 mm. ; wing 9 mm.

Female. — Length about 10 mm.; wing 11 mm.

Rostrum and palpi brownish black. Antenna? with scape and pedicel
brownish black, flagellum much paler, brownish yellow; flagellar segments
long-cylindrical, with very long conspicuous verticils. Head with front,
anterior vertex and posterior orbits light brown, remainder of head pale
brown, pruinose; eyes large in both sexes, the anterior vertex unusually nar-
row, not exceeding two -thirds the diameter of scape.

Pronotum dark brown medially, paling to yellow on sides. Mesonotal
praescutum brownish yellow, the anterior portion more darkened; scutum and
adjoining portion of praescutum slightly infuscated; scutellum testaceous
yellow; mediotergite testaceous yellow, narrowly infuscated on lateral por-
tions. Pleura uniformly pale yellow. Halteres elongate, stem pale yellow,
knob brownish black. Legs with coxae and trochanters pale yellow; femora
pale yellow, the tips rather narrowly but conspicuously blackened, the amount
subequal on all legs; remainder of legs white. Wings subhyaline, heavily
and handsomely patterned with brown, as follows: A very extensive area in
cells C and Sc, including approximately one-half the length of the cells; pre-
arcular field and an adjoining cloud at arculus; major areas in outer radial
and medial fields, subequal in degree to the pale interspaces, cell 1st M2 and
base of E5 of this latter color; extensive darkenings in cells M4 and Cu
immediately behind cell 1st M2 and in cell Cu immediately behind m-cu,
further extended to margin at end of vein 2nd A; veins brown, the costal
interspaces more yellow. In the allotype, the central portions of the dark
areas in outer radial field paler, narrowly bordered by dark brown. Vena-
tion: It1+2 longer than _R2+3+4; a supernumerary crossvein in cell R5 at near
midlength of cell, behind connecting with vein M1 shortly beyond the origin;
cell M± short-petiolate ; m-cu from one to one and one-half times its own
length before the fork of M.

Abdominal tergites dark brown, the posterior borders of the segments nar-
rowly but conspicuously pale; basal sternites obscure yellow, more or less
distinctly ringed subbasally by dark brown; in male, the subterminal seg-
ments more uniformly pale, the eighth and ninth segments black. Male
hypopygium complex in structure; ninth tergite deeply notched medially,

Sept., 19431

Alexander : Crane-flies

209

each adjacent angle produced into a conspicuous bispinous structure, one
spine directed caudad, the other eephalad. Basistyle bearing a large con-
spicuous fleshy lobe on face; also on mesal face with a. shorter lobe provided
with a dense brush of yellow setae; interbasal hooks very strong and power-
ful, directed eephalad. Outer dististyle conspicuously bilobed, the lobes
very unequal, the outer ones shorter and digitiform, provided with very long
yellow setae that are conspicuously scabrous, inner lobe much larger, bulbous,
with shorter, more normal setae. Inner dististyle broad at base, the lower
basal margin bearing a low cushion set with abundant microscopic spines; a
somewhat similar but higher crest or flange on outer face of style back from
apex, set with abundant microscopic spinules and short setae. Phallosome a
broad subquadrate structure produced into several spinous points.

Holotype, J*, Zumbi, Rio Zamora, Santiago-Zamora, altitude
700 meters, October 28, 1941 (Laddey). Allotopotype, 5> Octo-
ber 31, 1941.

On the basis of structure of the unusually complex male hypo-
pygium, the present fly is closest to Austrolimnophila ( Limno -
philella) multipicta Alexander, of southeastern Brazil. It is
very different from all known members of the genus, not only in
the structure of the male hypopygium, but also by the presence of
a supernumerary crossvein in cell M1 of the wings.

Austrolimnophila (Limnophilella) inquieta retractior new subspecies.

Female. — Length about 10 mm.; wing 10.5 mm.

Like the typical form but with m-cu lying far basad, about opposite the
proximal fifth or sixth of Bs, the dark seam along m-cu thus in transverse
alignment with the area at origin of Bs. In the typical form this area lies
closer to the darkened seam along the cord of wing.

The degree of retraction of m-cu in the present fly represents the extreme
condition so far found in the Hexatomini, m-cu lying approximately four
times its own length before the fork of M or before two-thirds of the total
length of vein M. It scarcely seems possible to me that such a range in
venation can lie within the restricted field of the species and I prefer to
consider the present fly to represent a subspecies.

Holotype, J, Zumbi, Rio Zamora, Santiago-Zamora, altitude
700 meters, October 30, 1941 (Laddey).

Genus Ctenolimnophila Alexander

Ctenolimnophila (Campbellomyia) severa new species.

General coloration of mesonotum brown, the prsescutum more reddish
brown, more blackened laterally; antennae short, black throughout; thoracic
pleura yellow with a conspicuous black longitudinal stripe; legs brownish
black; wings with a very strong blackish suffusion; Bs long, arcuated at

210

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. LI

origin, fully three times B2+3+i- cell 1st M2 long and narrow; male hypo-
pygium with the interbasal rods very long and slender, strongly curved,
with setse at and near their tips.

Male. — Length about 5.5 mm.; wing 5.5 mm.; antenna about 0.85 mm.

Eostrum and palpi black. Antennae black throughout, unusually short;
flagellar segments short-oval, the outer ones more elongate and provided
with much longer verticils, these exceeding twice the length of the segments.
Head brownish black, the front and narrow posterior orbits more pruinose.

Pronotum obscure yellow above, blackened on sides. Mesonotal prsescu-
tum obscure reddish brown, restrictedly patterned with blackish, especially
evident as a broad lateral border; posterior sclerites of notum somewhat
darker brown. Pleura light yellow, with a conspicuous longitudinal black
stripe extending from the cervical region and propleura, reaching the abdo-
men, passing beneath the root of the halteres; dorsopleural area, including
the wing-root and parts of the pleurotergite and mediotergite, similarly
yellow, more obscure behind. Halteres infuscated, the extreme base of stem
obscure yellow. Legs with the coxae and trochanters obscure yellow; re-
mainder of legs brownish black; tibial spurs small but distinct; claws long
and simple. Wings with a very strong blackish suffusion, the prearcular
and costal fields, together with the stigma and a seam along vein Cu, a
trifle darker; veins brown. Veins basad of cord without trichia or vir-
tually so. Venation: Scx ending about opposite one-third the length of
E2+3+4, Sc2 at its tip; Us long, arcuated at origin, fully three times E2+3+4;
E2+3+1 subequal to or a little longer than -R2+3; E1+2 about one-half E2+3+4; cell
1st H2 long and narrow, subequal in length to vein M3 beyond it; m
shortened; m-cu about opposite one-third the length of cell 1st M2.

Abdomen, including hypopygium, black. Male hypopygium with the outer
dististyle short and compact, curved at apex, the outer face of distal half
with long subappressed spines. Interbasal rods very long and slender,
strongly curved, the distal half and apex with microscopic pale setulae ; apex
decurved to an acute point, the setse longer and more conspicuous.

Holotype, J1, Zamora, Santiago-Zamora, altitude 1,000 meters,
December 20, 1941 (Laddey).

Ctenolimnophila ( Campbellomyia ) severa is entirely distinct
from the other described species of the subgenus, differing con-
spicuously in the coloration of the body and wings, and in the
venation.

Genus Gonomyia Meigen

G-onomyia (Lipophleps) ramus new species.

Belongs to the manca group; antennse black throughout; mesonotum
plumbeous gray, the posterior border of scutellum obscure yellow; legs
brownish black; wings with a pale brown tinge, the diffuse stigma a very
little darker; Sct ending about opposite the origin of Bs; male hypopygium

Sept., 1943]

Alexander: Crane-flies

211

with the basistyle produced caudad beyond the apex of the dististyle as a
fleshy lobe; dististyle a yellow blade, on outer margin bearing a long strong
rod; phallosome complex, produced into two blackened points and two paler
blades.

Male. — Length about 3. 3-3.5 mm.; wing 3.8-4 mm.

Rostrum obscure yellow to testaceous ; palpi black. Antennae black
throughout; flagellar segments elongate, with very long erect setae and the
usual longer verticils. Head gray.

Pronotum dark; pretergites pale yellow. Mesonotal praescutum and scu-
tum uniformly dark plumbeous gray, the median area of scutum obscure
yellow; posterior margin of scutellum broadly obscure yellow; postnotum
paler brown, darker posteriorly. Pleura brown, with a longitudinal whitish
stripe, the sclerites above this band darker than the ventral ones. Halteres
brownish black. Legs with the coxae pale brown, the fore pair a trifle
darker; trochanters obscure brownish yellow; remainder of legs brownish
black. Wings with a pale brownish tinge, the diffuse stigma a very little
darker; prearcular and costal regions slightly more yellow; veins pale brown.
Venation: Se1 ending approximately opposite the origin of Rs, Sc2 a short
distance back from its tip ; m-cu close to fork of M.

Abdominal tergites dark brown, sternites and hypopygium more yellowish.
Male hypopygium with the basistyle produced beyond the level of apex of
dististyle as a long fleshy lobe that is easily broken. Dististyle a yellow
blade that terminates in a blackened spinous point ; on outer margin at near
midlength with a long, strong, dark-colored rod, the tip acute; a more or
less well-developed spinule at base of rod; lower margin of blade with a
series of strong setae, the two outermost longer and stronger but scarcely
fasciculate. Phallosome complex, including two blackened points and two
paler blades ; longest element pale, flattened, the margin incised ; second pale
element much shorter and more slender; longest blackened point slender,
curved to the acute point; shortest element a small blackened spine that
terminates a broadly flattened yellow blade.

Holotype, Zumbi, Rio Zamora, Santiago-Zamora, altitude
700 meters, November 2, 1941 (Laddey). Paratopotype, Octo-
ber 283 1941.

The present fly is most similar to species such as Gonomyia
(Lipophleps) anduzeana Alexander and G. ( L .) tribidator Alex-
ander, differing conspicuously in the structure of the male
hypopygium.

Genus Toxorhina Loew

Toxorhina (Cerafocheilus) atritarsis new species.

General coloration of thorax reddish brown, without evident markings;
halteres with brownish black knobs; legs black, including all tarsi; wings
with a strong blackish tinge; anterior branch of Rs elongate; cell 1st M2

212

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

rectangular; male hypopygium with the basistyle simple at apex; a con-
spicuous interbasal plate that is produced into a single powerful spine ; outer
dististyle terminating in two slightly unequal spines ; aedeagus with the arms
elongate.

Male. — Length, excluding rostrum, about 6.5 mm.; wing 6.5 mm.; rostrum
about 3.9 mm.

Eostrum black throughout, exceeding one-half the length of remainder of
body. Antennas black, the short scape a little paler. Head dull grayish
black; anterior vertex relatively narrow, a trifle less than the diameter of
scape.

Pronotum reddish brown. Mesonotum reddish brown, without evident
markings, the sides of the mediotergite a trifle darker. Pleura uniform
reddish brown, unpatterned except for a very slight darkening on the anepis-
ternum and adjoining portions of the dorsopleural region. Halteres with
stem obscure brownish yellow, knob brownish black. Legs with coxae red-
dish brown; trochanters yellowish brown; remainder of legs, including all
tarsi, black. Wings with a strong blackish tinge, the prearcular field re-
strictedly more whitened; cells C and Sc still deeper in color; veins brownish
black. Venation: Sc1 ending a short distance before the fork of Rs, Sc2
some distance from its tip, about opposite two-fifths the length of Rs;
anterior branch of Rs elongate, for more than one-half its length extending
nearly parallel to the posterior branch; cell 1st M2 rectangular, nearly equal
in length to vein M3 beyond it ; m-cu a short distance beyond fork of M.

Abdominal tergites dull black, the extreme posterior borders of the seg-
ments pale; basal sternites more dimidiate, the proximal half of each seg-
ment dark brown, the outer portion obscure brownish yellow, on the inter-
mediate sternites the segments uniformly darkened; hypopygium chiefly
pale, the basistyles a trifle darker. Male hypopygium with the basistyle
simple at apex, without terminal spine; conspicuous interbasal structures
appear as flattened pale blades, each terminating in a powerful spine. Outer
dististyle broad-based, rapidly narrowed to apex which terminates in two
curved, slightly unequal, darkened spines; outer margin of style on distal
half with a group of long erect setae. Inner dististyle a little longer, appear-
ing as a uniformly pale yellow cultrate blade. .ZEdeagus with the two arms
elongate, each a little expanded and pale on distal portion.

Holotype, Zumbi, Rio Zamora, Santiago-Zamora, altitude
700 meters, November 4, 1941 (Laddey).

Toxorhina ( Ceratockeilus ) atrit arsis is most similar in vena-
tion and in general appearance to T. ( C .) leucostena Alexander
and T. ( C .) niveitarsis (Alexander), both of which are well-dis-
tinguished by the snowy white tarsi.

Sept., 1943]

White: Milky Disease

213

EFFECT OF MILKY DISEASE ON TIPHIA PARA-
SITES OF JAPANESE BEETLE LARViE

By R. T. White

Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, Agricultural Research
Administration, United States Department of
Agriculture

INTRODUCTION

Several species of Tiphia have been introduced from the Orient
in the fight against the Japanese beetle, Popillia japonica Newm.,
and two have become particularly well established throughout the
older beetle-infested area. One of these, Tiphia vernalis Roh.,
has its active flight period during the spring months, whereas the
other, Tiphia popilliavora Roh., is present late in the summer.
Large collections of adult Tiphia females are made annually from
a number of these colonies for further use in the colonization of
other infested areas. The abundance of Tiphia in a number of
the colonies ecologically similar to the more successful ones is not
sufficient to warrant collection, and in some of these no satisfac-
tory explanation of this condition has been offered. It seemed
possible that milky disease, caused by Bacillus popillice Dutky, in
competition with Tiphia might be responsible for the failure to
obtain strong colonies in areas where this disease was prevalent.
Work was started in 1935 by the writer under the direction of
the late G. F. White and was continued through 1937, both in the
laboratory and in the field, to determine whether the milky dis-
ease does kill Tiphia larvae that feed on diseased hosts, and to
clear up some of the questions on the interrelationships of these
two biological factors when they occur in the same habitat.

EXPERIMENTAL PROCEDURE

In attempting to solve this problem it was essential to start
with Japanese beetle larvae that were known to be healthy.
Larvae were therefore collected in the field and held individually
in 2-ounce tins of autoclaved soil for 3 weeks at a temperature of
75° F., and those not showing signs of disease at the end of this
period were assumed to be healthy. Likewise, as Tiphia that had

214

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

not been exposed to the milky disease organisms were required,
females only recently emerged from laboratory experiments were
mated and used in these studies.

Experiments were conducted in which larvas parasitized by
Tiphia females were inoculated with the disease organism at dif-
ferent periods of development to determine whether the parasite
would develop on diseased larvaa. The inoculation of the host
larvae was accomplished by simply puncturing them with a needle
previously dipped in the blood of diseased larvae. In some of
these experiments the larvae were inoculated and parasitized on
the same day, while others were inoculated from 2 to 15 days
prior to parasitization. Other series were conducted in which
the host larvae were inoculated from 2 to 15 days following para-
sitization. Still other larvae were parasitized and held in infec-
tious soil for a varying number of days prior to cocoon formation.
Similar experiments were also conducted in 1936 with both T.
popilliav ora and T. vernalis.

RESULTS

In some of the earlier experiments Tiphia larvae examined im-
mediately after they had spun cocoons were found to be infected
with milky disease. Other cocoons from these same series, ex-
amined 2 weeks later, showed no signs of disease in the enclosed
larvae. Further investigation showed that the recently voided
meconium present in the posterior end of the cocoons was often
laden with viable spores of the agent causing milky disease. It
was found that after the meconium had been voided there was no
evidence of disease in the larva, indicating that the spores had
been voided along with the meconium, with no ill effect on the
parasite itself.

Table 1 gives a summary of the results obtained in examina-
tions of Tiphia vernalis cocoons during 1935 and 1936, including
only cocoons in which the meconium was examined. In this work
the meconium is spoken of as being positive if it was found to
contain spores of the milky disease.

From these data it seems unlikely that Bacillus popillice, the
organism causing milky disease, has any effect on the mortality
of Tiphia larvae within the cocoon, as 74 per cent of the larvas
within cocoons formed in the check experiments were dead after

Sept., 1943]

White: Milky Disease

215

2 months, as compared with 52 per cent of those formed in ex-
periments in which the hosts were exposed to the disease agent.
Also, only 3 per cent of the cocoons containing dead larvae in the
checks contained positive meconium, as compared with. 36 per
cent of those exposed to disease, indicating that the presence of
the milky disease agent was not the direct cause of mortality.

In one series of experiments, all host larvae inoculated with
milky disease 10 and 14 days prior to parasitization by Tipkia
died before the parasite larvae could complete their development.

TABLE I

Summary of Tiphia vernalis Cocoon Examinations Made 2 Months After
Cocoon Formation, 1935 and 1936

Treatment of
host larvae

Cocoons

formed

Cocoons con-
taining dead
Tiphia larvae

Cocoons of dead
Tiphia contain-
ing positive*
meconium

Number

Per cent

Per cent

Exposed to disease

181

52

36

Not exposed to disease ...

104

74

3

* Containing spores of Bacillus popillice.

However, only 37 per cent of such larvae inoculated 2 days after
parasitization died before the parasite larvae completed develop-
ment and spun cocoons. Although excessive mortality of the
host larvae caused directly by milky disease occurred in these ex-
periments, a large percentage of the cadavers when examined
still had living Tipkia larvae attached to them, indicating that
ultimate death of the parasite was due to lack of a living host
and not to the direct effect of the disease on the parasite.

Experiments comparable to those previously described were
conducted with Tipkia popilliavora during the fall of 1936. A
portion of the cocoons from these experiments were set aside for
possible emergence. Examination of a large number of the co-
coons 30 days after formation (Table 2) showed that approxi-
mately the same mortality of enclosed T. popilliavora larvas
occurred, regardless of whether the hosts had been exposed to the
disease.

As only a small series of cocoons was held in storage, very little
emergence resulted. Emergence of both male and female Tipkia

216

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

was obtained, however, and examination of the meconium remain-
ing in the cocoons after emergence showed the presence of milky
disease spores. This is conclusive proof that Tiphia parasites can
and do complete development on, and emerge from, host larvas
infected with milky disease, provided the host does not die before
the parasite completes its development on it.

Some evidence that Tiphia may aid in the spread of milky dis-
ease was observed during the course of these experiments. Tiphia

TABLE II

Summary of Tiphia popilliavora Cocoon Examinations 30 Days After
Cocoon Formation, 1936

Treatment of
host larvae

Cocoons

formed

Cocoons con-
taining dead
Tiphia larvae

Cocoons of dead
Tiphia contain-
ing positive*
meconium

Number

Per cent

Per cent

Exposed to disease

142

42

40

Not exposed to disease ...

104

45

4

* Containing spores of Bacillus popillicB.

adults were removed at various times from infections soil and
examined externally for disease spores. From a total of 71 ex-
aminations, 22 Tiphia adults were demonstrated to be carriers of
spores.

A number of well-established colonies of Tiphia occur in areas
in which milky disease is also present. Surveys conducted at
several of these sites have been made and data from one such sur-
vey are given below. Newly formed cocoons found at the time
of this survey were cut open and an examination made of the
voided meconium to determine whether the respective hosts had
been diseased. An average population of 12 Japanese beetles,
including all stages, per square foot was found, as follows :

Number of holes dug 36

Total population (includes larvae, adults, and pupae

of the Japanese beetle and Tiphia cocoons) 434

Total hosts parasitized 210 (48.4 per cent)

Total hosts diseased 167 (38.5 per cent)

Hosts both parasitized and diseased 63 (14.5 per cent)

Hosts neither parasitized nor diseased 120 (27.6 per cent)

Total hosts killed either by disease or parasitization 314 (72.4 per cent)

Sept., 1943]

White: Milky Disease

217

It is evident that there was an overlap of 14.5 per cent between
hosts that were parasitized and those that were diseased, i.e., 63
hosts were parasitized as well as diseased. This condition was
in effect snperparasitism, because death of the host would have
resulted from either biological agency. The combination of dis-
ease and parasitization at this location accounted for 72.4 per
cent of the total population present during June 1936. In the
examination of the cocoons from this survey it was found that 8
of the cocoons containing dead Tiphia larvae and 2 of those con-
taining living parasite larvae had meconium with viable milky
disease spores. The larvae in the last two cases had successfully
voided the spores with no apparent ill effect. In no case after a
living Tiphia larva had voided its meconium were milky disease
spores found in the larva itself.

CONCLUSIONS

From observations both in the field and in the laboratory, it is
evident that some of the progeny of Tiphia do fail to complete
their development, owing to the death of the host through disease
but not to the disease directly. The greatest loss of hosts occurs
when the disease is well advanced at the time of parasitization.
On the other hand, during May, when Tiphia vernalis is actively
ovipositing, the soil temperature in the Moorestown, N. J., area
rarely exceeds 65° F., a temperature not favorable for the rapid
growth of the disease organism. The ability of T. vernalis to
persist in such areas is borne out further by the fact that this
species may still be collected by the thousands in areas in which
the incidence of disease has been rather consistently high since
1936. It seems more probable that a species such as T. popillia-
vora, which is active in the latter part of August, will suffer most,
because at that time the soil temperature ranges generally some-
what above 70° and is more favorable to disease development.

It is not likely that either of these biological agents can com-
pletely eradicate its host. Both will therefore persist in varying
degrees, and no doubt some Tiphia colonies, which might other-
wise have become sufficiently populous to serve as collecting cen-
ters, will suffer reductions in population owing to the effect of
the disease on the host. It is also possible that Tiphia, acting as

218

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. LI

a vector of viable spores, may be assisting in the dispersal of the
disease.

As data conclusively show that Tiphia parasites can complete
their development on hosts infected with milky disease, it is the
writer’s opinion that these two biological agencies are compatible
as control factors within the same area.

Sbpt., 1943]

Clench: Lyc^enid^e

219

A NEW AXIOCERSES FROM WEST AFRICA
(LEPIDOPTERA, LYCiENIDiE)

By Harry K. Clench
Cambridge, Mass.

A small collection of Liberian Lycaenidte sent me contained a
female of a new subspecies of Axiocerses harpax Fabricius.1
The specimen has been deposited in the collection of the Museum
of Comparative Zoology.

Axiocerses harpax piscatoris, new subspecies

Upperside :

Female. Fore wing brownish black with a fulvous glint in certain lights.
Two bars of bright orange, one discal and one post-discal, cross the wing,
the former from Mx, just beyond the cell-end, to Cu2, and the latter from
Mx to 2A. Both are roughly parallel to the outer margin, a little over 1 mm.
apart from each other, and the latter about 2 mm. from the outer margin.
Veins narrowly black where they cross these bands. Hind wing orange, with
the costa to M1? the entire cell, the inner margin, and/ the basal half of the
space between the lower discocellular and 2A black. Parallel with the outer
margin are two central lines of black, the inner one (just beyond the cell-
end) the heavier, and the outer one thinner and somewhat obsolescent.
Basal to the inner one the small amount of orange appears more as a suffusion
than as a definite region of color. Veins between the two lines and faintly
marginal to the outer one are black pencilled. On the outer margin is a
very narrow black line. Anal lobe marked with metallic. Fringe of both
wings gray. (Presumably this subspecies has a tail as in the typical sub-
species. This region is nicked in the only specimen available, however, and
therefore none is present.)

Underside:

Female. Fore wing pale orange-brown with a reddish tint, towards inner
margin becoming nearly pure orange, and ultimately (outward of 2 A) gray.
Cell crossed by three metallic bars, each surrounded by black ; one in the base,
one in the center, and one across the cell-end. Below the last, in the base
of the CU]— Cu2 interspace is a spot of similar metallic, similarly surrounded
with black (most heavily basad and marginad). A discal row of five spots,
connected, but slightly dislocated, crosses the wing from Mx to 2A, all but
the last (Cu2-2A) being similar in type to the foregoing. In this last one
the metallic center is replaced by gray. A submarginal row of small spots
proceeds from apex to inner angle; the apical spot is displaced marginad and

1 1775, Syst. Ent. App. p. 829.

220

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

is just at the apex ; the remaining are parallel to the outer margin, and all but
the last two consist of fine metallic points with black circumscriptions. On
the apical one the black is so minute as to be hardly noticeable. The base of
the Cu2-2A interspace adjoining the cell is black. On the costal margin,
commencing one-third out from the base, is a row of fine spots, small, but
similar in construction to the majority on that wing. They proceed marginad
on the costa for about one-third its length. Rind wing with ground color
brownish red. Basal half of wing strewn with metallic spots, each ringed
with black, as follows : one in the base of the cell, one in the center, and two
closing the end; two on the costa (one at the center and one near the base) ;
two on the inner margin (one at the base and one just basad of the center) ;
one at the base between the lower Dc and 2A ; one one-third out in this
same interspace ; one below the lower cell-end ; one in the Cuj-Cua interspace ;
a discal row of them running from the costa to the inner margin, the costal
displaced outwardly. The Mj-Ma; M3— Cu^ and those in Cu2-inner margin
(all run into an elongate bar) all displaced inwardly. On the inner margin,
two-thirds out, is a long bar of metallic scales bordered with black that starts
on the inner margin and curves evenly and shallowly outward along the
margin. A submarginal dark, broad, hazy line crosses the wing, at the apex
and in the Cu1-CU2-2A interspaces dully bordered outwardly with metallic.
Anal lobe also marked with metallic.

Length of fore wing, female, 13 mm.

Holotype, female, Fisherman’s Lake, Liberia, May 20 (W. D.
Thomas), M. C. Z. no. 26158.

Remarks. Differs (in the female) from eastern and southern
harpax in the great amount of black, particularly in the base,
above, on both wings. In the typical subspecies this surface is
largely orange, while in piscatoris it is predominately black-
brown, with the remaining orange darker than in the typical.
Below the metallic spots are larger, the ground color (especially
on the hind wing) darker and ruddier.

Comparisons have been made with females from the following
localities: Kilossa, Tanganyika Territory; Rabai, Kenya Colony;
Zanzibar; Victoria Falls, Rhodesia; Natal; Cape of Good Hope,
South Africa. These are all in the Museum of Comparative
Zoology, and all, apparently, represent typical harpax.

Sept., 1943]

Clench: Lyc^nid^e

221

A NOTE ON THE ARIZONA ERORA (LEPIDOP-
TERA, LYCiENID^E)

By Harry K. Clench
Cambridge, Mass.

In 1940, Mr. C. F. Dos Passos described a subspecies ( san -
fordi) of Erora Iceta Edwards, basing his description on speci-
mens mainly from Arizona. A year later Mr. W. D. Field, in a
detailed and lengthy discussion of the two forms, synonymized
sanfordi in favor of Erora quaderna Hewitson, and pointed out
that the two were not subspecies, but were worthy of full specific
separation. Field, however, unfortunately acted without seeing
any topotypical (or even approximately topotypical) quaderna,
his concepts of that species being formed solely on Hewitson ’s
descriptions and figures, and on the description of Godman &
Salvin in the “Biologia.” This has rendered incomplete and
inaccurate what might have been a thorough and conclusive
piece of work, and has made necessary the present paper.

Among a number of Lycagnidag recently acquired by the
Museum of Comparative Zoology are two females of what is ap-
parently true quaderna. These specimens (data: Tancitaro,
Michoacan, Mexico, 7800 feet, June 30, and July 8, 1941, resp. ;
H. Hoogstraal and R. Haag, collectors) coincide quite well with
the descriptions and figures of Hewitson, and may be taken as
typical. These, when compared with a number of Arizona
“ quaderna’ ’ showed that the name sanfordi is not to be
synonymized, but rather retained for a valid race. The affinities
of this Arizona subspecies are, however, with quaderna and not
with Iceta, so the name must be transferred. These conclusions
were kindly verified for me by Mr. F. W. Goodson, at the re-
quest of Dr. N. D. Riley. He examined the specimens in the
British Museum collection and his report is quoted in part as
follows :

“In the B. M. collection there are seven females of Iceta
Edw., and five females of quaderna Hewitson. . . . The Roths-
child collection contained a male from South Arizona (Poling)

222

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

and a female from the Huachuca Mts., Arizona (Oslar) which
agree well with Iceta sanfordi dos Passos. Lceta and Iceta san-
fordi undoubtedly differ from quaderna. On the upperside the
ground colour of Iceta and sanfordi is brown, in quaderna black ;
the blue of the former more restricted on both wings, and is
more violet than quaderna. ... The specimen described by
Godman and Salvin is a female, not a male, and differs in the
underside being much greener, but it is a very fresh specimen
which may account for it.”

Mr. Goodson, in another part of his report, even goes so
far as to coincide with dos Passos in that Iceta and sanfordi are
races together, specificially distinct from quaderna ; but grant-
ing Field’s drawings of male and female genitalia of both to be
accurate (and they certainly appear so), such a conclusion can-
not hold. There are too many profound differences which
point to long isolation and full specific distinction between them.
Furthermore, the patterns of sanfordi and quaderna are much
more closely allied than those of sanfordi and Iceta.

There appears to be no known record of quaderna closer than
a rough thousand miles to Arizona, all the known localities
lying south of an imaginary line drawn from Tuxpan, on the
Caribbean Sea, to Colima, near the Pacific Coast. This makes
rather pointless one of Field’s arguments for his synonymizing
of sanfordi and quaderna. He says in the introduction of his
paper (p. 303) : ‘fit seems. less surprising, however,, to find that
this southwestern species is really a species found in nearby
Mexico than a New England and eastern Canadian species not
known to occur in any locality nearer than fifteen hundred
miles distance.”

The species concerned may be listed with the following
synonymies :

Erora laeta Edwards

Thecla Iceta Edwards, 1862, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia,
p. 50.

Thecla clothilde Edwards, 1863, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philadelphia, 2,
p. 15.

Erora Iceta: Field, 1941, Annals Ent. Soc. America 34, p. 309,
pi. 1, figs. 1, 2, 3, 7 ; pi. 2, figs. 1-4 ; pi. 3, figs. 9, 10.

Sept., 1943]

Clench: Lyc^nidje

223

To the localities given by Field may be added the following,
based on a female in the Museum of Comparative Zoology : Lake
St. Joseph, Portneuf County, Quebec (June 1932, G. B. Fair-
child).

Erora quaderna quaderna Hewitson

Thecla quaderna Hewitson, 1868, Descr. Lycasnidse, p. 35.

Thecla attalion Godman and Salvin, 1887, Biol. Centr.-Am., Lep.

Rhop. 2r p. 60, pi. 35, figs. 19, 20.

Erora quaderna: Field, 1941, Annals Ent. Soc. America 34, p.
303, pi. 1, figs. 4, 5, 6, 8 ; pi. 2, figs. 5-8 ; pi. 3, figs. 11-13 :
(In part). (Figures all represent sanfordi, not quaderna.)
The type locality is here selected as Tancitaro, Michoacan,
Mexico. The type female, with no accurate data, is in the
British Museum. The only insight we have to the habits of
this species are the notes on the two specimens in the M. C. Z.
They read, respectively: “ Resting on lupine at nightfall,” and
“Swept from mt. meadow.”

Erora quaderna sanfordi dos Passos
Erora Iceta: of authors.

Erora Iceta sanfordi dos Passos, 1940, Am. Mus. Novit. No. 1052,

p. 1.

Erora quaderna: Field, 1941, Annals Ent. Soc. America 34, p.
303, pi. 1, figs. 4, 5, 6, 8; pi. 2, figs. 5-8; pi. 3, figs. 11-13.
Complete bibliographical references to all forms here discussed
are to be found in Field’s paper.

224

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

NEW RECORDS (LEPIDOPTERA)

Among a few specimens captured by Mr. Rop€rt May at Cape
Wolstenholme, P. Q., Lat. 62° 25' Long. 66° 14' are:

136. Oeneis polixenes (Fabricius). 2 §, 14, 15 July, 1941 at
sea level.

138. Oeneis melissa semplei Holland. 10 July, 1941 at sea
level.

452. Plebeius aquilo suttoni (Holland). 3 J1, 22 July, 1941,
alt, 1200 ft.

This subspecies was described from Southhampton Island.
These specimens from across the bay are marked more heavily
than topotypical specimens but are still much less heavily
marked that Labrador aquilo. — Wm. P. Comstock.

Sept., 1943]

Linsley: Melecta

225

THE GENUS MELECTA IN EASTERN NORTH
AMERICA AND PORTO RICO (HYMEN-
OPTERA, ANTHOPHORID.E)

By E. Gorton Linsley
University of California, Berkeley

In 19391 the writer commented on the remarkable fact that the
genus Melecta, known by some twenty or more species and sub-
species in western North America, was unknown east of the Mis-
sissippi River. This situation posed a very difficult problem in
distribution since no good explanation for the apparent fact was
evident. It is with considerable satisfaction, therefore, that the
writer is now able to record the presence of at least one species
on the Atlantic Coast of North America and another in Porto
Rico. The presence of the former, a species assignable to the
subgenus Melecta s. str. in Georgia suggests the possibility that
the group may yet prove to be fairly widely distributed in eastern
North America, since this subgenus clearly appears to be of
northern origin. The occurrence of a species of the subgenus
Melectomorpha in Porto Rico is even more significant, suggesting
that this latter group may be of southern origin and, if so, prob-
ably entitled to generic rank. A need for revisonal studies of
Neotopical melectine bees is clearly indicated and must be under-
taken before the distribution of the North American forms can
become fully intelligible.

Melecta (Melecta) atlantica Linsley, new species

Female: Form robust; integument black, pubescence black except that of
dorsum of thorax which is ochraceous. Read with face densely clothed with
long, erect, black hairs, sparser on clypeus and vertex; upper vertex and
occipital area with a patch of erect, pale hairs ; upper f rons dullish, except
sutures, closely, moderately coarsely punctate; clypeus shining, moderately
coarsely punctured at base, more finely toward apex which has a smooth im-
punctate margin; labrum with surface concave, shining, coarsely, irregularly
punctured with finer punctures intermixed, irregularly clothed with coarse,
erect black hairs; antennae black, first flagellar segment longer than second

1 Linsley, E. G. 1939. A revision of the Nearctic Melectinae. Ann. Ent.
Soc. Am., 32: 429-468, 9 figs.

226

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. LI

segment ; mandibles with a distinct inner tooth. Thorax densely clothed with
long, erect hairs, those of pronotum, mesoscutum, mesoscutellum, metanotum
and propodeum ochraecous, the latter area with some black hairs at side;
pubescence obscuring punctation; mesoscutellar lobes acute or armed with a
short tooth; mesepisterna more or less opaque, coarsely closely punctate,
pubescence dense but not completely obscuring surface. Wings lightly in-
fuscated; marginal cell rounded at apex. Legs black, clothed with black
pubescence, especially long and dense on posterior faces of femora and tibiae ;
inner ramus of intermediate and posterior tarsal claws long, slender. Ab-
domen moderately shining, finely punctured, clothed with black pubescence,
long and erect on basal declivity, short, depressed on posterior of first tergite
and over most of second tergite, longer, suberect on tergites three, four and five,
fifth tergite with a broad, smooth, median impunctate area at apex ; pygidial
plate long, slender, liguliform, apex narrowly rounded; sternites clothed over
most of basal half with long, coarse, suberect black hairs. Length 13 mm.
anterior wing 10 mm.

Holotype: female (collection of P. W. Fattig), from Kennesaw
Mt., Georgia, April 26, 1936, collected by P. W. Fattig, to whom
I am indebted for the privilege of studying the specimen.

This species may be distinguished at once from all other known
North American species of Melecta s. str. by the absence of erect
pale hairs from the first abdominal tergite, the dense apical
abdominal pubescence, and the long, slender pygidial plate.
Superficially it resembles Melecta (M elect omimus) edwardsii
Cresson but may be separated by the very short scutellar spines
and narrow pygidial plate. It is also suggestive of Anthophora
abrupta (Say), with which it may be confused in collections.
This is the only known species of Melecta s. str. from east of the
Mississippi River.

Melecta (Melectomorpha) pentalon (Dewitz), n. comb.
Crocisa pentalon Dewitz, 1881, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., 25 : 198, pi.
5, fig. 2.

Female : Form elongate ; color black, with patches of whitish
or brownish pubescence on the head, thorax and abdomen. Head
with long, depressed white pubescence at middle and sides of face
and upper cheeks behind apex of eyes, lower cheeks and area
immediately above antennal bases clothed with long dark brown-
ish pubescence; vertex opaque, closely punctate; antennae with
first flagellar segment longer than second; clypeus subglabrous,

Sept., 1943]

Linsley : Melecta

227

closely punctured, interspaces shining; mandibles with inner
margin bidentate. Thorax sparsely pubescent ; mesoscutum with
a narrow, median, longitudinal band of appressed white hairs and
a small oval patch on each side of middle at level of anterior mar-
gin of tegulse, surface closely punctate, interspaces shining ;
tegulae ruf o-piceous ; mesoscutellum strongly biconvex, dorsal
lobes prominent, acute, surface punctured similarly to meso-
scutum, median line with a band of appressed white pubescence.
Wings tinted with fuscous, cellular area pale. Legs reddish, with
irregular patches of appressed, plumose white pubescence. Ab-
domen black, dull, tergites three and four with a broad, irregular,
smooth apical margin; first tergite with an arcuate band of
appressed white pubescence along lateral and latero-apical mar-
gin, widely broken at middle, second tergite with a similar but
a little less extensive band, third tergite with apical band reduced
to a small, barely transverse patch on each side of middle ; pygidial
plate rather broadly triangular, dull; sternites shining, finely
punctate, polished apical margin very wide at middle on sternites
three, four and five, punctate area clothed with appressed white
hairs. Length 11 mm., anterior wing 9 mm.

Redescribed from a specimen collected at Lares, Porto Rico,
Nov. 3, 1922 (Sein), and kindly submitted for identification by
Dr. Krombein of the Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quaran-
tine, Washington, D. C.

This species is more slender than any of the other known mem-
bers of the subgenus Melectomorpha but otherwise seems to agree
well. It may perhaps be best compared with if. (if.) interrupta
Cresson from Texas from which it differs in the prominent, acute
mesoscutellar lobes, paler wings, and arrangement of the pubes-
cent pattern of the head and thorax.

Melecta (Melectomorpha) californica Cresson

Mr. W. R. Enns has very kindly submitted for study specimens
that I am unable to separate from if. (if.) californica californica
Cresson. These were reared from nests of Anthophora abrupta
(Say) along the bank of the Mississippi River, Cape Girardeau,
Mo., June 1, 1942. This record provides the easternmost exten-
sion of the range of this species and its subgenus on the North
American continent.

Sept., 1943]

Fernald : Myzine maculata

229

AN INSECT LODGING HOUSE

By H. T. Fernald
Winter Park, Florida

Early in July, 1942, I tied a small, white cord one eighth of
an inch in diameter to a branch of a live oak tree and by chance
left one piece two feet three inches long hanging down, the end
being four feet two inches above the ground. The shade from
the tree and nearness to a house kept the cord from being in
bright sunlight at all times of day. The cord itself was of a kind
called ‘ ‘ chalk line ’ ’ and consisted of three tightly twisted strands
which in turn were tightly twisted together, making the cord
quite firm.

No notice was taken of the cord until soon after sunset July 31
when I chanced to see on it about 40 small wasps, later identified
by the United States Bureau of Entomology as Myzine maculata
(F.). How long the cord had already been used as a sleeping
place is of course unknown.

At first it was assumed that the gathering of the wasps at that
place was only incidental and that after a few days they would
disappear, but daily observations showed the wasps there every
night and the cord was watched each day therefter, both in the
morning and during twilight and continually until November 10,
the last wasp seen being on October 31, a total period of three
months. All the wasps were males. Their abundance during
this period varied greatly, but from August 26 to September 11,
except for four days, none were present in the evenings. This
may have been due to the appearance on the cord during these
days in that period of adult ant lions whose presence before
leaving for the night may have driven the wasps away. This
condition is discussed below.

After the last ant lion disappeared the wasps began to gather
again and were present in fair though varying numbers until
October 11 ; thereafter four was the largest number seen at one
time and there were days when none was present.

Observations apparently chanced to begin during an abun-

230

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

dance period of the wasps, followed by a reduction in numbers
about August 20. Then came the ant lion period with their pres-
ence and with the wasps practically absent. On the morning of
September 11 there were eight ant lions and no wasps on the
cord. I was obliged to be absent from then until the evening of
September 24 when 40-50 wasps and no ant lions were on the
cord. After a few days of abundance they reduced to about
eleven with a slight increase the first week in October, after
which there were fewer, varying from one to four, until the end,
with an occasional day’s entire absence during that time. It
would seem that there were two periods of greatest abundance,
about the first of August and again about September 22, but with
ten or more often present at times both between these dates and
afterwards.

Almost without exception more wasps were present at the
evening observation time than on the following morning. Eve-
ning observations were made when it was almost dark or later,
then with the aid of a light. Morning observations were usually
about 8 : 00 a.m., when it had been light for some time and per-
haps some wasps had already gone away for the day.

Wasps began to. gather singly at the cord even before sunset
in some cases, but most of them appeared between sunset and
dark, even when it was quite dark. They were slower to come
after afternoon showers and often their number was less. On
cloudy mornings they were slower to leave the cord than on clear
days. At night while it was still quite light they were restless
when observed and would often fly away; after dark a light
would disturb them and they would move about uneasily.

As a whole they rested head up on the cord though sometimes
many would be head down and in one or two instances all were
heading down while on several occasions some were seen to reverse
their positions. In resting on the cord the body was against it
and the claws were used in holding on. I could not make out
whether the jaws were also used for this purpose as with the light
necessary to see this they would move about.

On one or two occasions wasps were also present on small twigs
of the tree close to the cord.

The diameter of the cord was sufficient to permit two wasps to
rest opposite each other, but hardly more. On some evenings

Sept., 1943]

Fernald : Myzine maculata

231

when the cord was crowded some of the insects would try to push
their way between two others but would succeed only in getting-
part way between them.

Why the wasps selected the cord rather than tree twigs of
about the same size to rest on may possibly have been because the
bark of the twigs is smooth and hard while the cord was of a
texture which permitted the claws of the insects to more easily
obtain a firm grasp. During September other groups of these
wasps were observed gathered on Spanish moss hanging from
trees some distance from the one under observation. Unfortu-
nately it was not possible to learn if these were at all permanent
sleeping places.

With the first appearance of the ant lions (which were identi-
fied at the United States Bureau of Entomology as Myrmeleon
mobilis Hagen) the morning of Augtist 25 the wasps practi-
cally disappeared. Possibly the ant lions arriving early in the
morning for their daylight sleep disturbed the wasps, driving
them away, and if still there when the latter began to come in for
the night forced them to seek some other place. Each ant lion
was large enough to occupy the space on the cord required to
accommodate ten or twelve of the wasps. The ant lions like the
wasps rested head up, their bodies hanging down in contact with
the cord and with their wings closed. When disturbed they
would sidle around the cord so as to place this between them and
the observer, and with one eye on each side of the cord watch
for further developments.

Several papers on sleeping insects have mentioned the gather-
ing of an allied species, Myzine sexcincta (F.) at the same place
“night after night ” (Banks, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., X, 209,
1902), but I have not found any record of such a prolonged resi-
dence as here given or of any such habits of any ant lion.

In this connection it may be permitted to say that one morning
while many of the wasps were still present a blue jay perched on
a branch about a foot above the cord and examined it carefully
from there. Then it suddenly swooped downward brushing
along the cord with one wing and giving one of its disagreeable
shrieks as it went. It made no attempt to catch any of the wasps
but they lost no time in departing in all directions.

Sept., 1943]

Statterthwait : Muscina

233

NOTES ON THE PARASITIC HABITS OF MUSCINA
STABULANS (FALL.) (DIPTERA, MUSCID^E)

By A. F. Satterthwait

United States Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Besearch
Administration, Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine

The record of parasitic habits of Muscina stabulans (Fall.)
published in the Journal of the New York Entomological
Society for December 19421 invites the publication of certain
observations made by the writer in his studies of the armyworm
and of sunflower insects,

Two male and two female Muscina stabulans adults were
reared on August 1, 1915, from Cirphis unipuncta (Haw,) larvae
collected by the writer at Lafayette, Ind., June 7, 1915. One
male was determined by J. M. Aldrich; the other three were de-
termined by the writer by comparing them critically with the
male determined by Dr. Aldrich. One female not of parasitic
origin was also determined by Dr. Aldrich.

One male and one female Muscina stabulans were reared from
Cirphis unipuncta. larvae collected at Florissant, Mo., June 9,
1919. These issued on June 27 and June 23, respectively.
Armyworm larvae collected from the same area on June 10, 1919,
yielded one male and two female M. stabulans by June 28. The
hosts of the Florissant specimens continued alive for some days
after capture.

Four male and three female Muscina stabulans issued June 26,
1919, from Cirphis unipuncta larvae collected a few days earlier
in the St. Louis County and Lincoln County area.

On July 28, 1927, the writer found four Muscina stabulans
puparia in a pupal cell of the cocklebur weevil, Bhodobaenus
tredecimpunctatus 111., in a sunflower stalk collected at New
Madrid, Mo. Determinations were made from the puparia and
from an adult which had not successfully issued. The absence

1 Curran, C. H. The Parasitic Habits of Muscina stabulans Fabricius.
Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., vol. 50, pp. 335-336. 1942.

234

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. LI

of foreign matter in the cell indicated that the maker of the exca-
vation alone was host of these four flies.

A parasitized pupa of the sunflower budworm, Suleima heli-
anthana Riley, was found in a sunflower stalk in the same field
on July 28, 1927. The parasite larva changed to a pnparinm
subsequent to August 11, at which time it was observed free from
the host. By August 26 it was a puparium. It did not yield its
adult, but the determination was made from the puparium.

On September 29, 1928, a larva of Suleima helianthana was col-
lected in the main stem of a sunflower at Sikeston, Mo. Subse-
quent to October 23, a parasite issued as a larva and formed its
puparium by November 19. The adult issued subsequent to
March 18, 1929, and proved to be Muscina stabulans.

M. T. James, of the Division of Insect Identification, Bureau of
Entomology and Plant Quarantine, has kindly examined all adult
specimens of Muscina stabulans involved in this paper and has
corroborated the determinations; and C. T. Greene examined the
puparia on April 14, 1943, and pronounced them to be those of
the species above named.

Sept., 1943]

Proceedings of the Society

235

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NEW YORK
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Meeting of October 6, 1942

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held on
October 6, 1942, in the American Museum of Natural History; President
Weiss in the chair ; nineteen members and visitors present.

Dr. Charles D. Michener and Mr. G. C. Furness were proposed for mem-
bership.

There were reports of summer experiences by the members and visitors
present. On the whole little insect collecting had been done, due mainly to
war activities and transportation difficulties.

Meeting of October 20, 1942

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held on
October 20, 1942, in the American Museum of Natural History; President
Weiss in the chair; 18 members and visitors present.

Dr. Charles D. Michener of the American Museum of Natural History, and
Mr. G. C. Furness of the National Carbide Co., were elected members of the
Society.

It was announced that Dr. L. O. Howard, Honorary Member of the Society,
was to be in New York this winter.

Dr. H. T. Spieth presented a paper on the ‘ ‘ Application of Some Statistical
Methods to the Systematics of Stenonema,” showing how frequency distribu-
tions, means, and standard deviations can help in the interpretation of some
taxonomic problems of mayflies.

Meeting of November 17, 1942

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held on
November 17, 1942, in the American Museum of Natural History; President
Weiss in the chair; thirty-nine members and visitors present.

After a discussion of whether to hold one or two meetings a month in
1943, it was decided by a vote to continue meeting twice a month.

Mr. Weiss read a letter from the Science Press announcing an increase of
five per cent in the cost of printing the Journal for next year.

It was announced that the meetings of the Eastern Branch, American Asso-
ciation of Economic Entomologists would be held in New York on November
19 and 20.

Dr. T. C. Schneirla told of a field study of an “instinct” problem: the
migration and raiding in army ants as observed by him on Barro Colorado
Island. Abstract appended.

236

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

THE AEMY ANT BEHAVIOR PATTERN

The unique behavior pattern of ants in the subfamily Dorylince involves
daily predatory expeditions and periodic migrations to a new nesting site or
bivouac. In the American genus Eciton, through more than 200 known species
and sub-specific groups, there are wide variations in behavior from the ter-
restrial raids and bivouacs of Eciton s. str. species to the almost exclusively
hypogaeic activities and nesting of Labidus species such as E. cceum. The
former genus is best known in most respects. Its colonies number more than
40,000 workers, stably polymorphic with the frequency skewed toward the
smaller sizes. The intermediate workers are most prominent in the actual
raiding. In E. hamatum and E. burchelli the raids are light-aroused in the
early morning and develop through the day, generally expanding to a dis-
tance of more than 200-300 yards from the bivouac. When the raids are
large and well-developed ( e.g ., a condition marked in E. hamatum by 2-3
principal trail systems), the activities of the day terminate in a migratory
movement which carries the entire colony over one of its principal raiding
trails to a new bivouac site somewhere on the margin of the raided zone.
Thus a migration does not occur haphazardly, but ends a day of raiding.
However, in the rainy season these species exhibit a regular cyclic routine of
activities. In E. hamatum, for instance, maximal raiding and daily migra-
tion occurs daily in a given colony for about 18 days (nomadic period), then
during the following period of about 18 days the colony remains bivouacked in
the same spot with its daily raids much less developed (statary period).
This is also the case for the swarm-raiding species E. burchelli, although the
time relations of the nomadic-statary cycle are somewhat different in its
case. The solution lies in the effect of a developing brood upon colony
activity. Invariably, when a colony is found in the nomadic period, it
proves to have a brood which is going through the larval, stage, increasing
in 1 1 mass activity ’ 1 and voraciousness as it develops. This suggests that
larval activity stimulates the workers tactually and chemically and greatly
increases 1 1 social stimulation, ’ ’ indirectly accounting for highly developed
raids which reach the point of complexity at which migration must occur.
The stimulative effect of the larvas upon workers is readily established in
laboratory tests and observations; the direct relationship between maximal
raids and migration has been worked out as a special problem. A critical
control is the fact that in scores of observed cases, without exception, colonies
have been found to cease the daily migrations and become statary at the
point when their brood terminates its larval period and becomes enclosed
in cocoons. The pace-maker of the entire behavior pattern is the Eciton queen
(dichthadiigyne), whose physiological properties permit her to lay huge
batches of eggs at regular intervals (ca. 36 days in the Eciton s. str. species).
It is highly important that each clutch of eggs is laid within a few days, so
that the many thousand young develop nearly in pace with one another and
hatch into further stages at about the same time. As a consequence the brood
exerts a homogenous and summative effect upon the workers of the colony,
and thereby indirectly influences the critical changes in the colony behavior
pattern in an all-or-none manner. Hence the Eciton behavior pattern is a
complex resultant of several biological factors contributed in diverse in-
cidental ways by the various component classes of individuals in the colony,
interacting with extrinsic factors {e.g., light) contributed incidentally by the
environmental situation. — T. C. Schneirla.

Meeting of December 1, 1942

The Fiftieth Anniversary meeting of the New York Entomological Society
was held on December 1, 1942, in the American Museum of Natural History;
President Weiss in the chair; 45 members and visitors present.

Sept., 1943]

Proceedings of the Society

237

Pictures of past presidents, early account books and minutes of the first
meetings of the Society were exhibited.

Mr. Teale read the minutes for the meeting held on Dec. 7, 1892.

Mr. Weiss read the list of past presidents of the Society, twelve out of the
26 were present: — presidents Bell, Bird, Curran, Davis, Groth, Kisliuk,
Melander, Moore, Ruckes, Schwarz, Sherman, and Weiss.

As Editor of the Journal, Mr. Weiss presented a paper on the biographies
of former editors of the Journal, and the members of the first publication
committee; and he also gave statistics on fifty volumes of the Journal.

Mrs. Bell and Mrs. Sherman were presented with 1 1 badges ’ ’ as awards for
faithful attendance at the meetings.

Mr. Weiss read a letter from our honorary member, Dr. L. O. Howard.

The list of those who have been members of the Society for twenty years
or longer was read, and four of our 1 1 oldest ’ ’ members spoke about the
early days of the Society. Mr. Groth who was a member of the incorporation
committee in 1893 told of meetings before the Society was organized. Mr.
Bird stressed the accomplishments of the Society in fifty years, spoke of
some of the early members, and concluded with some humorous comments on
heredity. Mr. Davis told of former members about whom obituary notices
had been published and the prominent place they had in the activities of the
Society and in Entomology in general. Mr. Comstock spoke about the
collections of insects that came to the Museum through Society members, and
of the active part played by members of the Society in building up the
Museum’s collection from 300,000 specimens as reported by Beutenmiiller in
1898 to its present size — approaching two million.

Mr. Furness and Dr. Michener, our “ youngest” members, expressed their
appreciation of being members of the Society that had played such a
prominent part in Entomology.

Meeting of December 15, 1942

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held on
December 15, 1942, in the American Museum of Natural History; President
Weiss in the chair; 22 members and visitors present.

Dr. H. C. Huckett of Riverhead, New York, was proposed for membership.
The by-laws were suspended and he was then elected a member of the
Society.

Mr. Weiss appointed the following committee to nominate the officers of
the Society for the year 1943 : Mr. Schwarz, Chairman, Mr. Soraci and Dr.
Michener.

Dr. Charles M. Wheeler of the Rockefeller Foundation Laboratory spoke
on “The Ecology of Bubonic Plague in the Western United States.”

After considerable discussion of the paper, the meeting adjuorned at
9: 30.

Annette L. Bacon, Secretary.

238

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

NEW SPIDER RECORDS FROM NEW YORK NO. 2

Among spiders recently collected by the writer in the New York

area, six are new additions to Long Island records while one

species supplies the State List.

All species listed beneath were determined by Dr. W. J.

Gertsch. The records are as follows :

Amaurobius benneti Blackw. Manhasset, L. I., May 7, 1941,
1 immature female.

Amaurobius ferox Blackw. Alley Pond, L. I., Nov. 3, 1940,
1 female.

Enoplognatha mar mor at a Hentz. Montauk, L. I., May 18, 1941,
females.

Xysticus luctans C. Koch. Montauk, L. I., May 18, 1941, male.

Coras medicinalis Hentz. Montauk, L. I., June 16, 1940, female.
Alley Pond, Nov. 3, 1940, Manhasset, L. I., May 7, 1941,
3 females.

Lycosa gulosa Walck. Manhasset, L. I., May 7, 1941, a male and
female.

Lycosa modesta Keys. Pelham Bay Park, April 17, 1941, two
females. New Rochelle, May 1, 1941, female. New to the
state. Apparently missing in the list, as many others. This
species is quite common on Long Island (Gertsch).

Borys Malkin, Eugene, Oregon.

The

New York Entomological Society

Organized June 29, 1892 — Incorporated June 7, 1893
Reincorporated February 17, 1943

The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month
(except June, July, August and September) at 8 p. m., in the American Museum of
Natural History, 79th St., & Central Park W., New York, N. Y.

Annual dues for Active Members, $3.00; including subscription to the Journal, $4.50.
Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to
the treasurer.

Honorary President, WILLIAM T. DAVIS

Officers for the Year 1943

President, WM. P. COMSTOCK American Museum of Natural History

Vice-President, EDWIN WAY TEALE >2x1. Baldwin, L. I., N. Y.

Secretary, ANNETTE L. BACON American Museum of Natural History

Treasurer, DR. WILLIS J. GERTSCH American Museum of Natural History

Librarian # Curator, L. J. SANFORD , American Museum of Natural History

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

Wm. T. Davis Dr. Albert Hartzell Dr. S. W. Bromley

Dr. A. B. Klots Dr. F. E. Lutz

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

Harry B. Weiss Edwin W. Teale Dr. Herbert Ruckes

E. L. Bell

PROGRAM COMMITTEE

Dr. C. D. Michener George G. Becker Frank A. Soraci

FIELD COMMITTEE

A. S. Nicolay H. S. Fleming

DELEGATE TO THE N. Y. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
William T. Davis

JOURNAL

of the

NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Published quarterly by the Society at N. Queen St., and Mc-
Govern Ave., Lancaster, Pa. All communications relating to
manuscript for the Journal should be sent to the Editor, Harry B.
Weiss, 19 N. 7th Ave., Highland Park, New Jersey; all subscrip-
tions to the Treasurer, Dr. Willis J. Gertsch, American Museum
of Natural History, New York, N. Y. Orders for back issues
should be sent to the Treasurer, Willis J. Gertsch, American
Museum of Natural History, 79th St., & Central Park W., New
York, N. Y. The society has a complete file of back issues in stock.
The Society will not be responsible for lost Journals if not noti-
fied immediately of change of address. We do not exchange
publications.

Terms for subscription, $3.00 per year, strictly in advance.

Please make all checks , money-orders , or drafts payable to
New York Entomological Society.

Twenty-five reprints without covers are furnished free to
authors. Additional copies may be purchased at the following
rates :

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 24 pp. 32 pp.

25 copies $2.40 $5.22 $5.58 $5.58 $9.00 $9.60

Additionals 100’s ..... .60 1.44 1.92 1.92 3.00 3.00

Covers 50 copies, $2.75; additional 100’s, $1.65.

Half-tone prints l1/^ cents for each half-tone print.

Authors whose papers are illustrated with text figures or
full page plates will be required to supply the electroplates or
pay the cost of making the same by the Journal and also to
pay the cost of printing full page plates on coated paper, when
advisable.

Vol. LI No. 4

DECEMBER, 1943

Journal

of the

New York Entomological Society

Devoted to Entomology in General

Publication Committee

HARRY B. WEISS EDWIN W. TEALE

HERBERT RUCKES E. L. BELL

Subscription $3.00 per Year

Published Quarterly by the Society
N. QUEEN ST. AND McGOVERN AVE.

LANCASTER, PA.

NEW YORK, N. Y.

1943

CONTENTS

Common Insects on Pinyon (Pinus edulis)

By Elbert L. Little, Jr 239

Three New Species of Diptera Related to Agromyza
Pusilla Meig.

By S. W. Frost . 253

Synonymy of the Membracidae of Formosa

By W. D. Funkhouser 265

Book Notice 275

Book Notice: Systematics and the Origin of Species
by Ernst Mayr

By T. D. A. Cockerell 277

Book Notice 284

The Journal of the New York Entomological Society,
1893-1942

By Harry B. Weiss 285

Revisional Notes on the Danainae (Supplement)

By Wm. T. M. Forbes 295

Book Notices . . 305

NOTICE : Volume LI, Number 3, of the Journal of the New
York Entomological Society was published on September
7, 1943.

Entered as second class matter July 7, 1925, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of August 24, 1912.

Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103.
Act of October 3, 1917, authorized March 27, 1924.

JOURNAL

OF THE

New York Entomological Society

Vol. LI December, 1943 No. 4

common" INSECTS ON PINYON (PINUS EDULIS)

By Elbert L. Little, Jr.1

While studying forest management of piny on ( Finns edulis)
in Arizona and New Mexico, Dr. Little made observations as to
insect life on the foliage, in the bark, and in the cones and the
large, edible seeds. He names and describes insect species ob-
served on this tree and tells what sort of damage is known to be
caused by individual species under usual and under exceptional
conditions.

INTRODUCTION

Field work on Pinus edidis was centered at an experimental
plot, named the Walnut Canyon Piny on Plot, located in Sec. 30,
T. 21 N., R. 9 E., about 12 miles east of Flagstaff on the Coconino
National Forest in Coconino County, northern Arizona. The
pinyon-juniper woodland here, at an elevation of 6,500 feet, is
near its upper altitudinal limit. During the field seasons of
1938, 1940, and 1941 the author visited this plot at least once or
twice weekly from April or May to September or October. Notes
were recorded on the common insects found on various parts of
the trees, and specimens2 were collected. Further observations

1 Dendrologist, Forest Service, United States Department of Agriculture,
Washington, D. C. This investigation was made at the Southwestern Forest
and Range Experiment Station, which is maintained by the Forest Service for
the States of Arizona, New Mexico, and West Texas, with headquarters at
Tucson, Ariz.

2 Acknowledgment is due the Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quaran-
tine, United States Department of Agriculture, for determinations of the
insect collection, which has been deposited with that bureau. The Division

240

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

were made in field trips over New Mexico and Arizona during the
pinyon nut harvests each fall. The Forest Service annual reports
on insect control within the national forests of Arizona and New
Mexico for the period from 1922 to 1940 have contributed data on
insect epidemics on pinyon trees.

Because pinyons are of only slight importance for lumber, the
insects attacking them have not attracted much attention. Black-
man (A P- 149) listed 11 species of bark beetles (10 of Pityopli-
thorus and 1 of Pityophilus ) on Pinus edulis and 4 species on the
related single-leaf pinyon (P. monopltylla) . Keen ( 5 , pp. 106-
107) recorded 7 species of insects feeding on P. monophylla.
Several insect species on P. edulis including some not collected
by the author but cited here also were mentioned by Keen (d).
As apparently no previous summary of the common and destruc-
tive insects on P. edulis has been published, the author’s personal
observations are presented here. It is realized that additional
study of the insects of this host species over its entire range and
over a longer period would be desirable. Insects which seem to
be of slight importance might become epidemic and cause consid-
erable damage at some future time. The insects observed on
pinyon trees may be grouped for convenience in reference into
three classes according to the parts of the host trees attacked:
(1) insects on foilage; (2) insects in bark; and (3) insects in
cones and seeds.

INSECTS ON FOLIAGE

The main insects on the foliage may be listed as follows: (1)
pine tip moths; (2) scale insects; (3) aphids; (4) caterpillars;
(5) gall makers; (6) cicadas; and (7) ants. A few insects of
various other kinds occasionally are found on the foliage but
apparently are not injurious or only slightly so, or else feed on
other insects. In addition to the insects on the foliage discussed

of Forest Insect Investigations of that bureau kindly has handled the collec-
tion. The author is greatly indebted to the following specialists of the
Division of Insect Identification for making the determinations: W. H.
Anderson, H. G. Barber, M. W. Blackman, R. F. Blackwelder, L. L. Buchanan,
E. A. Chapin, J. C. Crawford, R. A. Cushman, W. S. Fischer, C. T. Greene, A.
B. Gurney, Carl Heinrich, P. W. Mason, II. Morrison, C. F. W. Muesebeck, P.
W. Oman, and M. R. Smith. Helpful suggestions for the manuscript have
been given by F. P. Keen and J. E. Patterson, of the Division of Forest
Insect Investigations.

Dec., 1943]

Little: Pinyon Insects

241

here, a pine louse ( Pineus color adensis Gill ; Phylloxeridae) has
been reported on pinyon (6, p. 49) and a ronndheaded borer
( Oeme costata Lee. ; Cerambycidas) on twigs of pinyon ( 6 , p. 37).
A needle miner ( Becnrvaria sp., near B. milleri Busck; Gele-
chiidge), which became epidemic on Finns monophylla in Cali-
fornia, may be looked for on P. edulis, according to J. E. Pat-
terson.

Pine Tip Moths

Pine tip moths ( Dior yet via sp. ; Phycitidas, known also as
Pyralidag) are common on pinyon trees and often abundant near
the lower altitudinal limit. The whitish caterpillars become f to f
inch long, and the gray adult moths have a length of less than
\ inch. The larvae, which are active mainly in May and June,
kill leaders, other terminal shoots, and terminal buds in the upper
parts of mature as well as smaller trees. Pine tip moths may
tend to increase the branching and crooked limbs but the de-
formation caused is not conspicuous or very serious, as the low,
spreading, much-branched pinyons seldom are used for lumber.
There is a slight retardation in height growth when the leader is
killed, but a shorter lateral shoot becomes a leader. Some in-
direct loss of cones is due to pine tip moths, because a few attacked
shoots bear young cones.

J. E. Patterson suggests that another pine tip moth (Bhyacionia
neomexicana Dyar ; Eucosmidge), which kills the tips, reduces the
cone crops, and is very damaging to Finns monophylla, might be
found also on P. ednlis.

Larvge of pitch midges ( Betinodiplosis sp., possibly B. resini-
cola 0. S. ; Itonididge) were collected in masses of pitch on young
shoots of the related species, Mexican pinyon ( Pinns cembroides
Zucc.), in the Patagonian Mountains, Coronado National Forest,
southern Arizona.

Scale Insects

The pine needle scale ( Chionaspis pinifolice (Fitch) ; Coccidse),
which is common and widely distributed on the foliage of pines
and other conifers throughout the United States, apparently is
relatively uncommon on pinyon needles. The mature scale is
white and almost -J inch long. Heavily infested needles may die

242

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

and fall prematurely, or a few trees may be killed. Recorded
from Cibola, Coconino, and Gila National Forests.

Another species, the pinyon needle scale ( Matsucoccus acalyp-
tus Herbert; Coccidae) is generally infrequent on pinyon
needles. The brownish or blackish body is about -J inch long, but
the stage more often seen is dark brown and only about 1/64 inch
in length. Needles of the current year become dotted with many
small scales and turn yellow and brown as they are killed. In
severe attacks the needles drop off after the first year, leaving thin
foliage composed of only the needles of the current year.

A number of trees at their lower limit on the Coconino National
Forest in this area were killed in 1940 by heavy infestations of
this species. In 1924 pinyon trees of all sizes and ages in the
vicinity of Fort Bayard, Gila National Forest, New Mexico, were
killed by pinyon needle scales. Noted also on Cibola National
Forest. Other hosts and localities recorded in literature include
singledeaf pinyon in California {2, p. 376) and in southern Idaho
(3, p. 270).

Two additional species, Matsucoccus paucicatrices Mor. and
M. monophyllce McK. have caused twig injury on Pinus mono-
phylla and might be found also on P. edulis, according to J. E.
Patterson.

Aphids

Bark aphids of two species infrequent on pinyon twigs prob-
ably cause only slight injury. Specimens of Cinara atra Gill,
and Palm. (Aphididae) wTere collected once feeding on new shoots
at the Walnut Canyon plot. Associated with small black ants
( Liometopum apicidatum subsp. luctuosum Whir.), aphids of the
species Cinara terminalis (Gill, and Palm.) were found on twigs
on the Santa Fe National Forest, New Mexico. Cinara edulis
Wilson has been recorded on pinyons in Colorado (6, p. 46).

Caterpillars

Caterpillars of several kinds, varying in length from \ to 1
inch or more, feed on the needles but usually are uncommon and
attack only one or a few trees. Tent caterpillars, larvae of tiger
moths ( Halisidota ingens Hy. Edw. ; Arctidae), were observed
forming webs on the foliage of pinyons in September and October

Dec., 1943]

Little: Pinyon Insects

243

at the Walnut Canyon plot and on the Cibola and Santa Fe Na-
tional Forests. This species is also recorded ( 6 , p. 68) from
Colorado. Other caterpillars collected on pinyon needles in-
clude Coloradia sp. (Saturniidcc) , at Walnut Canyon plot, and
an undetermined one (Lasiocampidae, presumably Gloveria sp.)
from the Lincoln National Forest.

Sawfly larvae or “false caterpillars” ( Neodiprion sp. ; Diopri-
nidae), which become J to J inch long, feed on the needles of
pinyons. Infrequent on the Conconino and Kaibab National
Forests. N eodiprion rowheri Midd. has been recorded ( 2 , p.

338) on Pinus edulis in Colorado and P. monophylla in Cali-
fornia, and on pinyons (6, p. 90) in New Mexico.

Gall Makers

Insect galls of a few kinds, formed mostly by gall midges
(Cecidomyiidae, known also as Itonididae), are found on needles
and twigs of pinyons. While these galls are widespread and
common in Arizona and New Mexico, apparently the destruction
of only a very small portion of the needles by the gall-forming
insects is not serious.

Galls of three shapes occur on spur shoots and cause swelling
of the bases of growing needles. One or more pink, orange, or
white larvae less than TV inch long develop inside a gall. At the
end of the season the spur shoot with gall and dead needles is
shed. Seldom are more than two or three spur shoots of a twig
attacked, but many twigs have galls.

In the commonest type, caused by the gall midge identified
doubtfully as Janetiella color adensis Felt ( ?), the pair of needles
produce at their base a spherical, hard, almost solid brown swell-
ing about i3e inch in diameter. Another kind is an oval-shaped
gall similar to that described by Felt (4, p. 17 ; also 2, p. 391) on
Pinus edidis and P. monophylla caused by the gall midge, Ceci-
domyia sp. The swelling at the base of the pair of needles is
elongate or cylindrical, soft, and hollow, and becomes pale green
and sometimes reddish. It is f to \ inch long and less than T3e
inch broad and contains several larvae. The third type is a coni-
cal gall about f inch long and -iq inch wide, produced by an urn
identified gall midge (probably a species of Cecidomyiidae) . In
this type the needles do not elongate beyond the gall, and the

244

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

brown basal scales enlarge and cover the gall. Felt {4, p. 18 ;
also 6, p. 53) reported that another species of gall midge, Theco-
diplosis cockerelli Felt, produces kidney-shaped enlargements at
the base of pinyon needles in Colorado.

Tips of shoots occasionally may be deformed by spreading
laterally instead of elongating. The spur shoots and needles are
borne in a rosette-like cluster about J inch broad at the base and
covered with brown scale leaves. These galls apparently are
the same as those reported on Pinus edulis by Felt (4, p. 17 ;
also 2, p. 391) and caused by the gall midge, Cecidomyia sp.
(Cecidomyiidae).

Cicadas

Cicadas of two species are common in pinyon woodlands. The
larger cicadas ( Okanagana magnified Davis; Cicadidae) are com-
moner than the smaller ones, Putnam’s cicada ( Platypedia put-
nami var. lutea Davis; Cicadidge). It is not known whether
they injure the trees, but possibly the larvge, which live under-
ground several years, may feed upon the roots.

Adults of both species, which are active about a month, were
observed on shrubs and pinyons at the Walnut Canyon plot in
May and June, 1940 and 1941. Nymphs of Putnam’s cicada
emerge from the ground about the first or middle of May, depend-
ing upon the season, and those of the larger species appear about
two weeks later. Numerous split skins of the larvae are left on
twigs and trunks of pinyons, where they were noticed at various
localities.

Ants

Small black ants ( Liometopum apiculatum subsp. luctuosum
Whir. ; Formicidae), about J inch long or larger, occasionally are
common on the twigs and trunks and may be associated with
aphids. Carpenter ants ( Camponotus sp. ; Formicidae), large
black ants about i inch long, are infrequent on the trunks and
foliage of pinyon trees and may tunnel into the dead wood of
living trees.

INSECTS IN BARK

Insects of several species are found in the bark of living and
dead pinyon trees. Of all the insects on pinyons, bark beetles
(Scolytidse) have attracted the most attention among foresters.

Dec., 1943]

Little: Pinyon Insects

245

F. P. Keen has written that he found the Black Hills beetle
(. Dendroctonus ponderosce Hopk.) attacking Pinus edulis on the
Kaibab National Forest during the epidemic of 1924 and 1925
and that D. valens Lee. and D. barberi Hopk. have been recorded
on this host. Blackman (1, p. 149) listed these 11 additional
species of bark beetles on Pinuq edulis in New Mexico, Arizona,
and Colorado : Pityophthorus agnatus Blackm., P. comptus
Blackm., P. deletus Lee., P. digestus Lee., P. immanis Blackm.,
P. infulatus Blackm., P. mquietus Blackm., P. mollis Blackm.,
P. ornatus Blackm., P. schwarzi Blackm., and Pityophilus bar-
batus Blackm. However, four of these were not cited again for
P. edidis in Blackman’s list of hosts of these insect species on
pages 153 to 156.

Bark Beetles

The commonest bark beetles attacking pinyons are known as
Ips or engraver beetles ( Ips spp.). In New Mexico and Arizona
the principal species on pinyons probably is the Arizona five-
spined engraver (Ips lecontei Sw. ; Scolytidae), collected on the
Lincoln National Forest, New Mexico. Specimens collected at
the Walnut Canyon plot were of a related species (Ips sp., near
Ips confusus Lee., probably new variety or new species). These
light to dark brown beetles less than ^ inch long appear to be
mainly secondary, as they attack weakened, injured, and dying
pinyon trees, especially those affected by drought or on poor sites.
Except in infrequent epidemics, only a few trees are attacked at
a time, the loss is not great, and control measures are not needed.

Nearly all the references to insects on pinyons contained in
the annual reports on insect control on the national forests of
Arizona and New Mexico during the period 1922 to 1940 are
about bark beetles, or Ips. In 1925 and 1926 there was a serious
infestation of Ips, attributed partly to drought, on Chupadera
Mesa, Cibola National Forest, New Mexico. From 10 to 50 per
cent of the pinyon trees in different places were killed, but only
a few died in 1927. Considerable numbers of trees were killed
by Ips and drought on the Apache National Forest, New Mexico,
in 1925 also, but by 1926 the infestation was not serious.

A severe epidemic of Ips, starting from blown-down timber,
killed from 50 to 75 per cent of the pinyon trees in a large area

246

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

along the west slopes of the Sacramento Mountains, Lincoln Na-
tional Forest, New Mexico, in 1925. Drought-weakened trees on
the shallow-soiled, dry western slopes were attacked also. The
great bulk of the trees turned brown during the last of June and
July, but a few died later and in 1926. Slight infestation was
reported on this forest again in 1928.

Some damage from Ips on pinyons was noted in 1930 in the
Zuni Mountains, Cibola National Forest; in the dry year 1934
east of the Sandia Mountains, Cibola National Forest; and in
1937 on Coconino National Forest, where the bark beetles appar-
ently had spread from nearby slash. Slight loss of pinyon trees
already injured by smelter smoke was reported on an area of the
Prescott National Forest, Ariz., in 1938 and 1940. Some bark
beetle infestation, thought to have spread from clearing of a road,
was noted on the Sitgreaves National Forest, Ariz., in 1939. A
heavy infestation, thought to be of bark beetles, killed 10 per cent
of the pinyons on ridges of a mountain on the Crook National
Forest, Ariz., in 1940, where 10 per cent of the trees were killed.
A few pinyon trees attacked by bark beetles were observed on the
Ivaibab National Forest in 1940, also.

Other Insects

Insects of several kinds, both larvag and adults, are found in
the bark of dying pinyon trees infested with bark beetles. These
probably are secondary, do not cause death of the trees, and may
not be injurious. Roundhead borers of two species ( Acanthoci -
nus sp., probably A. spectabilis Lee. ; and Monochamus sp. ;
Cerambycidag) were common in the bark of dying trees attacked
by Ips at the Walnut Canyon plot. These large white grubs
become J to 1J inches long. Other white larvae about f inch long
in the bark of these trees were ostomid beetles ( Temnochila sp.),
which may be beneficial in feeding upon bark beetles and other
insects. Small adult beetles less than \ inch long found in the
tunnels of bark beetles under the bark of the same trees were
identified as: Aulonium longum Lee. (Colydiidag) ; Hypophloeus
sp. Tenebrionidae) ; and Platysoma punctigerum Lee. (His-
teridag). Beetles of the last species feed on eggs and larvag of
bark beetles ( 2 , p. 203). A flatheaded borer ( Melanophila pini-

Dec., 1943]

Little: Pinyon Insects

247

edulis Burke; Buprestidae) has been reported on dead and dying
pinyons in Colorado, Utah, and Arizona ( 6 , p. 134).

INSECTS IN CONES AND SEEDS

While they do not kill the trees, the insects in the cones and
seeds destroy large portions of the marketable crops of pinyon
nuts each year. Fortunately, pinyon nuts are not attacked by
insects after maturity and keep well for a few years, when stored
in dry climates. It should be noted that many seeds die from
other causes at various stages. Production of empty seeds,
known as blighting or blasting, in cones not attacked by insects,
sometimes is common.

Insects Feeding on Young Cones

The young cones emerging from the buds for pollination in
June or May are soft and glandular for a few weeks until the
cone scales form a hard surface. Miscellaneous insects feed
upon these young cones and destroy a small portion. Though
only a few scales may be eaten, the injured cone usually dies. A
few June beetles ( Serica sp., apparently undescribed; Scara-
baeidse) about f inch long and an unidentified measuring worm
(Geometridae) about I inch long were collected on the cones at
this stage.

Larvae in Cones, First Year

According to observations at the Walnut Canyon plot, there
is a high mortality of pinyon cones from insects the first year,
though the loss is much less conspicuous than that of the larger
cones the second year. Destruction of cones the first year is
caused principally by larvae of unidentified gall midges (Ceci-
domyiidae, known also as Itonididae). The cones are attacked
after pollination and killed when less than inch long. Eggs
were found in a cone early in July. The white larvae, less than
■J inch long, are active in July and August but were found as late
as September. They feed on the young seeds and soft tissues at
the base of the cone scales. The infested cones usually die in
August, shrivel slightly as they dry, and fall off when touched.
When examined, they are usually hollow and show no evidence
of insects.

248

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

A less common type of insect damage is that of abnormally
swollen cones caused also by larvae of gall midges ( Cecidomyiidae,
known also as Itonididae). In August or the last of July a few
cone scales begin to grow more rapidly than the others and pro-
duce an asymmetrical cone with the larger scales protruding
to | inch. A whitish insect larva about lV inch long develops at
the base of the enlarged scale and feeds upon the seed and scale.

Larvas in Cones, Second Year

Great destruction of cones and seeds occurs the second year.
Cones are killed both before and after they reach their full size
of about 1^ inches long early in July. Insect larvae of four or
five species of moths are especially active in the cones in June
and destroy many cones and seeds in June, July, and August.
These whitish to brown larvae become \ to f inch long. They bore
into the green cones, and feed upon the soft tissues of the cone
scales and upon the seeds.

A cone attacked by larvae- in June, when it is relatively soft,
shrivels somewhat and turns brown. It may remain on the tree
as a shrunken dead cone or may fall prematurely. The contents
have been reduced to a powdery mass by the insect larvae. Insect
damage to cones attacked later in the season, as in July and Au-
gust, may be less severe. At this time the tissues of the cone are
becoming harder and the hard seed coats are forming. If most
or all of the seeds are destroyed by the insect larvae, the cone
usually does not open at maturity but turns brown prematurely.
Holes made by the larvae and excessive secretions of resin are
external evidences of insect work. If only part of the cone and
speds are destroyed, the cone may bear some normal seeds and
open some scales at maturity.

For the most part these larvge are caterpillars of pine cone moths
( Eucosma bolana Kearf. (?) ; Olethreutidse) . A few cones col-
lected from the trees at maturity in September on the Lincoln
National Forest, Otero County, New Mexico, were found to con-
tain, among the scales, brown pupa cases about f inch long, when
the seeds were extracted in the laboratory in November. The
following May small gray moths about f inch long emerged in
the laboratory. A chrysalis was found in one cone early in J uly .

Caterpillars were collected of two or three additional species
of pine cone moths (two species of Dioryctria and apparently a

Dec., 1943]

Little: Pinyon Insects

249

third species of a different genus of the same family; Phycitidas).
To a certain extent these larvae attack both tips of young shoots
and the developing cones. The pine tip moth of pinyons is a
species of Dioryctria also. In one instance where a bag was
placed over a twig in cross-pollination studies, later examination
showed that the tip of the twig and a second-year cone had been
killed by the same larva.

Larvae of small weevils ( Conotrachelus sp. ; Curcnlionidae) are
common and destructive in pinyon cones in June and July. Sev-
eral small white maggots less than -J inch long ( Oscinella sp. ;
Chloropidae) were found in insect-infested cones in August and
September. A few specimens of braconids (Apanteles sp. ;
Braconidae), parasitic on lepidopterous larvae, were found in
infested cones. Eggs of assassin bugs of an undetermined species
(Reduviidae) were collected on scales of mature cones in Sep-
tember on the Lincoln National Forest.

Cone Beetles in Cones, Second Year

Pinyon cone beetles ( Conophthorus edulis Hopk. ; Scolytidae)
are very destructive to the cones the second year but apparently
do not cause as much damage as the caterpillars. The adults,
small dark brown beetles less than J inch long, are active in the
cones in June and July. They were observed to enter cones by
boring into the stalk at the base. These beetles tunnel through
the cone tissues and seeds and kill the cone. A cone with con-
tents destroyed by pinyon cone beetles dies and turns brown early
and does not open its scales in autumn. Usually work of pinyon
cone beetles can be recognized by the presence of several small
round holes about 1/32 inch in diameter formed on the outside
of the cone when the beetles emerge. This species has been
recorded on pinyon in Colorado, New Mexico, and Arizona (2, p.
115; 6, p. 16).

Insects in Staminate Cones

The great numbers of staminate cones, or male cones, which
produce enormous quantities of pollen each year, are infested by
numerous insects also, though the damage is relatively unim-
portant. Some staminate cones, a small portion of the total,
become transformed into insect galls, oval-shaped structures -J
inch or more in length, each containing a white, undetermined

250

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

larva more than inch long, Larvas were detected in buds as
early as September, but the galls are not visible externally until
the next spring, when the cones become exposed. The adult
emerges a week or two before the time the staminate cones mature
and shed pollen, about the middle of June at the Walnut Canyon
plot. In a second unidentified species (possibly a gall midge;
Cecidomyiidae) forming galls from the staminate cones, the adult
insect emerges earlier, about the last of May, when these cones
and enclosing scales are less than •§ inch long.

Numerous inconspicuous white larvae, about i36 inch long, of
xyelid sawflies ( Xyelia sp. ; Xyelidae) are found inside the stami-
nate cones just before maturity. They feed upon the pollen
without reducing the quantity noticeably. These larvae crawled
out of the staminate cones in large numbers when the twigs bear-
ing clusters of these cones, collected for samples of pollen, were
spread out to dry. The specimens exhibited evidence of attack
by at least four species of parasites, two ichneumonids, a chalci-
doid, and a dipteron. Xyela minor Nort. is said to feed on the
staminate cones of pine {2, p. 341).

Western thrips (Frankliniella Occident alis (Perg.) ; Thripidas),
minute blackish insects about inch long, are common on the
staminate cones at maturity, and apparently feed upon the pol-
len. A slightly larger, predaceous thrips ( Leptothryps sp. ;
Phloeothripidae) was collected on staminate cones also.

PRACTICAL ASPECTS

Aspects of insect infestation of pinyon that merit practical
attention include damage caused, possibilities of control, and
bearing on crop prediction.

Certain insects attacking the foliage, particularly scale insects,
and bark beetles commonly kill a few trees and in occasional
epidemics kill a considerable number of the trees over large areas
of forest. Bark beetles normally destroy only a few weakened
trees, which probably are not good bearers of nuts, and their
epidemics usually subside within a year or two. It is doubtful
that control of these insects would be practicable in most instances.

The greatest economic losses are caused by insects which attack
the cones and seeds (but do not kill the trees). For such insects
no feasible means of control has been devised, and in any event

Dec., 1943]

Little: Pinyon Insects

251

it appears improbable that control operations would be economi-
cally justifiable under forest conditions. However, it is possible
that, when the best pinyon nut producing woodlands have been
placed under intensive management, practical measures will be
developed for controlling such insects on small areas of woodland.

It does seem desirable to make some allowances for probable
destruction of cones and seeds by insects, when predictions or
estimates of the pinyon nut crop are made a few months or longer
in advance. At least a few young cones are formed by some trees
in a locality each year, though in most years a particular locality
has no commercial pinyon nut crop. When only a few cones
begin development, mortality is proportionately high and the
cone crop at maturity is a failure. Insects kill nearly all the
cones of a light cone crop and destroy a smaller proportion of
a heavy cone crop. Thus, if it is poor at the end of the first year,
the cone crop almost certainly will be a failure at maturity a year
later because of insect damage and other losses, such as blighting
of seeds. Obviously, a commercial pinyon nut crop is not pro-
duced unless the total number of cones beginning development
has greatly exceeded the number destroyed by insects before
maturity and the total number of nuts ripening has greatly
exceeded that eaten or stored by rodents before the crop could
be harvested by humans.

SUMMARY

The insects observed on pinyon ( Pinus edulis Engelm.) in
Arizona and New Mexico along with research on pinyons by the
author from 1937 to 1941 are discussed. Field work was cen-
tered at an experimental plot about 12 miles east of Flagstalf in
northern Arizona.

Among the more injurious insects on the foliage are two scale
insects, the pinyon needle scale ( Matsucoccus acalyptus Herbert)
and the pine needle scale ( Chionaspis pinifolice (Fitch)), which
kill a few trees or more in epidemics.

Of the insects in the bark, the Arizona five-spined engraver
(Ips lecontei Sw. and related species) is most destructive.
Though generally only a few weakened trees are attacked, num-
bers of trees are killed over large areas in infrequent epidemics
lasting only a year or two.

252 Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. li

Insects in the cones and seeds of pinyons are, of course, those
of greatest economic importance, even though they do not kill
the trees, because the edible seeds or pinyon nuts are the most
valuable product. Larvae of unidentified gall midges (Cerci-
domyiidae) kill many cones the first year, and caterpillars of pine
cone moths ( Eucosma l)0~bana Kearf. ( ?) and two species of Dioryc-
tria), larvae of small weevils ( Conotrachelus sp.), and pinyon
cone beetles (C onophthorus edulis Hopk.) destroy numerous
cones and seeds the second year. These insects together kill
nearly all the cones of a light cone crop and destroy a smaller
proportion of a heavy cone crop.

Control measures probably would not be economically justi-
fiable under forest conditions, but it is possible that methods may
be developed later for small areas under intensive management
for pinyon nut production. As insects destroy a very high per-
centage of the cones when the number of cones is small, some
allowances for probable losses should be made every year when
advance estimates of the pinyon nut crop are made.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Blackman, M. W. The genus Pityophthorus Eichh. in North America:

A revisional study of the Pityophthori, with descriptions of two
new genera and seventy-one new species. N. Y. State Col. Forestry,
Syracuse Univ., Tech. Pub. 25: 1-183, illus. 1928.

2. Doane, R. W., Yan Dyke, E. C., Chamberlin, W. J., and Burke, H. E.

1936. Forest insects. 463 pp., illus. New York and London.

3. Essig, E. O. 1926. Insects of western North America. 1035 pp., illus.

New York.

4. Felt, Ephraim Porter. 1917.- Key to American insect galls. N. Y.

State Mus. Bui. 200. 310 pp., illus.

5. Keen, F. P. 1928. Insect enemies of California pines and their control.
Calif. Dept. Nat. Resources, Div. Forestry Bui. 7. 113 pp., illus.

. 1938. Insect enemies of western forests, U. S. Dept. Agr.

Misc. Pub. 273. 209 pp., illus.

6.

Dec., 1943]

Frost: New Diptera

253

THREE NEW SPECIES OF DIPTERA RELATED TO
AGROMYZA PUSILLA MEIG.*

By S. W. Frost
The Pennsylvania State College

A number of species of Agromyza mining the leaves of clover,
bean, pea, onion and other economic crops have been confused in
literature during the past years. They have frequently been dis-
cussed under the name “serpentine leaf miner,” Agromyza
pusilla. Webster and Parks (1913) record this species from 25
hosts indicating that the larvae make linear or serpentine mines.
However, Agromyza pusilla does not produce a serpentine mine.
The larva may make a script-like trace at first but this soon
becomes obscured by the formation of a small blotch mine. In
Europe, according to Hering, De Meijere and others, this species
makes blotch mines on the leaves of Euphorbiaceae. Apparently
several species are included in the paper by Webster and Parks.

The present discussion deals with Agromyza pusilla Meig., and
related forms and describes three new, closely related species.
They can be distinguished readily by means of color markings,
structure and habits. These species are placed in the genus
Liriomyza by European workers and are separated from the
genus Agromyza by the yellow scutellum and the fact that the
subcosta terminates in the wing margin free from vein one.

The yellow and black markings used so frequently in separating
Agromyzidae are apparently dependable. When these insects are
boiled in caustic potash, the yellow disappears leaving transpar-
ent areas ; the black markings which are heavily sclerotized areas
of the body wall, remain as brown spots identical with the origi-
nal black areas of the body wall.

With the aid of considerable European material, determined
by Dr. Martin Hering, and a long series of specimens reared from
different hosts in this country, the writer has been able to sepa-
rate some of the species which have been confused with pusilla.

* Authorized for publication on March 9, 1943, as paper No. 1169 in the
Journal series of the Pennsylvania Agricultural Experiment Station.

254

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. li

From larvag making serpentine mines on nasturtium (Tropse-
olum), Cruciferas and other hosts, a new species has been reared
which the writer is calling subpusilla. Larvae from small blotch
mines on clover, beet and other hosts have invariably yielded
Agromyza pusilla. A small species, reared from linear mines on
onion, is described as Agromyza allia. These and their closely
related species can readily be separated by means of the follow-
ing key.

Key to North American Species of Agromyza Related to pusilla Meig.

Frontal orbits narrowly glossy black along eye margins ; antennae small ;
pleurae and abdomen almost entirely glossy black, Illinois, food plant

unknown deceptiva Mall.

Frontal orbits chiefly yellow ; antennae of moderate size ; pleurae and abdomen
largely yellow ■ 1

1. Mesopleura chiefly black or dark brown, only narrowly yellow above or

below .. 2

Mesopleura distinctly yellow, at least a broad band of yellow along the
upper edge, usually only a small dark spot below 3

2. Legs black, only knees yellow, antennae wholly yellow, third segment dark-

ened at the tip, palpi yellow slightly darkened at the tips, 4 orbitals,
4 rows of acrostichals, orbits broad below the eye margin. On aquatic

plant, Europe, a leaf miner on Pisum sativum, Calif orbona Meigen

Legs largely yellow, only tibiae and tarsi brownish, front coxae yellow;
palpi and antennae entirely yellow, 4 orbitals, orbits narrow below the
eye margin. A miner on Equisetum, Europe, Michigan, Kansas.

virgo Zett.

3. Third antennal segment angulate above; last section of fifth vein three

times as long as the preceding section, food plant unknown; S. D.

holti Mall.

Third antennal segment not angulate at apex, last section of fifth vein

usually shorter 4

4. Small species, legs principally yellow 5

Larger species; legs usually black, knees only yellow; a linear miner on
grasses; Eur., Calif., Ariz flaveola Fall (= scutellata)

5. Three pairs of orbitals ; mesonotum slightly dusted ; third antennal seg-

ment distinctly pubescent; a blotch miner on clover, beet and Lactuca;

Europe, Michigan, Kansas, N. Y., Pa., Calif., Ga., Ill pusilla Meig.

Four pairs of orbitals ; mesonotum shiny black, third antennal segment not
distinctly pubescent ; 6

6. Mesonotum very lightly dusted; orbits entirely yellow, the color extend-

ing completely around the eyes and not intercepted by the black of the
occiput; no bristles in front of the presuturals; anterior humeral cal-
losities broadly and posterior humeral callosities narrowly yellow. A
linear miner on Allium cepa; Iowa, Mich., Kans. allia n. sp.

Dec., 1943]

Frost: New Diptera

255

Mesonotum shiny black; orbits not entirely yellow, the color intercepted

near the vertex by the black of the occiput 7

7. Veins 2 and 3 much closer together than veins 3 and 4; vein 4 straight;
yellow color of orbits only slightly intercepted by the black of the
occiput; both vertical bristles arising from the yellow area; posterior
humeral callosities yellow; acrostichals minute or absent; a small blotch
miner on lima beans, N. J phaseolunata n. sp.

Veins 2 and 3 spaced the same distance as veins 3 and 4, vein 4 distinctly
curved; yellow color of orbits broadly intercepted by the black of the
occiput; only the inner vertical bristle arising from the yellow area;
posterior humeral callosities not yellow; acrostichals small but distinct;
a linear miner on nasturtium, aster, milkweed, fern and certain Cru-
ciferae; Ariz., Calif., Colo., Id., Kans., Mich., N. Mex., N. Y., Pa.,
Tex subpusilla n. sp.

Agromyza subpusilla n. sp.

A small species less than 1.5 mm. long.

Male: Front, face, cheeks, palpi, proboscis and antennae entirely yellow;
scutellum in the middle, pleurae and legs largely yellow; ocellar triangle shiny
black continuous with the black of the occiput; yellow of cheeks not extend-
ing completely back of eye but broadly intercepted at vertex by the black
color of the occiput; only the inner vertical bristle arises from the yellow
area; frontal orbits slightly darkened on the upper outer angles; third an-
tennal segment small, rounded and distinctly white pubescent; arista brown,
microscopically and sparsely pubescent ; oral vibrissse distinctly stronger
than accompanying setae extending along the lower margin of the cheek;
setae of palpi black; four distinct orbital bristles; upper two pairs strong,
lower two pairs weaker ; orbital hairs minute and sparse. Mesonotum shiny
black, sides broadly yellow, anterior humeral callosities yellow each with a
black spot, humeral bristle arising from the edge of this spot; four pairs
of dorsocentrals, the anterior two pairs shorter than the posterior two pairs;
four or five rows of small but distinct acrostichals, more numerous in front
of the transverse suture; presutural bristles arising from the edge of the
black area of the mesonotum, a distinct but small bristle in front of the
presutural bristle; sternopleura with a large triangular black spot below and
a broad yellow band above, only one distinct sternopleural bristle, a minute
seta in front of this; mesopleura with a small spot on the lower anterior
edge, a small spot on the upper edge of the mesopleura, anterior supraalar
bristle arising near this spot, mesopleura with one distinct bristle and three
smaller, accompanying bristles; hypopleura with a large dark spot. Ab-
domen dark brown, incisures narrowly yellow; male genitalia shiny brown,
yellow below. Wings hyaline; third and fourth veins diverging distinctly,
fourth vein distinctly curved, veins 2 and 3 spaced the same as veins 3 and 4,
last section of fifth vein about four times the length of the penultimate sec-
tion, anterior cross vein slightly beyond the middle of the discal cell, posterior
cross vein about twice the length of the anterior cross vein. Legs chiefly pale

256

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

in color, femora yellow, tibiae and tarsi brown, no distinct preapical bristles.
Halteres yellow.

Female: Similar to the male; incisures of the abdomen conspicuously but
narrowly yellow, last incisure more broadly yellow, genitalia shiny black.

Holotype £ Manhattan, Kans., Oct, 14, 1933. Collected by
C. W. Sabrosky. 67 paratypes from California, Colorado, Michi-
gan, Kansas, Texas, Arizona, New Mexico, Idaho, Pennsylvania
and New York. The larvae produce linear mines on the leaves
of the following plants : Cruciferae, Eupatorium, Asclepias, Aster,
Nasturtium (Tropceolum) , Plantago and fern. The record for
nasturtium, Frost (1924) and Needham & Frost (1928) is Agro-
myza subpusilla.

Agromyza phaseolunata n. sp.

A small species less than 1.5 mm.

Male: Front, face, cheeks, palpi, proboscis, antennae, scutellum in the mid-
dle, pleurae, legs largely and halteres yellow ; ocellar triangle shiny black con-
tinuous with the black of the occiput ; yellow of cheeks not extending entirely
back of the eye but intercepted at the vertex by the black color of the occiput,
both vertical bristles arising from the yellow area; frontal orbits entirely
yellow; third antennal segment small rounded, sparsely pubescent; arista
brown ; orbital bristles moderately strong accompanied by a few weak bristles
extending along the lower margin of the cheek ; setae of palpi black, those of
proboscis yellow; four distinct pairs of orbital bristles, upper pairs slightly
stronger, orbital hairs minute and sparse. Mesonotum shiny black, sides
broadly yellow, anterior humeral callosities broadly and posterior callosities
narrowly yellow, anterior callosities each with a dark spot, the humeral bristle
arises from the yellow area near this spot, four pairs of dorsocentral bristles,
the anterior pair distinctly weaker than the posterior pairs; acrostichals
minute or absent; presutural bristle arising from the edge of the black color
of the mesonotum, a minute seta in front of the presutural bristle; sterno-
pleura with a large triangular dark spot below and a broad yellow band across
the top, only one distinct sternopleural bristle, a minute seta in front of the
sternopleural bristle; mesopleura with a small spot on the lower anterior
angle, similar to that of subpusilla ; a small spot on the upper anterior angle
of the mesopleura; anterior supraalar arising near this spot; mesopleura with
one strong bristle and three small accompanying setae ; a small irregular spot
on the ]iteropleura at the base of the wing ; hypopleura with a large dark spot.
Abdomen shiny brown above; incisures narrowly yellow, the last incisure
broadly yellow ; sides and ventral surface of the abdomen yellow ; $ genitalia
shiny brown, yellow in center above. Wings hyaline, 3rd and 4th veins not
diverging conspicuously at their tips; veins 2 and 3 approximated, veins 3
and 4 more widely separated; anterior cross vein slightly beyond the middle
of the discal cell, posterior cross vein about one and a half times as long as

Dec., 1943]

Frost: New Diptera

257

the anterior cross vein. Legs chiefly pale in color, femora yellow, tibiae and
tarsi pale brown. Halteres yellow.

Holotype g reared from small blotch mine on lima bean col-
lected at Bridgeton, N. J., August 24, 1942, by B. B. Pepper.
Although only four specimens were available to describe this
species it has well defined characteristics, especially the lack of
distinct acrostichals and the approximation of veins 2 and 3.
This species apparently caused considerable injury during 1942.
The infestation covered 2000 acres and a large percentage of the
leaves were infested. It is distinct from three other agromyzids
known to attack beans, namely, Agromyza destructor Mall, of the
Philippine Islands, Agromyza incequalis Mall, of the West Indies
and Agromyza ( Melanagromyza ) phaseoli Coq. from Australia
and the Philippine Islands. All these species have the scutellum
and the halteres dark brown or black in contrast to the yellow
halteres and scutellum of Agromyza phaseolunata.

Agromyza allia n. sp.

A minute species, approximately 1 mm. long.

Male: Front, face, cheeks, antennae, palpi, proboscis, halteres, scutellum in
center, legs and pleurae chiefly yellow ; front as wide as either eye, sides nearly
parallel, four pairs of orbitals, the lower pair often weak; orbital hairs
minute and sparse ; 3rd antennal segment small, rounded at tip ; arista brown,
minutely and sparsely pubescent; hairs of palpi black, those of proboscis
yellow; oral vibrissae stronger than accompanying setae along the lower
margin of cheek ; cheeks about one half eye height, slightly narrower in front
than behind; yellow of cheeks continuing around eyes and joining yellow of
frontal orbits, orbits in other words completely yellow; ocellar triangle shiny
black, separated from the occiput by a narrow yellow line. Mesonotum
cinereous black, sides broadly yellow; presutural bristle arising from yellow
area of mesonotum; pleurae chiefly yellow, sternopleura with a large tri-
angular black spot below and a yellow band above, one strong sternopleural
bristle with a minute seta anterior to it; mesopleura almost entirely yellow,
a minute spot on upper anterior angle, one strong mesopleural bristle with 4
small accompanying bristles, pteropleura largely black; anterior and posterior
humeral callosities yellow; scutellum yellow, darkened on the sides, especially
at the base, four pairs of dorsocentrals, anterior pair weaker; acrostichals
minute distinctly shorter than anterior pair of dorsocentrals; presutural and
anterior humeral bristles arising from the yellow area of the mesonotum;
spot on the anterior humeral callosity small and indistinct. Abdomen largely
yellow, underside, 1st segment and incisures broadly yellow, only the basal
portions of the upper sides of the segments brown, the brown spot on the
second segment divided by a narrow central yellow line; $ genitalia sub-

258

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

shiny brown. Legs chiefly yellow, tibiae and tarsi only weakly infuscated,
no evidence of preapical bristles. Wings hyaline, 3rd and 4th veins nearly
parallel at tips, apical section of 5th vein about three times the length of
the preapical section, anterior cross vein at about the middle of the discal
cell, posterior cross vein about one and a half times the length of the anterior
cross vein. Calypteres and fringe and halteres yellow.

Female : Similar to male but ovipositer shiny black.

Holotype $ Manhattan, Kans., June 9, 1934, C. W. Sabrosky.
27 paratypes from Iowa, Kansas, Michigan and Missouri. This
species has been reared by H. M. Harris (1933) Ames, Iowa, from
linear mines on onion.

This species can readily be separated from the European
Dizygomyza cepce Hering which also makes short linear mines on
onion. The scutellum of this species is entirely black.

Agromyza pusilla Meigen.

Front, face, cheeks, palpi, proboscis, antennae, pleurae and legs
chiefly, scutellum in center, sides of abdomen and halteres yellow ;
three pairs of fronto orbitals, the anterior pair weaker, orbital
hairs minute and sparse; 3rd antennal segment rounded with
microscopic but conspicuous white pubescence; arista brown;
hairs of palpi black; those of proboscis yellow; oral vibrissae
stronger than other setae along the lower edge of the cheeks ;
yellow of cheeks not continuous back of eye but intercepted near
the vertex by the black of the occiput ; both vertical bristles aris-
ing from the yellow area; ocellar triangle shiny black and con-
tinuous with the black area of the occiput. Mesonotum black,
slightly dusted ; sides broadly yellow ; presutural bristles arising
from the black area of the mesonotum; pleurae largely yellow,
sternopleura with a large triangular black spot below and a
yellow band above, one strong sternopleural bristle and a minute
seta in front of this; mesopleura with a minute black spot on
upper anterior angle, one mesopleural bristle and three minute
accompanying setae ; pteropleura chiefly black ; anterior and pos-
terior humeral callosities yellow ; anterior humeral bristle arising
from the edge of the dark color of the mesonotum; scutellum
yellow, darkened on sides especially at the base; presutural
bristle distinct, no bristle in front of the presutural; four pairs
of dorsocentral bristles, the anterior pair distinctly weaker ; four

Dec.. 1943]

Frost: New Diptera

259

rows of conspicuous acrostichals before the transverse suture, as
strong as anterior pair of dorsocentrals. Abdomen shiny brown
above, incisures narrowly yellow, last incisure broadly yellow,
sides and ventral surface of abdomen yellow, J' genitalia shiny
black. Legs chiefly yellow, tibiae and tarsi pale brown. Wings
hyaline, veins 2, 3 and 4 equally spaced, anterior cross vein dis-
tinctly beyond the middle of the discal cell, posterior cross vein
one and a half times as long as the anterior cross vein, 4th vein
only slightly curved, cross veins not parallel. Halteres yellow.

The writer has before him 38 specimens of this species from
California, Georgia, Missouri, Illinois, New York and Pennsyl-
vania. They were compared with one specimen of Agromyza
pusilla Meig from Prussia which was identified by De Meijere.
They were also compared with a series of specimens from Dallas,
Texas, in the National Museum and determined by J. R. Malloch.

The larva of Agromyza pusilla makes a small blotch mine on
the leaves of clover, beet, Asclepias, and Lactuca. Hering (1927)
states that in Europe this species mines the leaves of Euphorbi-
acege.

Agromyza orbona Meigen.

Malloch (1913) placed this species as a synonym of pusilla
Meig. European workers, especially De Meijere, Hendel and
Hering recognize orbona as a distinct species. It is said to mine
the leaves of an aquatic plant. This species has repeatedly been
reared from the leaves of peas from California and has been fre-
quently confused with fluveola Fall. Orbona differs, however, in
having the pleurae chiefly black.

A note on the genitalia of the Agromyzidee. The agromyzid
genitalia is typical of the higher Diptera but even more highly
specialized than that of the muscids. The ninth tergite is large,
rounded and the most conspicuous part of the genitalia. It is
heavily sclerotized, bears conspicuous setae and sometimes acces-
sory hairs on the outer surface. The present status of the
homologies of structures of genitalia is too poor to attempt to
label them. The appendages of the ninth tergite bear the most
specific characters. The number and position of the teeth on these
are most valuable in separating the different species. A. pusilla
and A. phaseolunata have but a single tooth at the end of this

260

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

appendage. A. pusilla has in addition a strong short spine on
the inner surface of the ninth tergite. In A. subpusilla and A.
allia there are two teeth on the appendage of the ninth tergite.
The smaller tooth in A. subpusilla is situated near the middle of
the appendage, in A. allia the two teeth are approximated at the
tip of the appendage.

The ejaculatory apparatus is a conspicuous feature of the male
sexual organs. It occurs on the left side of the body in the region
of the 5th and 6th abdominal segments. The ejaculatory
apodeme is a highly sclerotized, funnel-shaped structure which
pierces the transparent, bulbous ejaculatory syringe. A short
duct leads from the ejaculatory syringe to the base of the aedeagus.

LITEEATUEE CITED

Frost, S. W. 1924. A study of the leaf -mining Diptera of North America.

Cornell University Agr. Exp. Sta. Mem. 78.

Harris, H. M. 1933. A leaf miner attacking the cultivated onion. Journ.
Econ. Ent. 26(2): 515-516.

Hering, Martin. 1927. Zweiflugler oder Diptera Agromyzidae, Die Tier-
welt Deutschlands. Jena Yerlag von Gustav Fischer.

Malloch, J. E. 1913. A revision of the species in Agromyza Fallen and
Cerodonta Eondani. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 6: 269-340.

Needham, J. G. and Frost, S. W. 1928. Leaf-mining insects. Williams
and Wilkins.

Webster, F. M. and Parks, T. H. 1913. The serpentine leaf miner. Jour.
Agr. Ees. 1(1) : 59-87.

PLATE XI

Figure 1.
Figure 2.
Figure 3.
pceolum ) .
Figure 4.
Figure 5.
Figure 6.
Figure 7.

Mine of Agromyza pusilla Meig. on Lactuca scariola.

Mine of Agromyza pusilla Meig. on clover.

Mine of Agromyza subpusilla Frost on nasturtium ( Tro -

Mines of Agromyza phaseolunata Frost on lima bean.
Mesopleuron and sternopleuron of Agromyza pusilla Meig.
Mesopleuron and sternopleuron of Agromyza subpusilla Frost.
Mesopleuron and sternopleuron of Agromyza orbona Meig.

(Jour. N. Y. Bnt. Soc.), Vol. LI

(Plate XI)

S

6

7

262

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

PLATE XII

Figure 1. $ Genitalia of Agromyza pusilla Meig.

Figure 2. $ Genitalia of Agromyza phaseolunata Frost.

Figure 3. $ Genitalia of Agromyza subpusilla Frost.

Figure 4. $ Genitalia of Agromyza allia Frost.

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. LI

(Plate XII)

2)

Dec., 1943]

Funkhouser: Membracid^e

265

SYNONYMY OF THE MEMBRACIDiE OF FORMOSA

By W. D. Funkhouser

The study of a large number of Membracidag from Formosa
(Taiwan) which have accumulated in the author’s collection over
a period of many years, and especially some excellent collections
made by Mr. J. Linsley Gressitt in 1932 and 1934, has made it
possible to recognize most of the species which have been de-
scribed or recorded from that island and to add a considerable
number of new records.

According to Mr. Gressitt, the fauna and flora of the island of
Formosa show a closer relationship to the forms on the eastern
continental land mass of Asia than to those of the Philippines and
this fact is indicated by the geographical distribution of the
Membracidae. Only two of the Formosan species have been
recorded from the Philippine Islands while seventeen are found
in China and on the island of Hainan.

The synonymy of the Membracidae of Formosa has been in
much confusion due largely to the work of Kato. Kato’s descrip-
tions are very unsatisfactory. Most of his descriptions of Mem-
bracidag have been published only in the Japanese language, and
while we have secured what we believe to be creditable transla-
tions of these papers, they leave much to be desired. His figures
are practically worthless. Most of them are photographs which
are very successful in concealing all of the important specific and
most of the generic characters. Nevertheless, a careful study of
these descriptions and figures, and particularly the comparison of
these with what we consider to be a good representative series of
the insects of the island, make it quite evident that he has placed
species in the wrong genera, has described as new some species
which are already well known, and has erected genera which are
synonyms of previously established genera with which he appar-
ently was not familiar.

More material would of course be desirable, but since it is
unlikely that we shall see additional collections from this region
for a number of years, this list is presented in the belief that it

266

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

represents a fairly accurate synonymy of the Formosan forms to
date. This list includes all of the species of Membracidse from
Formosa which have been recorded in the literature of the family
and all species from the island which we have observed in collec-
tions but which have not been previously recorded in publica-
tions. Most of these species we have seen; those which we have
hot seen are listed just as they were published.

Genus Bulbauchenia Schumacher

1. Bulbauchenia tiawanensis Schumacher

1915. Bulbauchenia tiawanensis Schumacher, Saut.
Form., 115.

Genus Centrotoscelus Funkhouser

1. Centrotoscelus flava Kato

1928. Arisangargara flava Kato, Insect World, XXXII :
30.

2. Centrotoscelus gracilis Kato

1928. Arisangargara gracilis Kato, Insect World,
XXXII : 27.

3. Centrotoscelus koshunensis Matsumura

1912. Centrotus koshunensis Matsumura, Cic. Jap., II:
19, 8.

1912. Gargara variegatus Matsumura, Cic. Jap., II :

21, 10.

1927. Tricentrus koshunensis Funkhouser, Cat. Memb.,

501.

1928. Arisangargara matsumurai Kato, Ins. World,

XXXII : 30.

1930. Arisangargara montana Kato, Zool. Soc. Jap.,
300.

4. Centrotoscelus marginatus Kato

1928. Arisangargara marginata Kato , Ins. World,
XXXII : 29.

5. Centrotoscelus nigra Kato

1928. Arisangargara nigra Kato, Ins. World, XXXII :
27.

6. Centrotoscelus nigrifrons Kato

1928. Arisangargara nigrifrons Kato, Ins. World,
XXXII : 29.

Dec., 1943]

Funkhouser : Membracid^

267

7. Centrotoscelus nitida Kato

1928. Arisangargara nitida Kato, Ins. World, XXXII :
28.

8. Centrotoscelus shinchicuna Kato

1928. Gargara shinchicuna Kato, Ins. World, XXXII:

22.

Genus Evanchon Goding

1. Evanchon variegatus Funkhouser

1918. Anchonoicles variegatus Funkhouser, Malayan
Memb., 4, 8.

1927. Maguva variegatus Funkhouser, Cat. Memb., 440.

Genus Gargara Amyot and Serville

1. Gargara botanshana Kato

1928. Gargara botanshana Kato, Ins. World, XXXII :

23.

2. Gargara hncnneidorsata Funkhouser

1929. Gargara brunneidorsata Funkhouser, Phil. Journ.

Sci., XL : 128.

1930. Gargara dorsimaculata Kato, Zool. Soc. Jap., 298.

3. Gargara brunneifasciata Funkhouser

1928. Gargara brunneifasciata Funkhouser, Ling*. Sci.
Journ., XVII : 204.

4. Gargara castanea Kato

1928. Gargara castaneus Kato, Ins. World, XXXII : 16.

5. Gargara davidi Fallou

1891. Gargara davidi Fallou, Rev. Ent., 354, 1.

6. Gargara elegans Kato

1928. Gargara elegans Kato, Ins. World, XXXII: 22.

7. Gargara elongata Kato

1928. Gargara elongata Kato, Ins. World, XXXII : 24.

8. Gargara fumipennis Kato

1930. Gargara fumipennis Kato, Zool. Soc. Jap., 299.

9. Gargara hainanensis Funkhouser

1937. Gargara hainanensis Funkhouser, Ling. Sci.
Journ., XYI: 244.

10. Gargara horishana Matsumura

1912. Centrotus horishanus Matsumura, Cic. Jap., II :
25, 19.

268

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

1928. Gargara horishana Kato, Ins. World, XXXII : 25.

11. Gargara hyalina Kato

1930. Gargara hyalina Kato, Zool. Soc. Jap., II : 299.

12. Gargara kawakamii Matsumura

1912. Centrotus kawakamii Matsumura, Cic. Jap., II :
26, 20.

1927. Gargara kawakamii Funkhouser, Cat. Memb.,

402.

13. Gargara laticapitata Kato

1928. Gargara laticapitata Kato, Ins. World, XXXII :

21.

14. Gargara matsumurai Kato

1930. Gargara matsumurai Kato, Zoo]. Soc. Jap., II:
298.

15. Gargara nigromaculata Funkhouser

1927. Gargara nigromaculata Funkhouser, Faun.

Sumat., 10.

16. Gargara nigronervosa Kato

1928. Gargara nigronervosa Kato, Ins. World, XXXII :

18.

17. Gargara nitidipennis Funkhouser

1914. Gargara nitidipennis Funkhouser, Journ. Ent.
and Zool., VI : 71.

18. Gargara nodulata Funkhouser

1942. Gargara nodulata Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent.
Soc., L: 1, 63.

19. Gargara nokozana Kato

1928. Gargara nokozana Kato, Ins. World, XXXII : 21.

20. Gargara picea Kato

1928. Gargara picea Kato, Ins. World, XXXII : 30.

21. Gargara piceola Melichar

1903. Gargara piceola Melichar, Horn. Cey., 122, 1.
1928. Gargara minuta (preoccupied) Kato, Ins. World,
XXXII: 19.

1928. Gargara minuta pallida Kato, Ins. World,
XXXII : 19.

1928. Gargara minuta lineata Kato, Ins. World, XXXII : 20.

22. Gargara sordida Funkhouser

Dec., 1943]

Funkhouser : Membrachue

269

1918. Gargara sordida Funkhouser, Malayan Memb.,
13, 26.

23. Gargara taihokunis Kato

1928. Gargara taihokunis Kato, Ins. World, XXXII :
17.

24. Gargara takihashi Kato

1940. Gargara takihashi Kato, Memb. East Asia, 17.

25. Gargara tectiformis Funkhouser

1938. Gargara tectiforma Funkhouser, Ling. Sci.
Journ., XVII : 2, 203.

26. Gargara zonata Matsumura

1912. Centrotus zonatus Matsumura, Cic. Jap., II: 24,
16.

1927. Gargara zonata Funkhouser, Cat. Memb., 410.

Genus Imporcitor Distant

1. Imporcitor laticornis Kato

1928. Imporcitor laticornis Kato, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc.

Form., XIX : 541.

Genus Kotogargara Matsumura

1. Kotogargara botelensis Matsumura

1938. Kotogargara botelensis Matsumura, Ins. Mat.,
XII : 4, 153.

Genus Leptobelus Stal

1. Leptobelus sauteri Schumacher

1915. Leptobelus sauteri Schumacher, Saut. Form., 115.

Genus Leptocentrus Stal

1. Leptocentrus albolineatus Funkhouser

1937. Leptocentrus albolineatus Funkhouser, Ling. Sci.
Journ., XVI : 2, 238.

2. Leptocentrus formosanus Kato

1928. Leptocentrus formosanus Kato, Trans. Nat. Hist.
Soc. Form., XVIII : 32.

3. Leptocentrus horizontalis Kato

1940. Leptocentrus horizontalis Kato, Memb. East
Asia 2.

270

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

Genus Lobocentrus Stal

1. Lobocentrus zonatus Stal

1870. Lobocentrus zonatus Stal, Hem. Phil., 728, 1.

1939. Acanthophes zonatus Goding, Old World Memb.,

346.

Genus Machaerotypus Uhler

1. Machcerotypus coreanus Kato

1933. Machcerotypus coreanus Kato, 111. Ins. Jap., PL
43, fig. 8.

Genus Maury a Distant

1. Maury a nodosa Funkhouser

1940. Maury a nodosa Funkhouser, Manch. Memb., 146.

2. Maurya paradoxus Lethierry

1876. Centrotus paradoxus Lethierry, Ann. Soc. Ent.
Belg., XIX : 80.

1904. Tricentrus paradoxus Melichar, Memb. Cere., 13.

3. Maurya siberica Lethierry

1876. Gargara siberica Lethierry, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg.,
XIX : 80.

1906. Tricentrus sibericus Oshanin, Pal. Hem., 44, 164.
1912. Centrotus sibericus Matsumura, Cic. Jap., II :
16, 2.

1928. Maurya sibericus Kato, Ins. World, XXXII : 12.

1933. Machcerotypus sibericus Kato, 111. Ins. Jap., PL

40, fig. 4.

1934. Xanthosticta siberica Goding, Old World Memb.,

475.

Genus Melichar ella Goding

1. Melicharella incultus Melichar

1903. Machcerotypus incultus Melichar, Horn. Cey.,
124, 1.

1930. Melicharella incultus Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent.
Soc., XXXVIII : 40.

1940. Acentrotus incidtus Kato, Memb. East Asia, 151.

Dec., 1943]

Funkhouser : Membrachle

271

Genus Pantaleon Distant

1. Pantaleon Imfo Kato

1928. Eupantaleon bufo Kato, Trans. Nat. Hidt. Soc.
Form., XVIII : 33.

Genus Sipylus Stal

1. Sipylus albifasciatus Kato

1928. Sipylus albifasciatus Kato, Ins. World, XXXII :
14.

2. Sipylus guttulinervis Matsumura

1912. Centrotus guttulinervis Matsumura, Cic. Jap.,
II : 25, 18.

1928. Sipylus guttulinervis Kato, Ins. World, XXXII :

12.

1934. Gargara guttulinervis Goding, Old World Memb.,
472.

3. Sipylus latifasciatus Kato

1928. Sipylus latifasciatus Kato, Ins. World, XXXII :
14.

4. Sipylus lineatus Kato

1928. Sipylus lineatus Kato, Ins. World, XXXII : 13.

5. Sipylus minutus Kato

1928. Sipylus minutus Kato, Ins. World, XXXII: 14.

6. Sipylus typicus Kato

1930. Formocentrus typicus Kato, Zool. Soc. Jap., 284.

Genus Tricentrus Stal

1. Tricentrus albipennis Kato

1930. Tricentrus albipennis Kato, Zool. Soc. Jap., 287.

2. Tricentrus allabens Distant

1916. Tricentrus allabens Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind.,
App. 166, 3367.

3. Tricentrus basalis Walker

1851. Centrotus basalis Walker, List Horn. B. M., 626,
65.

1912. Tricentrus kuyanianus Matsumura, Cic. Jap., II :
19, 6.

1916. Tricentrus basalis Distant, Rhynch. Notes, 329.

1940. Orthobelus flavipes Kato, Memb. East Asia, 9.

272

Journal New York Entomological Society

[VOL. LI

4. Tricentrus biformis Kato

1930. Tricentrus biformis Kato, Zool. Soc. Jap., 288.

5. Tricentrus castaneipes Kato

1940. Tricentrus castaneipes Kato, Memb. East Asia,
15.

6. Tricentrus fasciatus Kato

1928. Tricentrus fasciatus Kato, Ins. World, XXXII :
5.

7. Tricentrus fuscoapicalis Kato

1928. Tricentrus fuscoapicalis Kato, Ins. World,

XXXII : 5.

8. Tricentrus fuscolimbatus Kato

1928. Tricentrus fuscolimbatus Kato, Ins. World,

XXXII : 8.

9. Tricentrus gargaraformis Kato

1928. Tricentrus gargaraformis Kato, Ins. World,

XXXII : 8.

10. Tricentrus glochidionce Kato

1930. Tricentrus glochidionce Kato, Zool. Soc. Jap., 286.

11. Tricentrus gracilicornis Kato

1928. Tricentrus gracilicornis Kato, Ins. World,

XXXII : 3.

12. Tricentrus gracilis Kato

1928. Tricentrus gracilis Kato, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc.
Form., 540.

13. Tricentrus hyalinipennis Kato

1928. Tricentrus hyalinipennis Kato, Ins. World,

XXXII : 1.

14. Tricentrus kotoinsulanus Kato

1928. Tricentrus kotoinsulanus Kato, Ins. World,

XXXII: 7.

15. Tricentrus minuticornis Kato

1928. Tricentrus minuticornis Kato, Ins. World,

XXXII : 4.

16. Tricentrus mushcensis Kato

1928. Tricentrus mushcensis Kato, Ins. World, XXXII :

2.

Dec., 1943]

Funkhouser : Membracidae

273

17. Tricentrus naifunpoensis Kato

1930. Tricentrus naifunpoensis Kato, Zool. Soc. Jap.,
289.

18. Tricentrus pallipes Kato

1928. Tricentrus pallipes Kato, Ins. World, XXXII : 6.

19. Tricentrus punctatus Kato

1928. Tricentrus punctatus Kato, Ins. World, XXXII :

6.

20. Tricentrus taipinensis Kato

1928. Tricentrus taipinensis Kato, Ins. World,
XXXII : 3.

21. Tricentrus takaoensis Kato

1930. Tricentrus takaoensis Kato, Zool. Soc. Jap., 290.

22. Tricentrus xiphistes Kato

1928. Tricentrus xiphistes Kato, Ins. World, XXXII:
9.

Genus Xanthosticta Buckton

1. Xanthosticta akonis Matsumura

1912. Centrotus akonis Matsumura, Cic. Jap. II : 21, 10.
1928. Tricentrus akonis Kato, Ins. World, XXXII : 10.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Titles to which references are made in this paper
Distant, William Lucas

1916. Rhynehotal Notes. Annals and Magazine of Natural History,
XVII: 149-159.

1916. The Fauna of British India. Rhynchota, Yol. YI : Homoptera:
Appendix, 146-182.

Fallou, G.

1890. Diagnosis D ’Homopteres Noveaux. Revue d ’Entomologie, IX:
351-354.

Funkhouser, W. D.

1914. Some Philippine Membracidae. Pomona Journal of Entomology
and Zoology, YI : 67-74.

1918. Malayan Membracidae. Journal of the Straits Branch of the
Royal Asiatic Society, 79: 1-14.

1927. Fauna sumatrensis. Supplementa Entomologica, XY : 1-22.
1927. Catalogue of the Membracidae.

1929. New Archipelagic Membracidae. Philippine Journal of Science,
XI: 1, 111-135.

274

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

1929. The Membracidae of China. Lingnan Science Journal, VII:

475-482.

1937. Membracidae of Hainan Island. Lingnan Science Journal, XVI:

2, 237-247.

1938. New Membracidae from South China. Lingnan Science Journal,

XVII: 2, 199-208.

1940. New Manchurian Membracidae. Arbeiten uber morphologisches
und taxonomische Entomologie, VII: 2, 144-146.

1942. Six New Chinese Membracidae. Journal of the New York Ento-
mological Society, L: 1, 61-67.

Goding, Frederic Webster

1930. Synonymical Notes of Membracidae. Journal of the New York

Entomological Society, XXXVIII: 39-42.

1934. Old World Membracidae. Journal of the New York Entomologi-
cal Society, XLII : 4, 451-480.

1939. Old World Membracidae. Journal of the New York Entomologi-

cal Society, XLVII: 4, 315-349.

Gressitt, J. Linsley

1936. Notes on Collecting in Formosa. The Entomological World, IV :
XXXII, 37-52.

Kato, Masayo

1928. Notes on Formosan Membracidae. Insect World, XXXII: 2-15;
37-50.

1928. Descriptions of one new genus and some new species of Japanese
Rhynchota-Homoptera. Transactions of the Natural Society
of Formosa, XVIII: 94, 29-37.

1930. Membracidae. The Zoological Society of Japan, 281-305.

1933. Illustrated Insects of Japan, III: Homoptera. 50 plates.

1940. Notes on Membracidae from Eastern Asia. The Entomological

World, VIII: 1-21; 146-153.

Lethierry, Lucien

1876. Homopteres no veaux D ’Europe et des Contrees Voisines. Annales
de la Societe entomologique de Belgique, XIX: 30.

Matsumura, Shonen

1912. Die Cicadinen Japans II. Annotationes Xoologicae Japonensis,
VIII: 15-51.

1938. Homopterous Insects collected by Mr. Tadao at Kotosho, For-
mosa. Insecta Matsumurana, XII: 4, 147-153.

Melichar, Leopold

1903. Homopteren-Fauna von Ceylon.

1904. Rozbor krfsu palearktickych z celedi Membracidae Stal a Cerco-

pidae Stal. Vestnik Klubu prirodovedeckeho v Prostejove,
IV: 3-34.

OSHANIN, B.

1906. Versichnis der Palaearktischen Hemipteren mit besonderer
berucksichtigung ihrer Verteilung im Russischen Reiche.
Homoptera, II : 40-45.

Dec., 1943]

FlTNKHOUSER : MEMBRACIDiE

275

SCHUMAKER, F.

1915. H. Sauter’s Formosa: Homoptera, IV: 108-142.

Stal, Carl

1870. Hemiptera insularum Philippinarum. Ofversigt af Kangliga
Svenska Vetenskaps-Akadamiens Forhandlingar, XXYII: 607-
776.

Walker, Francis

1851. List of specimens of Homopterous Insects in the collection of the
British Museum. Catalogue of the British Museum. Part II :
472-636.

BOOK NOTICE

Shelter Trees in War and Peace. By Ephraim Porter Felt, D.Sc.,

New York, Orange Jndd Publishing Company, Inc. 1943.

8x5^ inches, 320 p., 53 figs. $2.50.

Although this is not a book on entomology, it deserves notice
here because entomologists are interested in trees and because
it has been written by our well-known entomologist, Dr. E. P.
Felt, at present Director and Chief Entomologist of the Bartlett
Tree Research Laboratories, and author of “Our Shade Trees”
and “Pruning Trees and Shrubs,” as well as numerous ento-
mological books and papers.

Dr. Felt’s latest work of 18 chapters deals with trees and man,
trees and nature, protection afforded by trees, shelter trees and
economics, engineering and trees, tree parts, tree growth, shelter
trees and war, effect of construction work on trees, tree troubles,
the care and selection of trees and shade tree policy. In addition,
it is illustrated by 53 good photographs.

This book, which is dedicated to the better use of trees, is con-
cerned with the relation of trees to nearly every type of human
activity and economy. Sound and thoughtful information is
presented on such numerous topics as trees and their bearing
upon health, roads, national defense, camps, public utilities, in-
dustrial plants, parks, housing projects, playgrounds, streets, etc.
The importance of trees in protective concealment and the need
for a stable tree policy are stressed. The extensive section deal-
ing with the characteristics and suitabilities of certain species for
various sections should be of interest to many individuals and
agencies. This book should be read by those who take trees for
granted. Most of us do not have a well-proportioned view of
the significance of trees as a whole and this is what Dr. Felt
gives us. — H. B. W.

Dec., 1943]

Cockerell: Review

277

BOOK NOTICE

Practical and Theoretical Aspects of the
Species Problem

Systematics and the Origin of Species from the Viewpoint of a
Zoologist. By Ernst Mayr. New York, Columbia Univer-
sity Press, 1942. 334 pp. $4.00.

Dr. Mayr begins his preface with the statement that “During
the past fifty years animal taxonomy has undergone a revolution
almost as fundamental as that which occurred in genetics after
the rediscovery of Mendel’s laws.” This has mainly to do with
the recognition of polytypic species : groups of populations which
are visibly or recognizably different, but intergrade with others,
forming a series of subspecies. The changed “species concept”
of the modern systematist has resulted largely from increased
knowledge and opportunity. To one who used to correspond
constantly with W. H. Edwards, who knew Wallace very well
indeed, and even saw Westwood preside (for the last time) at a
meeting of the Entomological Society of London, the limitations
of those earlier days seem to explain and justify the taxonomy
of the period. When Edwards received a new butterfly from the
west he described it as a species. This was the only practical
thing to do ; to call it a subspecies of something else was to assert
wdiat he did not and could not know, and of the group of perhaps
a dozen members of a “polytypic species,” as we understand the
matter today, probably only two or three were then present in
collections.

In the case of the birds, it may be said that the species and
subspecies are mainly known, and yet supposedly new subspecies
have been described from Britain very recently. In the case of
the insects, even the butterflies, the large collections extant are
not yet fully adequate, and some day the present time will be
looked upon as one of relative ignorance.

I knew Lang at the time when he was preparing his book on
the butterflies of Europe (he, being a clergyman, used to go out
on Sundays with what appeared to be a bulky umbrella, but on

278

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

reaching the collecting ground it turned into a collecting net).
It was supposed that the European butterflies were sufficiently
known to be set forth in a manual, and for some years this satis-
fied the needs of collectors. But there came a time when very
large series from many localities were collected, and it was
realized that the species could be broken up into numerous races
or subspecies, which at once became desiderata for collectors.
One could take a brief holiday on the Continent, going to the
Pyrenees or to the Tyrol, and perhaps come back with a new race
of some well-known species of butterfly. However, as Mayr
points out, this sort of thing could easily be carried to extremes.
Almost any population, closely studied, was found to have some
characters of its own, and the number of subspecies or micro-
subspecies could be increased almost indefinitely. Thus the genus
Erebia was very recently monographed so elaborately, with so
many illustrations, that nothing seemed lacking; yet just the
other day a race from Scotland was described as new.

On the other hand, when the taxonomist is accused of empha-
sizing very small differences, it may be replied that the geneticist
has done exactly this, with the most brilliant results. It was a
mistake of the entomologists, conchologists and botanists to mix
up individual and racial differences, so that the term “variety”
stood for quite different things. But I think Mayr is wrong in
stressing subspecies (populations), though poorly defined, but
objecting to the naming of variations occurring within a popula-
tion. In the Staudinger Catalogue of European Lepidoptera we
used to read in certain cases “Var. et ab.,” meaning that a par-
ticular form occurred in some regions as a race, in others as a
variation (aberration) in the normal population.

Mutations, the materials out of which subspecies are built, are
extraordinarily varied, as the work with Drosophila has shown.
For the most part they are disadvantageous, and little suited to
be the foundations of new subspecies. But, as has been shown
especially in the case of plants, a population limited by climatic
conditions may produce a mutation actually unsuited to the local-
ity, but suited to a neighboring locality, into which it spreads.
This, however, cannot often occur, in view of the numerous zonal
species in the mountains, whose scattered seeds are every year

Dec., 1943]

Cockerell: Review

279

washed to lower levels, without producing a series of adjacent
subspecies. I have found similar phenomena in the marine
fauna of southern California.

Although birds and butterflies are so little related they have
certain features in common in respect to their variations. They
vary conspicuously in size, color and pattern. These diversities
are more strongly marked in butterflies, which even show seasonal
variation in many species. Among the moths, the most amazing
exhibit I ever saw was that of Rothschild’s collection of Abraxas
grossulariata, the Currant Moth. Any one not informed con-
cerning the origin of this series might easily have believed that
he was looking at a group of several genera and numerous species.
The genus Abraxas includes several additional genuine species,
and some subspecies, but they are relatively commonplace.
There is not, in the world, room for such diversity among the
birds, but we do not know much about their individual variations
except among domestic species, such as fowls and pigeons, which
show many extreme types, for the most part unfitted for survival
in the wild.

Since the characters so generally used to distinguish races of
birds and butterflies are not present, or hardly indicated, in many
groups of animals, the question arises whether there are in fact
numerous cryptosubspecies, differing in ways not appreciable in
cabinet specimens. Mayr cites such cases, and I could add sev-
eral others, relating to food plants, relating to parasites, and
other diversities among insects, which are often of practical im-
portance to the economic entomologist and so are receiving
increasing attention. These considerations tend to increase our
belief in the frequency, one may say the normality, of polytypic
species.

There are, however, notable exceptions. Last spring, my wife
and I were in charge of the little Desert Museum at Palm
Springs, but the Museum shut up for the summer on May 15 on
account of the tropical heat of the summer months in that local-
ity. Shortly before this I saw every morning a handsome butter-
fly flying before my front door. Was it some California species,
or perchance a visitor from Mexico? By no means, it was
Euvanessa antiopa, the Mourning Cloak, or the Camberwell

280

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

Beauty of English collectors, who esteem themselves fortunate to
catch one in England in a lifetime. In central Africa I found
the Painted Lady, Pyrameis cardui, precisely the same butterfly
as occurs in Europe and the United States. Diversity of envi-
ronment is slow to act in many cases. Thus the Cabbage Butter-
fly, Pieris rapae, introduced into America not much less than a
century ago, is singularly uniform, and decidedly less variable
than it is in Europe.

Mayr discusses all these matters in relation to birds, with many
interesting examples. On page 231 he cites the case of the Horn-
bill, Dichoceros bicornis. It abounds in the tropical forests of
Burma, Siam and a narrow strip in north India, but all of cen-
tral India is unsuited for it yet it appears again quite unmodified,
in a strip of forest country parallel with the coast from Bombay
southward. Mayr does not suggest such a thing, but from seeing
these birds flying strongly over the trees in Siam, I can imagine
that they might sometimes cross India and join the southern
colony.

A much disputed question has to do with the taxonomic status
of similar forms, apparently of subspecific rank, but kept sepa-
rate by physical barriers. Thus, for instance, in various groups
of islands there are closely allied birds and mammals, sufficiently
different to be recognizable, yet differing only in very minor
characters. Such, for example, are the foxes on the islands off
the coast of California. The yellow Columbine, Aquilegia chry-
santhe, is universally considered a good species by botanists, yet
in gardens it crosses freely with the blue Columbine, A. ccerulea,
producing fertile hybrids. No one doubts that if these two
species were not separated by a physical barrier, they would soon
cease to be specifically separable. Mayr holds that we must use
our judgment in all such cases, and are justified in recording
forms as subspecies, though we have no direct evidence of mixing.

Mayr gives a very interesting discussion of what he calls sibling
species. These are good species, in the sense of being biologically
isolated, which nevertheless show few or practically no external
diagnostic marks. In Lepidoptera such cases are occasionally
found ; thus in Britain we have two species of Acronycta, so simi-
lar that it is doubtful whether the ablest experts can distinguish

Dec., 1943]

Cockerell: Review

281

them, yet undoubtedly distinct species, as the larvaa are quite
distinct. Mayr cites at some length the sibling birds, some of
which caused great confusion until their nature was understood.
Some of the examples of siblings in other groups I should not so
consider — for example, Pieris napi, rapce and brassicce. The
“biological races” of the malaria mosquito, Anopheles maculi-
pennis are considered sibling species, distinguished principally,
but by no means entirely, by the character of their egg-floats.
It is obvious that the existence of siblings may be of great conse-
quence to economic entomologists. Thus the common mussel scale
has a form which attacks apples, while another does not ; the red
scale has a form which does not attack citrus plants, as I observed
in Jamaica all such cases must be critically studied, and no doubt
siblings will be shown to exist, sometimes when the morphological
differences are so slight that no one has ventured to give them any
taxonomic rank whatever. The birds, being so well known and
comparatively few, deserve to be considered by all Zoologists, and
for this reason Mayr’s book will be most instructive to ento-
mologists and others. It must be said, however, that the insects
present much greater variety, and in many cases much closer
adaptations to the environment. Among the bees which I have
studied, I will cite the genus of small prettily-colored bees called
Perdita', confined to North America, and mainly to the west, with
one species found by my wife as far south as Guatemala. New
species of Perdita are continually being discovered, and it seems
quite possible that five hundred exist in nature. They are nearly
all oligotropic, confined in their visits to one species of flower, or
one group of closely allied flowers. In the dry regions of the
southwest the sight of a plant new to the entomologist always
arouses hopes of a new Perdita, and very often the expected bee
is found. Now it would be absurd to group these species into
“polytypic” groups, except in the sense of subgenus, or some
would say closely related genera. They exist as distinct entities
in nature, and although many species will be found in a single
locality, they are not mixed, but are found on different plants, or
in some cases at different times of the year. But occasionally
exceptions occur. Many years ago, when on the way to visit the
celebrated botanists, Mr. and Mrs. Brandegee, then living at San

282

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

Diego, I came across a sumach (Rhus) bush full of small bees, all
females. They were described as Perdita rhois. Some years
later, Timberlake collected at Whittier, on quite a different plant,
some males, and these I described as new, without any doubt as
to their distinctness. Now it turns out that this species, Perdita
rhois , is common in southern California on many kinds of plants,
and the Whittier bee is its male. Are there no subspecific groups
in Perdita f Timberlake, in his unpublished manuscript, has
recorded some. My wife and I collected a new Perdita visiting
Layia, at San Miguel Island, California. Some years later we
found at Santa Tomas, Lower California, a species, also on Layia,
differing by the markings. This I am regarding as a subspecies.
Thus it is evident that the intensive study of any insect group is
likely to yield facts of great biological interest and illustrate in
some measure the origin of species.

Mayr has at the end of his book a discussion of the “higher
categories, ’ ’ particularly genera. He considers that generic sub-
division has been overdone. He takes the fourth edition of the
check list of the American Ornithologists ’ Union, and enumerates
forty- two “genera” which “could well be dispensed with and
will probably disappear eventually from later editions. ’ 7 Among
the insects a similar reduction is possible, although critical studies
often bring out differences not at first noticed. In the case of the
bees, I have been puzzled by the phenomena of “Emergent Evo-
lution. ” It is apparent that even then the species, and perhaps
genera, are of relatively recent origin, the gene-modifications
from which they are built up may be much older. The various
recombinations of these genes give rise to new types. It results
from this that we have what has been called “Kaleidoscope Varia-
tion, ’ ’ and it is practically impossible to tell what was the exact
cause of evolution. Thus the very numerous African bees of the
genus Megachile could be arranged in subgenera, or even genera,
on the basis of quite different characters. I do not at present see
how to make the appropriate choices with any assurance that
they represent natural groups. More intensive studies will prob-
able result in a classification which can be accepted with con-
fidence.

It will readily be seen that Mayr has written a most interest-

Dec., 1943]

Cockerell: Review

283

ing book. The practical moral is that good biological results
come from intensive studies, and yet such studies, without a broad
background of knowledge, may be largely sterile. There is in-
deed a wonderful opportunity for the younger generation, stand-
ing on the shoulders of the older folks, to do what they could
never do.

Should the question be raised, what is the “ practical value’7
of all this, several things may be said. In the first place, as we
have indicated, the knowledge of variation and of sibling species
may be of first class importance to the economic entomologist,
whether in the agricultural or the medical field. The cultural
side, the pleasure which may be derived from the study of nature,
cannot be ignored. People pay immense sums, in the aggregate,
for not too good entertainment ; here is, available to all, the clean,
beautiful, never ending drama of nature, to be had without price,
or rather at the price of having learned to appreciate it. As a
result of the present war, more and more wounded men will come
back to us, the more numerous because the splendid medical
discoveries of recent times have made it possible to save so many
who would formerly have perished. In England they are stress-
ing the crafts as a means of “occupational therapy,” but prob-
ably, for those so inclined, some entomological hobby is no less
valuable. A collector who makes little or no pretense to scien-
tific knowledge may make valuable contributions to the subject
with suitable guidance, as I could set forth at considrable length.

Finally, science is international, and so far as it goes, it will .
help to heal the wounds of war. Today we are horrified at the
actions of the Nazis, and yet I have a picture in my mind of a
meeting of the Entomological Society of Bremen, to which I was
invited not long after the first world war. Exhibiting and dis-
cussing their specimens (I remember especially the exquisitely
mounted microlepidoptera) these men appeared to have attained
a high level of humanity, and I felt very much at home with them.
It is difficult to believe — I do not believe — that they have the
faults which people today ascribe to the Germans, and it is per-
haps largely through the coming together of such people from
all countries, all worshippers of the beauty, variety and incident
of nature, that we may find a basis for the salvation of man-
kind.— T. D. A. Cockerell.

284

Journal JMew York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

BOOK NOTICE

The Lepidoptera of Nantucket and Marthas Vineyard Islands ,
Massachusetts. By Frank Morton Jones and Charles P.
Kimball. Publication of the Nantucket Maria Mitchell
Association, vol. iv. Nantucket, Mass., May, 1943. 9x6 in.,
217 p.

At a time when faunal lists and studies of geographical dis-
tribution appear to be somewhat out of favor with many ento-
mologists, it is a pleasure to call attention to this work by Jones
and Kimball outlining the results of their collecting and studies
over many years.

According to the introduction by Jones, the lepidopterous
fauna of these islands, which have a combined area of about 150
square miles, is rich and varied and there are recorded nearly
1,400 identified species, with more than 100 species awaiting
identification. Although rich in species, much of the fauna is
characterized by a scarcity of individuals. Many species have
a wide distribution, but a considerable number have a southward
rather than northward distribution.

The water-barrier between these islands and the mainland does
not deter the flight of insects and the extra-zonal strays found
on the islands indicate that the islands are subjected to the north-
ward drift of southern species along the coast. Although some
parts of the insect fauna may have had ancient occupancy, it is
the belief of the authors that the fauna represents a continuous
response to present and changing conditions.

In addition to the Introduction and the Annotated List, there
is a Supplementary List, representing Nantucket and Marthas
Vineyard specimens in the A. Bolter collection at the University
of Illinois, which require further study, and also a list of “Unre-
corded Species of Southern New England,” by Charles P.
Kimball. — H. B. W.

Dec., 1943]

Weiss: Journal

285

THE JOURNAL OF THE NEW YORK ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1893-1942*

By Harry B. Weiss

In an editorial in Entomological News for June, 1924, it is
stated that “fifty years is a variable quantity. It is the major
part of a man’s life, an era for a nation, a passing moment in geol-
ogy. For a magazine it is a ripe and venerable age.” So the
Journal of the New York Entomological Society has now
reached a ‘ ‘ ripe and venerable age. ’ ’

Be that as it may, onr Journal, for all its fifty years, is old
only in comparison with snch of its American contemporaries as
the Annals of the Entomological Society of America, the Journal
of Economic Entomology, each of which is 35 years old, both hav-
ing started in 1908, and the Pan-Pacific Entomologist, which is
19 years old (first appearance in 1924).

In comparison with some existing American entomological
periodicals, our Journal is much younger. The Proceedings-
Transactions of the American Entomological Society, formerly
the Entomological Society of Philadelphia, is in its 75th year, the
Canadian Entomologist, in its 74th year, Psyche, in its 69th year,
the Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society, in its 65th
year, although for a period of 26 years (1886-1911) it was not
published, Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washing-
ton, in its 59th year, and Entomological News, in its 53rd year.
Our closest contemporary from the standpoint of age is Ento-
mological News, which is our senior by three years.

During the early days of the Society, the Journal was started
by subscription, Mrs. Annie T. Slosson being the largest con-
tributor. In part it wTas supported by the proceeds from auction
sales of insects, and again Mrs. Slosson was the donor of the
largest number of specimens.1

Through the past fifty years the Journal has had six editors.
Its first was William Beutenmuller who served eleven years (1893-

* Presented at the 50th Anniversary Meeting of the Society, Dec. 1, 1942.

i Leng, C. W. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., Vol. xxvi, p. 129-133, 1918.

286

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

1903). Mr. Beutenmuller was born in Hoboken, N. J., March 31,
1864, and educated in the public and private schools of New York
City. From 1888 to 1912 he was curator of the department of
entomology of the American Museum of Natural History. In
1900 he was president of the New York Entomological Society,
and his continuing interest in entomology is indicated by his
membership in 1927 in the Entomological Society of America, the
American Association of Economic Entomologists, the Brooklyn
Entomological Society and the Entomological Society of Washing-
ton. He was interested in the Orthoptera, Coleoptera and Lepi-
doptera, and published extensively on this latter order, particu-
larly on the Lepidoptera found within 50 miles of New York
City. His monographs on Sesiidae and gall insects are especially
noteworthy. His collecting was done in the vicinity of New
York City and at Black Mountain in North Carolina. Mr.
Beutenmuller married Edna Hyatt, entomological artist, and
lived the latter part of his life at Tenafly, N. J. He died
February 23, 1934.2

The second editor of the Journal was Dr. Harrison Gray Dyar,
who served four years (1904-1907). Dr. Dyar was born on
February 14, 1866, at 331 Fifth Avenue, New York City. In
1889 he graduated from the Massachusetts Institute of Technol-
ogy with the degree of B.S. in chemistry. From Columbia Uni-
versity in 1894 he received his A.M., and in 1895 his Ph.D. From
1896 to 1897 he was assistant in bacteriology at the College of
Physicians and Surgeons in Columbia. From 1904 to 1916 he
was entomological assistant in the Bureau of Entomology of the
United States Department of Agriculture and from 1924 to 1929,
Captain, Sanitary Department, Organized Reserves, United
States Army. His earliest entomological interest was in the
Lepidoptera and in 1894 he published on the classification of
Lepidopterous larvas. Through his numerous later writings on
this order he became one of the leading authorities in America.
His paper on the Lepidoptera of the Harriman Alaska Expedi-
tion appeared in 1900 and in 1902 his large work, “A List of
North American Lepidoptera and Key to the Literature of this

2 Ent. News, Vol. xlv, p. 112, 1934; Amer. Men of Science, 4th ed., New
York, 1927.

Dec., 1943]

Weiss: Journal

287

Order of Insects” was published as Bulletin 52 of the United
States National Museum.

He began the study of mosquito larvae in 1902 and contributed
that part to ‘ 1 The Mosquitoes of North and Central America and
the West Indies,” by Howard, Dyar and Knab, which was pub-
lished in four volumes in 1912 by the Carnegie Institute of Wash-
ington. Hundreds of lepidopterous and dipterous (Culicidae)
insects were described and named by Dr. Dyar, and some flies,
with R. C. Shannon. In 1913 he began the publication of “In-
secutor, Inscitiae Menstruus,” a periodical devoted to systematic
entomology, which ended in 1926 and extended to 14 volumes.
From 1897 until his death in the Garfield Hospital, Washington,
D. C., January 21, 1929, he was Custodian of Lepidoptera at the
United States National Museum. Many of Dr. Dyar’s important
papers were published by the United States National Museum,
Journal of the New York Entomological Society, Proceed-
ings of the Entomological Society of Washington, Annals of the
New York Academy of Sciences, Canadian Entomologist, etc.3

Professor William Morton Wheeler was the third editor of the
Journal, and served from 1908 until the middle of 1912, except
for a period in 1910 when Charles Schaeffer edited the December
J OURNAL for that year.

Professor Wheeler was born in Milwaukee, Wisconsin, on
March 19, 1865. He was graduated from the German- American
College in Milwaukee in 1884 and during the same year, entered
the employ of Ward’s Natural Science Establishment at Roch-
ester, N. Y., where he arranged zoological material and identified
specimens. Leaving Ward’s in 1885 he returned to Milwaukee
and taught German and physiology at the High School where Dr.
G. W. Peckham was principal. After two years he was
appointed custodian of the new Milwaukee Public Museum where
he remained until 1890, when he was offered a fellowship at Clark
University. Two years later he obtained a Ph.D. degree for his
thesis entitled “Contribution to Insect Embryology.” The fol-
lowing year was spent in Europe.

Upon his return he went to the University of Chicago, first as
instructor in embryology, and after 1896 as assistant professor,

3 Essig, E. O. A History of Entomology, New York, 1931.

288

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

staying in all five years and becoming, during this period, inter-
ested in various phases of entomology.

At the University of Texas in 1899, where he was professor of
zoology, he became interested in ants and began a long series of
investigations. In the summer of 1903 he was made curator of
invertebrate zoology in the American Museum of Natural His-
tory and during his five years in this position he published many
important papers. In 1908 he was at Harvard University as
professor of economic entomology, and from 1915 to 1929 as dean
of the Bussey Institution. His monumental work on ants was
published in 1910.

In 1929 Professor Wheeler resigned his deanship and moved to
Cambridge where he continued his teaching until his retirement
in 1934. Three years later, or in 1937, he died at Cambridge,
Mass., on April 19.

Many lasting contributions were made by Dr. Wheeler to bio-
logical science and to entomology in particular. He was a mem-
ber of many entomological societies and the recipient of various
honorary degrees and medals in recognition of his entomological
research. An appreciation of his qualities as a scientist and as a
man may be found in “Psyche” for September, 1937, in an ac-
count by Dr. Charles T. Brues, which occupies the entire issue,
and which contains a long bibliography of Wheeler’s papers and
books from 1885 to 1937, testifying to his varied interests and
accomplishments.

From the middle of 1912 to the end of 1915 the Journal was
edited by the ‘ ‘ Publication Committee, ’ ’ but I am of the opinion
that Mr. Charles Schaeffer really looked after the editing, for the
committee, during this period. From 1916 to 1919, Mr. Schaeffer
was definitely named as editor, making his entire term of service
eight years.

Charles Frederick August Schaeffer was born of German par-
ents in London, England, on July 12, 1860. In 1876 his educa-
tion was completed in Germany. His entomological career began
in 1898, as assistant to William Beutenmuller in the American
Museum of Natural History where he remained four years. In
1902 he was employed on the staff of the Brooklyn Institute of

Dec., 1943]

Weiss : Journal

289

Arts and Sciences, as curator of Coleoptera, remaining here until
his death, following a long period of illness, on August 29, 1934.

Mr. Schaeffer’s entomological talents became apparent upon
his acquaintance with Gustav Beyer, Charles Tuneson and
Ottomar Dietz about 1889, and in 1892 when the New York Ento-
mological Society was organized, he was one of its first members.

For thirty-five years, he served the Society in various capaci-
ties, on different committees and as recording secretary. His
published papers are all taxonomic and during his later years he
specialized principally in the Chrycomelidaa.4

Mr. Schaeffer was succeeded by Mr. Howard Notman, the fifth
editor, who held office from 1920 until March, 1924 when he re-
signed. Mr. Notman, artist and entomologist, was first intro-
duced to the New York Entomological Society by Mr. Robert
Percy Dow, and his interest was in the Coleoptera. Mr. Notman
at one time bought a large part of the Hugh Beyer collection but
later gave up entomology for the study of music. According to
“Who’s Who in New York (City and State),” 1929, Mr. Notman
was born in Brooklyn, N. Y., April 20, 1881, and graduated from
Harvard University in 1903. Later he spent a year in the Har-
vard Law School. When “Who’s Who in New York” was pub-
lished, in 1929, he was a member of the Royal Society of Arts,
Brooklyn Society of Artists, Brooklyn Society of Modern Artists,
American Federation of Arts, New York Academy of Sciences,
Entomological Society of America, Entomological Society of
London, and the Brooklyn Entomological Society.

Mr. Notman ’s revisions and descriptions of new species in the
Coleoptera were published largely in the Journal of the New
York Entomological Society, but his work also appeared in the
Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History, American
Museum Novitates, Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Soci-
ety, Bulletin of the New York State College of Forestry and the
Proceedings of the United States National Museum. At present
Mr. Notman is living on Staten Island.

Upon his resignation in March, 1924, from the editorship of
the Journal, Mr. Notman was succeeded by the writer, who,
although he has been editor for nearly 19 years, which is a long

4 Davis, W. T., Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., Vol. 50, No. 2, p. 209-10, 1942.

290

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

time, takes this occasion to deny that he was born in 1833 as given
on page 285 of Herbert Osborn’s “Fragments of Entomological
History” (Columbus, 1937).

The first Publication Committee in 1893, consisted of five mem-
bers. In succeeding years the size of the committee was confined
to four. This first committee was made up of William Beuten-
miiller, Ottomar Dietz, Charles Palm, Berthold Neumoegen and
Harry Allchin.

Ottomar Dietz was born in Bremen, Germany, April 21, 1854,
but he received his education in Konigsberg to which place his
parents had moved. In 1880 he came to America, living first in
Milwaukee, then Cincinnati, and finally settling in New York
where he was engaged in newspaper advertising. He was well-
known as a collector of Coleoptera and was one of the founders of
the Society. He was an enthusiastic collector with a large circle
of entomological friends. His last collecting trip was in June,
1901, to Brownsville, Texas. In previous years he had collected
in Virginia and Florida. He died on December 25, 1901, at his
home, 679 East 141st Street, after an illness of only 12 days.5

Charles Palm, another founder of the Society and member of
the first publication committee, was born at Calbe, on the river
Milde, Germany, in 1836. Coming to the United States in 1854,
Mr. Palm built up a successful business, following the founding
in 1856 of the firm Palm, Fechteler & Co., which was one of the
first to introduce the decalcomania industry into this country.
Starting from an importing business, it grew into one of the larg-
est manufacturing firms in the United States. As late as 1934
this firm was the only large manufacturer in the East. At that
time its office was at 15 East 26th Street, New York City, and its
factory at 99 Maple Avenue, Weehawken, N. J.

Mr. Palm was active during the early days of the Society, when
he was nearly sixty. For a long time he lived at 172 East 64th
Street, New York, where his large collections of Lepidoptera and
Coleoptera were housed and where he entertained his entomo-
logical friends like Dietz, Luetgens and Merkel. For more than
10 years he served on the executive and publication committees,
and was vice-president of the Society for four years and presi-

5 Ent. News, Yol. xiii, p. 64, Feb., 1902.

Dec., 1943]

Weiss: Journal

291

dent in 1897. He resigned in February, 1916, at the age of 80
years when evening meetings became impossible for him. Seven
species and genera of Lepidoptera were named in his honor, and
his numerous friends included Charles Dury and W. H. Wenzel.
Mr. Palm died on November 5, 1917, in his 82nd year.6

The last member of the first “Publication Committee,” about
whom it was possible to find historical material is Berthold Neu-
moegen, who was born in Frankfort-on-the-Main, Germany, No-
vember 19, 1845. Mr. Neumoegen began to collect Lepidoptera
about 1874 and his collection grew to be one of the finest in
existence and contained many valuable types described by prom-
inent Lepidopterists. Mr. Neumoegen himself described many
new genera and species from this country and the West Indies
and published a number of papers on the Bombycidas with H. G.
Dyar, many of which appeared in our Journal.

He was a member of the New York Stock Exchange and in busi-
ness as a banker and broker at 40 Exchange Place, New York City.
At one time Mr. Jacob Doll assisted him in taking care of his
collection. Mr. Neumoegen was friendly with Dr. Herman
Strecker, and spoke five or six languages fluently. He died in
New York on January 21, 1895, of consumption hastened by an
attack of grip, and it is stated that he looked upon death as a
relief.7

It has been, thus far, difficult to locate information about Harry
Allchin. Aside from the fact that he was a member of the first
Publication Committee in 1893, we know that he was a member
of the Society from that year until June, 1898, and that is all.

At various times between 1893 and 1942, thirty-four different
members of our Society have served upon the Publication Com-
mittee, for periods of time ranging from one to many years. This
is exclusive of the editors whose services have already been noted.

MEMBERS OF THE NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
SERVING ON THE PUBLICATION COMMITTEE FROM
1893 TO 1942

(exclusive of editors)

Ottomar Dietz, 1893, 1 year

Harry Allchin, 1893, 1 year

e Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., Vol. 25, p. 237, 1917.

7 Ent. News, vol. vi, p. 65-66, Mar., 1895.

292

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. li

B. Neumoegen, 1893, 1 year
Charles Palm, 1893-94 ; 01, 3 years
Charles Tunison, 1894, 1 year

L. H. Joutel, 1894-1902, 9 years
E. Daecke, 1894—1897, 4 years
P. Rabe, 1895, 1 year

Charles Schaeffer, 1896-1902 ; 1904-1915 ; 1920-1922, 22 years

C. F. Groth, 1898-1899, 2 years

E. G. Love, 1900 ; 1902 ; 1905 ; 1906-1910, 8 years

W. D. Kearfoot, 1903, 1 year

Herman Hng, 1903, 1 year

H. G. Dyar, 1903, 1 year

C. W. Leng, 1904-1906 ; 1931-1935, 8 years

C. T. Brnes, 1904-1905, 2 years

Henry Bird, 1907, 1 year

E. P. Felt, 1908-1910, 3 years

R. C. Osburn, 1910-1912, 3 years

F. E. Lutz, 1910-1922 ; 1924-1930, 20 years
PI. G. Barber, 1913, 1 year

J. D. Sherman, Jr., 1913 ; 1918-1919 ; 1923-1940, 21 years

W. P. Comstock, 1914-1920, 7 years

L. B. Woodruff, 1914-1915, 2 years

E. L. Dickerson, 1916-1917 ; 1921-1923, 5 years

C. E. Olsen, 1923-1935, 13 years

H. Notman, 1924, 1 year

H. T. Spieth, 1936-1937, 2 years

C. H. Curran, 1936 ; 1938, 2 years

E. L. Bell, 1937-1942, 6 years

William Moore, 1939-1940, 2 years

E. W. Teale, 1941-1942, 2 years

H. F. Schwarz, 1041-1942, 2 years

Mr. Schaeffer was on the Publication Committee for 22 years,
Dr. Lutz for 20, Mr. Sherman for 21, and Mr. Olsen for 13 years.
The terms of the other members range from one to nine years.

Over the past 50 years the size of onr Journal has slowly
increased. During the first 10 years the average number of
pages, per volume, was 228. During the second 10 years, it was
263, during the third, 280, the fourth, 422 and during the fifth

Dec., 1943]

Weiss: Journal.

293

(9 years) period, the average will be in the neighborhood of 434
pages per volume. From 1893 to 1923 the subscription price was
$2.00 per year. In 1924 it was increased to $3.00, where it has
remained ever since.

During the fifty-year period, a total of over 1,400 papers was
published, on various entomological subjects, taxonomic, morpho-
logical, biological, etc. Dividing this period into five of ten
years each, we find that, over the years, there has been a change
in the types of papers submitted to the Journal. A rough
arrangement of the papers according to the subjects suggested by
the titles was made for each ten-year period, with the following
result :

SUBJECT MATTER OF PAPERS PUBLISHED FROM 1893 TO 1941

Yols. I-X
1893-1902

Vols. XI-XX
1903-1912

Yols. XXI-XXX
1913-1922

Vols. XXXI-XL
1923-1932

Yols. XLI-XLIX
1933-1941*

per cent

per cent

per cent

per cent

per cent

Taxonomic

70

70

73

54

50

Biological

15

16

15

11

13

Fannal lists

5

5

1

1

7

Historical

Bibliographical and Bio;

1

1

12

5

graphical

1

7

1

Economic

1

1

2

9

General obituaries, etc. ...
Morphological, physiolog-

6

4

5

5

4

ical, etc

2

2

2

6

7

Behavior

Unclassified

1

1

1

1

2

4

* 9 years.

During the first thirty years of the Journal about 70 per cent
of the papers were taxonomic, about 15 per cent biological, the
remaining 15 per cent being made up of papers on morphology,
behavior, faunal lists, and general subjects. During the past
twenty years, these ratios have changed somewhat. The tax-
onomic papers over this latter period were about 50 per cent of
the total, biological papers about 12 per cent, while the remaining

294

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. LI

38 per cent consisted of faunal lists and titles on morphology,
behavior, historical, bibliographical, biographical and economic
entomology. In other words, the contents for the last twenty
years have been more varied than previously. These conclusions
are based upon a rough approximation of titles and not upon a
close examination of the contents of each paper. In spite of this,
it is believed that the conclusions are fairly accurate.

The first paper in Volume 1, Number 1 of the Journal is
entitled “Common versus Proper,” by Annie Trumbell Slosson,
who was elected at the first meeting of the Society on June 29,
1892, and who was one of its most distinguished and helpful mem-
bers. Other contributors to the first number of the Journal
were A. S. Packard, G. W. Angell, Mary Treat, Charles Palm,

B. Neumoegen, Harrison G. Dyar, William Beutenmuller and
William T. Davis. Later numbers of Volume I contained papers
by Nathan Banks, William J. Fox, W. J. Holland, L. H. Joutel,

C. W. Leng, R. Ottolengui, C. H. T. Townsend and F. M. Webster.
Of these contributors, to the first volume of the Journal, whose
names are well known in entomological circles, only 4 remain
alive today — William T. Davis, C. H. T. Townsend, Nathan
Banks, and W. J. Fox.

In succeeding volumes of the Journal numerous papers will be
found by well-known professional and amateur entomologists.
In fact the pages of the Journal have always been open to anyone
with a contribution to the science of entomology and I do not
believe that the prestige of the Journal has suffered by reason
of this policy.

It is largely through scientific journals and other publications
that science develops and the Journal of the New York Ento-
mological Society has for fifty years been a part of the national
circulatory system for entomological thought and ideas.

Dec., 1943]

Forbes: Danain^e

295

RE VISIONAL NOTES ON THE DANAINZE
(SUPPLEMENT)

By Wm. T. M. Forbes

A few years ago I published a block of revisional notes on
the Lepidopterons subfamily Danainse (the milkweed butter-
flies). Since then there has been considerable activity in the
group and some additions, comments and corrections are in
order. First, attention should be called to the following im-
portant publications: d ’Almeida, Revisiao das especies ameri-
canas da superfamilia Danaoidea. . . . Danainae; in Memorias
do Institute Oswaldo Cruz, xxxiv, 1-113, pis. 1-30, 1939 ; an
account of the migrations of the Monarch by Williams and others
in Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc., xcii, 147-148, 155-184, 1942 ; and
papers by Talbot on Amauris in Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc., xc, 319-
336 (with a key), Ideopsis in Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. (B), ix, 197-
202; Idea (i.e. Hestia ) in Trans. Roy Ent. Soc., xci, 105-117,
with key ; and a few notes on species of Euplcea by Carpenter in
Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. (B), xi, 1942; also notes and three new
names by Clark in Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xc, 531-542, 1941.

GENITALIC CHARACTERS

D ’Almeida has made a substantial first start toward the
presentation of the genitalic characters of the Danaids, with
figures of all but one of the American true species, and repre-
sentative old-world ones. We should first make three or four
notes on nomenclature. Firstly as Hemming has noted, our
current use of the name Anosia for the monarch, as based on
Moore’s selection of plexippus as the type, is invalid, for
Scudder had already chosen gilippus in 1875; and Tasitia with
gilippus as type is a strict synonym. To clear the mess
d ’Almeida proposes Biogas for the Monarch, citing erippus as
type. I have already noted my feeling that these are hardly
even subgenera, and we duly find the genitalia of chrysippus
(d ’Almeida, PI. 7, Figs. 1, 4, 5) almost identical with eresimus,
Dept, of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York

296

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

even to the two little flanges on the sedoeagus. D. genutia
( plexippus ) is more distinct, with the proper type of valve and
sedoeagus, but the angular last sternite of Diogas. There are a
couple of misdeterminations in d ’Almeida. His eresimus cleo-
thera is the new Central American race described below, while
true cleothera is a gilippus- race from Haiti, near hermippus
(his Pl. 18, Fig. 4). I have examined the genitalia (figure,
left) and they confirm this. His eresimus also, is my recent race
dilucida.

There are two striking differences between eresimus and
gilippus: in eresimus the sedoeagus has two thin toothed flanges

Male genitalia of Danaus, showing : a, juxta, b, last sternite, c, valve, d,
aedceagus. Left D. cleothera, right D. cleophile.

near the apex, and the last sternite is barely emarginate; in
gilippus there are only two groups of 2 or 3 small teeth on the
aedoeagus, and the last sternite is deeply divided. As is to be
expected, plexaure shows no noticeable difference from eresi-
mus.

D. cleophile, which d ’Almeida lacked, turns out to be close to
erippus, rather than gilippus (figure, right) in the single
terminal spike on the valve, slender, simple sedoeagus and
strongly toothed last sternite. Here pattern proves a better
guide than venation! By the way, genitalia in this group are
difficult to mount symmetrically. I found the nearest approach to
success by' removing only the juxta, and then flattening the
residue a little laterally.

Dec., 1943]

Forbes: Danain^i

297

A further interesting point is that so far as studied all the
genera of Danainse with paronychium and pulvillus have also
preserved the clasper, while Danaus, which has simple naked
claws, has lost it.

Idea ( Hestia )

Talbot still groups hypermnestra with the idea group in spite
of the divergent pattern and unstable venation.

Danaus megalippe portoricensis

This was described by Clark on the basis of only two speci-
mens. Cornell has a good block of 16, which gives a much
better idea of the subspecies. As is so frequent with races, hone
of the characters prove quite stable: the length of fore wing
averages 3 mm. less than in megalippe , but only two specimens
are small enough to be abnormal foi* the other races (see graph).
On the other hand North American menippe are substantially
larger.1 The best character proves to be the lack of the white
spots at end of cell, as only two specimens have them well
developed above. The absence of white spots in the border of
hind wing holds up fairly well, with no males and only half the
females showing a& many white spots as average megalippe, but
the subapical spots fail entirely.

In striking contrast to this block from Porto Rico, the three
females I saved from Vieques Id. are all of the leucogyne type,
with dull coloring, and the white spotting as strong as in
megalippe. Their expanse (46.7 mm. average) is normal for
megalippe, but within the range of portoricensis.

Danaus candidus Clark

This is the form I mentioned (p. 135, ftn. 19) from Cuzco.
We now have a second pair from Rio Piene, Apurimac, Peru,2
and it certainly deserves racial status, but I still believe it
belongs to gilippus.

1 In making the graph I have grouped all specimens except menippe,
portoricensis and leucogyne. They showed no sign of local variation in size,
even the Mexico- Venezuela specimens with tawny subapical, spots being no
larger.

2 The gift of Mr. Frank Johnson.

298

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

THE NORTHERN RACES OF D. ERESIMUS
In my former paper I made no attempt to subdivide the
northern population of eresimus, since I had only a few speci-
mens at hand. It now seems best to define the leading races,
especially as one of them has been generally reported and
figured by mistake for cleothera and recently by both d ’Almeida

US.

ns60
m - 57.6

South America
77 c- 63
m=eJ6.3

fOmm. -f5* STO 5T

Danaus megalippe (Monarch). Length of fore wing.

n.

Mean

S.D.

S.E.

menippe (IT. S.)

60

51.6

2.6

.34

megalippe & erippus (S. Am.)

63

46.3

2.9

.36

portoricensis (P. R.)

16

44.1

3.0

.78

(see above) and Clark (l.c., p. 539, PL 74, Figs. 3, 4). Taking
Surinam, Mexico and Hispaniola for the type localities of three
races, they are well contrasted, though the blend zone is embar-

Dec., 1943]

Forbes: Danain^e

299

rassingly large, covering Cuba and the whole area from Panama,
except perhaps the extreme west, to the upper Amazon. The
following key will define the races, but applies only to typical
populations :

1. Border of hind wing below only slightly darker brown than ground and

shading into it, or if black ill defined and not fully enclosing the inner

row of white dots 2

— . Border of hind wing below solid black, sharply defined and enclosing
both rows of white dots 4

2. Wings above heavily shaded with black between the two series of spots

and along the border, at least; hind wing below warmly colored, tawny

to red-brown 3

Wings above with black shading confined to extreme margin and costa ;
hind wing above with outer part noticeably lighter tawny, below leather
brown without orange or red tint; white markings conspicuous, some-
times with the subterminal and terminal dots on fore wing partly fused
(Amazons) dilucida

3. Hind wing with subterminal as well as terminal dots conspicuous, apex

of fore wing more black, hind wing more tawny (West Peru and

Ecuador) erginus

-. H. w. with st. dots largely lost, terminal series sometimes incomplete;
ground usually even brown, with less black in apical area (Guiana).

eresimus

4. Pm. paler patches on hind wing below even-colored, the ones at end of

cell small; f. w. with pale or white pm. spots in cells M3, CUi and some-
times Cu2 (Antilles) tethys

Pm. patches on hind wing below scaled conspicuously with white along
the veins, sometimes reduced to their white edges, the spots at end of
cell similar and often large; no pm. spots on fore wing below vein M3
(Central America) montezuma

Danaus eresimus montezuma Talbot

Similar to D. e. eresimus, except as follows: Ground a little duller (the
major part of hind wing and lower angle tawny, — Ridgway 13ri in nephele,
ochraceous tawny or a shade brighter than that, — Ridgway 15'i in e. eresi-
mus), postmedial white spots on the average smaller, the one in cell Mx
generally less than 2 mm. wide, and those below M3 absent or the first one
vestigial ; black border wider, running about 5 mm. wide over M3-Cu2 of hind
wing (3 mm. as a rule in e. eresimus ), the two series of marginal white spots
further apart. Under side of fore wing much as above, the pm. spot in cell
M3 often visible as a white or buff point, never as a tawny patch; black
shading commonly ending abruptly near vein M3, cell M2 being postmedially
brown-black and M3 chestnut, shading into the tawny ground, as a rule; area
before anal angle not noticeably brighter. Hind wing distinctive, with the
pm. spots normally large, reaching from vein to vein and more or less dis-

300

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

tinctly edged along the veins with white scaling, sometimes fading out and
only leaving the white scaling ; also always with distinct similar spots around
end of cell in cells R, Mx and M2, sometimes small and close to cell, more
often nearly as large as the pm. spots and reaching out almost to them, or
even partly fusing with them; veins around cell also edged with white.
Ground darkened, as a rule contrastingly, between the two rows of patches,
and cell Sc also with a corresponding dark bar, or more rarely patch, crossing
it opposite end of cell. Border as above, but with both series of white
marginal spots conspicuous.

Variation is moderate north of Panama, consisting mainly in the develop-
ment of the spots around the cell, and the strength and extent of the brown
shading on under side of hind wing. This is the form figured by d ’Almeida
and A. H. Clark as cleothera (Mem. Inst. Oswraldo Cruz, xxxiv, 34, PI. 3,
Figs. 1, 6, 15, Fig. 5, 16, Fig. 4; Proc. U. S. N. M., xc, PI. 74, Figs. 3, 4).
It differs from cleothera in genitalia and under side pattern, as well as
locality, but resembles it in lacking the pm. spots below M3 as mentioned by
Hall in his description of the synonym D. Tcaempfferi. Curiously d ’Almeida
has made the reverse slip in his placing of Tcaempfferi, which he lists as a
race of eresimus.

Texas to Panama, in Panama mixed with specimens similar
to the Antillean race. Male from La Encarnacion, Pital, Cam-
peche, Mexico, 10/11/33, John T. Martin, in Cornell University
Collection.

Texas: Medina R. near Castroville, Medina Co., Oct. 30,
1938 (Neumann) (figured by Clark), Brownsville, Nov. 17, 1933
(Armstrong), both males in U. S. National Museum.

Mexico: Sinaloa, 1 J1, 2 § (Reading Mus.), Victoria, Tam-
aulipas, June, 1930, 1 J with some white shading on hind wing
(Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia) ; Jalisco (Ameri-
can Museum of Natural History) 1 from Johnson; Colima, 1

(R.M.), Temixco, Guerrero, Oct.-Nov. 1928, 4 (Th. W.
Bouchell) (A.N.S.P.) ; Acapulco (A. Agassiz) 1 § (Museum of
Comparative Zoology), Acapulco Bay, Nov. 25-29, 1937

(A.M.N.H.), Cuernavaca, 1 with heavy white shading about
end of cell of hind wing above (A.M.N.H.) ; Cordoba, V. C., 1

with more limited white shading (A.M.N.H.) ; Jalapa, 3 J',
3 J from Schaus coll, in U.S.N.M. and Edwards coll, at
A.M.N.H.; Coatepec 1 (Schaus coll, at U.S.N.M.) ; Tacuapan,
June 1908 (U.S.N.M.) ; La Encarnacion, Campeche, 4 ^ 2 }
John T. Martin (received from Wards Nat. Sci. Establishment
and mainly in Cornell).

Dec., 1943]

Forbes: Danain^

301

Guatemala: Gualan, Jan. 20, 1906, 1 .J1, Los Amalis, Nov. 2,
1905, 1 <$, Puerto Barrios, Feb. 25, 1905, 1 J, all Chas. C. Deam
(U.S.N.M.) ; Cayuga, Schaus (U.S.N.M.), Florencia, Motagua
River, July 1, 1930, 1 (A.N.S.P.), R. C. Williams Lot 82, 1 2

(A.N.S.P.), and a J1 in the National Museum without specific
locality.

San Salvador: Gotera, 1 5 (R.M.)

Honduras: San Pedro, 3 (J, 2 } (R.M.), La Ceiba, July 4,
1915 (U.S.N.M.), La Libertad, Comayagua, 2500 ft., June 28,
1933, J. B. Edwards 1 (M.C.Z.), Las Limas, May 15, do., 2,

Cantarranas, Rio Choluteca, 2200 ft. Aug. 2, 1930 (A.N.S.P.) ;
without further data 3 g in U.S.N.M., 1 J' in A.M.N.H. In one
of the males from San Pedro and one without data the white
along the veins below is very weak, though the patches still ex-
tend solidly from vein to vein, and the ground above is a little
brighter.

Nicaragua: N. side of Cosiguina volcano, Gulf of Fonseca,
Dec. 23, 1939, Zaca Exped., 1 J1 (A.M.N.H.), without locality,
Mr. Niel, one very old specimen in M.C.Z. with white scaling
much reduced.

Costa Rica: San Mateo, Dec. 1906, Schaus, 1 J1 (U.S.N.M.),
Tuis, July, Schaus & Barnes, 1 J* with heavy white shading on
disc of hind wing above (U.S.N.M.), Port Limon, 1 J' with
white scaling on veins below weak (U.S.N.M. from Owen coll.) ;
Banana River, May 1907, Schaus, 1 2 (U.S.N.M.).

Panama : Changuinola District, Bocas del Toro, April 25,
1924, J. C. Bradley, 1 £ (C.U.). This specimen nearly lacks the
white scaling on the veins, but is very dark, with small sub-
apical spots and none below M3. Material from the Canal Zone
area definitely belongs to the blend zone (see below).

Danaus eresimus tethys new race

Intermediate in most particulars between D. e. montezuma and e. eresimus.
Upper side even brighter tawny than typical eresimus, much of the outer
part of hind wing and lower half of fore wing being mars yellow of Ridg-
way (15i) ; under side of hind wing tawny olive (17"i). Border of wings
intermediate, averaging 4 mm. wide, on hind wing below only just enclosing
the inner white dots, and often emarginate between the two dots of each cell ;
which are closer to margin than in nephele; black shading postmedially on
fore wing, in all but two specimens with cell M2 pretty solidly brown-black,

302

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

but usually with Ms of the ground color; pm. spots large, the one in cell Mx
normally over 2 mm. wide, and with large spots below M3, most typically
with a white one in cell M3, a light tawny one in 0%, and a faint one on
upper side only in Cu2. Hind wing below with ground evenly colored, the
pm. spots sharply defined, but without paler bordering, moderate-sized, being
shorter than the distance between two veins; spots about end of cell similar
but small and faint, or even absent. Veins with accompanying black scaling
on membrane each side but narrowly and evenly, much less contrasting than
in e. montezuma.

This race should perhaps not be separated from e. eresimus , the principal
difference being the stronger black border on hind wing below, and even this
appears in the blend-zone of N. W. South America, but it is locally quite
constant on Hispaniola. Jamaica specimens are generally similar, but a
higher percentage show the ground color postmedially on cells Mx and M2,
and one out of ten has lost the lower pm. spots, so that it has the exact fore
wing pattern of montezuma, (the ground color and under side of hind wing
are still normal for tethys ) ; a single specimen from the Bahamas shows the
lightest apical area (mars yellow, like the lower part of border) and the
pm. area is somewhat lightened, but this may or may not mark a slight sub-
race there.

Greater Antilles, except Porto Rico, in Cuba transitional
to nephele. Holotype $ from Pond Parisien, Haiti, Feb. 11-18,
1922, F4634, alt. about 60 ft., in America Museum of Natural
History. Paratypes :

Hispaniola: Haiti: same data as holotype, 10 /?, 2 J,
(A.M.N.H. and partly distributed) ; Pont Beudet, Mar. 3-4,
1922, 1 (A.M.N.H.), Trouin, 4/3/35, 1 ?, Port de Paix, Mar. 28,

1917, W. W. Abbot, 1 (A.N.S.P.), Port au Prince, July, 1 ?

(M.C.Z.), Cul de Sac Plain, Dec. 14, 1927, G. N. Wolcott,. 1 £
(A.M.N.H.), without further data, Uhler, 3 J' (M.C.Z.) ; S.
Domingo: Monte Cristi, Atwater, 2 5, one dated July 1, 1932
(U.S.N.M.) ; Rio Yaque, 10 mi. south of Monte Cristi, Feb. 20,
21, 1930, A. L. Sullman, 2 (A.M.N.H.), Barahona, July 6-11,

1932, W. M. Bush, 1 (A.M.N.H.), Monserrat, July 12, 20-22,

1932, W. M. Bush, 1 2 ? (A.M.N.H.), Passe a Roche, July 9,

1935, 1 <? (A.M.N.H.).

Jamaica: near Duncans, June, L. Perkins, 3 J1, 2 5? three of
them also marked “Stewart Castle’ ’ (M.C.Z.), without further
data, 2 in U.S.N.M., 3 in A.N.S.P. Avinoff also took it, and
I have seen the specimens at the Carnegie Museum.

Bahamas: Nassau, N.P., 11/10/1940 (A.N.S.P.).

Dec., 1943]

Forbes: Danain^e

303

BLEND-ZONES, CUBA

Cuba shows every possible combination of Central American
and Haitian characters, in such form as to suggest a recent
fusion of previously well-separated populations. Out of 17
specimens two males in the M.C.Z. (Soledad, Sta. Clara, Aug. 4,
1932, and Sierra Maestra, 1000 ft., July 4, 1930) show what the
true endemic Cuban race should have been before it was swamped
from both sides: ground above deep Indian red and even, exactly
like D. g. berenice, pm. spots white, without tawny tint, black
border broadish and black shading beyond cell not strong, nearly
lost in the general dark ground ; hind wing below dark with the
spots strongly contrasting, but not much darkened between the
rows of spots, spots at end of cell small but conspicuous, no dark
bar across cell Sc ; edging of veins as broad as in nephele, but not
contrasting with the dark ground, the pm. row of spots distinctly
edged with whitish. This is evidently a derivative of the main-
land stock, as shown by the broad vein-lines and whitish edged
spots, but strongly modified by mimicry of the very dark local
berenice population. The rest run — ground like montezuma,
tethys or intermediate; blackish beyond cell present, absent or
intermediate ; lower pm. spots present in 8, absent in 6, a single
small white spot in 1 ; on hind wing below, cell Sc with bar across
it in 2, suffused with brown in 5, ground evenly light in the resi-
due ; patches at end of cell large and scaled with white in the two
that have a brown bar, small but strongly contrasting in the five
with brown cell Sc, with little or no white in the residue, a few
of which closely matched tethys. Black veins as in montezuma or
tethys. There is no trace of typical eresimus.

PANAMA TO THE AMAZONS

As already noted, the Antillean race is almost exactly inter-
mediate in characters between montezuma and eresimus, with the
result that transitional specimens between the two latter are apt
to match Antillean ones. It is not clear if this is the point of
origin of the Antillean race, but as such specimens are not
found in the part of Central America nearest the Antilles, and
are rare in Cuba on the other side, I suspect the two populations
are distinct.

304

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

Panama. Our only specimen from western Panama is typi-
cal montezuma, but in the Canal Zone region there is a blend pop-
ulation. Of our ten specimens four have the postmedial spots
below M3 as in eresimus and tethys, four lack them as in
montezuma, and two have a single faint spot. On the under side
pattern the four with eresimus pm. spots all show the eresimus
under side pattern, the black border being always distinct but
never sharply bounded, and there is always some tawny between
the two rows of white spots, which are close together. On the
other hand three of the remaining six show white scaling along
the veins as in montezuma, but none have the brown bar across
cell Sc.

Colombia. Three specimens from Rio Aguacatal, Western
Cordillera, and Villavicenzio and two without further data are
like eresimus, except for somewhat more black in the border
below.

Venezuela. A block of males are almost typical eresimus,
one specimen only having the black border beneath much too
strong.

Upper Amazons. A pair from Teffe have the black border
rather stronger than in typical eresimus. The apical half of
fore wing is very rich deep brown, with the white spots large
and contrasting, suggesting a possible first step toward erginus,
but the border of hind wing above is normal. In the Colombia,
Amazon and Guiana specimens as a whole, both the pm. spots
are generally white, unlike the majority of Antillean, Panama
and Venezuela specimens.

Dec., 1943]

Book Notices

305

BOOK NOTICES

Unbidden House Guests. By Hugo Hartnack. Published by
Hartnack Publishing Company, Tacoma, Washington. 1943.
9| x 6 inches, i-iv, 5-15 p. ; Part I, 16-226 p. ; Part II, 1-62
p. ; Part III, 1-112 p. ; Part V, 1-142 p. ; Index, i-xviii. Il-
lustrated. $12.20 postpaid.

This volume of 560 pages is a comprehensive account of the
types of house pests that frequently come to the attention of
entomologists and that are just as frequently turned over to other
specialists because many are either on the border line of entomol-
ogy or are in non-entomological fields. For this reason Doctor
Hartnack ’s present book, which supplements his former volume
entitled “202 Common Household Pests” (1939) should be of
unusual interest to entomologists who deal with urban popula-
tions and their pest troubles.

Part I is a discussion embracing the entire field of house pests,
entomological and otherwise, interspersed with bits of history and
folklore. Some of the accounts included therein deal with the
relation of such pests to stored foodstuffs ; to drinking water, to
house climate, including ventilation, temperature and humidity;
to city climate; and to “spoorology” or the traces left by pests
on textiles, furniture, foods, walls, floors, man, animals, etc.,
whereby the trouble may be diagnosed. Doctor Hartnack writes
at length on this latter subject and cites many interesting ex-
amples. Part I also includes a discourse on pest fighting from
the primitive method of burning the house to the use of vermin-
proof construction and modern fumigants. And in addition
consideration is given to house pests and wastes, to common
names of such pests, to the requirements of a good exterminator,
to professional lingo, to Herman Landois who laid the scientific
groundwork foi* our present knowledge of many house pests, and
last but not least, to the author’s interesting European back-
ground. This brief summary of Part I is not by any means ex-
haustive. Other related topics are included, along with Doctor

306

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

Hartnack’s criticisms and opinions of official and unofficial
agencies.

Part II deals with plants as house pests, such as bacteria, yeasts,
molds, fungi, mosses, pollen, etc., to which our food, possessions
and persons are subject. Many of these are just as destructive
as insects but receive less consideration from the publicists. The
work of various species is described and methods of control are
recommended.

Part III covers the lower animals from one cell organisms
through the flatworms, roundworms, earthworms, snails, slugs,
millepedes, centipedes, insects, spiders, scorpions, to the mites and
ticks all in their relation to the house and its inmates. As before,
brief diagnostic characters are given plus descriptions of damage
and methods of treatment.

Part V considers such animals as frogs, salamanders, reptiles,
birds, mammals, all in their relation to man, either as friends, or
foes, and their treatment, as such, follows the author’s plan in
Parts II and III.

Although there are many textual references to American and
European literature, there is no formal bibliography. This will
be disappointing to some workers, but such a bibliography, em-
bracing hundreds of titles, would have added materially to the
cost of production.

Doctor Hartnack’s coverage and treatment of the entire sub-
ject of house pests is the most interesting and complete one that
has ever appeared between two covers in this country.

Like his former book, the present one is highly individualistic.
It does not follow the pattern to which entomological books in this
country usually conform and Doctor Hartnack’s opinions of the
shortcomings of certain institutions and agencies may be thought
by some, not to belong in a book of this kind. Nevertheless, it is
full of interest and information, even to those who are not par-
ticularly concerned with house pests. It is profusely and well
illustrated from incunabula and modern works, and by enliven-
ing sketches. In this book will be found an entire philosophy of
house pests, embracing principles and their practical application.

In this country household insects are slowly receiving an in-

Dec., 1943]

Book Notices

307

creasing and more detailed amount of attention by entomologists
and I believe that it is only a question of time until there is built
up about them, a great body of information comparable to what
we now have about some agricultural pests.

In view of the fact that over 50 per cent of the country’s popu-
lation is now urban, Doctor Hartnack’s book should serve not
only as a valuable source of information, but as a stimulating
foundation for more intensive studies of house pests and the con-
ditions favoring their multiplication. — Harry B. Weiss.

Dune Boy, The Early Years of a Naturalist. By Edwin Way
Teale. Illustrated by Edward Shenton. Dodd, Mead &
Company, New York, 1943. 8J x 6 inches, x + 255 p. $3.00.

This latest book by Mr. Teale, whose previous, notable books
on natural history won for him the John Burroughs Medal, is
about three persons, the author as a boy, and his grandfather and
grandmother Way. The setting is his grandparents’ farm, Lone
Oak, in Indiana close to the shore of Lake Michigan. Here he
spent his summers and vacation days, from four to fifteen years
of age, with the guidance and companionship of two understand-
ing people, who unknowingly helped to shape his destiny. Here,
over the years, he became saturated with Indiana sunshine, with
the odors of the orchards and fields and with all the fascinating
things about a farm and the surrounding countryside that appeal
to a boy, with an exploring mind, and freed of restraint. Here,
he played Indian, cured mouse pelts, raised pigs, hunted snakes,
became an aviator and built a glider, whose flight ended in dis-
aster. Here he established the Way-Teale Museum of natural
history in the wagonshed with its collections of animals’ skulls,
arrowheads, bark, wood, acorns, birds’ nests, wasp nests, roots,
stones, and other objects. Here he worked on the farm, drove
to market, read to his heart’s content, acquired a camera, then a
second hand typewriter, and became an author, all before the age
of sixteen and all with boyish failures and successes. During
these exciting and adventuresome years the boy absorbed the
folklore of the dune country and acquired unknowingly, lasting
impressions of insects, birds and animals in their natural state,

308

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

and in their relation to each other. At the same time he was
exposed to the kindly philosophy and humor of his grandparents
who actually aided and encouraged him in his wild undertakings.

These three people lived very close to each other and their
everyday life together, as eloquently told by Mr. Teale, becomes
a fascinating account of the enjoyment and completeness that can
be extracted from living naturally, in almost any surroundings,
in an atmosphere of intelligence, understanding, sympathy and
encouragement. The illustrations blend perfectly with the skill
of the author. — Harry B. Weiss.

INDEX TO NAMES OF INSECTS AND PLANTS
IN VOLUME LI

Generic names begin with capital letters. New genera, subgenera, species,
subspecies, varieties and new names are printed in italics.

Agromyza
allia, 257
orbona, 259
phaseolunata, 256
pusilla, 258
subpusilla, 255
virens, 70
Amobia

signata, 70
Aplomya

theclarum, 70

Army ant, behavior pattern, 236
Asterocampa
celtis, 110
Attyphloceras
bishopi, 9
Aulonium

longum, 246
Austrolimnophila
inquieta, 208

retractior, 209
nympha, 206
Autoserica

castanea, 127
Axiocerses
harpax

piscatoris, 219

Bacillus

popilliae, 213
Baronia

brevicornis, 178
Bonnetia

comta, 70
Braehypremma

quasimodo, 199

Catallagia

borealis, 11

Cediopsylla
simplex, 3
Ceratophyllus
celsus, 5
diffinis, 5
gallinae, 5
idius, 5
riparius, 6
Chaetopsis

fulvifrons, 70
Chinese cicadas, 19
Chionaspis

pinifoliae, 241
Chironomus

dimorphus, 70
Chloropisca
glabra, 70
Chremistica
nana, 27

Cicadas, song communication of, 185
Cinara

atra, 242
edulis, 242
terminalis, 242
Cirphis

unipuncta, 233

Coccinellidae, catalogue of Oregon,
191

Conophthorus
edulis, 249
Conorhinopsylla
stanfordi, 5

Crane-flies, records and descriptions
of, 199

Cryptotympana
atrata, 28

castanea, 29
fukienensis, 29

309

310

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

Ctenocephalides
eanis, 3
felis, 3

Ctenolimnophila
severa, 209
Ctenophthalmus

pseudagyrtes, 3
Ctenopsyllus
segnis, 10

Danaus

candidus, 297
eresimus

montezuma, 299
tethys, 301
megalippe

portoricensis, 297

Deliathis

quadritaeniator, 18
Dendroctonus

ponderosa, 245
Diagmites

misellus, 70
Dianthidium

concinnum, 87
consimile, 102

consimile, 103
dubium, 103
mecrackenae, 104
cressonii, 75
eurvatum, 76
desertorum, 84
fraternum, 92

fraternum, 92
hirtulum, 94
macswaini, 109
parvum, 95

basing eri, 97
parvum, 96
schwarzi, 96
platyurum, 85

baculifrons, 87
mohavense, 87
platyurum, 86
plenum , 105

australe, 108

convictorum, 108
plenum, 106
williamsi, 107
pudicum, 99

decorum, 100
inyoense, 101
provancheri, 102
pudicum, 99
sayi, 77
simile, 76
singulare

perluteum, 75
singulare, 74
subparvum, 88

semiparvum, 90
subparvum, 90
swenki, 90
subrufulum, 78
ulkei

davidsoni, 82
reducium, 82
ulkei, 81

Dinera

grisescens, 70
Doratopsylla
blarinae, 10
curvata, 10
Dorilas

confraternus, 70
dubius, 70
Dundubia

vaginata, 23

Echidnophaga
gallinacea, 2
Epitedia

faeeta, 11
testor, 11
wenmanni, 10
Erora

beta, 222
quaderna

quaderna, 223
sanfordi, 223

Eucosma

bobana, 248

Dec., 1943]

Index

311

Euvanessa

antiopa, 279

Fleas of New England, 1
Frankliniella

oceidentalis, 250

Halisidota ingens, 242
Hea

fasciata, 36
Hoplopsyllus
lynx, 2
Huechys

philaemata, 36
sanguinea, 35
Hyalomyia

aldrichi, 70
betarum, 70
Hystrichopsylla
gigas

tahavuana, 8

\

Insects

behavior to colors, 117
lipid nerve sheaths in, 55
lodging house, 229
on pinyon, 239

Ips

confusus, 245
lecontei, 245

Janetiella

coloradensis, 243
Journal, of N. Y. Ent. Soc., 285

Leptosemia

huasipana, 33

Leucostoma
atra, 70
Limnia

saratogensis, 70
Limonia

somnifica, 204
turritella, 205
Liometopum

apiculatum, 244

Matsucoccus

acalyptus, 242
monophylla, 242
paucicatrices, 242
Megabothris
acerbus, 8
asio, 7
quirini, 8
vison, 8
Melampsalta

fuscoclavis, 39

chungnanshana, 40
Melanophila

piniedulis, 246
Melanoplus
mexicanus

mexicanus, 179

Melecta

atlantica, 225
calif ornica, 227
pentalon, 226
Membracidse

of Formosa, 265
synonymy of, 265
Metarranthis

revision of, 133
angularia, 141
apiciaria, 144
broweri, 150
duaria, 138

septentrionaria, 140
franclemonti, 142
homuraria, 147
hypochraria, 148
lateritiaria, 146
obfirmaria, 134

Gseana

maculata

consors, 31

Goes

fisheri, 18
Gonomyia

ramus , 210

Gynandromorph, of melanoplus, 179

312

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. Li

pilosaria, 145
warner i, 136

cappsaria, 138
Metuchseta

carbonaria, 70
Milky disease, effect on
Tiphia parasites, 213
Mogannia

cyanea, 35
Monochamini, 13
Monochamus
otbusus, 17
Muscina

stabulans, 233
Myodopsylla
insignis, 11
Myzine

macnlata, 229

Nearctopsylla
genalis, 10
Nemorilla

floralis, 70
Neodiprion

rowheri, 243
Neophorocera

claripennis, 70
Neoptychodes
candidus, 17

New York Ent. Soc. Journal, 285
Nosopsyllus

fasciatus, 8

Odontopsyllus

multispinosus, 5
Oeme costata, 241
Oenis

melissa

semplei, 224
polixenes, 224
Okanagana

magnifica, 244
Opisodasys

pseudarctomys, 6
Orchopeas
csedens, 7

leucopus, 7
wickhami, 6
Oropsylla

arctomys, 5

Papilio

agesilaus

fortis, 178

ajax

ajax, 169
alexiares

garcia, 173
anchisiades

idaeus, 174
areas

mylotes, 167
branchus, 175
cresphontes, 171
daunus, 172
epidaus

fenochionis, 177
epidaus, 177
eracon, 169
garamas, 174
lycophron

p alias, 172
montezuma, 165
ornythion, 171
palamedes

leontis, 173
pilumnus, 173
phaon, 175
pharnaces, 174
pliilenor, 167
philolaus, 176
polydamas

polydamas, 168
protesilaus

penthesilaus, 178
thoas

autocles, 170
thymbracus

aconophos, 175

Dec., 1943]

Index

313

Papilionidae

Mexican, 161

Parasitic habits of musca stabulans,
233

Paratceniotes, 15
mimus, 16
Perdita

rhois, 282
Peromyscopsylla
catatina, 9
hesperomys, 9
scotti, 9
Photinus

scintillans, 127
Pieris

rapae, 280
Pineus

coloradensis, 241
Pinus

edulis, 239
cembroides, 241
monophylla, 241
Pinyon insects, 239
Plagiohammus
elatus, 17
granulosus, 17
imperator, 17
sticticus, 17
Platypedia

putnami, 244
Platypleura
coelebs, 29
semusta, 30
Platysoma

punctigerum, 246
Plebeius
aquilo

suttoni, 224
Polyneura

ducalis, 31

Popillia japonica, Tiphia parasites
of, 213

Proboscoides, 111
fairchildi, 111
rostrum, 112

Pulex

irritans, 2
Pycna

repanda, 30
Pyrameis

cardui, 280

Rectofrontia
fraterna, 4
Retinodiplosis

resinicola, 241
Rhyacionia

neomexicana, 241

Scione

grandis, 112
Simulum

decorum, 70
Sinosena, 45
caelatta, 45
Sinopsaltria, 31
bifasciata, 32

Spider records from New York, 238
Stenoponia

americana, 9
Stibasoma

currant, 113
Strymon

m-album, 110
Subpsaltria, 40

sienyangenensis, 42
yangi, 41
Suisha

coreana, 30

Tabanus

bequaerti, 114
piliferus, 115
Taeniotes

buckleyi, 14
dentatus, 14
inquinatus, 13
naevius, 13
praeclarus, 14
similis, 13

314

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. LI

Tamiopliila

grandis, 11
Theeodiplosis

cockerelli, 244
Tibicen

slocumi, 24
tsaopaonensis, 26

Tiphia parasites of Popillia japonica,
213
Tipula

intemperata, 201
jivaronis, 202

Toxorhina

atrit arsis, 211
Triehopsylla
lotoros, 3

Xenopsylla
cheops, 2
Xyela

minor, 250

Zerene

caesonia, 110

The

New York Entomological Society

Organized June 29, 1892 — Incorporated June 7, 1893
Reincorporated February 17, 1943

The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month
(except June, July, August and September) at 8 p. m., in the American Museum of
Natural History, 79th St., & Central Park W., New York, N. Y.

Annual dues for Active Members, $3.00 ; including subscription to the Journal, $4.50.
Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to
the treasurer.

Honorary President, WILLIAM T. DAVIS

Officers for the Year 1943

President, WM. P. COMSTOCK ...... American Museum of Natural History

Vice-President, EDWIN WAY TEALE Baldwin, L. I., N. Y.

Secretary, ANNETTE L. BACON American Museum of Natural History

Treasurer, DR. WILLIS J. GERTSCH American Museum of Natural History

Librarian Sr Curator, L. J. SANFORD....:. American Museum of Natural History

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

Wm.T. Davis Dr. Albert Hartzell Dr. S. W. Bromley

Dr. A. B. Klots Dr. F. E. Lutz

Harry B. Weiss

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE
Edwin W. Teale

Dr. Herbert Ruckes

Dr. C. D. Michener

E. L. Bell

PROGRAM COMMITTEE
George G. Becker

Frank A. Soraci

FIELD COMMITTEE

A. S. Nicolay

H. S. Fleming

DELEGATE TO THE N. Y. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
William T. Davis

JOURNAL

of the

NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Published quarterly by the Society at N. Queen St., and Mc-
Govern Ave., Lancaster, Pa. All communications relating to
manuscript for the Journal should be sent to the Editor, Harry B.
Weiss, 19 N. 7th Ave., Highland Park, New Jersey; all subscrip-
tions to the Treasurer, Dr. Willis J. Gertsch, American Museum
of Natural History, New York, N. Y. Orders for back issues
should be sent to the Treasurer, Willis J. Gertsch, American
Museum of Natural History, 79th St., & Central Park W., New
York, N. Y. The society has a complete file of back issues in stock.
The Society will not be responsible for lost Journals if not noti-
fied immediately of change of address. We do not exchange
publications.

Terms for subscription, $3.00 per year, strictly in advance.

Please make all checks , money -or ders, or drafts payable to
New York Entomological Society.

Twenty-five reprints without covers are furnished free to
authors. Additional copies may be purchased at the following
rates :

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 24 pp. 32 pp.

25 copies $2.40 $5.22 $5.58 $5.58 $9.00 $9.60

Additional 100’s .60 1.44 1.92 1.92 3.00 3.00

Covers 50 copies, $2.75; additional 100’s, $1.65.

Half-tone prints 1^ cents for each half-tone print.

Authors whose papers are illustrated with text figures or
full page plates will be required to supply the electroplates or
pay the cost of making the same by the Journal and also to
pay the cost of printing full page plates on coated paper, when
advisable.